Uploaded by Vishal Sharma

Carl W. Hall - Drying and storage of agricultural crops-The AVI Publishing Company (1980)

advertisement
AND STORAGE
OF —
AGRICULTURAL CROPS
Pipes
Cet.)
Dryeny ond
4Q)
ADT
iO; Ai.
soe
4
“A
1774
Don Gresswell Ltd., London, N.21 Cat. No, 1207
Ii
TROCTAM
;CESSION
ea
RILIMQEH
ead
Ee
NUMBER
nae ELAINE
RAMer
5
Se .
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL CROPS
Carl W. Hall, P.E.
Dean
College of Engineering
Washington State University
Pullman, Washington
&
AVI PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
Westport, Connecticut
© Copyright 1980 by
THE AVI PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC.
Westport, Connecticut
Copyright is not claimed in any portion of
this work written by a United States Government
employee as a part of his official duties.
All rights reserved. No part of this work
covered by the copyright hereon may be reproduced or used in any form or by any means—
graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including
photocopying, recording, taping, or information
storage and retrieval systems—without written
permission of the publisher.
Frontispiece Courtesy of Butler Manufacturing Co.
Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data
Hall, Carl W
Drying and storage of agricultural crops.
Includes index.
1. Field crops—Drying. 2. Grain—Drying.
3. Hay—Drying. 4. Field crops—Storage.
5. Farm produce—Drying. I. Title.
SB186.2.H34
631.5'6
80-21074
ISBN 0-87055-364-X
Printed in the United States of America by
Eastern Graphics, Inc., Old Saybrook, Connecticut
Preface
The predecessor of this book published in 1957 was Drying Farm Crops,
which was one of the early books in the field. The later book Drying
Cereal Grains was more technical and provided more recent coverage of
the subject.
At the previous writing, drying of farm crops was gaining recognition as
an important part of the normal farm operation. Drying is now an established practice in many parts of the country, particularly in the midwest corn belt and the eastern and southern United States. In the last
20 years, the attention has turned to energy source and costs, environmental impacts, and handling systems for drying. These issues are
covered throughout this book.
Major emphasis is placed on the common cereal grains and hay, but the
principles discussed apply to other crops. The drying of some agricultural products other than farm crops is also presented. Problems are
included at the end of each chapter to make the book useful as a text.
A complete, updated reference list is furnished to aid those who are interested in studying drying and related topics in more detail. The chapters are nearly complete in themselves; thus, a reader without an understanding of mathematics and physics can learn the procedures of grain
and hay drying without becoming involved in the theory. The reader
may also, if he or she wishes, omit the theoretical material within a chap-
ter and obtain only the practical recommendations.
Topics relating to a successful drying program, such as moisture movement, measurement of moisture content, storage, and handling, are
covered. Heat transfer, fluid flow, and mass transfer are covered from
a unit operations approach, making the book readily adaptable as a text
for general agricultural processing, as well as drying, courses.
CARL
March
15, 1980
W. HALL
ARE
Eee
AG
<i
Nomi
ee
te
REN)
=
a:
cvs
ran
site
Ce
Le
ee
Les
,
id
&
eee
igs
viel
f
oo
meEy
Gs
Waa
;
,
4
f°
ie
&
"els
ie
rT
rae
Mel
nd
Poe)
a
VTi
ta?
94
el
ube aia ai
| by as
a
:
Ve 2 hem
hae
Ee Sb
yn
— ba ba va ae:
m1
1
Ee
a
rata
“.
Jae
sdelges
ey
A
AK if uneBi rind
dsiensds " ye
-
&,<#
ea Ma ‘a
SS
rs
'
hee: Sar Tohng
‘mere
a
ves
;
lhe
Lal
:
Nee
ra kL
(We hese
tee? ¢
—
we
Seeman nly!
me
Agra
Sot ig
rare.
al ah y
ee
bt eF
bas
MS
«5 "
0031 [* SRPj id Bl
a
i
:
rn
eety. Cae
Yon
ce cardia
ney
wie
Pw |
? oe a nr te
bik
on pe
al
cif
i
es
a
Oe
t
Bien
mg:
:
abs
;
oe
saeewUse
% Wey
ipa eS
ee cn ae
Aa
ate
Busy oh
aes
tye al
pt
'
Pim fha
etum
4
“ae
te
N
rr
els ieSIE
Say
x.
ere cl Bc 48 (Wiis
taismar'y
DoW
|i
0
“iLVed
inte
Aces.
wae,
ei
i
:
|
Oe
ont a
ja
ais
ie
OF ae
:
rT vale ta
ad
WH
ire
we malty vee
;
eRe
ke
ae
ik
\
ois
es)
Ly
rT
fi:
,
oS vs,
Ais Nh ae
Seal
bog
cee
iC oa%s
re
.
wets
Hears
z
ye
a
emt eee
~~
“iheBa hele Savi ri¢ ape i
Pee
a0"
eet
;
SCRA
ING
h ah
oie
Aarredt
7
ea
nae
hehe:
=
7, Tuas An ae 8 $date
7? Ui
Sol eho Wy saconoaec ad
eked
Niven.
;
| Peet
ae
Jon yar)
Adsit vt!
payin Pere an
1
7
2
ahs pilesiy
oe
7
phy ee eye el
-
cy
-
Tete
Hee
ciety
a4 gales
ners
'
hal XS, Mea
cae
preks
{94 tli
"
'
7 engi
vite
:
a
onya he
i
fh
ols
2
Acknowledgments
The original book Drying Farm Crops was written with the encouragement and assistance of colleagues and students at the time (1955-1957).
The high demand for and interest in that book, the first of its kind,
helped promote an association and working relationship with others
which further developed the field and generated more books devoted to
drying. Included among these were Drying of Milk and Milk Products,
co-authored with T.I. Hedrick, and Drying Cereal Grains, co-authored
with Donald Brooker and Fred Bakker-Arkema.
The assistance of several colleagues in preparing chapters for this
book is gratefully acknowledged: D.L. Calderwood, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture and Texas A & M Univ.; D.C. Davis, Washington State Univ.; O.R.
Kunze, Texas A & M; R.L. Maddex, Michigan State Univ.; and G.C.
Shove, Univ. of Illinois.
Thanks also go to the many additional people who provided information incorporated in the book. Numerous individuals reviewed chapters
or sections of the book, providing valuable suggestions.
vil
ee,
Boren
ii,
ken
wi‘
=
md
a
ones,
_
of hee
vibe we
'e
’
trope
AM
a¥
Sam)
ie |
payee
pod
J
in? ah ”
eats
ies
ry
Nie A
re
an mola wi
£
a
5
he
447
e
“4
5
cell
’
ins
viv
Ly
hae
veaews
.
4
ye
WAP
u
yi4
i
©
oa)
i
Lan
‘A tobe AAT
ea
m2 MDA
wii
:
609
1Hiw
inveees
i e 5
¥
yen
7
f
a
'
LY diy tae
isfy? big
'
bee
,“
nee
omienng 2
{cere mate
‘lends Pevine (een
;
‘
eC
OF
ea
e Git sae, if
is
7
tases
ab te winnie
Re. a
atebeal
¥ Naoios
i
Ls
seceT bik:
@& & dened) Sie
veri
ia well
nil’ 9 oe leila
ef
wryoe
wilt
’
Contents
PREFACE
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
History and Importance of Drying
1
Equilibrium Moisture Relationships
16
Ondo
Moisture and Temperature Changes and
Effects
39
Moisture Content Determination
Airflow and Air Distribution
Theory and Principles of Drying
68
92
120
Heated Air Dryers
151
oO-,
OAD
Natural and Forced Air Drying of Grain and Ear
Corn
180
Systems for Drying of Rice, Otto R. Kunze and
D. L. Calderwood
209
10 Systems for Handling of Grain, Carl W. Hall and
R. L. Maddex
234
258
1 Systems for Drying and Handling of Hay
12 Systems for Solar Energy Drying on the Farm,
Gene C. Shove
PASI
13 Moisture Control and Storage Systems for
Vegetable Crops, Denny C. Davis
310
APPENDIX
361
INDEX
aie
JORGARD:
cy
é
;
;
ae
a
4
:
ay,
Te
yak
<br
asi
i
a
i
<a
YM
ol
7
LS
La
4
ai)Lenya apie
)
14913)
a>%
is
»{
‘
¥
A
lb
Sh)
‘Te
iP
fe
7
pe 18 7
ie
hel}
baal
ert
Mf
longed
re
ood
i
:
yap?
a
r mad
¢
jt
:
aon
i]
|
a
ey:
a
tga
+0
:
cA
ve!
al are gar
ry:
yP4 at beth Pt)
Os
ie
errs
LES > Saul Way =
gern eb tat battens ht
, oa ent
“i © Yuiel te cog?
ca
TPR
ive
:
St
|.
|
8
vow,
tbe
an ‘
ie “6
:
pe
ee
ide),
WA
an
a
wii OS 2h
et:
a
j
Tk",
¥
oer
mle
eMiowal
1 we
ana
mal
‘
DB
a
renal anh inate eee!
Liwreh Te. gree
Meee
4)
Pais
shales fra,
Layvitae
-
ijl Lae
rz
hie
%
iC
y
,
tise ry tae¢t¢ Mgrs vie
Lar
(da)
IESa
ible oa sons”
cet
i
;
|
aise 73 WOT
ty
a
:
;
2
ry ig
o]
ut
*
fr
“ * Gs
. /
’
History and Importance of Drying
HISTORY
Drying as an Early Art
Drying of agricultural crops dates back to the beginning of civilization.
The use of solar energy and air movement provided the major method of
moisture removal in the field. Crops for human consumption were occasionally dried in ovens or by hanging in heated rooms.
Cereal grains were dried in the shock before husking or threshing.
Sprouting of corn, wheat, barley, and rye was not uncommon. Molding
of kernels often occurred. Natural air drying of ear corn in the field, for
example, first occurred on the stalk, then in the shock, and if slightly wet,
continued drying in the husked pile formed from each shock. Further
natural drying occurred in a narrow crib, through which air moved.
Experimental Dryers
Between World War I and World War II, several experimental mechanical drying units were built and a few commercial units were in
operation. Commercial dryers were primarily for dehydration of fruits,
vegetables, and hay; drying of seed corn with heated air; and drying
hay in the barn; usually with unheated forced air.
Commercial Dryers
Commercial and large scale farm drying became a common practice
after World War II. The
increase in mechanization
Large quantities of moist
requiring moisture removal
increase in drying was coupled to the rapid
and increase in land and labor productivity.
or wet products were produced at harvest
to avoid loss during subsequent handling and
storage. The picker-sheller replaced the picker, in which shelled instead
of ear corn was produced at harvest. Shelled corn, in the place of ear corn
Askham
Bryan
of Asricuitre
eins
*
5)
College
and
Horticulture
a
=
Tay:
g
i
Jeeirs
j
2
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
that dried out between harvest and use, was too wet for normal storage
and had to be dried.
Speed of operations from harvest to storage forced the consideration,
study, and use of heated air for drying. Rapid drying in shallow layers,
usually with temperatures below 93.3°C (200°F) predominated. Grains
for seeds were dried at 46°C (115°F) or less. Slow drying, using low tem-
peratures, in deep beds up to 3.65 m (12 ft), usually the storage beds,
provided another approach.
As handling the products to be dried became more important, the use of
wagon dryers with the heated forced air developed. Bins and containers
for drying were designed to minimize handling and facilitate the movement of grains, forages, and fruits and vegetables.
Quality of Grains
The trend to higher temperatures of air for more rapid drying was
limited by the use to be made of the product. Low temperatures, below
46°C (115°F), were used for grains for seed, medium temperatures, below
54.4°C (130°F), for milling and processing, and temperatures below
82.2°C (180°F) for animal feed. Studies showed that cereal grains developed checks and often cracked if dried rapidly, decreasing quality and
ability to store without spoilage.
Various methods evolved for decreasing damage to grains being dried.
Wet grains were dried in stages. Grain was circulated or stirred during
drying.
Low Cost Energy
The end of World War II and the 1950s witnessed the availability of
cheap energy. During that period, even though many researchers evaluated the thermal efficiency of systems, there was little incentive for
greatly decreasing energy costs. However, fuel costs increased and as
fuel availablity became less assured, considerable emphasis on efficiency
of energy use developed. Recycling of product and air, airflow direction, air velocity, cooling product, and use of solar energy received at-
tention. Greater risks were chanced by leaving the product in the field
longer in order to reduce the moisture content before harvest.
Drying is now considered as a part of the system of grain production to
a greater extent than previously. Handling and storing operations are
important aspects of drying, as well as the total production system. Not
to be overlooked also are the effects of each operation not only on drying,
but also on wetting, cracking, germinating, and grade.
HISTORY
IMPORTANCE
OF
AND IMPORTANCE
OF DRYING
3
DRYING
Loss
The annual loss from harvest to use of grain is estimated at 10% and
of hay at 28% of the production. The loss of fruit and vegetables is estimated at 35 to 40% of the production. Moisture control, primarily by
drying, provides an opportunity to prevent losses which occur during
harvesting, handling, and storing. The world production of grains and
potatoes is 1% billion metric tons (MT), of which the United States
produces about 15%.
The carryover of corn has varied between 15 and 30 million MT in the
1970s; of wheat, up to 25 million MT; and of rice, 0.52 million MT. Approximately 40% of the carryover is stored on farms. To prevent excessive losses, the products must be stored and maintained at the proper
moisture content, and proper moisture content for storage is usually
below the moisture content at harvest. Prices of products usually increase during the storage season thus encouraging farm storage.
400
350
350
Coworld
—
United
aoe
States
250
250
200
200
150
y|
(MILLION)
TONS
(MILLION)
TONNES
100
#0
A\Y
as=ee
A\Y
AV
y
,
Z
Homies
ooOF
Se
RS
ae
Se
FT
ean
a
Tl
See
ae
ese
ee
ee
2
Se
ae
aS
Vii),
We
Wheot
AVBES
ANGLALALALAL:
Al) Dao fh
niMIAIA|Alblp|MIYI
8
aa
3
°
a
TY
aes
Lenk
SR
ee
aan
|
Conn
>
PE
oo
eek
cugitae te tee igps ee Te Eis
Re
eo
os
In
TO MesD te ee
eo
a
9
Se
Oe
BES
”
From Hall et al. (1977)
FIG. 1.14. FOOD
WORLD, 1975
AND
FEED
PRODUCTION
FOR
THE
UNITED
STATES
AND
THE
4.
AND STORAGE
DRYING
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Preservation
Various methods are available of preserving crops or increasing their
usable economic life. These methods include the following:
Canning.—This is a food preservation method in which food contained
in a permanently sealed container is subjected to an elevated temperature for a definite period of time and then cooled. When heated, spoilage
microorganisms are destroyed or their growth inhibited.
Refrigeration or Chilling.—The rate of respiration of the food product and of the associated microorganisms is reduced in a low temperature atmosphere. By reducing respiration rate, storage life of the product
is increased. Mold growth in grains is reduced by reducing the tempera-
ture, generally, from a practical standpoint, to 17°C (63°F) or below
(Burges and Burrell 1964).
Controlled
Atmosphere.—CA
(controlled atmosphere)
storage and
chemical gas treatment are becoming increasingly important and presently are in limited use for storage of wet shelled corn and apples as a
method of preserving the product or increasing the storage life. Controlled atmospheric storage for apples is used in conjunction with a refrigerated storage. The normal atmosphere surrounding a product in storage
is 21% oxygen, 0.03% carbon dioxide, and 79% nitrogen. In the controlled
atmosphere storage the oxygen level is reduced and the carbon dioxide
level increased. There are several engineering considerations involved in
the design of a controlled atmosphere storage. McIntosh apples, when
stored under controlled atmosphere
conditions of 3% oxygen
and 5%
carbon dioxide at 3.3°C (38°F), may have twice the storage life of apples
stored in air at 0°C (32°F) (Pflug and Dewey 1955).
Dehydration or Drying.—These terms refer to the removal of moisture, usually by heat and air movement, to provide an environment
in which organisms—yeasts, molds, and bacteria—that cause spoilage
cannot grow, or grow very slowly. The use of a brine in which moisture is
moved from the product to the brine is a form of drying.
Chemical Treatment.—The environment surrounding agricultural
crops and products can be made unfavorable for the growth of microorganisms by excess saltiness or acidity. The development
of acidity,
for example, limits the growth of microorganisms in the preparation of
sauerkraut. The process of making silage is an example of chemical treat-
ment in which carbon dioxide is produced by decomposition of carbo-
hydrates,
set into motion
naturally
or by addition
of preservatives.
The aerobic microorganisms are inactivated by the lactic acid produced
(Bohnstedt 1944). Wet shelled corn sealed storages combine the effects
HISTORY
AND IMPORTANCE
OF DRYING
5
of surrounding the product with carbon dioxide produced by
the corn and
the chemical changes of the corn.
Organic acids, such as propionic, acetic, butyric, and formic acids, and
anhydrous ammonia are chemicals used for preserving stored or baled
moist farm crops. The amount of propionic acid suggested for wet
grain
is given in Table 1.1. Propionic acid is effective in delaying the growth of
mold and reducing heating, dry matter losses, and moisture losses in
baled hay. Hay in bales of 27% moisture content or less was completely
protected from molding by using 2 to 3% propionic acid. Three percent
acid in baled hay with 35 to 45% moisture content did not entirely pre-
vent molding (Nash and Easson 1977).
TABLE
1.1. APPLICATION
RATES OF PROPIONIC ACID FOR PRESERVING
Level of Propionic Acid by Wet Weight, %
Level of Moisture
For 1 Month
For 6 Months
18
20
25
0.35
0.40
0.53
0.45
0.50
0.75
3D
Veils)
1.40
40
1.40
legiey
%
Storage
GRAIN
Storage
Source: Jones et al. (1974).
Mixtures of organic acids are often more effective than a single acid.
The preservative must be uniformly mixed throughout the grain. Care
must be taken in handling organic acids to avoid damage to the skin,
eyes, and lungs. Acids can cause rapid deterioration to metal storages,
which can be protected with chlorinated rubber, plastic paint, vinyl or
plastic cover or lining, or epoxy paint.
Use of Subatomic Particles.—This is a process, more commonly called
cold pasteurization or sterilization, in which beta or gamma rays are
used for treating the product so that the microorganisms are ionized.
Artificially accelerated electrons are known as cathode rays (beta) and
naturally occurring radiations such as from radioactive substances are
gamma rays. The ionization may sterilize the microorganisms so that
reproduction does not take place, or if the dosage is large enough, kill the
microorganisms. The approximate effect of different levels of energy
treatment on various products is shown in Table 1.2.
Moisture Removal
Dehydration refers to the removal of moisture from a product until it is
nearly bone dry. Drying in agricultural work refers to the removal of
6
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
TABLE 1.2. APPROXIMATE EFFECT OF DIFFERENT ENERGY LEVELS OF IONIZING
RADIATION
Product
Energy, rad
Effect
Enzymes
Virus
107
2a
Oe
to destroy
to destroy
Spore forming
bacteria and molds
Non-spore forming
108
ms
to sterilize
bacteria and molds
10°
to pasteurize
Insects
10°
to kill
Insects
104
Plants
Man
;
103
5 X 102
to sterilize
to induce mutations
to kill
Rad (radiation absorbed dosage) is the unit of absorbed radiation of 100 ergs per gram of
irradiated material.
moisture until the moisture content of the product is in equilibrium with
the surrounding air, usually 12 to 14% moisture, wet bulb (w.b.). Reducing the moisture content of a crop to a value between 0 and 12% is
called either drying or dehydration, depending on the author.
Conditioning is very closely related to drying. In some instances, the
grain is conditioned by removing or adding a small amount of moisture,
about 1 or 2%. Generally, however, conditioning refers to maintaining
uniform moisture and temperature throughout the stored product by
moving a small amount of air through the grain, or moving the grain
through air.
There are many different methods of drying solids, liquids, and gases.
Most of these methods are used to some extent in the drying of agricul-
tural products.
Freeze-drying.—This is a method for removing water from fluids or
solids in which the product is first frozen. For freeze-drying liquids, such
as removing water from fruit juices, a frozen slush is centrifuged to
remove the ice crystals, or the product is slowly heated so the frozen
water crystals melt and water is removed by draining. For freeze-drying
solids, the ice crystals sublime under vacuum, thus removing the water.
Decomposition of Water by Chemical Means.—Water is removed
from a solid by chemical reaction, such as the reaction of calcium carbide
or calcium hydride. Calcium carbide reacts with water to produce acetylene and calcium hydroxide.
Adsorption.—Water is often removed from a gas by adsorption. The
molecular forces on the surface of a solid are unbalanced and an ionexchange takes place, as in water treatment by the zeolite method. When
the solid adsorbs the gas, heat is evolved and the rate of adsorption
decreases rapidly as the unaffected surface decreases (Maron and Lando
1974). The adsorbed material remains on the surface of the adsorbent
only. Alumina and silica gel are used for drying air by adsorption.
HISTORY AND IMPORTANCE
OF DRYING
7
Absorption.—Water or water vapor may be removed from solids or
gases by the capillary action of porous materials. The water, in liquid or
vapor form, passes through the surface of the absorbent and is dis-
tributed throughout it. As an example, water is absorbed by calcium
chloride in the same
manner
as water is absorbed by a sponge. Com-
bination adsorption-absorption phenomena often occur.
Mechanical Separation——Moisture can be removed from materials
using centrifugal force or gravity. Centrifugal force is used for removing
free water from wool, textiles, and beet sugar.
Vaporization.—The
most important
method
of drying pertaining to
farm crops is by vaporization. Heat must be supplied to the wet product
to change the water to a vapor. The amount of heat required depends on
the pressure and temperature at which vaporization occurs. Heat is
taken from unheated air at atmospheric temperature for natural air
drying. Vaporization may occur under standard atmospheric conditions
or in a vacuum chamber. Where the flavor of the product is affected by
using high temperatures,
vacuum
drying at low evaporation tempera-
tures is practiced.
Chemical Desiccants——Chemical plant desiccants may be used to
cause plants to mature earlier, thus reducing the subsequent problem of
drying following harvesting.
Changes in Stored Products
There are many changes which occur to a product during transportation, handling, storage, and preserving.
Chemical Changes.—The effect of canning upon the minerals, proteins, and vitamins of various food products is a large scientific field in
itself. In stored hay and grains, changes occur in the fat acidity, enzymes,
color, and vitamins. These changes are influenced greatly by the mois-
ture content and temperature which are often used as a means of indicating the quality of stored products.
Respiration and Heating.—In hay, grain, fruit, and vegetable products
respiration or breathing continues after storage. Heat is produced by
the respiration process. The quantity of heat produced is greatly influenced by the moisture content and temperature of the product. Loss
of viability or germination often occurs after heating. Movement of air
through the products helps to prevent excessive temperatures by removing heat and excess moisture.
Microorganisms.—Changes
occur in the amount
of mold and yeast
growth in the stored product. These changes are largely dependent on
8
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
the temperature and moisture availability and are used as an indication
of the potential storage life of many products.
Insects and Rodents.—The
population of insects is affected by the
moisture and temperature of the environment of the stored product.
Ventilation presents a method of controlling growth of insects, but after
they get out of control, chemical means are commonly used.
Importance of Drying
The drying of farm crops offers the following advantages by permitting:
Early harvest which reduces the field loss of products from storm and
natural shattering and permits working the soil early for fall seeding.
The field conditions (dry and fewer weeds) are often better for harvesting earlier in the season.
Planning the harvest season to make better use of labor. Farm crops
can be harvested when natural drying conditions are unfavorable.
Long-time storage with little deterioration. Extended storage periods
are becoming increasingly important with the large amount of grain
being stored and carried over through another storage year by the farmer, government, and industry.
The farmer’s taking advantage of higher price a few months after harvest. The increase in value of corn and wheat from harvest to the market
peak price is usually about 10% of the market price at time of harvest,
although in some years there is no price advantage.
Maintenance of the viability of seeds. By.removing moisture the possibility of the grain heating with subsequent reduction or destruction of
germination is decreased.
The farmer’s selling a better quality product which is worth more to
him and to those who must use those products.
Use of waste products. Beet pulp can be utilized over a long period of
time after it has been dried; otherwise, the storage life would be short.
Losses of Farm Crops
The losses of farm crops can be used to indicate the importance of
proper harvesting, storing, and drying. About 10% of the grain grown on
the farm never reaches the market because of losses during harvesting
and farm storage. Many of the losses which occur in the field can be
eliminated by harvesting at the proper stage of maturity followed by
drying (Table 1.3). About 28% of the field hay crop never reaches market
or its intended use because of loss. The total estimated annual loss during
HISTORY
AND IMPORTANCE
OF DRYING
9
harvesting and storing of cereal crops and hay in the United States
is
over $1% billion. The losses during harvesting and storage of several
agricultural products are shown in Table 1.4.
TABLE
1.3.
HAYMAKING
LOSSES
AS RELATED
TO WEATHER
Loss! of Starch
Details of Treatment and Weather
Equivalent, %
No mechanical loss,? no rain
Mechanical loss, no rain
Rain
1—2 showers for 1—20 min
5—6 showers for 12—63 min
Average of all trials
23
39
50
44
54
45
Source: Bohnstedt (1944).
‘Loss during haymaking based on nutrients in fresh hay.
*Mechanical loss refers to loss of stems, leaves, etc.
TABLE 1.4. ESTIMATED LOSS OF PRODUCTION DURING HARVEST AND STORAGE!
Product
Cereals (wheat, oats, rye, barley, rice)
Corn
Cotton, lint
Harvesting, %
Storage, %
5.0
4,
Des
4.5
6.0
0.25
7.0
8.0
Seeds of grasses
Seeds of lezumes
Wt)
30.0
=
=
Sorghum, grain
Soybeans for beans
15.0
50)
6.0
—
Hay
Potato
21.0
7.0
'Percentage of expected production without loss.
The loss of seed from hay standing in the field is often from 20 to 30%
of the production. Most of this loss can be prevented by early harvest
followed by drying.
sun and moving the
In the past years
to dry in the shock.
Drying can be done either by natural drying in the
seed periodically or by mechanical drying.
many crops were left in the field after harvesting
After drying in the field, ear corn was husked and
placed into the crib and there was little problem of excess moisture because the moisture was removed in the field. However, now it is more
common to move high moisture grain into storage immediately after
harvest (Table 1.5).
The nutritional
changes which take place in forage products during
growth in the field, drying, and storage give valuable guides for proper
handling and drying:
(1) More than 5 times as much carotene in alfalfa is preserved with
artificial drying as compared to sun drying, with a negligible carotene loss during artificial drying.
10
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
TABLE 1.5. APPROXIMATE MOISTURE CONTENT DURING HARVEST AND STORAGE, % (W.B.)
Maximum
Usual When
;
Reported
Optimum During
Harvested
Approximate Maximum
Harvest
Minimum Loss
Harvest for
in Central
States
For1 Year
Oats
35
28
=
32
24—30
16-20
16-20
14-30
ale
10-18
13
13-14
13
Grain sorghum
—
—
10-20
13
TOS tat
Rice
Soybeans
Hay
30
—=
ioe
—
70-80
16-24
9—20
—
13
13
20-25
=
10
15—20
Crop
Corn
Wheat
Barley
Pea beans
During
28
—
22
10-18
17-20
for Safe Storage
13
1
For 5 Years
11
2
iB
11
—
(2) By early and frequent clipping of forages, from 40 to 60% more
protein can be obtained. Protein purchases by the farmer can be
reduced. Early harvest and frequent clipping combined with drying
provide a method of preserving the protein.
When hay can be field dried without being damaged by rain, there
is little difference in the chemical constituents obtained, based
on feeding trials, as compared to barn dried. California research
workers reported a leaching loss of 67% of the minerals, 35% of the
carbohydrates, and 18% of the protein from rain.
(4) There are 3 sources of loss in field drying: (1) normal respiration
loss, (2) weathering losses, including leaching, and (3) mechanical
losses, including leaf loss (MacDonald 1946). An evaluation of the
losses and feed value as handled by different methods is given in
Table 1.6.
=
In order to conserve a maximum amount of dry matter in the hay,
it is necessary to begin preservation as soon as possible after the
plant is cut (Miller 1947).
Prevention of Crop Losses
Most harvesting losses of cereals are due to (1) shattering of grain to
the ground, (2) breakage of straw when harvested too dry, (3) wind and
insect damage, (4) improper operation of harvesting machinery, and (5)
poor growing conditions. Harvesting losses of corn are due to (1) ears
dropping to the ground, (2) corn shelled from ears, (3) stalks broken,
(4) harvesting when too dry or too wet, and (5) wind and insect damage
in the field. Losses of hay include shattering of leaves and lowering of
grade from rain. A considerable reduction of the harvesting losses can be
accomplished by timely harvest followed by drying.
Most storage losses of cereal grains and hay are caused by insect dam-
HISTORY
TABLE 1.6. FEED VALUE
FERENT METHODS
OF ALFALFA
AND IMPORTANCE
HAY
HARVESTED
Dry MatMethod of Harvest
and Storage
Field cured,
damage
Field cured,
Barn dried,
Barn dried,
OF DRYING
AND
seipeibor
11
=
pipe
/
Total Di-
Decline
gestible
in Milk
Leaves
Retained
ter Retained
Protein
Retained
Carotene
Retained
Nutrients
Retained
Production!
38
62
ie
me
60
80
80
84
55
2:
75
78
2
3
6
10
735)
59.1
byl)
58.0
13.6
6.7
8.1
8.8
%
%
%
%
%
%
rain
no rain
no heat
heat
Dehydrated hay
94
90
81
23
59.8
6.4
Source: Shepherd et al. (1955).
‘During 30 day feed trials on controlled rations.
age, mold, and heating due to excess moisture. The storage losses can be
practically eliminated by drying and aeration (Hall 1956).
Often loss occurs because of an accumulation of moisture in grain, even
though dry when placed in the storage. Two terms are used for the preservation of grain through moisture control, drying and aeration. Drying
is the procedure used to remove excess moisture from the grain to reduce
the moisture to a level acceptable for safe storage or for commercial
sale. Drying may be accomplished by using either heated or unheated air.
Aeration refers to moving a small amount of air through the grain to
cool and ventilate the grain at frequent intervals. The reverse operation,
turning, refers to moving the grain through the air by transferring the
grain from one bin to another.
Representation of Moisture Content
The amount of moisture in a product is designated on the basis of the
weight of water and is usually expressed in percentages. Two methods
are used to represent the moisture content: (1) wet basis, MCw., and (2)
by
dry basis, MC,». The moisture content on a wet basis is obtained
the
dividing the weight of water in the material by the total weight of
material [Equation (1-1)].
% MCw
where MC,,
Wy
Wa
=
Ww ee (100%)
isk
W.+W,
moisture content, wet basis
weight of water
weight of dry matter
1-1
(1-1)
12.
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
The moisture on a dry basis is determined by dividing the weight of
water by the weight of dry matter [Equation (1-2)].
% MCay
=
Wy
W;
ne
(100%)
ig
(1-2)
\
The moisture content on a dry basis and wet basis are related by Equa-
tion (1-3)
% MCay
=
OL MG, (100%)
oo
MCyr
A
es
(1-3)
GR
-
The wet basis moisture content is used for commercial designation and
by the Federal Grain Standards. Prices for grain and hay are based upon
moisture content on a wet basis. The dry basis moisture content is used
mainly by research workers and in equations dealing with moisture
variations. Note that the denominator of Equation (1-2) will remain the
same regardless of the amount of moisture in the product. The dry basis
moisture content is more likely to be used for drying equations. The
moisture content expressed on the dry basis is always larger than the
wet basis.
A conversion chart provides a convenient means for converting from
the moisture content on one basis to the other (Fig. 1.2).
The following example illustrates the use of moisture content on either
wet or dry basis:
Given: 1 MT of grain initially at 25% moisture, w.b.
To find: Amount of moisture removed in drying to 14% moisture, w.b.
Solution: Method A (using moisture content, wet basis, to solve)
0.25 X 2205 lb = 551.25 lb of water in product
The final weight of the grain with 14% moisture is the weight of dry
matter multiplied by the pounds of moist material per pound of dry
matter which is
“
1653.75
100
xX ce 7
eee
<
alga Giana
ee
eae pe Se
Thus, 2205 — 1923 = 282 lb water removed.
Method B (determining amount of water removed using dry basis)
Change 25 and 14%, wet basis, to 33.33 and 16.28%, dry basis, re-
spectively. The amount of moisture removed is equal to dry matter multiplied by the change in dry basis moisture content,
OruGs3erar
x 83.58 —16.28)
=
282 1b water removed.
HISTORY
d.b, 9
5
wb, CPA
meer
esi
Se
db !2
db
eM
db*5
10
56
7
13
15
8-9)
TOs.
Il, © Nee
20
25
13
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
apygte ggPe Par ieee ete sreert
db.&°
SHEA
38
db 75
wb
OF DRYING
ieee aaa OTe aie testtett
masi aes
w.b.
AND IMPORTANCE
CAEP
43
db 9°
HGS a
EE
65
39
El
80
ELL
44
a
95
HE
40
70
A ae
41
S5ee,
a
45
el
46
a
75
bet
42
pe
lt
47
90
100
105
ee
FIG. 1.2. CONVERSION SCALE FOR MOISTURE CONTENT
REPRESENTATION
QUESTIONS
L Make a graph illustrating the relationship of average monthly price
of wheat from the time of harvest until the new crop is harvested for
the last 5 years. Corn. Alfalfa hay. Apples. Discuss.
. Determine the quantity of hay at 40% (w.b.) required to give 1 MT
at 20% (w.b.). Work on wet basis and check answer by using dry
basis calculations.
. The loss during harvest and storage of a grain is 10% of the gross
production. The value of the loss is $200 million. Determine the
value of gross production. Determine the value of net production.
>
. Distinguish between losses by leaching and bleaching of forages.
. Make a list of design and management practices which should be
followed to eliminate rodent and other animal damage to grain.
List all possibilities of loss of nutrient value for alfalfa hay from
cutting and field curing to mowing. Discuss measures for greatly
reducing or eliminating these losses.
. What must be the original weight of material at 30% moisture, w.b.,
to provide 100 kg of material at 12% moisture, w.b.?
Derive the relationship represented by Equation (1-3).
REFERENCES
ANON.
1928.
Status of grain drying investigation.
Agric. Eng. 9 (1) 14-16.
14.
OF AGRICULTURAL
DRYING AND STORAGE
ANON.
CROPS
Stretch your season with grain preservatives.
1974.
Farm Chem. 137
(7), 26-28:
BOHNSTEDT, G. 1944. Nutritional values of hay and silage as affected by
harvesting, processing, and storing. Agric. Eng. 25 (9) 337-340.
BURGES, H.D. and BURRELL, N.J. 1964. Cooling bulk grain in the British
climate to control storage insects to improve keeping quality. J. Sci. Food
Agric. 15, 32-50.
CAMPBELL, J.K. 1972. Preserving grain with organic acids—from an engi-
Meet. N. Atlantic Region, Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Univ.
neering standpoint.
Md., College Park.
CHRISTENSEN,
Aug. 15, 1972.
C.M. and KAUFMANN,
Role of Fungi in Quality Loss.
HALL, C.W.
1956.
H.H.
1969.
Univ. of Minnesota
Grain Storage:
The
Press, Minneapolis.
Preventing crop losses by drying.
Agric. Eng. 37 (6) 414—
415, 421.
HALL, C.W. et al. 1977. World Food and Nutrition Study, Vol. 3. National
Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.
HODGSON, R.E., SHEPHERD, H.B., SCHOENLEBER, L.B., TYSDAL, H.M.
and HOSTERMAN, W.H. 1946. Progress report on comparing the efficiency
of three methods of harvesting and preserving forage crops. Agric. Eng. 27
(a2 19—222.
HODGSON,
R.E. et al.
1947.
Comparative efficiency of ensiling, barn curing,
and field curing forage crops. Agric. Eng. 28 (4) 154-156.
HUKILL, W.V. 1957. Evolution of grain drying. Agric. Eng. 38 (7) 526-527.
HURLBUT, L.W., PETERSEN, G.M., YUNG, F.D. and OLSON, E.A. 1952.
Harvesting and conditioning grain for storage. Agric. Eng. 33 (7) 421—425.
JONES, G.M., MOWAT, D.N., ELLIOT, J.I. and MORAN, E.T., JR. 1974.
Organic acid preservation of high moisture corn and other grains and the
nutritional value: a review. Can. J. Anim. Sci. 54 (4) 499-517.
KAUFMANN,
H.H.
1964.
Quality control practices reduce losses and costs in
stored grain. Agric. Eng. 45 (8) 432.
MACDONALD,
H.A.
1946.
Factors
affecting the nutritional value of forage
plants. Agric. Eng. 27 (3) 117-120.
MARON,
S.H. and LANDO,
J.B.
1974.
Fundamental
Principles of Physical
Chemistry. Macmillan Co., New York.
MASSIE, D.R., OLVER, E.F. and SHOVE, G.C. 1964. Extending the time of
drying corn with controlled atmosphere. Trans. ASAE 7 (1) 32-33.
MILLER, H. 1947. Dry matter loss in haymaking due to bacterial action.
Agric. Eng. 28 (6) 242-244.
NASH, M.J. and EASSON, D.L. 1977. Preservation of moist hay with pro-
pionic acid. J. Stored Prod. Res. 13 (2) 65—75.
NATL. ACAD. SCI.
1977.
World Food and Nutrition Study.
National Acad-
emy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.
PATERSON,
H. 1967.
19 (216) 19-20.
Chilled grain storage.
Farm Mechanization Buildings
HISTORY
PFLUG, I.J. and DEWEY,
Eng. 36 (3) 171-172.
D.H.
1955.
AND IMPORTANCE
OF DRYING
Controlled atmosphere storage.
PRUTTON, C.F.and MARON,S.H.
1944.
Chemistry. Macmillan Co., New York.
15
Agric.
Fundamental Principles of Physical
SAUER, D.B., HODGES, T.O., BURROUGHS, R. and CONVERSE, H.H.
1975. Comparison of propionic acid and methylene bis propionate as grain
preservatives. Trans. ASAE /8 (6) 1162-1164.
SHEDD, C.K. 1949. Storage of small grains and shelled corn on the farm.
U.S. Dep. Agric. Farmers’ Bull. 2009.
SHEPHERD,
J.B. et al.
1955.
alfalfa forage for dairy cows.
Relative merits of harvesting and preserving
U.S. Dep. Agric. Circ. 963.
STEWART, J.A. and CLARK, B.S. 1949. The Canned Food Reference Manual, 3rd Edition. American Can Company, New York.
U.N. 1977. Statistical Yearbook (28th Issue)—1976. United Nations, New
York.
U.S. DEP. AGRIC. 1954. Losses in agriculture. U.S. Dep. Agric. ARS 20-1.
U.S. DEP. AGRIC. 1975. Agricultural Statistics. U.S. Dep. Agric., Washington, D.C.
Equilibrium Moisture Relationships
The equilibrium moisture content is directly related to the drying and
storing of farm crops. The equilibrium moisture content is used to determine whether a product will gain or lose moisture under a given set of
temperature and relative humidity conditions. A product is in equilibrium with its environment when the rate of moisture loss from the
product to the surrounding atmosphere is equal to the rate of moisture
gain of the product from the surrounding atmosphere. The atmospheric
conditions are defined by temperature and relative humidity. The moisture content of the product when it is in equilibrium with the surrounding atmosphere is called the equilibrium moisture content or hygroscopic
equilibrium. The relative humidity of the surrounding atmosphere during
equilibrium is known as the equilibrium relative humidity and is dependent on and specified at a particular temperature. Thermodynamically,
equilibrium is reached when the free energy change for a material is
zero. The adsorption process is accompanied by a decrease in entropy.
The equilibrium moisture content of a particular product may be ex-
pressed on either a wet or a dry basis. For use in mathematical calculations it is customary to express the moisture content on a dry basis.
The relationship between the moisture content of a particular material
and its equilibrium relative humidity at the particular temperature can
be expressed with an equilibrium moisture curve. These curves are often
called isotherms because the values plotted for each curve usually cor-
respond to a specific temperature (Fig. 2.1). Unless stated otherwise,
equilibrium moisture content curves are commonly plotted for a temperature of 25°C (77°F). According to the Brunauer classification, grain
isotherms
are of Type II, called S-shaped or sigmoid isotherms,
and
attributed to multimolecular adsorption (Brunauer 1945). For each 0.1
kg (0.22 lb) of dry matter of shelled corn, approximately 2.6 ha (6.5 acres)
are available for adsorption (Rodriguez-Arias 1956).
An empirical equation is used to represent the equilibrium moisture
content, equation (2-1):
16
EQUILIBRIUM
1 - RH
MOISTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
= e=<™e"
17
(2-1)
in which RH, the relative humidity, is represented as a decimal; T, the
absolute temperature, °R; M., the equilibrium moisture content, %, d.b.;
and c and n are constants varying with the materials (Henderson 1952).
From Fig. 2.1 and equation (2-1) it can be noted that the
(1) equilibrium moisture content is 0 at 0 relative humidity
(2) equilibrium relative humidity approaches 100% as the moisture
content approaches infinity
(3) slope of the curve approaches infinity as the moisture content
approaches infinity and increases rapidly as the moisture content
approaches zero.
MOISTURE
CONTENT
PERCENT
(d.b)
10)
10
20
30
40
RELATIVE
50
60
HUMIDITY,
FIG. 2.1. EQUILIBRIUM MOISTURE CONTENT
70
80
90
100
PERCENT
CURVE
for proThe equation is valuable for extrapolating limited data and
ly
general
is
viding a complete curve with a minimum of two points. There
a reduction
in moisture
content
for a fixed relative humidity
as the
as the temtemperature is increased. The moisture content decreases
18
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
perature is increased for a fixed vapor pressure. For wheat and corn both
the equation and actual tests show a loss of about 3% moisture for each
10°C (50°F) rise in temperature. For peanuts, lettuce seeds, flax seeds,
pine seeds, tomato seeds, pea beans, and onion seeds, the equilibrium
moisture content is higher at 10°C (50°F) than at 5°C (41°F) and 20°C
(60°F) (a lower and higher temperature) at relative humidities of 55 and
76% (Table 2.3). Equilibrium moisture content values for various agricultural products are summarized in Tables 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4.
The composition of the product determines the characteristic of adsorption of moisture. With feedstuffs, the relative amounts of soluble
carbohydrate and protein largely determine the equilibrium moisture
curve. At 63% relative humidity the water adsorption varies directly
with the carbohydrate content and inversely with the protein content,
and at 90% relative humidity the relationship is reversed (Snow et al.
1944).
Determination of Vapor Pressure
The equilibrium moisture content information can be used for determining the vapor pressure of the material. If the vapor pressure of the
material is higher than the vapor pressure of the surrounding atmosphere, moisture will move from the material to the atmosphere. Conversely, if the vapor pressure of the material is lower than the surrounding atmosphere, moisture will move from the atmosphere to the
material. The vapor pressure of the material in question can be readily
determined by superimposing the equilibrium moisture content data ona
psychrometric chart. If the vapor pressure of the product is below that of
the atmosphere, the product will gain moisture and sometimes may gain
enough moisture so that mold growth in storage increases to the extent
that the product is damaged.
The vapor pressure, usually in pounds per square inch or millimeters of
mercury, is determined from Fig. 2.2 and 2.3 by locating the point on the
curve corresponding to the moisture content of the product at the ap-
propriate temperature. Thus, pea beans at 15% moisture and 25°C (77°F)
have a vapor pressure of 2300 Pa (0.33 psi).
Another
method
of determining
the vapor pressure*is to locate the
equilibrium relative humidity at 15% moisture and 25°C (77°F). The
equilibrium relative humidity is defined as the ratio of the vapor pressure
of water in the product to the pressure of saturated water
vapor at the
specified temperature. Therefore, the vapor pressure of a product
can be
determined by multiplying the equilibrium relative humidity
times the
saturated water vapor pressure, at that temperature. The
equilibrium
relative humidity is 72%, and from Table 2.5, the
saturated vapor
EQUILIBRIUM
MOISTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
19
pressure is 3.165 kPa (0.46 psi). The vapor pressure of the 15% moisture
pea beans is 3165 X 0.72 = 2279 Pa (0.33 psi) at 25°C (77°F). Equilibrium
moisture content values at temperatures other than room temperature
are desirable for heated air drying calculations. Shelled corn values are
given in Fig. 2.4.
Determination of Equilibrium Moisture Content
Two general methods are used for determining the equilibrium mois-
ture content: The static method, in which atmosphere surrounding the
product comes to equilibrium with the product without mechanical agitation of the air or product; and the dynamic method, in which the atmosphere surrounding the product or the product itself is mechanically
moved. The dynamic method is quicker but presents problems in design
and instrumentation. Therefore, the static method has been used more
extensively. Several weeks may be required using the static method,
whereas with the dynamic method the data may be obtained in a couple
of days or less. The speed at which equilibrium is approached, of course,
depends upon the amount of change which must take place in order to
reach equilibrium for a particular product. The usual procedure consists
of using wet grain and drying to the equilibrium condition, in which case
the term desorption isotherm applies.
When using the static method for determining equilibrium moisture
content, a saturated salt solution or an acid solution may be used for
maintaining the desired relative humidity at the temperature of storage.
Another method is to permit the product to come to equilibrium with an
enclosed surrounding, the relative humidity of which is then measured.
In both cases the final moisture content of the product is determined by
an accepted method. With the static method, because long periods are
required for the product to come to equilibrium, mold is apt to develop on
most agricultural products at relative humidities above 80%. The moisture content obtained for relative humidities above 80% for the product
is usually not a true one, because the moisture from the mold gives an
apparent high equilibrium moisture content.
With the dynamic method, air is bubbled through absorption towers
containing an acid or saturated salt solution which controls the humidity
and then around the product. Also, an air conditioning system can be
used to obtain the desired conditions. In another method the air is moved
around the product in a closed container and the final relative humidity
and temperature of the air are determined to define equilibrium conditions.
The method used for determining the moisture content of the product
NIVHD
‘suvaq
Pat
UBOIXe|A]
UIOY}ION
jeaI13
st]dy par
Aaupry
yep pel
Agupry
“4eTF [[BUS a}IYM
oyurd
paasxe]y
$180
“aory aJOyM UleLs
afoym ules
parr
aot
ysnor
aky
paT[ays
U109
GA
;
GZ
GZ
GZ
GZ
GZ
GZ
GZ
GZ
GZ
8g
GZ
LG
eY
GZ
=
0
OL
1Z
GZ
IL
v
om
“Oe
GS
GS
GZ
i
OL
GZ
gE
PG
J,
De
LL
Thi
bs
iy
LL
LL
Hy
Ny,
0OT
jb,
08
OIL
LL
0Z
as
0S
OL
LL
09T
OF
09
cin
VL
GC?)
GL
Wik
VL
67
99
08
OL
9
OL
OL
Z9
9°8
SL
ZS
1G
6s
e'9
cche
VL
9g
09
6S
19
VS
09
19
ee
I?
6S*
6.
Vg
0Z
OL
9
OT
VP
0's
ainjeraduia
ce
iy
LL
LL
OF
0S
phy
00T
OST
BOY oAT}
18°6
1,
78
9b
meSG
B06
OF AGRICULTURAL
6G
SAN
MO
226
€'8
28i6
RS
(OUUL)
‘On
06
OOT
GiGTe 8°96
6k.
GvG
Flee
AND STORAGE
L’8
aleG
Ori
eke
GG
Opel
Fil s
OL
08
Gicieeoe ASG=
Cache
SES
lnOe=we “Gill
ariae
Oe
SG
OQ
Ole
(Guile
eal
ahi
Merl
Col
‘AyIprUny
%
09
BcGle
98S
ORE
at Cilia “Ol me EGG
(OCIe
108t
OGL
92
6OL
Tihl=
aGiG
Ciswe
iCiGle
S/O
2s TM OG
IOS
OMT
LO:Ge
MOI
Dio
Ollila
a
OSGIR
aCe
(CiSie
89
6L
ASG
ANE
Ae
VIG
acl
Serle
MeO
ColoTVG
TC]
SO
ayDee
Me e
Clee
MLL
Gea
CCIM
SClemmnCZy
Cunle
ee
Oc
aol
ECC
TAOme
Wie ham aCSe OLS
Te
CCleaner
oa cari lame
GO
“GOLee
Baca’
Cela
FOC
See
Se
OC
Se
Secu.
SIGS lee weOs
Cicie
AOLws
AES
Oclaaa CCE
v
Cole
Wie
|G
BCliee
IoC
Ole
Oc ea KC
AAO
Gk=
GS
VAI
Sk
viGlin
ee LOC
aClaeaa OE
CTC
Cais
a
Wal
BGG Oe6
SGlwe
“Gil
0S
6
BECO)
COM ee STALL
69
BL
OF
9'8
-6°6 am
96
G'g
L'8
aaeGiG
V8
OG
€8
OIG a
G'8
S56
9g
19
18
16 =
GIG ae OleC6 oe
v8
76:6 me
a0
GOT
76°6
9'8
0g
G'8
M6
WNIYEITINOASYNLSIOW ‘LNALNOO
‘'%
‘aM
DRYING
AIq
fy
[eleze
Aapieg
qeaymyong
peesu0}}09
AIq suvaq
a}POYyoA
JISVL
‘1’?
20
CROPS
L9G
8'ES
EQUILIBRIUM
MOISTURE
1D 10 19 CO CO
NNANNNN
wt
1 O D x09
TMOGHOHOODH
SSOrOROH
BLODSONDOIS
FS Se ue Sa
BDRHRWRHAOD
ene
ON
ar Regs
ert
meen
CN
ISN
SENSeVe SR SENN ONES UO ree
1
HL
OM
HTOr OND
oe Aoe ee eB ee oe hn Be Be
LSA
Fe
eS
yee
eat caress
SH edo HN
hy
rt etter rt
apes, CRG
AAANASHOANHSD
Sonia ae ihoen ieee ian!
aod
at
et
AQ
bs
SmoomnmDmononononm
BOOK
BRABASBO
ASH
eo) COS)
SOONTAANAN
THM
O
ttt
COGS
NONANCSMMOBMDOOCMMNN
SHB
LO 10 19 C19 O10
Sn oon Bon ee oe
CMmHOODHNMm
Ano
LO HH
FN
AHODANANNNANDOMIMIHO
aod
soonloon ee oe
monde
AaTIN
ERE Ser sy eo
~-owo
aod
NNNOMMOMMOMOTANWM
HANH
sc
on Be oo
oe Be De oe oe
ee
21
CoOOomMr
xt
N 23 2
SHON
so a ee
RELATIONSHIPS
tes
rt
ere
Syst
oe
et
1S
St S'S
=1-
Oe
Horr
otten
BASBABAAHOH
aor
AMrOMMOrAty
COCO
O19
190 O19 Fe
DX
So
DHODODODSO
OSHOHODABHOS
OO =
re
THOMONDOW
f
©2020
=
Orr
AN
1D HO
reer
re i
10
HtOOoonotooeo
ott
Hid
xt ti
cdidid
tO
18
omen Koy Kd ot tw ma mee
oH eo a om me am
OONHRrree
te
Orrtowdno
ninr
NOOO
15
15 10 =H
ONCOCrrrrren
N
OD LO f-
Tl
lll Sal Ciel etl |
rai
re
CMOOCMNMUMOAAHANWMOWYTOLO
DAMIDONNN
NONN
MNO
H
®
42
S
go}
g
g
)
eS bp opmw
Sse ee
aoOos
NNN
a
¢
oe
o
2
ra)
ie)
nN
|
n
§
Ags
yoMioig= i
Oo
cen
rOoOCOHMNMNMNNO
o
S
@
oa
op
)
MN
a
® BP
oo =|
om)
de fo
3H
®
o
a2
boot
ANANNANAANLO
is
B
Wheat
GS,
Re
af
PEaESs
sacats
o
aaPOE
because
Unreliable
growth.
of
'
(1952);
(1955);
(1947);
and
(1954);
Ramstad
Henderson
Hogan
Karon
Houston
Kester
Larmour
al.
et Shedd
(1942);
Geddes
Thompson
(1956);
(1954).
Rodriguez-A
andmold
(1955).
(1956):
(1925).
aicten
Fellows
Fenton(1941);
(1956);
(1972);
Hall
ASAE
Sources:
Sallans
and
al.
Becker
Dexter
et (1944);
“2%? AIGVL
‘Avy
BJPITV
‘IBAOC[D
CULT 91N}
MBIS
oleAvy
poy
“Taaopo
‘ON
T
ONZ
BAY MeIys
OUIpeT
62
62
LZ
62
GZ
GS
Noyes
v8
¥8
08
v8
oe
ey
OOT
ST
LG
Lg
09
LG
19
OL
89
VL
89
OL
ED,
ay
18
Tia;
89
eg
Lg
89
SL
Lg
9°9
9
SL
v8
28
ER
es
9°9
VL
Ger
OOL
OOPS
GIL
GL
el
TIL
OIl
26
wile
LOL
Cae
COL
ere
006
6GIeae9ST €STVGl
9&6
6
18
8
Galay5
v8
OIE
96
66
GL
OO
68
OO
Veis
FAK
GSt
‘ApIpTUIny
%
09
SGI
JLO
GZ
VL
Sy
LG
aArzelay
0S
SAMA
8g
sseidaulolg
Lil
ne
ip
LL
Di
99
6€
6g
OF
LOL
‘“I9A0T/) OUIPR]
GZ
GZ
GZ
GZ
GZ
78
SL
SL
09
0g
18°66
18°81
66 16
1G
19°
1V
8%
113
G616
19'S
06
Areutpio
pepeys
peyore]
ways
dozJo
W10}}40q
JO
W1a4S
suory}OR
SNOLIeA
IJ
6%
92
9%
9T
=
8g
OOT
OL
08
6
Gon
er
Ci
99
OST
sg
exe
9
ie
02
OF AGRICULTURAL
72
‘se0Inog
STAB
AUIZ
SU0T
72
104x9q
“(LP6T)
‘(GE61)
‘(TG6T)
‘(OG6T)
‘ejduies uo YAMOIS ploul JO asnedeq 9s[qeIjatuy) |
ainjerieduie
ile
OI
DRYING AND STORAGE
g
WNIYEITINOA 3DVWHOS
J,
Oy
"aM °% ‘LNALNOO SYNLSIOW
ey] [ele
Bs[eITV
Avy
TON
ON
ON€
TV ese Aey
22
CROPS
OMMr-wmoowotTNOLMN
ANNAN
GLIGoel:
SOLGETVELOCT
EQUILIBRIUM
TABLE 2.3. SEED EQUILIBRIUM MOISTURE
{eae
Temperatu
re
C p
Flax
:
Lettuce
Onion
Peanut
Pine
Tomato
5
10
20
30
5
10
20
30
5
10
20
30
5
10
20
30
5
10
20
30
5
10
20
30
41
50
68
86
4]
50
68
86
41
50
68
86
41
50
68
86
41
50
68
86
41
50
68
86
MOISTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
23
CONTENT, %, W.B.
usi Seay
idi
a
7.8
7.6
BED
5.0
6.5
6.3
Bes)
5.0
10.3
10.0
8.7
8.0
5.8
5.6
4.8
4.2
8.2
8.3
All
6.2
9.1
9.2
8.0
ell
10.5
Ib?
9.0
Wes
8.7
9.9
7.8
6.1
13.6
15.8
1272
9.8
7.9
8.7
6.2
nee
10.9
13.9
9.5
7.9
1223
13:5
10.8
9.0
11.4
13.9
Laer
Tee
9.7
13.5
TES
9.9
15.0
Ue
15.6
14.7
8.5
10.7
8.9
9.0
11.6
T3e2
12.9
11.9
13.9
19.6
13:7
13.0
Source: Barton (1941-1942).
is aS important as the method used for determining the relative humidity. Standard methods are described by the U.S. Dep. of Agriculture
and American Association of Cereal Chemists (see Chapter 4).
Maintaining Relative Humidity with a Saturated Salt Solution
Research in agricultural engineering often requires controlling temperature and humidity conditions. Refrigerators and coolers are usually
available for temperature control. Mechanical humidity control equipment is expensive and seldom available in sufficient quantities to run a
large number of tests simultaneously. A chemical means of controlling
the humidity is usually satisfactory.
Either an acid or saturated salt solution may be used for chemically
controlling the relative humidity in a closed container. Sulfuric acid will
corrode metal easily. A salt solution is more stable, less corrosive, and
often less expensive. A given saturated salt solution will often maintain
practically the same relative humidity at different temperatures. A solution will exert a certain vapor pressure depending upon the chemical,
its concentration, and temperature.
It is easier to maintain a saturated salt solution than to attempt to
maintain
a solution of less than 100% of saturation. Then if water
O'9T
06S
0'°8E
OOT
870
vg
6€
OT
€ Tl
G6
L‘0
oT
9°8T
LOE
60
68
9)
ce
69
el
Sim!
06
TV
De
GIT
LL
GL
08—OL
9LT
66
OG
LL
LL
LL
LL
08—OL
08—-OL
LL
LL
LL
08-OL
9LT
66
0G
LL
LL
OVI
LL
0S
66
LL
LL
GL
GL
9LT
66
0S
Go
VG
L&@—-I6
08
LE
Or
GG
GG
GG
GG
LG—I6G
L&—-IG
GG
GG
Go
L6—16
08
L&
Or
GG
GG
09
GG
Or
Lé
GG
TV
0Sie
GE
Té
€L
GG
VG
VG
08
Lg
Or
A.
Os
ainjzeieduia J,
LG—T6
Tvl
08—OL
dwiey eplueyy
Tuo1edeI
aonids a414M
Jequn'y
suveq }snoo'T
ayeo pessur'T
petp-Aeids
“uleald-[[NJ
pelip-11e
pepyeos
$90}810g
ajoym ‘seag
Jaqqni peulrepay
YAHLO
L6—-1G
08—OL
OFT
TWHNLINOIWDV
petap-Aesds
pelip-sre
pepyeos
JOIIED
“¢'¢ AIEVL
SUIsIey
‘saunig
pelip
‘sayoveg
pelip
$120
“ITAL
Japmod
ueUuly
JINO]
SIaYyORIO,
Y}O]9
U0}}0D
say
XB
6%
TG
TE
ov
67
9%
ET
GFI
LGl
GL
9°6
LOt
oF
EL
ST
sé
0's
eV
a9
GG
(a4
OTT
ier
Tv
VE
6g
T8
a9
Lrg
OT
é
oT
9%
LG
LG’
Sy
ge
8s
6S
OF
SP
OL
G6
€8
OL
LT
0%
GS
VG
Gy
OL
SL
SOL
86
v8
6Z
9°
6
ev
i)
oe
66
OCI
9ST
TOL
6'§
6G
SV
Lg
0%
VE
8's
VG
9§
€%
Sr
LG
6g
GP
VE
os
Eg
Or
87
v9
€°9
ST
06
60
oT
%
8s
GT
VG
GT
TG
GE
Lt
eT
vy
0€
TE
LG
eV
TS
sé
LY
vy
VY
Shy
LY
LY
9°9
9°6
SL
gg)
8g
€8
L8
OL
SL
O'sT
Gor
T9
Lg
GL
OL
Gg
GV
srg)
eL
67
€9
v6
G6
88
9°8
T6
LL
09
0g
OV
y% ‘AYIpPIUINFY9AtVeaY
WNIYEITINDOA SIVIHALVN
reqhd
pelap-1re
‘papyeos
AOAS
peoig
su0g
jeow
aseqqey
0%
T&Z
L0G
9'OT
Vel
el
8 9T
T&L
LL
6L
91
9 0T
8 él
OCI
(rat
GVvT
get
69
GIT
T6
06
Lg
O'OT
LOT
SL
16
T6I
681
VLI
Sig!
O'9T
€ Or
OL
‘aM “% “LNALNOO SYNLSIOW
uelg
Ve]
[Be
HTN
NTR
mt Nt
St rt
o
N
6D ELD 1
Se el eee eee
mor dtinion
Ea COC SS
estat
SS
E- OO
NR
NA
DNONMANTODOCO
SCO .C0 IGE
S
co
MAH
NANNANNNAN
TY
GBT
Lg
HESSOY
EXO ace
OHORAHGDOSHOD
AOA
Norn
06 L6G Vol
VIE
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
AND STORAGE
DRYING
24
suvaq yo}00¢
J,
Ty,
J,
08—OL
08—-OL
08—0L
LL
LL
LL
08
OOT
OGT
OFT
08
OOT
OdI
OFT
08
OOT
OdT
OFT
LG—IG
LG—-1G
LG—-IG
GS
GG
GG
LG
8E
67
09
LG
8E
67
09
LG
8E
67
09
NouIe’T
72 70
6L
v9
LS
OME
VT
ant
aE
GG
TZ
8T
qT
VE
9%
ST
OCT
LOU
OOT
(arat
OF
Lgé
Sits
ns
AZ
Ov
GE
8S
9G
GG
LY
Ty
86
VG
G8
0'OT
06
Est
OAL
Gaal
GG
67
97
ov
69
VG
GPT
Lg
G9
09
os
rg
06
Tepe
9
‘(PHET) Ae[YOO"]
22 ‘72
Vor
8
66
6G
LG
VG
UG
Ge
ee
LZ
GG
0S
eV
qé
LG
SL
LY
8'OT
oGI
0:31
LYt
Tor
L8t
O'OT
66
v8
LL
OTT
TOL
68
6L
G6
€8
Sik
89
Girt
St6
L8
OCT
TV
OFT
OT
SOL
GaLG
SET
6<GI
OCI
8)E JE)
VGT
LST
E<GI
Ost
Cac
Vall
L’6
g8
O'sT
LST
GOL
(LG6T) SUIOW] (LPET)
0'6
OE
GOT
EI6
sel
GOT
TL
219
0'9
OS
€8
VL
v9
VG
VL
9°9
69
09
GOL
GGL
VL
LTL
Lt L
IG
T&G
LtL
VeEl
GgGé
G96
O'9€
cle
ZABMYS{(EPET)MOUS
42 ‘JD
GOT
sel
IT6
SLT
8ST
6G
LI
991
qGT
TP
gGT
OLT
gst
Lvl
VGG
GIT
MOISTURE
:seomn0g HAGE (ZPHET) AoTeg ‘(ZET)
{(FP6T)
MA
BANQUse(LZ6T)
‘000eqO
Aaying
diiys
o998qQO],
Ystyin
08—-O0L
LG—TC
LE—-IZ
yied
[
‘utezoid
‘yoreys
[|
‘qaed
‘uteyoid
Z
sqied
Yoleys
MEIYS
pouue
ea] Toy}
‘oD0BqO
a1BSI9
997
ON Je2]
QIEGOT,
ys
drys
O8—OL
‘yo1eyS
Z
sqied
GE
sel
LL
LL
OLT
GG
GG
O¢e
urysdaays
duray
6&&
[esis
EQUILIBRIUM
RELATIONSHIPS
25
DRYING AND STORAGE
26
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
&
%
ov
|
Ko
MOISTURE
EQUILIBRIUM
ae
70}
CONTENT,
ov?
:$,
w.b.
oe
2
feow
a:
060+
1 6
| &
a
050
158
oa|
ac
:
>
0304
—
a
ec
1
o<¢
Ww
=
Ww
°
Ww
a
olo4
lhe
po
coe
|e
|
SUPERIMPOSED
ON
Jt
0.00
DRY
BULB
FIG. 2.2. EQUILIBRIUM MOISTURE
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART
See Appendix
\
Se
TEMPERATURE
CONTENT
—
DEGREES
F.
OF PEA BEANS
for metric conversions.
evaporates from the system the solution will remain saturated, although
some of the salt may precipitate. Thus, a saturated solution will give the
same relative humidity from beginning to end of an experiment.
The effect of temperature variation on the relative humidity of a given
concentration of solution depends on the chemical used. The percentage
relative humidity of a given concentration decreases with an increase in
temperature. A saturated cobaltous chloride (CoCl,) solution has a relative humidity of 65.2% at 25°C (77°F) and 57.2% at 40°C (104°F), while
potassium sulfate (K2SO,) has a relative humidity of 97.9% at 10°C
(50°F) and 96.2% at 40°C (104°F). The cobalt chloride has a greater
variation than the potassium sulfate with the same temperature range.
Table 2.6 gives the relative humidity of several chemicals for different
:
Neate:
zB
temperatures. The relative humidity is calculated from —, where P, =
vapor pressure of saturated air, and P = partial vapor pressure of water.
The exact desired relative humidity cannot always be obtained with a
saturated salt solution but a wide range of humidities is available. In a
chamber controlled at a given temperature, tests at several different
relative humidities can be run simultaneously. Each test sample is sup-
EQUILIBRIUM
iS)
MOISTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
27
3
nNoO
nN oO
SORGHUM
GMO
(d.b)
PERCENT
o
aO°
~
MOISTURE
,
(d.b)
PERCENT
,
MOISTURE
fo)
10
20
30
40 50 60
70 80
RELATIVE HUMIDITY, PERCENT
fe)
90
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
RELATIVE HUMIDITY, PERCENT
90
w fe)
ol [e)
nN on
ROUGH
n
RICE
a
DS(e)
p
a
De)—fe)
a
fo)
90°F
a
3
III°F
oO
oO
MOISTURE,
(d.b)
PERCENT
MOISTURE,
PERCENT
(d.b)
nNoO
uo
30
40
RELATIVE
50
60
70
HUMIDITY,
FIG. 2.3. DESORPTION
WHEAT
80
90
i100
°0
PERCENT
ISOTHERMS
20,30)
RELATIVE
FOR SHELLED
440
50
60
HUMIDITY,
CORN, SORGHUM,
70
80
90
PERCENT
RICE, AND
ported in a mesh basket in a closed container with the saturated salt
solution which will give the desired relative humidity.
In order to carry out tests at several different temperatures, it is con-
venient to use a saturated salt solution which has the same relative
humidity for a wide range of temperature as given by sodium chloride
(NaCl) in Table 2.6. Note that there is a much greater variation for
potassium chloride (KCl) for the same temperature variation.
A saturated salt solution is easily prepared by dissolving all of the salt a
solution will hold at a temperature above the temperature at which the
tests are to be run. It is necessary that some of the solid salt be always
present; otherwise, a supersaturated solution occurs. If there is an excess
of salt, it will crystallize out of solution when the solution cools. The
amount of solute required to saturate a solution depends on the temperature for any given salt.
28
DRYING AND STORAGE
TABLE 2.5. SATURATION
Temperature
iC
38
0
4.4
10.0
15.6
Zale!
26.7
32.2
37.8
43.3
48.9
54.4
60.0
65.6
(lel
76.6
82.2
87.8
93.3
98.8
100.0
104.4
110.0
115.6
PAI
126.7
132.2
137.8
143.3
148.9
0.01
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
OF AGRICULTURAL
VAPOR PRESSURE AND LATENT HEAT OF WATER
Pressure
10° Pa
psia
By
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
22
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
50
68
86
104
122
140
158
176
194
PAs
230
248
266
284
CROPS
Latent Heat
kJ/kg
Btu/lb
0.08854
0.12170
0.17811
0.2563
0.3631
0.5069
0.6982
0.9492
1.2748
1.6924
2.2229
2.8886
3.718
4.741
5.992
7.510
9.339
11.526
14.123
14.696
17.186
20.780
24.969
29.825
35.429
41.858
49.208
57.556
67.013
0.006
0.01227
0.02337
0.04242
0.07375
0.1233
0.1992
0.3116
0.4736
0.7011
1.0132
1.432
1.985
2.701
3.614
€?
1075.8
1071.3
. 1065.6
» LOGTa
1054.3
1048.6
1041.9
1037.0
1631.6
1025.8
1020.0
1014.1
1008.2
1002.3
996.3
990.2
984.1
O77-9%
OTe
970.3
965.3
958.8
952.2
945.5
938.6
931.8
924.7
917.5
910.0
2500.8
2477.2
2453.7
2430.0
2406.2
2382.1
2357.9
2333.3
2308.3
2282.8
2256.9
2230.2
2203.1
2174.0
2145.0
A small sample of from 10 to 15 kernels should be used for equilib
rium
moisture content determinations for best results. The surface area
of the
kernels should not exceed the exposed surface area of the
chemical,
particularly if the time of reaction is involved in the data.
In order to
obtain quick recovery of the relative humidity in a closed
container after
the lid has been removed and then replaced, it is desirab
le that the
volume above the chemical solution be as small as practic
al in relation to
the surface area of the solution. The sample should be
far enough above
EQUILIBRIUM
MOISTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
29
LATENT
HEAT
OF
GRAIN
HEAT
LATENT
OF
FREE
WATER
.
MOISTURE
CONTENT,
PERCENT
(d.b.)
FIG. 2.4. VARIATION OF LATENT HEAT WITH MOISTURE CONTENT
the solution so that the chemical will not splash on the kernels when the
container is moved.
Maintaining Relative Humidities with Acid Solutions
A common practice is to use an acid to obtain desired relative humidities in a closed container, varying the percentage of acid to obtain different relative humidities. Sulfuric acid is usually used.
There is justification for using one acid instead of two or more acids or
several different salts to obtain the various relative humidities desired
since the moisture equilibrium value might be affected by the salt or acid,
thus giving erroneous results. By using one acid the data would be on a
comparable basis. The partial vapor pressure of the acid is small as
compared to the partial pressure of the water vapor and is probably
insignificant for most practical applications. The data presented in Table
2.7 show the relationship between the partial pressures of various acid
and water solutions. The partial pressure of sulfuric acid as compared to
water is much lower than the other acids commonly considered. The
partial pressure of sulfuric acid is less for lower temperatures and lower
concentrations.
The partial pressure of sulfuric acid is so small that
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
DRYING AND STORAGE
30
(ai
0S
Oot
98
89
0S
GE
OOT
98
LL
89
gSLe
0€
0%
OT
0
BLE
O€
GS
06
Ov
L'06
«=«2'S6
G'G6
9°L6
6 SV
OG LY
o8V
067
vOT
6'8E
618
0'S8
(OG6I Sivag pue YUIM)
(PG6T emesaseyy pur 1o[xem)
0€
(eq eueADOIY} WUNIssez0)
0S
OV
98
06
0
BLE
O€
GS
06
BLE
0€
GGL
VOT
SIT
0G
GZ
VAAGIE
SET
jh
89
GE
OOT
98
LL
89
OOT
98
(OG6T SIB9g pue YUL )
(9}8j} 9008 WINISsey0)
20°H20M
(Apoyo wntyyWT)
O°HIO'NI
Vol
Lvl
V'0G
06S
LCS
GES
Ly,
8 eV
(PS6I eredaseyy pue Ja[xo\)
(878171 WINIsse}0 )
ON”
(OG6T SIBag pue YUIM)
(0}11}1U UINISSByOq)
7ONM
0z
(VS6I Ppeys pue uosdwoy,[ )
O*H¥-*(*ON)®0
(OG6T Sivag pus YUIM)
(87 e141U WINTOTBD))
IG
Gێ
0€
GG
89
OL
G6
98
Loe
«(9S
OL
O0°HZ:*OO*H
Os
0
Hs ja
(97 B11 UINIOTB))
%FON)BO
MA)
(LO6I UINnqyse
(av es[NS UNTOTeD))
07HS-"OS®0
Mm)
(L261 UINnqyse
SNOM
MA)
(LZ61 UANqyse
(e}yeUOgIed UINISSe40 )
gg
02
VG
(@PHoTY urntoye/))
0GP
9°97
v0S
89
OLY
VVG
6S
(4S
06
0G
(VS6I ppeys pue uosdu0y,y,)
9L
v9
v9
89
OL
¢
IG
OL
89
GGL
VOL
98
89
0S
06
OS
OF
0€
06
OT
(PS6T BMesasey pue Ja[xXeM)
(e7eJ[Ns WINIssejOg)
Igy
(epruoig WnIsse}0g)
(LZ6I UnqysemM)
86
1G
89
0
OOT
ESE
a5
6'8T
OS
IV
OL
0S
GIS
0
8'6E
OSE
0'0V
WeS
“9'¢ AIaVL
O°HS-710 8a
(aplroyyo wuntreg)
1080
\)
(LE6T Urnqyse
(epuoryo untoyeD)
O°H9-41080
(Gs
SCOT
99
Gy.
eV
vv
669
166
08
8°S6
696
9°96
6 L6
6 L6
‘OID*A.
V'66
4O ALIGINNH SAILV1SY
Do
ue
ain} e1eduia J,
G8
lp Ge
(OG6T Steeg pue YUL )
(e}eWOIYS WINISsezOq)
(OG6T Steeg pue YUL )
88
06
SLE
0€
GG
0Z
(ey eU0gIed WINISse}Og)
°00*H
%
AY
LNSYSSSIG LV SNOILNTIOS LIWS GALVYNLVS
HES
OVP
OOT
98
LL
89
9°98
€'°98
G98
9°98
SLE
0€
GS
OOT
98
LL
VEV
EV
SEV
89
06
6 EV
Jo
A.
ainyeieduia J,
SSYUNLVYSdW3L
%
AY
0°H9-*(°ON)3IN
0
83S
0€
SLE
UINIpoS) (9783908
YUM) (9¥6T
ZE
98
OOT
CE
89
98
VOT
GSI
as
89
98
vor
GGL
89
ii
98
OOT
89
LL
98
OOT
€L
98
OOT
GE
89
98
POT
GGL
€L
98
OOT
9°09
VIL
LL9
SPL
GG),
=
9°C),
HG,=
GPL
6°¢L
67S
~°ZC
Z6F
OV
26S
g°1.¢
9g€
L’&G
SIT
IT=
oIt
oItl
6ZE
HE=—=s_-w
=
§©BTE
0'SE
9'EE
SCE
TGE
FTE
GEG
"TG
0'6P
ainqyereduroHAY
a.
%
wntuowUTYW
(e}eJ[Ns
)
pueIe[xeM)BMesasey
‘VG6I
yu pue SIveg (OG6T
"OS°(HN)
0
LO=
0¢
06
GS
0€
BLE
06
GG
0€
SLE
86S
0€
SLE
0
06
0€
OV
J,
Oo
06
og
OV
0S
0
OT
T1Z
04
(eyeydsoy
CZdouow
0€
SLE
wntuomMUIY
(ePMo[yo
)
pueuosduo
Ppeys
(PS6T
0yy)
*Od°H’HN
wntuowuy)
IO°HN
“ON®N
WINIPOS) (9}1}U
AUIM) ‘OPEL
YUM pue Sevag (OG6T
‘OND*®N
WNIpos)
(e}eWOTYSIp
YUM) (9P6T
O°H3:'OMD*®N
WINIpos)
(9}eUOTYoIp
layxem)
pur
BPMeseseH
(S61
O*HE“O°H2RN
WUNIPOS) (ayeye0R
YUIM)pur Steeg (OG6T
WeS
89
98
vor
GGL
o&
0Z
Ze
0g
OL
89
Ni
98
OOT
231
89
Jin
98
OOT
89
LL
98
OOT
€L
98
OOT
GE
89
98
VOT
oF
9°08
0°08
9.6L
T6L
L'€8
68
eg
18
GL
GE6
9°26
0°66
T'T6
9L
Leh
el
9L9
€99
79€
€°€9
819
TVS
03S
00S
9°09
ogg
GOS
867
ainqyereduio‘HY
ce
%
MOISTURE
70°H“OR8N
0G
og
OV
0S
0
0G
og
OF
0S
0G
CZ
0€
SLE
06
GG
O€
SLE
86S
0€
SLE
0
06
0€
OF
OS
83S
O€
SLE
J,
Oo
uNntpos) (9PMoTYo
Je[xe)
pur
BMeSasey
‘PG6I
HUI pue Sevag (OG6T
lO8N
CeENII
wntpog) (eptwosg
yUIM)puke SI¥ag (OG6T
UINIsSaUseT\
81}1U(9}])
Ja[xo\)
pur
BMesesey
(PS6T
(ON)
UINISaUseT\
(9}8171U
])
YUIM) (QP6T
wintsausey/(ePMoTYo
y)
AIM) (9P6T
0°H9-1031N
winiseusey(@epuo[Yyo
y)
Ja[xaM)
pur
BMesaseH
(PS6T
103
SIN
WeS
(panuijuod)
umtyy17) (@puopyo
yu)pue SI¥ag (OG6T
IO'T
AIaVL
‘9°%
EQUILIBRIUM
RELATIONSHIPS
31
32
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
TABLE 2.7. PARTIAL PRESSURE OF ACID AND WATER IN AQUEOUS ACID SOLUTIONS
Temperature
Concentration
Partial Pressure, Pa
Water
Acid
%
°F
iG
Acid
10,477
66.7
89.25
356
180
H,SO, (sulfuric)
1,053
36
50
68
20
HNO; (nitric)
(PAL
1413,
30
68
20
HCl (hydrochloric)
Source: Perry and Chilton (19783).
it is not recorded for the normal range in which work would be done to
determine moisture equilibrium values of agricultural products.
Conditioning with Salt or Acid Solutions
Products can be conditioned to the desired moisture content for drying
tests by placing them in an atmosphere of the appropriate temperature
and humidity, either acid or salt solutions (Table 2.8). The previous history of the product will determine to some extent the moisture content
reached. Wheat and corn predried to 8% decreased the equilibrium content about 0.5% in comparison to grain premoistened to 16% (Thompson and Shedd 1954). The difference in moisture content is known as the
TABLE 2.8. RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF DIFFERENT CONCENTRATIONS
ACID SOLUTIONS AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES, %
Temperature
Acid
H,SO, (sulfuric)
Acid by Weight, %
XG
°F
20
40
60
80
-17.8
10
20
30
40
44
0
50
68
86
104
122
87.3
87.4
87.7
87.5
87.6
88.8
55.7
56.6
56.7
56.6
BRO)
58.2
15.0
15.8
16.3
17.0
17.8
18.8
3.14
3.88
4.76
5S
6.88
8.2
20
HNOs (nitric)
OF AQUEOUS
-17.8
Acid by Weight, %
30
40
50
0
89.2
78.4
65.3
45.7
10
20
50
68
86.7
86.6
77.0
Toe
63.0
WAGIS
45.6
40
104
85.9
74.1
60.5
30
44
60
86
I?
140
86.6
86.5
86.9
74.9
74.6
75.6
61.3
Acid by Weight, %
HCI (hydrochloric)
-17.8
10
20
30
Calculated by = from basic data.
0
50
68
86
10
20
30
40
83.5
83.5
83.2
84.2
56.0
27.4
8.9
EQUILIBRIUM
MOISTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
33
hysteresis effect. The time required to reach equilibrium varies consider-
ably. From a practical standpoint, the product will approach equilibrium
in 4 to 8 weeks for 5% moisture change. Equilibrium is reached more
slowly at the lower temperatures.
Popcorn can be conditioned to the proper moisture content by using a
saturated salt solution. Popcorn should contain about 13.5% moisture for
best popping, which is a relative humidity of approximately 75% (Dexter
1946). Sodium chloride (common table salt) will maintain the relative
humidity of 75% over a wide range of temperatures. The saturated salt
solution may be absorbed by porous materials such as blotters and corn
cobs.
Latent Heat
In most drying applications the latent heat is determined by considering the evaporation of free water as given in the steam tables. The use
of these data for latent heat, especially with crops at a low moisture
content, presents considerable error. The equilibrium moisture data may
be used as a basis for determining the latent heat. A simple and accurate
method was first proposed by Othmer and is based on the Clapeyron
equation, equation (2-2).
dP
L
aT (WowT
where
P=
via
vapor pressure, lb/ft?
T = the absolute temperature, °R
V = the specific volume of water vapor, ft?/Ib
L = the latent heat of vaporization, ft-lb/lb
v = specific volume of liquid water, ft®/lb
Equation (2-3) relates the vapor pressures and latent heats of two
substances
temperature,
at the same
namely
a farm crop and water
vapor (Gallaher 1951).
it
ae
L’
A
‘log P, — log P,
log P2 — log Pi
(2-3)
where L and P represent the latent heat and vapor pressure for the farm
crop, and L’ and P’ represent the latent heat and vapor pressure of free
water, respectively. The ratio of the numerator to denominator of equa-
tion (2-3) is the ratio of the latent heat of the product to free water.
Nearly straight lines are obtained when the vapor pressures of crops are
plotted on
the ordinate
against
the vapor pressure
of water on the
abscissa for each moisture content, d.b., on logarithm paper. The slopes
of these lines at different moisture contents give the ratio of the latent
34
AND STORAGE
DRYING
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
heat of wheat to that of water, a value greater than 1.0. The latent heat
ratio of a product and water can be expressed in terms of the moisture
content if equilibrium moisture content data are available for several
temperatures (Hall 1957; Brooker et al. 1974).
The relationship of the latent heat of wheat to the latent heat of free
water is shown in Fig. 2.4 and is represented by equation (2-4) (Gallaher
1951). This equation is based on different equilibrium data from those in
Table 2.9, and gives only slightly different values.
day a
L’
=
Latent heat of wheat
1429
(2-4)
-9.40M
Latent heat of free water
where M is the moisture content in %, d.b.
For example, if the moisture content of wheat is 14%, d.b., the latent
heat of water in the wheat is 1.1 times the latent heat of water at the
temperature at which drying occurs. If drying occurs at 65.6%°C (150°F),
the latent heat is 1.1 times 2245 X 103 J/kg (1008 Btu/Ib) or 2574 X 10°
J/kg (1108 Btu/Ib). For shelled corn the latent heat is 1.16 times 2245 X
103 J/kg at 65.6°C (150°F) or 2713 X 103 J/kg (1169 Btu/lb) water.
Other Methods of Equilibrium Moisture Representation
A curve representing a plot of constant moisture content is called an
isostere; of constant pressure, an isopiestic line or isobar, although the
former is preferred; and of constant temperature, an isotherm.
TABLE 2.9. LATENT
OF WATER
Moisture,
%,w.b.
HEAT
OF VAPORIZATION
0
32
FOR CORN
Temperature of Evaporation
10
Pasi
37.8
50
AND WHEAT,
70
100
65.6
150
Corn
;
10
11
17
13
14
1265
1220
LS
1145
1120
1250
1210
1165
1135
1110
1240
1200
eS
1125
1100
1220
1180
1135
1105
1080
1180
1140
1105
1070
1050
1S
Wheat
Lal
1095
1085
1075
1055
1025
1250
1240
122%
1200
1170
12
1b)
1200
1160
1190
1150
1s
1140
TESS
1120
1120
1090
14
15
Water
1130
1110
1075
1120
1100
1065
1110
1090
1055
1090
1070
1037
1060
1040
1008
Source: Thompson and Shedd (1954).
Conversion: 1000 Btu/lb = 2326 kJ/kg.
~C
sk
BTU/LB
EQUILIBRIUM
MOISTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
35
Several methods have been developed to relate the relative humidity
(relative vapor pressure), moisture content, and temperature. Because
of
the many mechanisms of adsorption and desorption it appears
that
no one equation applies over the entire range of values. The reader is
referred to the references to get detailed information on the use of these
relationships (Hall and Rodriguez-Arias 1958; Gustafson and Hall 1974),
Probably the most representative isotherms are given by the Brunauer,
Emmet, and Teller (B-E-T) theory of multimolecular adsorption. The
B-E-T
isotherm
is generally valid in the range of 5 to 50%
humidity (Brunauer 1945).
relative
The Harkins-Jura method of plotting isotherms gives reasonably accurate results from 10 to 90% relative humidity, but certain constants
needed for the calculations are not readily available (Harkins and Jura
1944).
The Smith equation is found applicable for isotherms in the higher
relative humidities, from 50 to 95% (Smith 1947). The Smith and B-E-T
equations complement each other.
QUESTIONS
1. List the steps which are followed for determining the latent heat of
moisture in grain using the equilibrium moisture content data.
2. Design an experiment to determine by the static method the equilibrium moisture content of a product at 10°, 21°, and 32°C (50°, 70°,
and 90°F) and approximately 10, 40, 70, and 90% relative humidity.
List equipment and supplies needed and outline the procedure to
be followed.
3. What is the vapor pressure in Pascals of wheat at 21°C (70°F) and
40% relative humidity? At 21°C and 60% relative humidity? At 10°C
(50°F) and 40% relative humidity? At 10°C and 60% relative humidity?
4. Contrast the effect of mold on samples used for equilibrium moisture determination when moisture determination is based on (1)
original sample and (2) final sample when (a) dry matter is not
greatly changed and (b) dry matter is greatly reduced by mold
growth.
5. A method of obtaining the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit from
the temperature in degrees Celsius is as follows:
Add 40° to the °C
temperature, take 9/5 of the summation, and subtract 40° from the
product to obtain °F. Explain the method mathematically. How
would the above procedure be followed to determine °C from °F?
6. Calculate the values of equilibrium constants c and n of No. 2 alfalfa
hay, using the data of 78°F and 40 and 70% relative humidity.
DRYING AND STORAGE
36
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
7. Contrast the effect of starch, protein, and fiber on the equilibrium
moisture content, Table 2.4, at low and high relative humidities.
Illustrate by examples of products with various proportions of protein and fiber.
8. Plot the equilibrium moisture content data of yellow dent shelled
corn on a psychrometric chart. Discuss the value of\this method of
representation.
9. Make a list of the moisture contents, w.b., of the common
crops at
an equilibrium relative humidity of 75% and at 25°C (77°F). Discuss
importance of relationships.
10.
From
the equilibrium moisture content curve, equation (2-1), de-
d
;
termine (a) the slope of the curve, a where y is the percentage
moisture, d.b., and x is the relative humidity, decimal, and evaluate
d2
at (0,0) and (b) the point of inflection, i.e., where = = 0.
11. Using the equation, H = F + TAS, discuss the changes which take
place in each of the terms in the system as grain absorbs moisture
from the atmosphere to reach equilibrium.
REFERENCES
ASAE. 1972. Agricultural Engineers Yearbook.
tural Engineers, St. Joseph, Mich.
BABBIT, J.D.
1942.
American Society of Agricul-
On the adsorption of water vapor by cellulose.
Can. J.
Res. 20A, 143-172.
BAILEY, C.H.
1920.
The hygroscopic moisture of flour exposed to atmospheres
of different relative humidity.
Ind. Eng. Chem. 12, 1102-1104.
BAKKER-ARKEMA, F.W. and HALL, C.W. 1965. Static vs. dynamic equilibria in the drying of biological products. J. Agric. Eng. Res. 10 (4) 308-311.
BARTON, L.V.
1941-1942.
ty to viability of seeds.
Relation of certain air temperatures and humidi-
Contrib. Boyce Thompson
Inst. 12, 85-102.
BECKER, H.A. and SALLANS, H.R. 1956. A study of the desorption isotherms of wheat at 25°C and 50°C. Cereal Chem. 33 (3) 79-91.
BROOKER, D.B., BAKKER-ARKEMA, F.W. and HALL, C.W. 1974. Drying
Cereal Grains.
AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
BRUNAUER, S. 1945.
The Adsorption of Gases and Vapors, Vol. 1. Physical
Adsorption. Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J.
COLEMAN, D.A. and FELLOWS, H.C. 1925. Hygroscopic moisture of cereal
grains and flaxseed exposed to different relative humidities. Cereal Chem. 2,
Phi has ih
DAVIS, R.B., JR., BARLOW, G.E. and BROWN, D.B. 1950.
heat in mow drying of hay (III). Agric. Eng. 31 (5) 223-226.
Supplemental
EQUILIBRIUM
MOISTURE
RELATIONSHIPS
37
DEXTER, S.T. 1946. Conditioning popcorn to the proper moisture content for
best popping. Mich. Agric. Exp. Stn. Q. Bull. 29.
DEXTER, S.T., ANDERSON, A.L., PFAHLER, P.L. and BENNE, E.J. 1955.
Responses of white pea beans to various humidities and temperatures of storage.
Agron. J. 47, 246—250.
DEXTER, S.T., SHELTON, W.H. and HUFFMAN, C.F.
hay. Agric. Eng. 28 (7) 291—293.
FENTON,
F.C.
1941.
Storage of grain sorghums.
1947.
Better quality
Agric. Eng. 22 (5) 185-188.
GALLAHER, G.L. 1951. A method of determining the latent heat of agricultural crops. Agric. Eng. 32 (1) 34, 38.
GUSTAFSON,
R.J. and HALL,
shelled corn from 50 to 155°F.
HALL,
C.W.
suds.
1956.
G.E.
1974.
Equilibrium moisture content of
Trans. ASAE 17 (1) 120-124.
Drying temperatures
and storage problems of sugar beet
J. Am. Soc. Sugar Beet Technol. 9 (2) 161-166.
HALL, C.W.
1957.
Drying Farm Crops.
AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
HALL, C.W. and RODRIGUEZ-ARIAS, J.H. 1958. Equilibrium moisture content of shelled corn. Agric. Eng. 39 (8) 466-470.
HARKINS, W.D. and JURA, G. 1944. A vapor adsorption method for the
determination of the area of a solid. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 66, 1366.
HENDERSON, S8.M.
Eng. 33 (1) 29-31.
1952.
A basic concept of equilibrium
HENDERSON,
1970.
Equilibrium moisture content of small grain hys-
teresis.
S.M.
moisture.
Agric.
Trans. ASAE 13 (6) 762—764.
HENDERSON,
S.M. and PERRY, R.L. 1976. Agricultural
neering, 3rd Edition. AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
HOGAN, J.T. and KARON, M.L.
1955.
Process
Engi-
Hygroscopic equilibria of rough rice at
elevated temperatures. Agric. Food Chem. 3 (10) 855-859.
HOUSTON, D.F. and KESTER, E.B. 1954. Hygroscopic equilibria of whole
grain edible forms of rice. Food Technol. 8 (6) 302-304.
KARON, M.L. 1947.
Soc. 24 (2) 56-58.
LANG,
N.A.
1956.
Hygroscopic equilibrium of cottonseed.
The Handbook
of Chemistry.
Handbook
J. Am. Oil Chem.
Publisher, San-
dusky, Ohio.
LARMOUR, R.K., SALLANS, H.R. and CRAIG, B.M. 1944. Hygroscopic
equilibria of sunflower seed, flaxseed, and soybeans. Can. J. Res. 22F, 1-8.
LOCKLAIR, E.E., VEASEY, L.G. and STANFIELD, M. 1957. Equilibrium
desorption of water vapor in tobacco. Agric. Food Chem. 5 (4) 294-298.
LONG,
D.R.
1951.
Threshability
of ladino
clover
as affected
by moisture.
Agric. Eng. 32 (12) 674-676.
MORRIS,
York.
OTHMER,
T.N.
D.F.
1947.
1940.
The Dehydration of Food.
D. Van Nostrand Co., New
Correlating vapor pressure and latent heat data.
Eng. Chem. 32, 841-846.
Ind.
38
DRYING AND STORAGE
PERRY,
OF AGRICULTURAL
R.H. and CHILTON,
McGraw-Hill
C.H.
1973.
CROPS
Chemical
Engineers’ Handbook.
Book Co., New York.
RAMSTAD, P.E. and GEDDES, W.F. 1942. Respiration and storage behavior
of soybeans. Minn. Agric. Exp. Stn. Tech. Bull. 156.
RODRIGUEZ-ARIAS,
J.H.
1956.
Desorption
isotherms
shelled corn in the temperature range of 40° to 140°F.
and drying rates of
PhD. Dissertation.
Mich. State Univ.
SCHWARTZ,
packages.
T.A.
1943.
Improvement
needed in technique for testing food
Food Ind. 15 (9) 68-69, 124-125.
SEIDELL, A. 1940. Solubility of Inorganic and Metallic Organic Compounds.
D. Van Nostrand Co., New York.
SMITH,
J.E.
1947.
The sorption of water
vapor by high polymers.
J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 69 (3) 646-651.
SNOW, D., CRICHTON,
M.H. and WRIGHT,
N.C.
of feeding stuffs in relation to humidity of storage.
1944.
Mold deterioration
Ann. Appl. Biol. 31, 102—
116.
THOMPSON,
H.J. and SHEDD, C.K.
1954.
vaporization of shelled corn and wheat.
WASHBURN, E.W. 1927. International
Graw-Hill Book Co., New York.
WESTON,
W.J.
and
MORRIS,
H.J.
Equilibrium moisture and heat of
Agric. Eng. 35 (11) 786-788.
Critical Tables, Vol. 1 and 2. Mc-
1954.
Hygroscopic
equilibrium
of dry
beans. Food Technol. 8 (8) 353-355.
WEXLER,
A. and HASEGAWA,
S. 1954.
Relative humidity-temperature re-
lationship of some saturated salt solutions.
19-26.
J. Res. Natl. Bur. Stand. 53 (1)
WINK,
W.A. 1946. Determining the moisture equilibrium curves of hygroscopic materials. Ind. Eng. Chem. Anal. Ed. 18, 251.
WINK, W.A. and SEARS, G.R. 1950. Instrumentation studies. LVII. Equilibrium relative humidities above saturated salt solutions at various temper-
atures. Tappi 33, 96A—99A.
ZINK, F.J. 1935. Equilibrium moisture content of some hays. Agric. Eng. 16
HigUme war Gee
Moisture and Temperature Changes
and Effects
Moisture Migration
Moisture migration in stored farm crops results from
changes. The quantity of moisture present in grain is one
important factors influencing its storage life. High moisture
temperature promote mold and insect growth and increase
temperature
of the most
and a warm
the respira-
tion rate of the product. These factors tend to reduce the quality of the
grain either through direct damage to the product or by a decrease in the
viability of the seed.
Moisture migration may take place in a bin even though the grain is
at a moisture level generally considered safe when stored. It is not un-
common
for grain to be placed in the bin at 12.5% moisture. This is
considered low enough moisture for safe storage in most areas, but the
moisture accumulation in the top layer may build up to as much as 30%
moisture content. Moisture accumulation is noted in bins holding over
70.5 m? (2000 bu). A loss of 17.5 m® (500 bu) from an 880 m? (25,000 bu)
storage has been noted after 1 year in government storages in Indiana
(Holman and Carter 1952). Greater losses have occurred in bins with
stored grain when (1) there was a high moisture content of the product
at the beginning of the storage, (2) a tall structure was used, (3) a large
difference in atmospheric and grain temperatures existed, and (4) product was placed in storage during warm weather as compared with placing
in storage in cold weather.
Convection
Air Movement
The moisture movement in storage is primarily a result of convection
air movement. Some moisture movement occurs as a result of diffusion.
Most grains are placed in storage in the fall when the grain is warm.
Wheat, oats, and early harvested shelled corn are usually warm when
39
40
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
placed in the bin. In this condition the air in the grain near the sur-
the
face of the storage cools and moves downward along the edge of
where
bin
the
of
center
the
bin, across the bottom and then up near or at
the
the air and grain are warm. The air moving through the center of
top
the
across
moves
or
bin
bin gathers moisture until the air leaves the
to the sides. The surface of the grain is cold on top and\the moisture
condenses on the grain, raising its moisture content (Fig. 3.1). The spoiled
grain is often 0.3 to 0.6 m (1 to 2 ft) below the surface and extends to
about 1 m (3 ft) from the edge of the bin.
MOISTURE
ACCUMULATION
FIG. 3.1. CONVECTION AIR
CURRENTS
THROUGH
WARM GRAIN IN BIN SURee
WITH COLDER
|
For grain which is cold when placed in the bin, such as late harvested
shelled corn and pea beans in the late fall and winter, the air rises along
the surface edge of the bin during the late winter and early spring. The
air moves downward through the center of the bin to the bottom where
moisture condenses on the cold bottom. The air then moves to the walls
and upward along the walls upon being heated. Under
this condition
grain spoilage occurs at the bottom of the bin (Fig. 3.2). The most critical
time from the standpoint of controlling moisture accumulation is in the
winter and early spring. The majority of moisture which accumulates in
the top layer of the bin does not come from the outside atmosphere. The
moisture is picked up by the air currents moving through the grain due to
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
eas
CHANGES
PSS
AY
|
GOLD
a
EFFECTS
\
|
GRAIN
WARM
GRAIN
41
gt
||
WARM
GRAIN
i
FIG. 3.2. CONVECTION AIR
CURRENTS
THROUGH
COLD GRAIN IN BIN SURROUNDED WITH WARMER
AIR
aJ eg a
/
WARM
AIR
AND
|
|
WARM
AIR
by
COOL
GRAIN
MOISTURE
ACCUMULATION
changes in temperature between the outside air and the center of the
grain mass
(Carter and Farrar
1943). The factors which contribute
to greater losses in storage are caused by greater convection air currents. When emptying a bin which includes some spoiled grain, it is
quite possible that the grade of the entire bin will be lowered because
of mixing the spoiled grain with the grain in other portions of the bin.
Moisture Content and Storage
The moisture
contents given in Table
1.5 are the maximum
values
recommended for safe storage. These recommendations must be applied
TABLE 3.1. RECOMMENDATIONS
Moisture
%,w.b.
FOR STORING SOYBEANS
Condition
15
Not safe for storage
14
13}
Safe storage limited to winter months
Safe storage for one winter season
12
U.S. No. 1 and 2 grades held up for
10
Good condition for 4 years storage
nearly 3 years but germination declined
Source: Holman and Carter (1952); Holman (1955).
42
DRYING
AND
with judgment
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
because of varying atmospheric
CROPS
and grain conditions.
The moisture content of the wettest grain in a bin of grain should be used
as an index as to whether it is safe for storage.
The length of time which crops can be stored varies with the moisture
content, crop, and atmospheric conditions. To store a crop for 5 years the
moisture content of the product should be approximately,2% below the
moisture
level which is considered
safe for 1 year storage. The rela-
tionship of moisture content to storage life of soybeans is presented in
Table 3.1. The same relationship, not necessarily the same values, is
approximately applicable for other grains. One factor used for setting the
moisture content for safe storage is the effect of the moisture content on
the loss of viability of the product. Other factors affect the viability of
grain, such as age and condition of the grain when stored, but the effect
of high relative humidity is very important even for short storage periods. Serious damage occurs to viability of wheat, oats, and barley stored
at 21°C (70°F) and 90% relative humidity or higher for less than 1 month,
while if stored for 3 years at 21°C (70°F) and 57% relative humidity
there is only a small decrease in viability (Robertson et al. 1939). The
time required for the product to reach equilibrium from a high relative
humidity to one safe for storage will also affect the viability. The equilibrium moisture content is of value for estimating the possibility of grain
going out of condition. Samples of grain taken from bins in which mois-
ture has accumulated in the top layer have shown a definite decrease in
germination (Carter and Farrar 1943). The reduction in germination
was greatest at 0.3 m (11 in.) depth with 45% decrease.
The accumulation of moisture in the grain because of rain and snow
should not be overlooked. The excess moisture which usually occurs on
the top layer could lead to the deterioration of the grain.
TABLE 3.2. RELATIONSHIP OF INITIAL MOISTURE CONTENT
REAL GRAIN TO FINAL BULK STORAGE TEMPERATURE
;
Grain
Moisture, %
17
18
To Ensure Unimpaired
Germination
xe
ay
10
50
19
Th
8
46
20
222,
5
4
41
39
45
OF UNINFESTED CE-
To Be Satisfactory
for Feeding Animals
“€
“1p
13
55
8°
46
8.
8
46
46
8
46
Source: Paterson (1967).
Grain Changes
When moisture is removed from grain with heated air, the surface con-
tracts more rapidly than the interior and checks or cracks develop in
the surface of the grain. The relationship between the rate of moisture
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
43
removal and cracking has not been worked out in detail,
but checks
develop in corn with rapid removal of about 6% moistur
e, and in pea
beans with 3 to 4% moisture removal.
As moisture is added to dry grain, expansion takes place
and the lateral
pressure exerted on the storage unit is increased. The increas
e in pressure amounts to at least 6 times that of dry grain when the
moisture
content is increased about 4% by passing high humidity air through
the
grain (Dale and Robinson 1954). The lateral pressure of shelled corn
at a
depth of 1.5 m (5 ft) increased from 2.415 to 13.1 kPa (0.35 to 1.9 psi)
as the moisture content was increased from 13 to 15%. When increased
to 22% moisture by soaking the corn, the lateral pressure was 22 kPa
(3.2 psi).
An overall reduction in volume of the grain occurs during drying. A
nearly straight-line relationship exists between the percentage volume
shrinkage and percentage moisture removed down to 25% (w.b.) for corn.
Reducing the moisture content of corn 25% gave a bulk volume shrinkage
of 33% (Wileman 1941). A similar relationship exists for drying wheat.
Shrinkages of 25 and 10% were obtained when drying from 30 to 15 to
10% moisture content, w.b. (Johnson 1958).
Temperature
Changes
Moisture movement occurs through the grain as a result of diffusion
as distinguished from air movement by convection. The importance
of diffusion in the movement of moisture deserves additional investigation. The thermal diffusivity is a measure of the rate of temperature
change and indicates the speed at which temperature equilibrium will
be reached.
The germination of seed is reduced if wet grain is frozen before the
moisture is removed. With corn at a moisture content above 25%, germi-
nation will decrease upon exposure to temperatures below 0°C (32°F) for
24 hr (Table 3.3), and decrease upon exposure to —-16°C (4°F) for only
4 hr (Kiesselbach 1923).
TABLE 3.3. GERMINATION OF CORN AT VARIOUS MOISTURE CONTENTS EXPOSED
TO DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES, %
Temperature for
4hr
Moisture Content of Grain, %, w.b.
“C
°F
=1.1
—5.5
-10.0
-14.4
-16.4
30
22
14
6
2:5
Source: Kiesselbach (1923).
A5—40=40—35
69
Wy
0
0
0
go
13
0
0
0
05-00"
(s)
67
12
0
0
30-25)
85
We
34
ik
0
25-20
20-15
15-10
100
96
88
47
0
100
100
100
98
68
100
100
100
100
Oni
44
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
The linear coefficient of thermal expansion, a, for corn is 0.34 X 104
per °C (0.187 X 10-4 per °F) and for steel is 0.11 X 10™4 per °C (0.0608 X
104 per °F) (Stahl 1950). Thus, 1 in. of corn would expand to 1.0000187
in. when the temperature is increased %C (1°F). The increase in length is
L.aAt where L, is the original length and At is the increase in temperature. The surface or area coefficient, 8, is 2a, and the volume coefficient,
y, is 3a.
The change of temperature throughout a storage varies considerably
with different products, kinds of storages, and geographical locations.
The surface responds quickly to temperature variations but the center of
the grain mass lags considerably. There are internal and external sources
of heat which cause temperature changes to occur within bulk stored
grain. The internal sources of heat are respiration, mold growth, insect
infestation, and the heat of the product when placed in the bin. The
external sources of heat changes are due to the external atmosphere and
are caused by daily temperature
temperature.
differences
and seasonal changes in
The following variations in the temperature of the product were found
for large unventilated storages (Babbitt 1945):
(1) For a temperature difference of 11.1°C (20°F) from day to night,
the temperature is changed %°C (1°F) at a depth of 0.12 m (5 in.).
Daily fluctuations do not penetrate greater than 0.17 m (6 in.) to
any appreciable extent.
(2) The annual temperature variation of the product at a depth of
3.9 m (138 ft) is not greater than %°C (1°F).
(3) At the end of 1 year the temperature 6.1 m (20 ft) from the surface is practically unchanged and remains at the temperature at
time of storage.
Low temperatures retard the deterioration of wet products. When wet
products become
warm,
molding and heating will proceed rapidly and
spoilage may occur. Products should be at a temperature as low as
possible when placed in the storage. Cereal grains have a large thermal
capacity. Shaded bins are the most effective type of storage when the
outside temperature is high as compared to the grain temperature (Kelly
1941). Insulation of an unventilated storage structure is a disadvantage
because the removal of excess heat is decreased. The use of underground
bins for storage helps to maintain a low temperature.
Prevention of Moisture Accumulation
Moisture accumulation can be prevented by moving air around the
grain kernels to maintain uniform temperature or by reducing the
tem-
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
45
perature variations on the surface of the product to reduce convection
and diffusion. The procedures which follow describe methods for pre-
venting moisture
accumulation.
Natural Ventilation.—By using the velocity of the wind to move air
through the grain, either with or without ducts, the undesirable effects of
natural convection currents can be prevented.
Mechanical Ventilation.—By using a fan and a suitable duct arrangement, air can be moved through the product to maintain a cool temperature. Only enough air should be moved through the product to
maintain cool temperatures. When only enough air is moved through the
product to prevent moisture accumulation, it is called aeration. Aeration
airflow usually amounts to less than 0.104 m?/min-t (0.1 cfm/bu) of
grain in the bin.
Heated Forced Air.—Using heated forced air, the moisture content of
the grain is reduced to a level well below that considered safe for storage.
By using heated air, preferably for drying before the grain is placed in
the bin, moisture migration is held to a minimum. Unfortunately, it is
uneconomical to dry the grain to a low moisture content, perhaps 6%, for
the purpose of eliminating migration.
Move the Grain.—A practice of many commercial concerns is to move
the grain periodically on schedule, perhaps every 3 weeks. The cost of
conveying, elevating, providing extra storage space, and damage to the
grain for this method of preventing moisture accumulation is usually
greater than the cost of aeration.
Stir Surface of Grain.—To prevent excessive accumulation of moisture
and the resultant spoilage, the surface of the grain is stirred during the
late fall and winter to help dissipate the moisture. The moisture content
of the grain next to the outside atmosphere is usually less than the moisture content a few centimeters below the surface of the grain.
Surface Covering of Bin.—The surface covering for the bins can be
selected to avoid large fluctuations of temperature and to keep the grain
from cooling and heating excessively. Large fluctuations of the temperatures of the grain and the building material are avoided by using
surfaces having a low emissivity at night and low absorption of heat
during the day. A low emissivity at night prevents the surface from
cooling greatly below the air temperature when there is a clear sky. A low
absorption during the day prevents the surface from heating up greatly
above the air temperature when there is a clear sky. Moisture accumulation in the upper layer of grain in northern areas of the United States
presents the greatest problem during the winter months (Holman and
46
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Carter 1952; Holman 1955). For temperatures below 0°C (32°F), the
lowest to highest emissivity was obtained in the following order: aluminum paint, galvanized surfaces, and oxide paints (Henderson 1947). The
lowest to highest absorption at a temperature of 10°C (50°F) was obtained in the following order: oxide paint, aluminum paint, and galvanized surfaces. Frost accumulation on any of the surfacés increases the
emissivity.
Painted exterior had little effect on the temperature of soybeans (Holman and Carter 1952; Holman 1955). The temperature varied a maximum of 2.8°C (5°F) near the surface and 1.1° to 1.6°C (2° to 3°F), 0.15 m
(6 in.) from the wall for unpainted steel, black surface plywood, and
aluminum-painted plywood.
Heat Transfer
To determine or to predict temperature changes resulting in a stored
product, it is desirable to know the thermal conductivity, k, and the
specific heat, c. Equations are available for predicting the temperature at
any time if certain basic data are available. Data on specific heat and
thermal conductivity are given in Tables 3.4 and 3.5.
The rate of heat transfer, g, Btu/hr, is as follows:
dt
q = kA —
dx
2.
iy
(3-1)
Btu-ft
where k = thermal conductivity, GnChGe)
A = area of the cross section perpendicular to path of heat flow,
fb?
U
ae
temperature gradient, F/ft. Corresponding metric units can
be used. See Appendix Table A.6.
The thermal conductivity values depend upon the material and vary as
follows:
(1) The thermal conductivity of alloys rises with a rise in temperature.
(2) There is an increase in thermal conductivity with an increase in
density.
(3) The thermal conductivity of air increases slightly with an increase
in temperature and pressure.
(4) There is an increase in thermal conductivity of grain with an
increase in moisture content of grain.
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
(7)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(Z)
(T)
GV
0
6690
00¢°0
8670
68
6S
IWHYNLINOISV
SLONGOYd
660
GLE0
00'T
VLZO
vv0
6V'0
vv
0
FG
6G
6°}
9}
06
89
ZI
0FGE
0GIS
00T°}
89
0GIG
00T°}
93 ZI
OOT
8E
0S
°F FZ
%
O€T
GL
VG
07 EL
9%}
O6T
88
&§&@
°F
9}
66
FG
°%} ZI
6G
OFS
V8
%} GI
66
FPG
V8
°}
OOT
09
9ST
BLE
93 9ST
09
OZT
68h
94 OT
CTE
hs
QSOy
OL
OF V8
GE
0EPE0}
OP
OM
462
OG
085
©}
TG
86
‘0,
O€
FOLVV€'0G
LIZ
0G
GE
FTG
68
9F OT
GE
OF1G
68
9}
GE
TS
68
OT
9} OT
qc
Da
0%09
OT
AIGVL
“¥'€
sIN4STOPAy
“JU9}UOD
suveq
[eleqyeyy
uo)
aqyarou0)
UY,ABI
AeH aryhog
INO]
044072,
a0]
yeoUM
Taye
resng
Yoieys
[OOM
POOM
"M34/£4 OLETP = A. A1/M T :worsreauop
“Q's
°FTS
ST
GALO3TIAS
LV'0
L‘0
v0
v6e'0
6980
TES°0
asuey oinjeiedura
OlsIOAdS
LVAHAO
g0g'0
889°0
OT
oe)8966
vscheSTV
T
69'T€8T6669V'%
Tv8LETSOG
LGT6L'T
T6Git
ITZ
60%61%GLSour
066¢9'0
V8
Oe
d.
ueezey (9) “(PS61) Seusiq (S) “(8F6T) THPIS (7) (LET) UOITYD pue AIJEg (€) “(6LET) ISP (Z) {(6E6T) UOSPNH (T) :201n0g
001% O
Z1ZZE
(T)
870
vor'0
EN)
6G
0
860
Ms84/e¥
yeay oytoads
4.4/4
(9)
(1)(2)(8)(9)(9) (9)(T)(V7)
(¥)
(¥)
(Z)
(Z)
aouerlejoy
MOISTURE
(G96T)
T@H
pue
47
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
(3)
(8)
(S)
(T)
(€)
(8)
(S)
(T)
(S)
(S)
(2)
(€)
(S)
(L)
(S)
(9)
(S)
(¥)
(T)(3)(€)
st
0L'0 v8'0 v60
BVT96°0 vor 680 96°0
€0'T
620
G9L'0
T9€°00v0°0 TOTO
8cT0
OST—06
€ Or
cvs
L@tl
11e
Arp
Vr£06
GALOAIAS
IWHNLINOISV93919U0)
SIVIYSALVW
3IEVL
“Se
IVWHSHL
ALIAILLONGNOOD
4O
ul09 :sjany
pmbiy
aT ueury
‘pues
Arp
$1eQ
“Vea
}JOS
‘[10g
AIp
‘MeIIS
qNd AA
‘poo,auld
‘mous IaVeM
AIS
‘JOOM
SSUIABYS “4JsNPMeG
Jeyyea'T
[eee
qoeduroo
“W09409 €45/AI
aIny4Sloyy
‘yUI}YUOD
%
‘UoIsteAUoDTU/MQ_T
235 “U/A,
=
vV—1G
vy—I1zd
vyV—I1zd
vv—IzG
v—-0
IZ
TE
OF
L—
0€ EE
0
0O0T—0
[,
aInjeledula
UBATAy
8V—IZ
8V—IZ
8V—1Z
OL
ITT—OL
TIT—OL
ITT—-OL
TTT—OL
‘(9P61)
‘(8P6T)
(L)
A2TOOM
(9)
THP4IS
‘(6L6T)
88-06
00€—-89
oO:
i.
98 O€
GIS—GE
6TT—OL
6ITT—OL
61TT—OL
OV—ZE
(6s
SBP “MU/M
LOGS
G€c0'0
LVT0O
06ST
6LT0
06ST
09LT
880°0
0O€T TS0°0vIZ0
06ET €89°0
0IT 96T'0
08ET
06vT
6v00
qsB9MA (G) (ET6T) [QOZ pue [[ossesuy (F) ‘(G96T) [2H pue uBlezey (g) ‘(ELET) UOIYO pue A1sJeg (Z) (6861) UOSpNH (T) :Se0IN0g
goualajoy
DRYING
ny
48
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
49
The steady-state heat transfer equation is rather simple as is shown by
equation (3-2).
k
q pte’ (At)
(3-2)
where x = thickness of material parallel to path of heat flow, ft
Transient Heat Transfer
Steady-state conditions do not normally occur in storages. The tem-
perature conditions will change with time. For unsteady or transient heat
flow in one direction, an instantaneous heat balance gives the relation-
ship as shown in equation (3-3) with the heat removed from the surroundings on the right side of the equation and the heat gained by the
grain on the left side of the equation.
6
6t/6
cp dx dy dz a = kdydz Ae
(3-3)
It is assumed in most heat transfer calculations that the thermal properties, specific heat, and conductivity remain constant. Equation (3-4)
represents the heat transfer relationship.
ot =
Ge)
66
cp
(3-4)
bx?
The general transient heat transfer equation is represented by equation
(3-5).
eck
b
t.—ts
ké
hr.
a
CPT mn?
k
Ks
where
t
t,
= temperature at any time, F
= temperature of surroundings, °F
6
=
t,
= initial temperature, °F
time,hr
I'm
=
cylinder radius, ft
cigs =Bage
aetecarl iach
ean (st—————_
comme
thermal
conductivity,
(hr)CF)(ft?)
1 For metric conversions, see Appendix Table A.6.
(3-5)
DRYING
50
h
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
= surface conductance, Btu/(hr)(ft2)(F), usually 1.65 for still
air, and 6.0 for 15 mph wind
In SI units, k is in W/m:K for which 1 Btu-ft/hr ft? °F = 1.730735
W/mK.
A graphical solution of the transient heat transfer equation is presented
in Fig. 3.3. The chart can be used for determining the temperature at the
center of a bin of grain with the other conditions given; or if the various
temperatures are known, including temperature changes in the bin at a
given time, the value of k can be determined. The results of transient
heat transfer in a storage are presented in Fig. 3.4.
Periodic Temperature Variations
The thermal conductivity varies greatly from the laboratory to the
field. As mentioned previously, convection is not important in small bins
but probably plays a very important part in large bins. The temperature
at a given location in a bin of grain is difficult to determine under field
conditions. Considerable temperature variation occurs under field conditions and does not permit simple analysis with the standard transient
heat transfer equations.
The temperature can be obtained at a given depth from equation (3-6)
based on a periodic temperature variation (see Fig. 3.5).
i=
i
sin(raul =X
Pf
a
aP
+ ta
(3-6)
= temperature at any depth, x, °F
cto
= amplitude (half range) of external fluctuations, °F
= depth, ft
= period, hr
= time, hr
Dry
© = 2.718
a
Peak
hr “cp
=diffusivity,— =—
tm = mean of external fluctuations, °F
The equation is also applicable using a in m?/s with units in °C, m, and
sec.
The damping of temperature fluctuations is represented by equation
(3-7).
ta
a
as
ee
ei w
where t, is the amplitude at depth, x
=
(3-7)
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
51
A reasonable result is obtained using this method but is not entirely
accurate because (1) the outside temperature does not necessarily fluctuate according to a sine function; (2) the temperature of the air rather
than the grain is usually measured;
and (3) the previous treatment of
the product, its temperature, moisture, and heat produced, will affect the
results.
0.04
0.02
cms
0.2
0.4
FOURIER No.,
O06
0.8
10
Ke za
Cp hm
ln
t= temperoture
ot center,
°F
tg= surrounding temperature, °F
to= original temperoture, °F
k=thermal
conductivity,
'm= radius of cylinder,
btu.-ft. Ahr)(sq.
ft.)
feet
C = specific heat, btu /(Ib)(°F)
p=specific
weight,
Ib./cu.ft
O= time, hrs.
enMeee) A) CE)
FIG. 3.3. TRANSIENT
HEAT TRANSFER
IN CENTER
OF A CYLINDER
pO RITE
12
1.4
DRYING
52
STORAGE
AND
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
80
70
20
60
10
iL
°
«4
°
ae
LJ
x
E
<
50
)
cr
A- 25cm FROM CIRCUMFERENCE
(tin,)
WW
x
B-12 cm FROM CIRCUMFERENCE
m=
aq 30
C- 23cm FROM CIRCUMFERENCE
(9in.)
(Sin)
auJ
uJ
rw
a
=
=
uJ
-
ud
-
D- CENTER ©Cm =0
20
STEEL DRUM DIAMETER = 58 cm(23in.)
=29.4°C(85°F)
SURROUNDING TEMP.
MOISTURE CONTENT = 16.0 % (w.b.)
-10
10
0
-20
-10
(6)
20
40
TIME,
60
80
100
HR
FIG. 3.4. TIME-TEMPERATURE RELATIONSHIP FOR UNSTEADY STATE HEATING OF
GRAIN IN A CYLINDER
Calculation of Temperatures in the Bin
The transient heat transfer equation (3-5) can be used for estimating
the temperature in a bin at a particular location at a given time. The
equation may be used to determine the apparent thermal conductivity of
a material by measuring the temperatures at a specific time. This approach would be beneficial for large masses of grain or hay. The thermal
conductivity is usually determined with small lots. The thermal conductivity determined by equation (3-5) would include the transfer which
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
53
PERIOD,HR
AMPLITUDE
TEMPERATURE
FIG. 3.5. TEMPERATURE
VARIATION ON WHICH
EQUATION
(3-6) IS
BASED
takes place by convection, a value of more significance for practical field
problems. By comparing the thermal conductivity for small and large
lots of the same material, the influence of convection can be determined.
The solution of equation (3-5) can best be made using Fig. 3.5 as follows:
(1) From
experimental
t -t,
a value for the temperature
‘
ratio (;
Oo
data, determine
)at the center of the bin.
Ss
(2) From experimental and physical properties, determine
3
m
terms of k.
:
kes,
in terms of k.
(3) From experimental data determine i
m
(4) Assign values to k, and determine value of
(ae = ie
———
from the graph
in’ Fig: 3:5:
(5) Determine the value of k by graphical methods to obtain temperature ratio.
Example:
(1) After 40 hr the temperature at the center of a 23 in. diameter drum
decreased to 40°F from an initial uniform temperature of 85°F
when placed in an environment at a temperature of 3.5°F.
40-85
—_
3.5 — 85
(2) Use the following values:
6=40hr
c= 0.45 Btu/lb °F
=
—45
=S1.0
= 0.55
54
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
p =48lb/ft?
tm = 11.5/12 ft = 0.96 ft
h = 1.65 Btu/(hr) (ft?) CF)
ke"
cprn?
acehr,
k40
(0.45)(48)(0.96)?
ss
(1.65)0.96)
\
eee!
(4) Assign k values
(5) Solve for k, for a temperature ratio ef 0.55, illustrated in Fig. 3.6.
Btu-ft
k = 0.098 (ante)
18
"&
Btu-in.
=
017W/mk
(hnt)CF)
The temperature at a particular location can be found
values of the product are known. If the temperature is te
at a location other than the center of the bin, use the lines
r
Fig. 3.7 represented by it the values of which are 0 at
if the physical
be determined
on the graph in
the center and
1 at the circumference.
Temperature Measurement
The temperature of stored grain gives an indication of the condition of
the grain. If overheating is noticed, the grain should be moved or mechanically cooled to prevent excessive grain loss. Temperature measurements are also desirable to check the performance of a dryer.
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
55
to-t,
bet
FIG. 3.6. USE OF TEM-
PERATURE RATIO TO
SOLVE FOR k
k, conductivity
| Btu-ft/hr ft@°F = 1.730 W/mk
Farm installations are usually too small to justify the cost of expensive
electronic equipment. The temperature of grain may be sensed by placing
one’s hand as far into the bin as possible. A bulb glass thermometer
provides a reasonably accurate method with inexpensive equipment. The
thermometer bulb is often protected with a metal shield, which decreases
the sensitivity. These thermometers should remain in the grain and be
removed for reading. Thermometers which are heavy enough for inserting in grain may not come to a constant reading for 30 to 40 min.
Commercial elevator installations can usually justify electronic systems
using thermocouples to sense the temperature. A thermocouple consists
of two small wires of different metals joined together by soldering or
welding. The thermocouple is placed where the temperature is to be
determined. Copper and constantan or iron and constantan are used for
thermocouples.
The voltage output of a thermocouple varies with the
temperature and is measured by a potentiometer. Flexible cables enclosing several thermocouples and covered with nylon are inserted in
bins to get the temperature at several locations. Various thermocouple
spacings are used, with a 2 to 3 m (5 to 10 ft) spacing normally used for
grain storage.
56
DRYING
\o
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
eses
WH
EaE
a
ra
0 asSa
ARR
ee
BB\NANNNNGBESS
WL ARR RE
Bae,
522 L) OX i iE eE
: eeaoF EN
L,
NINO
Soo
weSEN
LL
MA
Os,
Ay
nar
ae
VAAN
SABES\\SARANNIBAN
SL
et WEP
Tat AEE NRE
PPC
IE NS
A,
FIG. 3.7. UNSTEADY
STATE HEAT FLOW INA CYLINDER
.
Thermocouples and thermometers should be shielded to determine
temperatures for heated air installations to prevent erroneous readings
due to heat from radiation.
Grain Deterioration
The deterioration of grain is dependent on the moisture content, temperature, oxygen supply, and microorganisms involved. The kind and
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
57
quantity of microorganisms present depend on the previous treatment
of the grain.
The relative deterioration rate increases with an increase in temper-
ature, up to about 27°C (80°F) (Steele 1963). At higher temperatures,
many of the microorganisms could be killed, thus reducing the deterioration rate. The relative deterioration rate also increases with an increase
in moisture (Fig. 3.8).
2a
je)
=
Pee
o
ti
ee
10
on<q
eg 0.5
=
<x
—
=
0
4¢
8
2
26
£30
GRAIN MOISTURE, PERCENT (w.b.)
az
fe)
=
<q
5...
&rp
15
Lil
aa
1.0
LJ
>
FE
05
mal
a
0 30
A
O
40
ee
50
60
70 80 90
TEMPERATURE , °F
er
ea
|
a
ee
fe)
20
30
TEMPERATURE , °C
FIG. 3.8. RELATIVE GRAIN DETERIORATION
FECTED BY MOISTURE AND TEMPERATURE
RATES
AS AF-
58
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Maintaining Grain Quality
Damp grain from the combine or from a storage may be cooled or maintained at a uniform condition by (1) aeration or mechanical ventilation,
using a fan moving unheated air, (2) natural ventilation, moving air
through the grain with wind pressure, (3) refrigerated air forced through
the product, (4) turning, moving the grain from one bin to another, and
(5) cleaning, removal of weed seeds, chaff, straw, and other foreign material.
Aeration or Mechanical
Cooling
Aeration or mechanical cooling should be distinguished from drying
because of the difference in objectives and procedures involved. Aeration
is the moving of air through stored products for the primary purpose of
maintaining a uniform moisture content and/or temperature throughout
the storage. Airflows of 0.104 m3/min-t (0.1 cfm/bu) or less are moved
through the product.
Using aeration, safe storage can be provided for grain 1 to 2% moisture
above that normally considered safe for storage. Aeration is used to
prevent the accumulation of moisture migration from, warm to cold
layers. Although about 2% moisture is removed in cooling grain from 21°
to 4.4°C (70° to 40°F), the purpose is not to dry the product.
Aeration provides a positive method of conditioning grain at a low cost.
The cost of maintaining grain per bushel with aeration equipment in
large installations is about the same as by turning the grain once, without
the attendant cracking which might accompany turning. Less bin volume
is required when using aeration as compared to turning the grain. Aera-
tion provides a positive means of cooling grain, reducing the possibility of
insect growth, mold growth, and chemical changes, and with aeration,
undried grain can be held in cool weather with low airflow rates.
Air Requirements
The quantity of air used for aeration is from 0.104 to 0.021 m3/mintonne (%9 to ¥%50 cfm/bu) of grain. Successful cooling of shelled corn has
been accomplished with 0.02 m*/min-t (%o cfm/bu) in Indiana (Mayes
1955). Recommended
airflow rates are given in Table 3.6. The static
pressure encountered with these low air volumes in moving air through
the grain is relatively low and it is possible to economically move
air
through depths up to 46 m (150 ft). The static pressures of various products, based on different airflows for various depths, are presented in
Table 3.7. Most systems are designed for less than 3.73 kPa (15 in.)
static pressure.
MOISTURE
TABLE 3.6.
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
59
AIRFLOW RATES USED FOR AERATION
Southern States
Northern States
m?/m’sX 1078
cfm/bu
m/m’s X 107?
cfm/bu
Farm storage!
O61 =3:35
0.05-0.25
0.67—-1.34
0.05-0.1
Horizontal storage
Vertical storage
0.67—3.35
0.67—-1.34
0.05—-0.25
0.05—0.10
0.67-1.34
0.34—0.67
0.05-0.1
0.025—0.05
Source: Holman et al. (1957).
Conversion: 1 cfm/bu = 3.4 m3/m3s X 107.
Above data based on intermittent operation with suitable air conditioners.
1 For continuous operation (0.0167—0.033 cfm/bu).
etn
STATIC
PRESSURES
Airflow
m3/m3s
FOR
AERATING
Depth of
GRAIN
(NOT INCLUDING
DUCT
Static Pressure, in. Water
cfm/bu
Storage, ft
Wheat
Shelled Corn
Rough Rice
034 *% 107%
1/10
OPMTEX 10°3
1/20
OI
10=3
1/30
0.09 X 10-3
1/40
50
100
150
50
100
150
50
100
150
50
4.0
18.0
42.0
2.0
8.0
19.5
1.4
5.3
12.0
1.0
1.5
5.0
12.0
0.5
Pap
5.25
0.32
1.35
3.30
0.23
2.65
12.0
Tbe
1.25
5.30
12.5
0.90
3.40
7.95
0.65
220
0.20
0.738
1.50
5.92
0.50
2.00
4.65
0.07 X 10-3
100
150
50
100
150
1/50
Some designers add 25—50%
and packing.
4.0
9.0
0.80
3.20
6.60
0.95
2.50
to the above static pressures to account for fine material
Source: Holman et al. (1957).
Conversion:
1 in. water = 0.2488 kPa.
The horsepower requirements will depend on the quantity, depth, and
kind of grain for a given airflow. Typical horsepower requirements are
1.2 kW (1% hp) for 1230 to 1400 m3 (35,000 to 40,000 bu) flat storage
for shelled corn, 1 hp for 704 m3 (20,000 bu) flat storage, /2 hp for 352 m°
(10,000 bu) circular storage, and % to % hp for 112 m° (3200 bu) cir-
cular storage. A 2100 m? (60,000 bu) and 45 m (150 ft) high silo with
2000 cfm requires a 9 kW (12 hp) motor, and a 1050 m® (30,000 bu)
silo 18 m (60 ft) high with 84 m*/min-t (3000 cfm) requires a 5.6 to
7.5 kW (7% to 10 hp) motor (Holman 1955). For deep bins, the motor
horsepower can be estimated by multiplying (0.0004) X (cfm) X (static
pressure, in. water) if the friction from ducts is not excessive.
A 88 m? (2500 bu) storage was lowered from 12° to 6°C (54° to 20°F)
with a ventilation rate of 0.26 m?/min-t (4 cfm/bu) in 71 hr of ventilation with an average atmospheric temperature of —8°C (17°F) (Robinson et al. 1951). Approximately 5 to 10 days are required for the grain
60
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
to approach atmospheric temperature by using 0.104 m3/min-t (“io
cfm/bu). The grain should be cooled within 1 month to prevent deterioration. The time required for cooling is changed by increasing or decreasing the airflow rate.
The air is usually moved downward through the grain in aeration systems using a suction or exhaust system. Thus, the exhaust air which
has been heated while passing through the grain is exhausted through
warm grain, thereby avoiding the possibility of condensation on the cold
surface grain. The convection currents caused by temperature changes
are overcome by pulling the air downward.
Equipment for Aeration
The fan, duct, and bin for aeration are very similar to those used for
forced air drying except the air requirements are much less and deep
bins can be ventilated practically. The fan and the duct are much smaller
for cooling a given quantity of grain. It is desirable to have a duct crosssection of 1 m2 for each 10,000 m*/min-t (1 ft? for each 1000 cfm)of air-
flow, although for short ducts of 7.6 m (25 ft) or less, velocities to 10 m/
sec (2000 ft/min) are used. The minimum open surface area in ft? for a
flat storage is cfm/20 and for an upright storage cfm/50 (Holman et al.
1957).
A very simple system for aeration of grain consists of installing a
cylindrical duct vertically in the bin with the fan on the top of duct
exhausting air from horizontal storages or vertical storages under 6 m (20
ft) high (Fig. 3.9). The length of the vertical duct can be changed according to the depth of the bin. A 0.2 or 0.38 m {8 to 12 in.) diameter stovepipe can be used with a screen-covered or perforated metal or slotted
metal opening on the bottom half of the duct for air passage. Satisfactory
operation can be obtained if the center duct is 3 or 4 ft from the bottom
of the floor. More rapid and uniform cooling is obtained if the duct extends to the floor. Manufacturers have exhaust fans available which
can be either the centrifugal or the propeller type. The cost is about
$50 to $75 for each installation for cooling from 2 to 3.5 m3 (70 to 115 ft?
or 2000 to 3200 bu) of grain with 0.047 m3/s (100 cfm) of air.
The duct for distributing the air can be installed after the bin is filled
with grain, although it is much easier to install before. The ducts can be
installed when the grain is placed in the bin and the fan moved from duct
to duct. The installation can be made so that the air above the grain is
partially recirculated through the grain or it can be designed so that the
air is exhausted to the outside. The installation which exhausts the air
above the grain, shown in Fig. 3.10A, is recommended for cooling because
the moisture content of the surface of the grain will be from 1 to 2%
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
61
FAN (PROPELLER OR
CENTRIFUGAL TYPE)
GRAIN
STOVE
PIPE
(8" TO 12"DIA.)
LOWER HALF OF DUCT
PERFORATED
SCREEN COVERING,
PERFORATED METAL,OR
SLOTS IN METAL
(MINIMUM OF
BOTTOM
FIG. 3.9. VERTICAL
7% OPENING)
OF BIN
DUCT USED FOR AERATION
lower than in the installation exhausting air to the outside. If, however,
the installation is built for slight moisture removal from grain in warm
weather, the air should be exhausted to the outside, as shown in Fig.
3.10B.
An aeration system with 0.104 m?/min-t (1/10 cfm/bu) is not rec“ommended for removing over 1% excess moisture. The vertical tube duct
is ideal for small round or rectangular grain bins. It can also be installed
in a flat storage by placing the aeration units 4.5 to 6.1 m (15 to 20 ft)
apart in the bin.
Horizontal ducts (Fig. 3.11) can be placed in the bottom of the grain bin
and may be used with or without the lateral or branch ducts as shown.
Branch ducts are necessary for shallow storages to obtain uniform air
distribution. The ducts are usually made of 0.2 to 0.3 m (8 to 12 in.)
diameter perforated or slotted material. Any of the duct systems used for
drying can be used for cooling. A deep storage [over 6 m (20 ft)] is usually
cooled through one perforated pipe along the bottom of the bin. The
fan can be moved from bin to bin or connected with air ducts and valves
62
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
A
FAN x
Shien
Jan
e
pier
Pa
BIN
FIG. 3.10.
AIR EXHAUSTED FROM AERATION SYSTEM
A—INSIDE BIN AND B—OUTSIDE BIN
8"- 12" PERFORATED
LATERALS
STEEL
DUCTS
GRAIN
PLACED
OVER
DUCT
—
—
LATERALS
OPTIONAL
Sf
SYSTEM
FIG 3.11.
HORIZONTAL
DUCTS FOR AERATION
to direct the air to the appropriate bin. The temperature reduction is
more
rapid and more
uniform
by using the horizontal
ducts as com-
pared to the vertical ducts. The horizontal ducts can be adapted to any
shape or size of bin (Fig. 3.12). A mechanical cooling system for a deep
bin, holding over 352 m? (10,000 bu), could be installed at a cost of 1 to
2 cents/bu.
}
Grain Chilling
Cooling grain with refrigerated air in an aeration system provides a
method of preserving high moisture grain without using chemicals or
holding ahead of the dryer. To avoid wetting of grain from the cooled air,
the relative humidity of the air entering the ducts should be less than
75%. As an example, 245 t (270 tons) of wheat at 21°C (70°F) were
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
63
(a)
(e)
(b)
(f)
(c)
(g)
(d)
(h)
<a>
——
FIG. 3.12.
TYPICAL
AERATION
SYSTEMS
A—Flat bottom, no basement. B—Flat bottom, perforated floor. C—Vertical tube.
D—Flat bottom, high grade level. E—Hoppered bottom, low grade level. F—Hoppered
bottom, high and low grade level. G—Flat bottom, no basement. H—Flat bottom, circulation of fumigant.
lowered to 9.9° to 12.7°C (50° to 55°F) after 94 hr cooling. During cooling, a total of 1661 kWh were consumed at 17.7 kW/h, an airflow rate
64
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
of 5200 m3/h at 7460 Pa (30 in. water) static pressure was used, and
a 20 hp compressor with 5 hp fan on the compressor was used.
Refrigerated Air Circulation
An aeration system using refrigerated air provides a method of holding
high moisture grain. Corn at 22% moisture content in an insulated bin
was aerated with 0.52 m3/min-t (0.5 cfm/bu) air at 1.7° to 4.4°C (35°
to 40°F). Cooling, during which a reduction of 0.3% moisture content
per week occurs, should begin immediately upon storage to avoid mold
growth (Converse et al. 1973).
Operation of Aeration System
The fan can be operated continuously with small flows of 0.052 cm?/
min-t (% cfm/bu) or less when the air is at least 5.6°C (10°F) cooler than
the grain. Approximately 300 hr of fan operation are required to cool a
deep bin of grain. It would be desirable to turn off the fan during periods
of high humidity, rain, and heavy fog. In many areas of the United
States, high humidity prevails between 2 and 9 A.M., and a time control
can be used to turn off the system during these hours. The labor required
for manually controlling the operation of the fan usually does not justify
the saving obtained in electricity. Humidity controls can also be used.
Units which operate with 0.1 to 0.052 m3/min-t (%o to Yo cfm/bu) are
often used for cooling the grain close to freezing and the fan is moved
to other bins for repeating the operation. The grain is usually cooled to
between 1.7 and 4.4°C (35° and 40°F). Codling to a lower temperature
increases the possibility of moisture
condensing on the grain when
it
is handled.
By using a humidistat set so that the fan does not operate when the
humidity is above 85%, about one-half of the power cost can be saved
in Indiana or areas of similar climatic conditions. The cost of the electricity for aeration of the grain, usually within a 1 month period, ranges
from ¥%9 to 42%/bu for continuous fan operation. Wheat, in a deep bin
in Georgia was aerated at % cent/bu for power cost and maintained
from December to September. The electrical cost for the motor on a fan
delivering 50 cfm of air would be about 20 to 25 cents/week for contin-
uous operation with electricity at 2% cents/kWh.
An aeration system is valuable for fumigation
of stored grain. The
fumigant can be placed in the bin over the grain and circulated for the
appropriate time depending on the fumigant, usually 30 min. The fumigant can then be flushed out, for example, in 24 hr.
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
CHANGES
AND
EFFECTS
65
QUESTIONS
1 How could k be determined by using equation (3-6) as a basis?
Answer for the bin in question 2.
2 A steel bin 1.2 m (4 ft) in diameter containing shelled corn at 13%
moisture is at 25°C (77°F) throughout. The bin is placed in a refrigerated room maintained at -15°C (5°F). How long would be
required to get the center of the bin to 5°C (41°F)? -5°C (23°F)?
How long would be required to get the grain 1 ft from the edge to
o CA4I F)?:—5 €.(23°F)?
Determine the average daily temperature fluctuation for January
and July using local weather bureau data.
Using a daily temperature high of 21°C (70°F) and a low of 40°C
(39°F) with wheat at 13% w.b., at 1.7°C (35°F), and 0.15 m (0.5 ft)
from the surface, calculate the time required to get the same location
to 5°C (41°F)? 10°C (50°F)? What would be the maximum temperature attained? How long would be required? (Ignore convection air
currents and surface radiation.)
.
Adm (16.4 ft) diameter galvanized steel 0.13 cm (0.050 in.) circular
bin is filled to a depth of 1.5 m (5 ft) with shelled corn at 13% mois-
ture, w.b. The moisture content is increased to 20%. Will the sheets
be pushed off or ruptured by the grain at the higher moisture content?
. Plot the hourly temperature for several different days. For the
average of 2 weeks hourly temperature? Do the temperatures follow
a sine curve? Discuss.
An aeration system is to be installed in a 3520 m3 (100,000 bu)
silo storage 30.5 m (100 ft) high for shelled corn with an airflow of
0.42 m?/min-t (1/25 cfm/bu). Estimate (a) fan specifications, (b)
electric motor horsepower, (c) installation cost, and (d) annual operating cost. Discuss.
How long is required to obtain one air change in the installation
described in question 7?
REFERENCES
BABBIT, J.D. 1945. Thermal properties of wheat in bulk. Can.
J. Res. Sect. F:
23 (6) 388-401.
BOYCE, D.S. 1966. Heat and moisture transfer in ventilated grain. J. Agric.
Eng. Res. 11 (4) 255-265.
CARTER,
D.G. and FARRAR,
M.D.
1943.
Redistribution of moisture in soy-
bean bins. Agric. Eng. 24 (9) 296.
CHRISTENSEN,
C.M.
and KAUFMANN,
Role of Fungi in Quality Loss.
H.H.
1969.
Grain Storage—The
Univ. Minnesota Press, Minneapolis.
/
66
AND
DRYING
AGRICULTURAL
H.H., SAUER, D.G. and HODGES,
CONVERSE,
moisture corn.
DALE,
OF
STORAGE
T.O.
1973.
Aeration of high
Trans. ASAE 16 (4) 696-699.
ROBINSON,
and
A.C.
CROPS
Pressures
1954.
R.N.
in deep grain storage
structures. Agric. Eng. 35 (10) 570-573.
DISNEY, R.W. 1954. The specific heat of some cereal grains. Cereal Chem. 31
\
()9229= 239.
grain. Trans.
of
aeration
during
FOSTER, G.H. 1967. Moisture changes
ASAE 10 (3) 344-347, 351.
HENDERSON, S.M. 1947. Negative radiation—its relation to farm building
design. Agric. Eng. 28 (4) 137-140.
HOLMAN,
L.E.
Aeration of stored grain.
1955.
Agric. Eng. 36 (10) 667-668.
HOLMAN, L.E. and CARTER, D.G. 1952. Soybean storage in farm-type bins.
Ill. Agric. Exp. Stn., Urbana, Bull. 552.
HOLMAN, L.E. et al. 1957. Aeration of grain in commercial storage. U.S. Dep.
Agric. Mark. Res. Rep. 178.
HUDSON, R.G. 1939.
Sons, New York.
The
Engineers’
Manual,
2nd Edition.
John
Wiley
&
INGERSOLL, L.R. and ZOBEL, O.J. 1913. Introduction to the Mathematical
Theory of Heat Conduction. Ginn and Co., Boston.
JOHNSON,
W.H.
1958.
Machine
and method efficiency in combining wheat.
Agric. Eng. 39 (4) 244. (abstract)
.
KAZARIAN, E.A. and HALL, C.W. 1965. Thermal properties of grain. Trans.
ASAE 8 (1) 33-37, 48.
KELLY, C.F. 1941. Temperature of wheat in experimental farm type storages.
U.S. Dep. Agric. Circ. 587.
KIESSELBACH, T.A.
Lincoln, Bull. 188.
MADDEX,
1923.
Productive
R.L. and HALL, C.W.
1956.
seed;corn.
Neb.
Agric.
Exp.
Mechanical cooling of grain.
Stn.,
Mich.
State Univ., E. Lansing, Ext. Bull. 316.
MAYES, H. F. 1955.
Aeration for the control of moisture migration in stored
corn. Annu. Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, June 1955.
Mimeo Rep. U.S. Dep. Agric. (unnumbered).
McCUNE, W.E., PERSON, N.K., JR. and SORENSON, J.W., JR.
ditioned air storage of grain. Trans. ASAE 6 (3) 186—189..
1963.
Con-
NAVARRO, S., DOINAHAYE, E. and CALDERON, M. 1973. Studies on aeration with refrigerated air. I. Chilling of wheat in a concrete elevator. J. Stored
Prod. Res. 9 (3) 253-259.
PATERSON,
H.
1967.
Chilled grain storage.
Farm Mechanization Buildings
19 (216) 19-20.
PERRY, R.H. and CHILTON, C.H.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.
1973.
Chemical
Engineers’
Handbook.
ROBERTSON, D.W., LUTE, A.M. and GARDNER, R. 1939. Effect of relative humidity on viability, moisture content, and respiration of wheat, oats,
and barley seed in storage. J. Agric. Res. 59, 281-291.
MOISTURE
AND
TEMPERATURE
ROBINSON, R.N., HUKILL,
W.V. and
CHANGES
FOSTER, G.H.
AND
1951.
EFFECTS
67
Mechanical ven-
tilation of grain. Agric. Eng. 32 (11) 606-608.
SAUL, R.A. and LIND, E.F. 1958. Maximum time for safe drying of grain with
unheated air. Trans. ASAE / (1) 29-33.
SOWELL, R.S. and HODGES,
T.O.
1963.
pressures in grain storage structures.
The effects of moisture changes on
Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., St. Joseph, Mich.,
Pap. 63-425.
STAHL, B.M. 1948. Engineering data on grain storage.
Agric. Eng. Data 1.
Am. Soc. Agric. Eng.,
STAHL, B.M. 1950. Grain bin requirements. U.S. Dep. Agric. Circ. 835.
STEELE, J.L. 1963. Deterioration of shelled corn during drying as measured
by carbon dioxide production. M.S. Thesis. lowa State Univ., Ames.
SUTER, R.C. 1964. The Courage to Change. Interstate Printers and Publishers, Danville, III.
WEAST, R.C. 1979. CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 60th Edition.
CRC Press, West Palm Beach, Fla.
WILEMAN,
W.H.
1941.
Shrinkage of artificially dried seed corn.
Agric. Eng.
22 (4) 256.
WOOLEY,
J.C.
1946.
Farm Buildings.
McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York.
WRATTEN, F.T., POOLE, W.D., CHESNESS, J.L., BAL, S. and RAMARAO, V. 1969. Physical and thermal properties of rough rice. Trans. ASAE 12
(6) 801-803.
Moisture Content Determination
As mechanization of harvesting operations has increased, it has allowed
less time in the field for grain and hay to lose moisture. Products with a
high moisture content will not keep for extended periods in storage, so it
is important, therefore, that equipment be available for determining the
moisture content of grain and forage to determine whether they will
keep in storage. The same equipment might also be used for determining
the time of harvest or cutting of forage. Equipment for precise moisture
measurement is usually not necessary since moisture content determina-
tion within 1% is usually sufficient to establish whether a product will
keep in storage.
The method of pricing agricultural products, in which the moisture
content is one important criterion, increases the importance of having
methods for determining moisture content. Considerable money is lost
each year because of over-drying. When the product is over-dried, the
farmer or rancher sells dry matter for the price of water and thus loses
economically.
Commercial concerns often take grain of a low moisture content from
one farmer and grain of a high moisture content from another and mix or
blend the two together to get the approximate moisture content on which
the price is based. By following this procedure, the commercial operation
can gain economically, because the farmer with high moisture grain is
penalized directly by a lower price for excess moisture products and the
farmer with a low moisture product is penalized indirectly for supplying
dry matter instead of water to the purchaser.
Most farmers do not own a meter of sufficient accuracy for determining
grain and/or forage moisture content to meet official standards. In most
cases, the farmer relies upon experience to estimate the moisture content.
For grain, this might entail biting, rattling, feeling, and observation.
Rather indefinite methods are used to determine the moisture content of
forage products. Farmers normally use observation of physical properties
68
MOISTURE
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
69
such as feel, twist, squeeze, rattle, break, and curl of leaves to determin
e
moisture content of forage.
The moisture content is an index of the probable keeping quality of the
product and can be expressed on either the wet or dry basis (Chapter 1).
Moisture meters for grain and hay are designed to give the percentage
moisture content on a wet basis.
The methods of determining the moisture content of products may be
divided into two broad classifications:
(1) direct and (2) indirect.
With the direct method, the amount of moisture weighed or measured
is related to the amount of dry material present or to the original amount
of material. Thus, the moisture content can be expressed in either the
wet basis or the dry basis. The direct methods may not be any more
accurate than the indirect methods but are usually accepted as standards
for calibration for and comparison with the indirect methods.
Regardless of the method used for determining the moisture content,
there are possibilities of errors in making the determination. The major
problem is that of securing a sample which is representative of the entire
lot of material. To reduce the possibilities of error, several samples should
be obtained from different locations in the bin, field, or mow. Usually a
large sample is obtained which is taken to the laboratory for determining
the moisture content. If the sample which is taken to the laboratory is
not properly divided, errors may again occur. The sample can be divided
equally into 2 parts with the Boerner sampler. These can be further subdivided for more samples.
The standard deviation of the moisture content of individual kernels
in a sample taken from a bin of grain of uniform moisture content is
about + 0.2% (Oxley 1948). Under the best conditions in the laboratory,
a standard error of sampling of + 0.11% for replicate samples of wheat
has been obtained (Cook et al. 1934).
It is important that the moisture content of the product be maintained
from the time the sample is obtained until the determination is made.
Standard metal containers and film bags have been prescribed by the
government and are available through commercial concerns for holding
the sample. The familiar cardboard type container will permit considerable moisture loss. For some methods of moisture determination, it is
necessary to grind the sample. Grinding is normally done when the mois-
ture content is near equilibrium with the atmosphere so that the moisture change will be kept at a minimum.
DIRECT
METHODS
Oven Methods
Several different oven procedures are available for moisture determination of different materials. The usual procedure is to remove the mois-
70
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
TABLE 4.1. PARTIAL LIST OF MOISTURE
Beckman
METERS
CROPS
FOR AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Instruments, Inc., Illustrated, Cedar Grove, N.J. 07009
is
da
Model HMP-1 System (moisture above head space sensed, equilibrium moisture)
Moisture Sensor (measures relative humidity)
Burrows Equipment Co., Evanston, IL
60204
;
Burrows Model 700 Digital Moisture Computer (capacitance) \
Burrows Moisture Recorder (dielectric)
Universal Moisture Tester (electric resistance)
Brown-Duvel Moisture Tester (distillation)
Delmhorst Moisture Detector (moisture probe, contact resistance)
Wood Moisture Detector (moisture probe, contact resistance)
Brabender Moisture Tester (drying chamber, loss of weight)
Air oven (electric heat, loss of weight)
Safecrop Moisture Tester
Quicktest Moisture Tester (stem or probe)
Ohaus Moisture Determination
Balance
DICKEY-John Corp., Auburn, IL 62615
Grain Moisture Tester
Insto I and II
Forage Moisture Tester
Continuous-Flow Moisture Meter
Dupont Instruments, Wilmington, DE 19898
303 Moisture Monitor (measure moisture level in gas, electrolyzes moisture
in gas stream)
Eaton Controls, Carol Stream, IL 60187
Dole 400 Moisture Tester (capacitance)
EPIC, Inc., New York, N.Y.
10038
Grain Stem Hydrometer (Wilh. Lambrecht
grain, limited to 70°F and below)
KG Gottingen) (Humidity in
Aqua Boy Electronic Moisture Meters (electrical conductivity) (numerous
electrodes available for many different products)
Koster Crop Tester, Inc., North Randall, OH 44128
Koster General Purpose Moisture Tester (evaporation of water, weight)
(used for grains and forages)
Lab-Line Instruments, Inc., Melrose Park, IL 60160
Lab-Line Electro-Hydrometer (measures relative humidity in grain interstices)
Motomceo, Inc., Patterson, N.J. 07513
Motomco Moisture Meter (dielectric) (formerly known
Seedburo Equipment Co., Chicago, IL
as Halross meter)
60607
Steinlite Moisture Tester (manufactured by Fred Stein Lab.) (capacitance)
Steinlite Digital Moisture Tester (capacitance)
Dole Moisture Tester (capacitance)
Ohaus Moisture Determination Balance (IR heating, measure
moisture loss)
Cenco Infrared Moisture Balance (IR heating, weight determination)
Brown-Duvel Moisture Tester (distillation principle)
Brabender Moisture Tester (sample dried and weighed)
Westberg Manuf. Co., Sonoma, CA 95476
Westach Moisture Meter (electric prod; forage, grain)
Weston Instruments, Newark, N.J.
Weston Moisture Meter
07114
MOISTURE
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
71
ture from the product in an air-oven. When warm or hot water
is circulated around the walls to heat the oven by the circulating water,
it is
called a water-oven. This method
than the air-oven. Two general
grain and dry it in the oven from
the whole grain in the oven at a
96 hr.
maintains a more uniform temperature
procedures are available: (1) grind the
1 to 2 hr at 130°C (266°F), and (2) place
temperature of 100°C (212°F) for 72 to
The usual oven methods for moisture determination of grain are:
A. Air-oven Method, 130°C + 1° (266°F).—
(1) One-stage, for grain under 13% moisture. Grind duplicate samples
of 2 to 3 g each. Heat 1 hr at 130°C (266°F). Place in desiccator;
then weigh. Samples should check within 0.1% moisture.
(2) Two-stage, for grain above 13% moisture. Remove moisture until
25 to 30 g sample is below 13% (usually about 14 to 16 hr are required). Continue as discussed under (1).
B. Water-oven or Air-oven Method, 100°C (212°F).—
Place duplicate 25 to 30 g samples in oven, heated to 99° to 100°C
(211° to 212°F) for 72 to 96 hr. Place in desiccator; then weigh.
Samples should check within 0.1% moisture.
The AOAC has set up slightly different requirements which give a
slightly higher value for moisture determination of grain and stock feeds.
The material is ground and heated at 135°C (275°F) for 2 hr (AOAC
1950). The latest recommended procedure by AOAC and U.S. Dep. Agric.
for determining the moisture content of different products should be
consulted.
To remove
the moisture from a high moisture sample, the two-stage
drying method has been advocated (Anderson 1936). With this method,
a sample of whole grain is first dried in an oven and then the sample is
ground and further dried in an oven. The moisture content is determined
on the basis of water loss.
The sample should be left in the oven until weight loss stops. It is practically impossible
to remove
all the moisture
from a sample without
deterioration of the product. If the sample remains in the oven too long,
the organic material will be reduced and a loss of weight occur which will
appear as moisture loss and give an inaccurate value. For most grains, it
is considered that the deterioration of dry matter occurs quite exten-
sively after 96 hr in an oven at 100°C (212°F). For some air-oven determinations, at 100°C (212°F), it is specified that the sample be kept in the
oven a minimum of 72 hr. The oven may be heated with electric resistance heaters, infrared lamps, steam, or a high frequency electric field.
The vacuum oven method is used for determining moisture contents.
For grain, the product is ground and placed in the oven at approximately
72
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
100°C (212°F) and the oven is maintained at 25 mm pressure for about
5 hr. By using a lower temperature or a shorter time, there is less
possibility of a
is particularly
For accurate
protected from
loss of weight due to deterioration of the dry matter. This
important for fruits and vegetables.
moisture content determinations the sample should be
absorbing moisture after the moisture has been removed
from the sample. Moisture absorption can be prevented by placing a glass
cover plate over the sample and taking the weight after the sample and
container have cooled.
Distillation Methods
With the distillation methods, moisture is removed by heating the grain
in oil and determining the volume of the weight of water removed from
the grain in condensed vapor or from the loss of weight of the sample.
The Brown-Duvel distillation method (Fig. 4.1) was one of the early
accepted methods for determining moisture content of grain (Brown and
Duvel 1907). The whole grain is heated in oil, the weighed sample heated,
and the vaporized moisture condensed and measured in a graduated
cylinder. The procedure for different grains varies, and it is necessary to
follow the recommended procedures for different grains (Coleman and
Boerner 1936). A sample of 100 g is heated in a flask with 150 ml of oil.
About 1 hr is required to determine the moisture content. The equipment
is rather simple, and accurate results can be obtained without expensive
equipment such as balances. Proper calibration assures more accurate
results.
re.
The official toluene (methy] benzene, CsH;CHs) distillation method for
grain requires heating finely ground grain in an apparatus that collects
the condensed water. The toluene boils at 111°C (233°F), and thus all
of the water and other substances which have a boiling point below this
temperature are evaporated. Boiling is continued as long as water accumulates
in the graduated tube. Usually about 25 g of material are
boiled in the flask with 75 ml of toluene.
With the modified Brown-Duvel method, the product is placed in a
vegetable oil bath and heated to a predetermined
temperature.
This
process takes only 15 to 20 min. The use of oil permits rapid evaporation
with large quantities of heat without scorching or burning the product.
Starting from room temperature, the oil is heated to 145°C (293°F) for
grasses and silage and 190°C (374°F) for grains. As soon as these temperatures have been reached, the moisture has been driven off, and the
dry weight of the product remains. The oil and 100 g of product in the oil
are balanced before heating, and the loss of weight of the product after
heating is then determined. The change of weight is used to calculate the
moisture content of the original product.
MOISTURE
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
Courtesy of Seedburo
FIG. 4.1. BROWN-DUVEL
MOISTURE TESTER
Equipment
Co.
73
74
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Drying with Desiccants
The moisture content of a product is determined by placing the sample
near an efficient drying agent in a closed container. The material should
be finely ground in order to provide rapid response. The desiccant maintains a very low vapor pressure within the container. The vapor pressure
of the material is higher than that of the desiccant, and the moisture
moves from the material to the drying agent. One standard procedure is
to place the sample in a vacuum oven with anhydrous sulfuric acid until
constant weight is obtained. This method is particularly useful for materials where dry matter decomposition would be great if the product
were heated. With some products, however, the product may decompose
because of the mold and bacteria growth before the equilibrium vapor
pressure is reached.
INDIRECT
METHODS
Indirect methods involve the measurement of a property of the material including mechanical, electrical, or thermal property, which is related to the moisture content. One of the direct means
is required to
calibrate the indirect method. The moisture content is usually expressed
on a wet basis for the indirect methods.
Electrical Resistance Methods
The electrical resistance or conductivity of a material depends upon its
moisture content. This principle is used as a’basis for a number of moisture meters. In wheat it has been found that there is a linear relationship
between the moisture content and the logarithm of its electrical resistance from approximately 11 to 16% moisture. These moisture meters
must be calibrated for each grain against a standard method. Inasmuch
as temperature affects the electrical resistance of a material, corrections for variations in temperature must be made for tests conducted
at temperatures other than those at which the calibration is reported.
Electrical resistance meters reported as being suitable for grain are the
Universal (Fig. 4.2), DICKEY-John’s combination resistance-dielectric
meter, and the Marconi (Anderson and Alcock 1954). The electrical
resistance units are rather simple in design and require 1 min or less for
making a moisture determination.
The resistance of grain may be measured between two steel rolls which
serve as electrodes in the Tag-Heppenstall meter. A different spacing of
rolls can be made or a different roll used for various products such as
grain, peanuts, walnuts, wood, etc. The standard error of estimati
on in
MOISTURE
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
Courtesy of Burrows
FIG. 4.2. UNIVERSAL
MOISTURE
Equipment
75
Co.
TESTER
testing hard spring wheat is about + 0.23%. One of the problems with
the meter is the difficulty of maintaining calibration because wear of
the bearings and rolls changes the spacing between the rolls and gives a
lower moisture content. By proper maintenance, however, improper
moisture content value due to spacing can be minimized.
76
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
The pressure exerted on the sample with the electrical resistance method affects the resistance of the product. The relationship of moisture
content, pressure on sample, and resistance of various materials is avail-
able (Isaacs 1954). The Universal moisture tester presses a sample of
grain to a specified thickness in order to get the same pressure each time.
The unit incorporates its own power source, thus eliminating the necessity for electrical outlets or batteries. Units are made to cover various
ranges of moisture content. A representative of the manufacturer of the
Universal tester points out that the instrument uses a high pressure on a
sample which permits a standard calibrated dial for all materials. The
only difference between calibration from one material to another is in the
pressure exerted on the sample in terms of thickness of the sample. A
straight line must result when Universal moisture content determinations are plotted against oven determinations, so calibration consists
only of determining the compression data which will give a straight line
on a 45° slope. This principle is covered by patents of the company.
The Marconi moisture meter consists of a test cell in which great
pressure is applied to the specimen. The circuit is powered by dry cells or
alternating current.
The Shafer moisture tester is a portable inexpensive unit of unique
design. The sample is placed in a grain compartment where the electrical
resistance, R, is measured. The circuit is so designed that a neon lamp
flashes, the speed of which is determined by the resistance of the sample
between the plates. The number of flashes seen through a viewing
window are counted for a period of 1 min. By referring to a calibration
card for the particular grain being tested, the moisture content of the
sample can be determined. A small battery powers the unit.
The Delmhorst moisture detector is used for determining the moisture content of baled hay and straw. It is a device which measures the
electrical resistance obtained by forcing an electric probe into the bale
and reading the moisture content on the meter. The moisture content
measured is that of the wettest fibers in contact with the’two electrodes
near the end of the probe.
The electrical resistance of hay decreases with an increase in pressure.
Alfalfa hay at 17.3%, w.b. has a DC resistance of 750 kilohms with slight
pressure, 180 kilohms with 34.5 kPa (5 psi) pressure, and 90 kilohms with
68.9 kPa (10 psi) pressure (Isaacs 1954). The 60 cps DC resistance is
slightly higher. The electrical resistance is greater with current flowing
perpendicular to the stems than with current flowing parallel to the
stems.
The electrical resistance of grain decreases when the pressure is increased. For 15.2% shelled corn, with a pressure of 689.4 kPa (100 psi),
the DC resistance is 1.0 megohm.
MOISTURE
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
77
Above 17% moisture content, there is a parabolic relationship between
the moisture content and the logarithm of the electrical resistance. Most
meters do not give readings below 7% moisture, because there is very
little change in the electrical conductivity. Grain that has been recently
dried with heated air gives lower readings than the actual moisture con-
tent of the product. This occurs because the tendency of these meters
is to measure the resistance on the surface. If moisture has been added to
the grain, the readings are higher than the average moisture content of
the product.
Dielectric Methods (Capacitance)
The dielectric properties of products depend on the moisture content.
The capacity of a condenser is affected by the dielectric properties of the
material placed between the condenser plates. Wet materials have a high
dielectric constant,! and dry materials have a low dielectric constant.
Water has a dielectric constant of 80 at 20°C (68°F). Most grains and hay
have a value less than 5, and air in a vacuum has a value of 1. The capacitance, which is an indirect measurement of the moisture content, may be
obtained (Fig. 4.3, 4.4, and 4.5).
The Steinlite meter is used by many
commercial concerns for grain.
A sample of 0.15 kg (0.3 lb) is placed into a grain chamber. The grain
is then moved to a chamber formed by two plates of a condenser. A
standard error of estimate for the Steinlite meter when compared to
the vacuum oven is + 0.4% (Hlynka et al. 1949). Meters of this type are
less subject than resistance meters to any errors which might result from
uneven moisture distribution due to drying or wetting of the kernels of
the grain being tested (Zeleny 1954).
The capacitance method for determining the moisture content of hay
has been used (Sherwood 1951). It was found that:
(a) Capacitance did not change with frequency in the range of 170 to
700 kilocycles.
(b) Capacitance varied directly with moisture content but was dependent on the initial weight of the sample.
(c) There was no consistent relationship between the capacitor power
factor and hay moisture content.
(d) A standard error of estimate of 3% was obtained from the regression line between 21 and 56% moisture content with 0.45 kg (1 lb)
samples.
(e) The dielectric constant of the hay was about 1.8 at 11.4% moisture
and 500 kg/m? (31.2 Ib/ft*).
78
AND
DRYING
OF
STORAGE
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
spend NE
aE Fe
wi IS CELL ON!
weeRIAL NUMBER
Courtesy of Motomco,
FIG. 4.3. MOTOMCO
DIELECTRIC MOISTURE
Inc.
METER
The Motomco (formerly Halross) meter (Fig. 4.3) consists of electronic
components of two miniature vacuum tubes and associated circuits. The
measuring cell is designed to (1) provide leveling in the cell, (2) reduce
the packing factor, and (3) reduce the effect of liter (bushel) weight
variations in the materials. These claims are covered by patents. The
error of estimate reported by the company is about + 0.22%.
Various configurations of moisture testers are shown in Fig. 4.3 to 4.7.
'The dielectric constant, K =
.
.
2
, where Q; and Q» are charges, r is distance between
r2
charges, and F the force in dynes of the electric field.
.
.
MOISTURE
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
79
Courtesy of Eaton Controls
FIG. 4.4. DOLE MOISTURE
TESTER, CAPACITANCE
iYPE
Chemical Methods
or combines
Water is removed by adding a chemical which decomposes
which can
ed
with the water. From the chemical reaction a gas is produc
80
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Courtesy of Seedburo Co.
FIG. 4.5. STEINLITE MOISTURE TESTER
be measured volumetrically or which decreases the original weight of the
sample. After suitable calibration curves are established the moisture
content can be determined.
Calcium carbide
acetylene gas.
reacts with water
to form
calcium
hydroxide
and
MOISTURE CONTENT DETERMINATION
CaC, + 2H,O > Ca(OH): + CyH, t
81
(4-1)
This method is used for determining the moisture content
of forages
and grains by shaking an excess of calcium carbide with 30
g of material.
About 10 to 25 min are required for the reaction. The loss of weight
in
the sample is due to the evolution of acetylene and is used for
an index of
plant moisture from 10 to 85%. A hay sample is cut into approximately
1.3 cm (0.5 in.) lengths and grain samples are crushed. A balance may be
used for getting a reading of percentage of moisture in the sample.
This
method is accurate to within 3% of the actual moisture content.
Calcium hydride has been proposed for the above reaction in place of
calcium carbide, giving the reaction described in equation (4-2).
CaH.
se 2H,O
a
Ca(OH), ap 2H. t
(4-2)
The chemical method can be used to determine the moisture content by
the gas pressure exerted. The higher the gas pressure exerted in a closed
container, the higher will be the moisture content. Put another way,
the volume of gas at a constant pressure would indicate indirectly the
amount of moisture in the sample. This method utilizes a receptacle with
a gauge and safety valve and is recommended for use by farmers on
hay and grain. A reading can be made in about 3 min when grain samples
are ground. Note that when calcium hydride is used instead of calcium
carbide, twice the volume of hydrogen as compared to the volume of
acetylene is produced.
The Fischer method offers considerable possibility for determining the
moisture content by chemical means (Fischer 1935). The method utilizes
chemical solvents which penetrate the organic tissues and aid in quickly
removing water from the material. The material must be finely ground,
and the moisture is extracted with anhydrous methy] alcohol.
Hygrometric Methods
Grain or hay in a closed container comes to equilibrium with the air at a
certain relative humidity, dependent upon the moisture and temperature. The relative humidity of the air in equilibrium with the material is
used as a measure of the moisture content.
A simple device has been developed for use on grains utilizing the
principle of humidity measurement to obtain the moisture content. The
apparatus consists of two thermometers mounted in a rubber stopper, a
saturated salt solution, and a container such as a milk bottle wrapped for
insulation. Agitation is provided by shaking the container (Dexter 1949).
The wet bulb thermometer is wetted with a saturated solution of a salt
82
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Courtesy of Burrows
FIG. 4.6. DIGITAL MOISTURE
Equipment
Co.
COMPUTER
which maintains approximately the same equilibrium relative humidity
as the material being tested. By using a salt solution on the wet bulb
thermometer, the wet bulb depression or wet bulb rise is reduced, and
the time required to take each stabilized temperature is reduced. Agitation is required to bring the atmosphere to equilibrium with the products.
If a salt solution which had an equilibrium relative humidity of 75%
MOISTURE
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
83
B
Courtesy of Epic, Inc.
C
Courtesy of Lab-line Instruments
FIG. 4.7. OTHER MOISTURE TESTERS.
A—Grain stem hygrometer.
B—Aqua boy electric moisture meter.
C—Lab-line electro-hygrometer.
D—Koster crop tester.
Courtesy of Koster Crop Tester, Inc.
84
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
were used, and a wet sample were being tested, there would be a wet
bulb rise because moisture would leave the sample, go through the at-
mosphere, and saturate the wet bulb. If the grain sample were quite dry,
moisture would go from the wet bulb to the sample, thus cooling the wet
bulb due to evaporation of moisture from the salt solution.
Certain salts have the property of changing color when exposed to
various humidities which can be used to indicate the moisture content of
the product. A method has been developed in which a mixture of ferric
ammonium sulfate and potassium ferrocyanide is used in a carrier of
sodium chloride as a colorimetric indicator of humidity (Dexter 1948A).
In the dry state the mixture is blue, but in the presence of water it turns
red. When used in a range of 8 to 12% for wheat, it is accurate to within
1%.
Even though the hygrometric method may not give quite as accurate
values of moisture content of products as some of the other indirect
methods, it may actually give a better indication of the storage quality of
the product than the accurate moisture content. The growth of microorganisms on the surface of the grain or hay is influenced by the relative
humidity and temperature of the surrounding atmosphere. The hygrometric method gives an accurate value of the environment in which these
microorganisms would grow and hence a more accurate indication of
the storage quality of the product. It is generally considered that mold
growth occurs on grain when the relative humidity surrounding a product
is above 75%.
A very simple method of determining whether hay or grain crops will
keep in storage has been developed using a salt (Dexter 1947A). Common
salt (non-iodized), sodium chloride, has an equilibrium relative humidity
of about 75% when saturated with water. Common salt is mixed with
the sample. If the sample is too wet for safe storage, that is, above 75%
equilibrium relative humidity, salt crystals will lump together because
they become saturated. If the sample is dry enough for storage, the salt
will not lump, because the equilibrium relative humidity is below 75%.
All that is needed to determine whether a product will keep in storage
is a small test tube, a cover of cloth to prevent heat from the hand or
exterior getting to the sample while the test is being run, and common
salt. The test is run by merely shaking the salt through the product
sample.
One of the problems in grain storage is that of determining the moisture
content of the product at various locations without disturbing the ma-
terial in storage. One approach, using the hygrometric
based on relative humidity measurement, is to place a
mining the relative humidity at various places in the
thermocouple which will give the temperature reading
method, which is
device for deterbin along with a
at that location.
Thus, by measuring the relative humidity and temperature of the air
MOISTURE
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
85
surrounding the product at various locations, the moisture content
of the
product may be determined during storage or drying. For
a ventilated
bin, it is necessary to turn off the fan from 1 to 2 hr before the
readings
are taken so that the relative humidity of the air is at equilibrium with
the grain (Hukill 1957). It appears that an accuracy of within 0.5% can
be obtained.
By drawing air from the center of bales of cotton and passing it over
wet and dry bulb thermometers for humidity measurement, the standard deviation was 1.45% moisture and required from 2 to 3 min (Gaus et
al. 1941). The accuracy of the hygrometric methods depends upon the
previous drying history of the product. It has been found that the
wetting and drying curves from zero to equilibrium moisture content do
not coincide. If the moisture content is based upon a reading taken be-
tween the zero and equilibrium moisture content points, the value will
depend upon whether the material is dried or wetted (Anderson and
Alcock 1954).
A unique method
of following a drying front during tests has been
developed (Hukill 1957) using pipe cleaners. The method provides a
moisture content with an accuracy of + 2% which is useful for determining the location of the drying front. A pipe cleaner consists of two
wires with cotton fiber separating them. The electrical resistance of
cotton fiber varies as moisture is gained or lost. By measuring the
electrical resistance across the wires of the pipe cleaner, an indication of
the humidity of the drying air is obtained.
Other Methods
With the advent of the atomic age, new methods have been proposed
and used to indicate the moisture content, particularly for soils. In one of
these methods, the presence of hydrogen nuclei of water in the product is
used as an index of moisture content. Two methods are used for measuring the presence of hydrogen nuclei: (1) the neutron scattering method
and (2) the nuclear resonance-absorption method.
In the neutron scattering method, neutrons emitted from a radioactive
source are directed into the product being tested. In passing through the
material, the neutrons bombard the atomic nuclei of the material. When
a neutron collides with a heavy nucleus of a solid material, less energy
is transferred from the neutron than if it hits a light nucleus, as that
of the hydrogen in water. When more hydrogen nuclei are present in
the material, a greater number of the slow neutrons will be scattered
back to the vicinity of the source which can be measured by a sensitive
radiation counter. An accuracy with 1% has been obtained in soils (Bel-
cher et al. 1950).
The nuclear resonance-absorption method utilizes a double electrical
field: one a magnetic field, the second a radio-frequency field. The hy-
86
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
drogen nuclei absorb energy from the radio-frequency field. The max-
imum absorption of energy occurs when resonance occurs, which is shown
by an increased flow of current through the coil producing the field. The
greater the amount of water present, the greater is the energy absorption
from the field (Shaw and Elsken 1950).
A unique method of drying moisture samples has been developed using
the engine exhaust from a tractor (Dexter 1947B). The unit consists of
an open-ended cylinder which contains a sample and is dried as exhaust
gases are passed directly through it. A scale is required to determine the
weight of the sample before and after drying. The temperature of the
sample is controlled at 140°C (282°F) by adjusting the engine speed. The
sample is turned about once each minute to prevent burning. About 6
min are required to dry a sample of grass of 15.8% moisture and 10 min
to dry a sample of grass of 38% moisture. Ten minutes are required to
dry a sample of oats at 27.3% moisture.
Improvements were made on the exhaust oven to include an injector
which would temper the engine exhaust temperature by utilizing outside
atmospheric air. By adding outside air, the drying temperature is re-
duced and the airflow increased in the exhaust oven to prevent burning
of the 150 g sample. This attachment would be desirable only on those
tractors which operate at high exhaust temperatures under no load
conditions.
Mechanical shear on alfalfa hay stems, as a method of moisture determination, is not related directly to the moisture content. Many other
factors, such as stem size, location on stem, and maturity of hay, affect
the shearing force.
SAMPLING
The method of sampling, size, and number of samples are important to
assure that the moisture content is representative of the product. A
device for sampling baled hay has been developed in which a cutting
tool of 0.05 m (2 in.) diameter stainless steel tubing with teeth is placed
on an electric drill for cutting out a sample “plug.” A, hand-operated
device, of similar design but using 0.076 m (3 in.) diameter tubing, was
previously developed. Probes are also available for deep sampling of bins
and also for sampling from bags of grain (Fig. 4.8). Some probes have
open centers while others have dividers in the tubes to hold grain at the
level the sample is taken.
STANDARD
ERROR
OF
ESTIMATE
A regression, or least squares, line can be obtained relating the
moisture
content to the measured variable (Fig. 4.9). For the resistan
ce moisture
meter, the measured variable is the resistance, R, which
gives a straight
MOISTURE
feSe
.
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
87
WOODEN HANDLE
WHICH TURNS
INNER TUBE
DOUBLE TUBE
LENGTH: 8 IN. to 10 FT
MATERIALS:
ALUMINUM
BRASS
BRASS W//
NI OR CR PLATE
AVAILABLE WITH
OR WITHOUT
PARTITIONS BETWEEN OPENINGS
MAY HAVE
BRONZE
POINT
A, B, D Courtesy of Seedburo Equipment Co.
C Courtesy of Gamet Manufacturing Co.
FIG. 4.8. SAMPLING
DEVICES.
,
A—Grain probe. B—Boerner sampler. C—Series 6800 Diverter Type Sampler diverts
a 100% cross-cut section of all material flowing through a spout. D—Rice trier.
88
DRYING
AND
MOISTURE
12
STORAGE
La
aa
of
percent
points
10
CROPS
CONTENT
68
y
AGRICULTURAL
OF
foll
between
lines
i)
two---—
Tested
Being
Unit
S' Standard Error
of Estimate, SE
Moisture
Content,
Percent,
Oven
Standard
x
FIG. 4.9. ANALYSIS OF DATA AND REGRESSION
LINE
line when log R is plotted against the moisture content, MC, obtained by
standard oven methods. A straight line is represented by
y=mx+t+b
(4-3)
where y is the ordinate, log R. _
m is the slope of the line
x is the abscissa, MC, moisture content (w.b. or d.b.)
b is the intercept on y-axis
The regression line is defined by
log
R= m MC +b
‘
(4-4)
where
ae
me
2YxZy
eee
ee
(4-5)
2
Dx?
b=
y
n
-
(2x)
n
»
-m=n
n = number of values
(4-6)
MOISTURE
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
89
Thence, the standard error of estimate, S.E., in the y-direc
tion is
S.E., a= +
="m
tea
ob
-
UxDy
pana
(4-7)
n= 2
and
S.E.,
1
= + —
m
|S.E.,|
QUESTIONS
1. Determine the regression line and standard error of estimate for the
following data of a moisture meter:
Moisture Content|Moisture Content|Moisture Content\Moisture Content
%
%
%
Vacuum Oven
Vacuum Oven
2. Compare S.E. with averages for each method, question 1.
3. Compare results obtained in question 1 with scatter diagram and
graphical interpretation.
4. The following data are obtained for a two-stage procedure of drying
grain:
Weight of portion of original sample
26002 2
Weight of portion after air drying
24.402 g
Weight of subportion of air-dried sample
2.961 g
Weight of subportion after oven drying
2.670 g
Determine percent moisture, w.b. and d.b.
90
AND
DRYING
STORAGE
OF
CROPS
AGRICULTURAL
5. How is the dielectric constant, K, of an agricultural product determined? What are the units of K?
6. The regression line equation for a moisture meter for hay by the
method of least squares is
log R = 0.08016 MC + 4.995
and the standard error of estimate of the log R = 0. 237. What is the
standard error of estimate in terms of the moisture content?
7. Design an experiment for calibrating a moisture meter with respect
to changes in temperatures.
8. Can the moisture content of a product exceed 100%? Explain.
REFERENCES
ANDERSON, J.A. and ALCOCK, A.W. 1954. Storage of Cereal Grains and
Their Products. Am. Assoc. of Cereal Chemists, St. Paul, Minn.
ANDERSON, J.E. 1936. Some facts concerning vacuum-oven moisture determination.
AOAC.
Cereal Chem.
1950.
13, 487-452.
Official Methods
of Analyses.
Assoc. of Official Agricultural
Chemists, Washington, D.C.
BELCHER,
D.J., CUYHENDALL,
T.R. and SACK, H.W.
1950.
urement of soil moisture and density by neutron and gamma
USS. Civ. Aeronautics Admin. Tech. Dev. Rep. 127.
The meas-
ray scattering.
BROWN, E. and DUVEL, J.W.T. 1907. A quick method for the determination
of moisture in grain. U.S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Plant Ind. Bull. 99.
CHRISTENSEN,
C.M.
1974.
Storage of Cereal Grains and Their Products.
Am. Assoc. of Cereal Chemists, St. Paul, Minn.
COLEMAN,
D.A.
and BOERNER,
E.G.
1936.
The
Brown-Duvel
moisture
tester and how to operate it. U.S. Dep. Agric. Bull. 1375 (rev.).
COOK,
W.H., HOPKINS,
J.W. and GEDDES,
W.F.
1934.
Rapid determina-
tion ot moisture in grain. I. Comparison of 130°C air oven and Brown-Duvel
methods with vacuum
oven method.
Can. J. Res. 11, 264-289.
DEXTER, S.T. 1947A. A method for estimating whether hay or grain will keep
in storage. Mich. Agric. Exp. Stn., E. Lansing, Q. Bull. 30, 150-152.
DEXTER,S.T.
1947B. A method for rapidly determining themoisture content
of hay or grain. Mich. Agric. Exp. Stn., E. Lansing, Q. Bull. 30, 158-166.
DEXTER, S.T.
1948A.
A colorimetric test for estimating percent moisture in
the storage quality of farm products or other dry materials.
Stn., E. Lansing, Q. Bull. 30, 422—426.
DEXTER,
S.T.
1948B.
content of farm crops.
An oil distillation method
Mich. Agric. Exp.
for determining
moisture
Mich. Agric. Exp. Stn., E. Lansing, Q. Bull. 31, 248—
253.
DEXTER, S.T. 1949. The wet and dry bulb method of moisture content determination. Mich. Agric. Exp. Stn., E. Lansing, Q. Bull. 31, 275.
MOISTURE
_ FISCHER,
K.
1935.
CONTENT
DETERMINATION
91
A new method for analytical determination of the water
content of liquids and solids. Angew. Chem. 48, 394—396.
GAUS, G.E., SHAW, C.S. and KLIEVER, W.H. 1941. A practical seed-cotton
moisture tester for use at gins. U.S. Dep. Agric. Circ. 621.
HLYNKA, I., MARTENS, V. and ANDERSON, J.A. 1949. A comparative
study of the electrical meter for determining moisture content of wheat. Can.
J. Res. 27F, 382-397.
HUKILL, W.V. 1957. Grain moisture indicator. Agric. Eng. 38 (11) 808.
ISAACS, G.W. 1954. The design of simplified equipment for the rapid deter- mination of moisture content of grain.
Ph.D. Dissertation. Mich. State Univ.
MATTHEWS, J. 1963. The design of an electrical capacitance-type moisture
meter for agricultural use. J. Agric. Eng. Res. 8 (1) 17-30.
NORRIS, K.H. 1964. Design and development of a new moisture meter. Agric.
Eng. 45 (7) 370.
OXLEY, T.A. 1948. Scientific Principles of Grain Storage. The Northern Publishing Co., Liverpool, Eng.
RASMUSSEN, H.E. and ANDERSON, J.C. 1949. A simple electrical meter for
estimating the moisture content of grain. Can. J. Res. 27F, 249-252.
SHAW, T.M. and ELSKEN, R.H.
tion in hydroscopic materials.
SHERWOOD,
tent.
E.M.
1951.
1950.
Nuclear magnetic resonance absorp-
J. Chem. Phys. 18, 113-114.
The Rapid Determination
of Hay Moisture
Con-
M.S. Thesis. Mich. State Univ.
STEVENS,
G.N. and HUGHES,
M.
1966.
Moisture meter performance in the
field and laboratory. J. Agric. Eng. Res. 11 (3) 210-217.
U.S. DEP. AGRIC. 1941. Air-oven and water-oven methods specified in the
official grain standards of the U.S. for determining the moisture content of
grain.
US. Dep. Agric. Serv. Regulatory Announc. 147 (rev.).
ZELENY, L.
Do2=256:
1954.
Methods of grain moisture measurement.
Agric. Eng. 34,
Airflow and Air Distribution
The principles involved in the flow of air through grain or forage are the
same for natural ventilation, forced ventilation, and heated air drying.
Basically, a drying system consists of a means of moving the air through
the product, the wind for natural ventilation or a fan for mechanical
ventilation, and ducts to distribute the air from the fan to the grain. The
main duct or manifold is the part of the system which distributes air or
collects air from two or more smaller (lateral) ducts or a perforated or
slatted floor. In some cases, the floor acts as the main duct for distribut-
ing air to the product. The relationships among the volume of air moved
through the product, the static pressure developed, and the depth of
product over the air distribution system are important. All of the basic
units of a drying system must be integrated from the standpoint of
design, selection, and operation.
i
The following terms are commonly used in drying work.
Static Pressure (AP).—The resistance to flow of air through a product,
usually represented in Pa or kPa (inches of water). The static pressure is
negative for a drying system in which the fan exhausts air.
cfm (Q).—The quantity of airflow in cubic meters per. minute, cubic
meters per second, or cubic feet per minute. The volume of airflow is
usually related to a volume of product in a bin or cross-sectional area
through which the air passes as m?/tonne‘min, m3/m*:s, m3/m? min,
cfm per bu, cfm per ft’, cfm per ton, or cfm per ft?. A bushel is 0.03524 m3
(1.25 ft?) of small grain or 0.074 m3 (2.5 ft) of ear corn. A ton of hay
occupies various volumes depending on its form.
Forced Air Drying.—Natural
air forced through grain or hay by a
fan for drying products.
Heated Air or Heated Forced Air Drying.—Air to which heat is added
prior to being forced through the grain or hay by a fan.
a2
AIRFLOW
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
93
FANS
Fans may be placed into one of two general classes: those that operate
by centrifugal force, or radial flow, where the flow is perpendicular to the
axis of rotation; and those that operate by axial flow where the flow is
parallel with the axis of rotation of the fan blade. The radial flow fans
can be constructed with blades which are straight, forward-curved or
backward-curved. The axial flow fans may consist of propeller fans or
other axial flow fans with an impeller, or propeller fans with an enlarged
hub, known as a disc fan. The discussion will be directed to those fans
which are normally used in various phases of drying or aeration.
The terms fan and blower are often used interchangeably. A fan usually refers to a mechanical device which will deliver a large volume of
air or other gases at low pressures up to 6.9 kPa (1 psi). A blower is
designed to deliver small volumes with pressures up to 241.3 kPa (35 psi).
A compressor will deliver small volumes at even higher heads of pressure.
In some cases, reciprocating compressors may operate at pressures as
high as 34.5 X 103 kPa (5000 psi). There is considerable overlapping of
the pressure for fans, blowers, and compressors. The manufacturers of
fans generally used for crop drying are in Table 5.1.
A fan may be used to move a small volume of air against large pressure
or a large volume of air against low pressure. Generally, all types of fans
can be made to operate under various conditions, but noise, efficiency,
and other factors may limit the applications.
CENTRIFUGAL
(RADIAL
FLOW)
FANS
A centrifugal fan consists of a wheel which is rotated in a spiral housing.
The air pressure at the center of the rotating wheel is less than the
surrounding air pressure. The air pressure is increased in the spiral
housing as the wheel rotates. Air flows axially into the wheel and is then
moved from the center to the periphery of the fan by the centrifugal
force of the rotating wheel. It is possible to get higher pressure on a
centrifugal blower by increasing the length of the blades because greater
centrifugal force is exerted.
The forward-curved fans are constructed of curved blades mounted on
the outer periphery of a revolving wheel (Fig. 5.1). There are usually from
20 to 64 curved blades in this type of fan with the curved blades so
arranged that the leading edge of the blade is on the outer edge of the
periphery. The best mechanical efficiency that can be obtained by this
fan is about 80%.
The backward-curved fan may have from 8 to 50 curved blades located
around the outer periphery of the wheel and usually operates at a speed
94
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
TABLE 5.1. MANUFACTURERS
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
OF FANS USED FOR CROP DRYING’
Acme Engineering & Manufacturing, Muskogee, OK 74401
Aerovent Fan and Equipment Co., Lansing, MI 48906
AgStar, Goshen, IN 46526
Air Systems Div., Zurn Industries, Kalamazoo,
Air-Care, Inc., Dorval, Quebec, Canada
MI 49001
Airfoil Impeller Corp., College Station, TX 77840
\
American Fan Co., Cincinnati, OH 45216
American Farm Equipment Co., Lake Zurich, IL 60047
American Standard, Dearborn, MI 48121
Baughman-Oster, Inc., Taylorville, IL 62568
Bayley Propellair, Lebanon, IN 46052
Behlen Manufacturing Co., Columbus, NE 68601
Buffalo Forge Co., Buffalo, NY 14240
Bush Hog-Eaton, Omaha, NE 68110
Butler Manuf. Co., Agri-Products Div., Kansas City, MO 64126
Caldwell Manuf. Co., Div. of Chief Industries, Kearney, NE 68847
Campbell Industries, Des Moines, IA 50317
Carrier Air Conditioning Co., Syracuse, NY 13201
Champion Blower and Forge, Inc., Lancaster, PA 17604
Chelsea Fans and Blowers, New Britain, CT 06050
Chicago Blower Corp., Chicago, IL 60137
Chicago Eastern Corp., Marengo, IL 60152
Chore-Time Equipment, Inc., Milford, IN 46542
Cincinnati Fan and Ventilator Co., Cincinnati, OH 45242
Circle Steel Corp., Taylorville, IL 62568
Clarage—see Zurn Industries
Combustion Equipment Co., Kansas City, MO 64132
Doerr Electric Corp., Northbrook, IL 60062
Farm Fans, Inc., Indianapolis, IN 46203
Farm Systems Corp., Marengo, IL 60152
Garden City Fan & Blower Co., Niles, MI 49120
G.M.T. Co., Rising City, NE 68658
Harrington Manuf. Co., Lewiston, NC 27849
Hart-Carter Co., Mendota, IL 61342
Hartzell Propeller Fan Co., Pigua, OH 45346
Harvestall Industries, New Hampton, IA 50659
Hutchinson Div., Royal Industries, Clay Center,’
KS 67432
Hy-Mark Industries, Henderson, NE 68371
ILG Industries, Div. Carter Corp., Chicago, IL 60641
Industrial Air, Inc., Amelia, OH 45102
Joy Manuf. Co., Pittsburgh, PA 15222
S.F. Kennedy, New Products, Inc., Taylorville, IL 62568
Krenz & Co., Germantown,
WI 53022
Long Mfg. Co., Davenport, IA 52808
Long Mfg., NC, Inc., Tarboro, NC 27886
Martin Steel Corp., Mansfield, OH 44901
Middle State Mfg. Co., Columbus, NE 68601
Modern Farm Systems, Webster City, IA 50595
The Moore Co., Marceline, MO 64658
New York Blower Co., Chicago, IL 60616
H.K. Porter Co., Pittsburgh, PA 15219
Quietaire, Houston, TX 77003
Reed-Joseph Co., Greenville, MS 38701
Robinson Industries, Zelienople, PA 16063
George A. Rolfes Co., Boone, IA 50036
Sioux Steel Co., Sioux Falls, SD 57101
Stormor, Inc., Fremont, NE 68025
Strobie Air Corp., Trenton, NJ 08611
Sukup Mfg. Co., Sheffield, IA 50475
Superior Equipment Mfg. Co., Mattoon, IL 61938
Trane Co., LaCrosse, WI 54601
Twin City Fan & Blower Co., Minneapolis, MN 55414
AIRFLOW
TABLE
5.1.
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
95
(Continued)
Unico, Alliance, OH 44601
Wahoo-Built Div., Economy Housing Co., Wahoo, NE 68066
Westeel-Rosco, Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Western Engineering & Manuf. Co., Marina del Rey, Los Angeles, CA 90291
Westinghouse Electric Corp., Sturtevant Div., Boston, MA 02136
Wheat Belt Supply Co., Dodge City, KS 67801
A.R. Wood Mfg. Co., Northco Farm Automation System, Luverne, MN 56156
Woods Fan Div., The English Corp., Elmsford, NY 10523
York Div., Borg-Warner Corp., York, PA 17405
Zurn Industries, Inc., Kalamazoo, MI 49001
‘Note: There are several more manufacturers of fans, some of which are used for crop
drying. This partial list represents those manufacturers most active in crop drying
applications, many of whom are included in the ASAE (1978); HPAC (1978); and
AMCA (1978).
—
100
80
60
40
20
PRESSURE
PERCENT
STATIC
HORSEPOWER
BRAKE
PERCENT
20
40
PERCENT
60
80
100
VOLUME
FIG. 5.1. FORWARD-CURVED
CENTRIFUGAL FAN
about twice that of the forward-curved fan (Fig. 5.2). The fan wheel is
made with the leading edge of the curved blade on the inner edge of the
s
outer periphery. A backward-curved fan has a wide range of usefulnes
may occur.
but is usually used where a large variation in airflow volumes
The high speed requires heavy construction and the volume occupied
DRYING
96
AND
STORAGE
w
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
20.8
HP
=
31007—S*
a* 80
100 &
80 Sr
ro)
WW
wn
2
WW
B- 60
60 x
-=
40
a
Y 20
=
a
[S)
eb
a
fe)
20
40
PERCENT
60
80
100
VOLUME
FIG. 5.2. BACKWARD-CURVED
CENTRIFUGAL
FAN
by the fan is often twice as large as the forward-curved fan. The best
mechanical efficiency which may be obtained with this fan is about 80%.
A straight-bladed fan is sometimes called a radial-blade or paddle-
wheel fan because the blades of the fan lie in the radius of the wheel. The
radial fan is used for low volume displacement against high pressure. The
radial fan consists of 5 to 12 blades and is usually operated in a range of
500 to 3000 rpm. It has a particular advantage where materials are
carried in the airstream.
The backward-curved fans give the smallest resultant air velocity, V,,
when the fan wheels are operated at the same blade tip speed (Fig. 5.3).
The velocity of the air along the blade tip is represented by V;, and the
blade tip velocity by V,. The vector resultant is shown by V,.
Operational Characteristics of the Centrifugal Fan
The principal factors governing the fan operation are the pressure,
volume of flow, and power. In order to obtain stability of operation, a
reduction of air pressure should be accompanied by an increase of air
volume in the working range. The backward-curved fan best meets the
AIRFLOW
FIG. 5.3.
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
97
ANALYSIS OF
CENTRIFUGAL
FANS
(A) FORWARD
(B) BACKWARD
(C) STRAIGHT
requirements of stability and does not overload the motor. The backward-curved fan may be operated at high speeds without excessive
noises.
The pulsating point of blowers normally occurs at an airflow of 40 to
50% of the designed airflow. Pulsation seldom happens if the pressure is
below 3.7 kPa (15 in. water).
The forward-curved fan is usually used in commercial ventilation work.
It has a low peripheral speed and is quiet in operation. It has a connected
load to prevent overloading. These fans are often available through
surplus outlets or wrecking companies at comparatively low prices. They
are usually designed to operate at static pressure of 0.25 kPa (1 in. water)
and are satisfactory for hay or ear corn drying, but usually not for forcing
air through deep layers of grain unless operated above rated speed. Note
that the horsepower increases as 100% full volume is approached at low
static pressure. In drying installations there is low static pressure with a
shallow depth of material over the duct. To prevent overloading without
using an oversize motor, a restriction in the form of a valve or constricted
canvas duct on the discharge side (or intake) of the fan may be used when
the duct system is covered with a low depth. An ammeter can be placed
on the motor to check overloading of the motor.
AXIAL
FLOW
FANS
The axial flow fan moves the air through the fan nearly parallel to the
impeller shaft. For high pressure applications multistaging is practiced.
A propeller fan consists of two or more blades mounted on a hub. The
radial mounted blades are set at an angle with the plane of rotation,
usually at a 15° pitch angle. The stability of a propeller fan is maintained
for pitch angles of about 17° although in some cases may go as high as
20°. Propeller fans now available are not designed to work against high
resistances. About 1.24 kPa (5 in. water) static pressure is the limit of
most fans presently available for crop drying. The propeller fans are
suited for ventilation of rooms and air ducts of low resistance. The pro-
peller fan is characterized by excessive noises at high speeds. Structural
98
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
difficulties are encountered
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
in designing and constructing
high-speed
propeller fans. Fans with steep pitches may be used for large volumes
and can be built for pressures up to 3.5 kPa (0.5 psi).
The vaneaxial fan is distinguished by large hubs and short blades, in
addition to stationary straight vanes on the discharge sides of the fan to
prevent rotation or swirling of the air. It is normally used for delivery of
air for pressures to 2.24 kPa (9 in. water) and for ventilation systems
where space is valuable or head room is limited.
The tubeaxial fan is similar to a vaneaxial fan except that it does not
contain guide vanes (Fig. 5.4). The tubeaxial fan is simpler and some-
what less efficient than the vaneaxial fan. The horsepower and static
pressure curves for axial fans are very similar (Fig. 5.5 and 5.6). As the
capacity increases, the horsepower decreases, opposite to the relationship
for a centrifugal fan. The working range of an axial fan is less than fora
corresponding centrifugal fan, but its efficiency is 4 to 5% higher.
FIG.
5.4.
GENERAL
TUBEAXIAL
FAN
FAN
PRINCIPLES’
The mechanical efficiency of a fan is defined as the ratio of the fluid or
air horsepower output to the brake horsepower input of the fan and is in
the range of 40 to 70%. The fluid horsepower is the work output of the
‘See Appendix for metric conversions.
AIRFLOW
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
Ke)o
i
uu
F
x
=
ee
vo)
a
loo
a
H.P
° 80
oO
9
so =
wW
=
x
< 60
60 &
”
S.P
roa)
= 40
40
WwW
o
=
Ww
oO
& 20
20.0;
a.
a
O
FIG. 5.5. HIGH SPEED
PROPELLER FAN CHAR-
20
ACTERISTICS
40
PERCENT
60
80
100
VOLUME
oh
z
2
2 100
100
z 80
80 9
=
<= 60
“
a.
WWJ
SP
60 &
o
5 40
40 -
W
[S)
2
Ww
& 20
fo)
20 &
o
20
40
PERCENT
FIG. 5.6. VANEAXIAL
60
80
100
VOLUME
FLOW FAN
fan, ft-lb per min divided by 33,000. If the volume of flow is in pounds
per minute, the head must be in feet of flowing fluid, in this case air. The
static pressure is usually given in inches of water, which must be con-
ity of water The fluid horseverted to feet of air by multiplying by dens
density of air
100
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
power, with the cfm based on air at 20°C (68°F), is given by equation
(5-1).
Fluid hp
(cfm)(AP;)
Sani
(5-1)
where AP, is the total operating pressure in inches of water, although the
static pressure is usually used in calculations. The motor horsepower is
approximately twice the fluid horsepower.
The usual variations in fan characteristics are approximately as follows: The capacity of the fan varies directly as the speed ratio, the pressure (static, velocity, total) varies as the square of the speed ratio, and
the horsepower varies as the cube of the speed ratio. Fans can be connected in tandem to increase the static pressure and in parallel to in-
crease the airflow output. The same relationships exist for the radial
and axial flow fans. The percentage volumetric efficiency of a centrifugal
fan is equal to the volume of air delivered divided by the cubicle displacement of the fan wheel multiplied by 100%.
The fan performance is usually figured at standard conditions of 20°C
and 100 kPa (68°F and 29.92 in. Hg) barometric pressure and 50% relative humidity. The horsepower and pressure vary inversely with the absolute temperature. The horsepower and pressure vary directly with
the density.
The fan selection should be based on space requirements, installation
costs, initial cost, controls necessary, power requirements, method of
driving, position of mounting, flexibility of use, hazards involved in use,
maintenance requirements, and noise produced.
The rate of air movement through the product, the depth of the product, and the volume of the storage are the three factors which determine
the size of the fan and power unit needed for removing the moisture
from the grain. Fans are rated by the manufacturer according to their
ability to deliver air against different static pressures. Specifications
should be based on the Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc.
(AMCA) ratings or equivalent recognized body. The performance rating
is available from fan manufacturers and should be used as a basis of
selecting fans for drying. The performance characteristics of an adjustable blade propeller fan are given in Table 5.2. The propeller blade is adjustable in increments up to 30°. A reliable manufacturer will supply the
performance characteristics for the fans merchandized.
An electric motor or internal combustion engine can be used to drive
the fan. Most farm installations use a 3.73, 5.6, 7.46, or 11.2 kW (5, 7%,
10, or 15 hp) electric motor.
AIRFLOW
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
101
TABLE 5.2. AIRFLOW AND HORSEPOWER REQUIREM
ENTS FOR A PROPELLER FAN
WITH AN ADJUSTABLE BLADE.
=
Airflow in cfm, horsepower
Blade
Setting
Numbers
0.5
in () for blade setting.
1.0
:
Static Pressure, in. Water
1.5
2.0
US
(7.0)
25,300
(5.5)
21,200
(4.5)
17,400
(3.5)
14,000
(3.0)
10,400
(1.8)
7,500
(1.2)
4,700
(15.5)
30,400
(12.5)
26,400
(9.2)
22,300
(7.6)
18,400
(6.5)
14,600
(5.2)
11,200
(4.2)
7,800
(2.8)
4,800
(1.5)
2,000
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
(325)
18,400
(2.5)
14,800
(2.0)
11,200
(1.4)
8,100
(0.7)
5,200
(11.5)
28,000
(8.0)
23,900
(7.0)
19,800
(5.3)
16,200
(4.5)
12,800
SES)
9,400
(25)
6,500
(2.0)
3,800
Source: Courtesy of Joy Manufacturing
Blade setting No. 16 corresponds to an
Conversion: 1 in. water static pressure
1 cfm airflow = 0.0004716
1 hp = 0.746 kW
(16.5)
28,500
(13.5)
24,400
(10.5)
20,400
(8.8)
16,600
(7.0)
12,400
(5.0)
8,500
3.0
Sh)
(18.5)
26,300
(14.5)
22,200
(11.5)
18,000
(9.5)
13,600
(20.0)
23,300
(16.0)
18,200
Co., Pittsburgh, PA.
angle of 30°.
= 0.248 kPa
m3/s
Gasoline Engine as a Source of Power
The gasoline engine offers some advantages in spite of its higher cost
and the attention required. The speed of the fan can be varied, making it
possible to change the quantity of air. Overload of engine from the fan is
less probable than with an electric motor. Some units with gasoline
engines for power are designed to supply heat through the exhaust and
cooling system.
Duct, Floor, and Bin Design
It is important that a uniform length of path of air travel be provided
to get even air distribution throughout the product. The distance the air
travels through the product should be the same through the bin from the
duct. As the air travels from the fan it may enter a main duct and then
through the product or be distributed through a manifold to lateral ducts
and then through the material. The main and lateral ducts may be
rectangular, circular, telescoping, or tapered. Combinations of these are
used. A rectangular main duct with triangular lateral ducts is often used
(Fig. 5.7). The main duct may be inside or outside the storage and placed
along one side or through the center of the storage. When placed outside,
the main duct is often called a manifold.
j
k
‘&
t am
ft
Askh
:
Veena
'
i>
,
24
|
da picts
ae
, Calle
een
re
a
DRYING
102
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
LATERALS
x8" BOARDS ON
2x4" BLOCKS
MAIN
FIG. 5.7. DUCT SYSTEM FOR RECTANGULAR
DUCT
BIN
The procedure used by ventilation engineers for duct design may be
used for designing tapered ducts. Telescoping ducts which would start as
a large size and then reduce to smaller sizes in steps have been found to
cause eddy currents and therefore loss of power and poor air distribution.
By tapering a duct to maintain
a constant friction loss per meter of
length, much better airflow is obtained as compared with a telescoping
duct. With such a design the velocity is theoretically zero at the end of
the duct. The duct has a constantly decreasing static head due to flow
and a constant air gap for escape of the air providing uniform air
distribution throughout the length. For a tapered duct, the width is
maintained the same throughout the length, and the height of the duct is
decreased from the end next to the main duct to the outer end. Such a
system has been worked out using the pressure drop relationship due to
the friction of air in straight ducts.
In applying these relationships it is necessary to assume a fixed friction
loss per unit length. For example, assume 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) of water, then
plot correspondingly the vertical dimensions of the duct for full volume of
air at the end next to the main duct and zero volume at the outer end.
When these are plotted, the shape of the duct is obtained. It is necessary
to relate diameter of circular ducts to rectangular dimensions for rectangular ducts because the standard charts present the fraction loss
information for circular ducts. Reynolds number, Re, is used to describe
the characteristics of the fluid flow, equation (5-2).
ReemM
=
diameter
of round pipe or equivalent
(5-2)
diameter
for rectangular
ducts, m (ft)
=| average velocity of flow, m/s (ft/sec)
= density, kg/m: (lb/ft?)
ee
Ss
a =
viscosity, Pa:s (lb/ft-sec), which for air at 21.2°C (70°F) is 1.2 X
10 > lb/ft-sec and air at 100°C (212°F) is 1.5 X 10-5 Ib/ft-sec
(1 Ib/ft-sec = 1.488 Pa-s)
AIRFLOW
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
103
For laminar flow, Re < 2100, use Table 5.3 to convert from rectangular
to circular ducts. For turbulent flow, Re > 4000, the equivalent diameter
of a rectangular duct is 4 times the hydraulic radius. The flow between
Reynolds numbers of 2100 and 4000 is unpredictable.
TABLE 5.3. EQUIVALENT DIAMETER OF ROUND DUCTS TO CARRY THE SAME CAPACITY WITH EQUAL FRICTION AS RECTANGULAR DUCTS
Rectangular
Duct
.
Danicasiona
Diameter of Round Pipe (in.)
(in.)
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
ae
84
96
ly
18
24
{aya
LEOW
19.7,
S32 O
cose,
202
2552203
WACOM
S214
2 Oe
234
294
844
24.0 5 oly
sOOO
ZO
29
Moon |
21.6
345
404
43.8
Source: ASHRAE
30
36
eee8
OO-8 mara OLA:
38:6
42:4
41
seedse
40.60)
848.0
45:8
504
49.7
549
Doc)
OS ON
DG.
(62:4)
42
48
45.9
48:9
5216
1eS = 55.6
4546
585°
596
63.9
64e
68.8
68:2)
73525
56
638
69.2
(74.5
7194)
60
" 65:7
71.7
977.2
82:6
iP
78.8
84is
905
(1977).
A central duct is often used. However, the central duct system is usually such that there are large openings for passage of air from the duct
to the grain. Prefabricated ducts may be obtained. A circular shape of
expanded steel with screen covering is often used for grain. For hay,
triangular and rectangular shapes are more common. The central duct
system functions satisfactorily as long as the height of product over the
duct does not become too great as compared to the width of the bin.
A wooden slatted or perforated metal floor may be used for hay or
grain. The perforated floor is usually more expensive than other types
(Fig. 5.8). In order to prevent escape of air along the sides of the bin or
mow, the slatted or perforated floor should not extend to the edge of
the storage. The distance of the duct opening from the wall will vary with
the depth and type of product over the duct, but is usually from 0.6 to
2 m (2 to 6 ft).
For low airflows, such as used for cooling of grain in flat storages,
uniform air distribution has often been difficult to attain where an
open duct system cylindrically shaped with at least 30% openings has
been used. With a suction system the greatest quantity of air is moved
through the grain next to the fan (Fig. 5.9). The openings in the duct
should be selected to throttle the air to provide uniform airflow throughout the length of the duct. Airflows are throttled by the duct if there are
less than 7% openings. One approach consists of providing a duct with
104.
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
AGRICULTURAL
OF
CROPS
PERFORATED
FLOOR
FIG. 5.8. PineUrae
METAL BIN WITH FALSE
FLOOR OF PERFORATED
I]
Roe
Oe
:
JOISTS 2"x4
8" APART
METAL
From U.S. Dep. Agric. (1952)
SUCTION
SYSTEM
ZONE OF
HIGH AIRFLOW
PRESSURE
SYSTEM
ZONE OF
LOW AIRFLOW
FIG. 5.9. VARIATION OF
AIRFLOW FOR SUCTION
AND PRESSURE SYSTEM
WITH VELOCITY ABOVE
7.6 M/S (1500 FT /MIN)
ZONE OF
LOW AIRFLOW
ZONE OF
HIGH AIRFLOW
AIRFLOW
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
105
perhaps 1% openings at points of otherwise high airflows varying
to
perhaps 7% openings at the opposite end. The air velocity in the duct
is
usually from 305 to 914 m/min (1000 to 3000 ft/min). Designs should
consider the relationship of airflow direction of flow and volume, open-
ings in duct, and pressure drop through product to design airflow systems
with uniform air distribution (Shove 1959). The pressure drop in a pipe
as related to airflows is given in Table 5.4.
Pressure Loss Through Floors
The effect of the perforated floor or ducts on the static pressure of the
system is important. If the opening is too small, excessive static pressure
will be developed requiring additional horsepower for operating the fan,
and in many cases, may cause a reduction in airflow below the minimum
requirements. The approximate pressure drop through a floor covered
with grain is given in equation (5-3) (Henderson 1943):
Q. = 30(% opening) AP°:*2
(5-3)
where
Q. = airflow, cfm/ft? floor area
AP = pressure drop, in. water
% opening = opening of floor, %
No additional resistance is encountered from the floor when the openings
are 20% or more with shelled corn. Seven to 10% in openings of the floor
area is sufficient from a practical standpoint for drying.
Effect of Material on Airflow
The volume of airflow is usually expressed in terms of m*?/m?-min,
m?/m2min, m?/tonne-min, cfm/bu, cfm/ft’, cfm/ton, or cfm/ft? of crosssectional area (gross area including grain and void space) through which
the air is forced. Recommendations regarding the amount of airflow for
various products and conditions are given in Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9, and 11.
The static pressure against which the fan and motor must operate varies
approximately as the square of the quantity of air moved through the
grain at any one particular time. The static pressure varies directly as
the depth of the product, with a linear relationship between the static
pressure and depth. If there is a static pressure of 0.014 kPa for 0.3 m
(0.06 in. for 1 ft) of material, the static pressure will be 0.028 kPa for
0.6 m (0.12 in. for 2 ft). It would be expected that static pressure per
9
TI
6
GT
ST
16
VG
LG
0€
‘1ayaW
“UlIBIC]
HSLVYSd
M 001 44
€&
9€
820
7800 S600
LOS
I
890
ZEe0 LITO 60:0
6900
09
GG
TT
8coO 180
10
210
1400
T6
¥,
(CiGe
Gl
CLIOR
geo
8z0
018
LOST oT
OL
a
‘Sadi
NId JO
GV
FIO
LHO
6E
$00
810
890
920°0
600
9S0°0 €€0°:0 €20'0
80
020
ZITO
SS0'0
eT
CEO
970
O€0
STORAGE
OF
:90In0g AAHSV (6761)
UOISIaAUOD
:s10jOeJ
|
Wyo=
9TL¥000'0
~8/eM
“UT=
79200
UW
[ “ur
914848
ainssoid
=
88hZ'0®q¥
000'T €8
000°¢
000‘0T
000‘02
000‘04
000‘08
ujo
NOILO
4OIdSHIVNI
AND
JIEVL
“b'S
DRYING
v6)
106
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
AIRFLOW
meter
would increase
considerably
AND
because
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
107
of packing as material is
placed in the bin. The packing is not as variable or as important as the
method of filling and amount of foreign material on the static pressure
.
Therefore, it is possible to plot the pressure drop per meter of depth in
kPa (foot depth of grain in inches of water) (Fig. 5.10) and to find the
pressure for any other depths. At a given airflow, the depth in m (ft) is
multiplied by the pressure drop per m (ft).
It can be noted in Fig. 5.9 that when the static pressure vs. airflow data
are plotted on logarithmic paper nearly a straight line results. There is a
section of the curve in which a straight line expresses the relationship
between pressure and flow.
;
Q. = aAP”!
Equation
(5-4) expresses the relationship between
(5-4)
the static pressure
drop AP’ per unit depth of grain (inches of water), and airflow,
Q,, ex-
pressed in volume per unit time—cross-sectional area (ft?/ft2 min). If
the exponent b; is a positive value, the curve is a parabola, and if a negative number, the curve is a hyperbola. A positive value of b; is obtained
for the static pressure relationship in crop drying. The value of Q, when
AP’ = 1 is the value of the constant a,.
The airflow pressure curve is slightly convex upward and the slope of
the curve is greater for fine materials than for coarse materials. If the
foreign material in the grain is larger than the grain kernels, the static
pressure decreases, while for small particles the static pressure increases.
Measurement
of Static Pressure
A manometer is a device in which the difference in elevation of the
liquid in the tube can be measured to determine the pressure developed.
A convenient material to use for the liquid in the manometer is water,
although liquids of lower density might be used for greater accuracy.
When material of lower density is used, the amount of change of liquid
level is greater for a given pressure, thus providing greater accuracy (Fig.
5.11). For small readings the U-tube may be inclined and the reading of
the change in elevation of the fluid taken along the U-tube at R. By
making a substitution in equation (5-5) the static pressure may be calcu-
lated.
h = AP =r sin 0
(5-5)
It is advisable to calibrate the gage because of possible variations in the
diameter of the tube and inclination of the two legs.
®
J
!
t
MBLVM
s
o
vd
z
z
‘NIVUD
4O
ie
MO1SHIV
Y3d
OL SGSSS GNV SNIVYD 4O JONVISISSY
dO
20°
20°
3YUNSS3IUd
IYNSS3IUd
dOYO
£0"
£o°
3d
vo
10°
400°
10° 800°
600°
900°
00°
£00"
€00°
200°
200°
‘01'S ‘Did
100°
Loe
:
€
a
n
eo
eee
ra
‘
-
«
‘urer3 Ap AjaayVRPeI “UvayD Jo (paxoed you) [IlJ aSOO] B JO} SAMBA SAATS yzeYS SIYT, :SE}ON
20°
1004
so"
YILIW
40°
60
H1d30
‘NIVYD JOH1d30
S3HONI
€
ia
“MOTJIIe JO a3e1 UaAIs e 10} dorp ainsseid pazeorpul
ut) Jue}UOO aunqstour YY SurAvy UleIS UwBEIO JO [IJ eSOo] B JOY
“UMOYS SAN[BA ay} UBY} MOTJITE 0} doULAsISAI JaYsIY JUeoIed QG esnvo ABUT UIq B UI UTeIS BY JO suryoeg
“uleI3 ay} ULY} JasIeOO SI [IIa}VUL UFIB10J ay} JI Pasveroap St MO]JITE 07 BOUL4SISAI PUB ‘UTeIS 9Y) URY} JOULJ SI [Blaze usIa10J
aU} Jl pasvaroUl SI MOTJATe 07 aoUeySISeI JEY} paiou eq P[Noys 4 ‘JaAeMO} ‘papuawMULOdaI aq Ud UOTJdeII09 oLsoads OU UTeIS YIM PaXTU SI [eIT9}VUL usIa10j UdyA
z
ay} Jo Juaorad yg ATuO asn ‘(quecsed gg Zurpasoxe saryIprumy eAyeiar YIM, WNQIMbe
)
2
}
Ul iB SS
i
€
.
?
=
5
oO
as
ae
¢
~
s
=
ae
=
ior
eas~
&
§
4
oO
»2
oat
ce
nie
Clean
oz
8
3
32
Od¥ BBHZ'0 = 10j0M “Uy |
$2UU/¢W BOGOO'O = 214/W49 |
wepor'o = 4 |
'
POS StesEE
HSneh eS PhRLS
CROPS
AGRICULTURAL
OF
STORAGE
AND
DRYING
108
AIRFLOW
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
109
A
ee
FIG.
5.11.
MANOMETER
U-TUBE
The draft gage is commonly used for low pressure heads of gases
and
consists of a U-tube arrangement in which one leg of the tube is a
reservoir of large diameter as compared to the diameter of the tube that
forms the inclined leg (Fig. 5.12). Small variations in the level of the
inclined tube produce very little change in the level in the reservoir of
large diameter. Commercial draft gages are usually designed to be provided with a liquid other than water. The instructions of the manufacturer should be followed for zeroing the instrument before use and leveling throughout use.
al
EF
FIG. 5.12. DRAFT GAGE
For very precise measurements a micromanometer is used, which oper-
ates on the same principle as a regular manometer, but is provided with
an accurate method of reading.
A swinging vane meter may be used in which the impact of the moving
air hits an air vane which is connected to a calibrated static pressure
scale. These meters are quite useful for field work and should be cali-
brated against manometer readings.
110
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
The quantity of airflow may be determined by multiplying the average
velocity times the cross-sectional area. A pitot tube connected to a
manometer is often used for determining the velocity of the air. How-
ever, it is necessary to obtain the velocity at various locations in the
cross-section of the airstream from which an average is obtained. The
accuracy of the pitot tube method depends upon the elimination of
turbulence in the airstream. To avoid turbulence it is recommended that
the location of the pitot tube be preceded by from 10 to 20 diameters of
straight pipe and followed by about 5 diameters of straight pipe.
A vane type anemometer provides a good means of determining the
velocity of air for field observations. The vane anemometer consists of a
propeller connected to a revolution counter mounted in a frame. The
number of revolutions of the propeller depends upon the velocity of air.
The vane anemometer must be calibrated against other methods. An
outlet may be built on the air outlet of a bin so that all the air is directed
through the anemometer. A restriction placed over the bin outlet will
change the static pressure, so it should be left in place for drying tests
where airflow measurement
is important.
The hot-wire anemometer operates on the principle that the cooling
effect of the air passing a wire heated by electrical means varies according to the amount of air passing over the wire. The resistance of the
wire varies with the temperature and the amount of current flowing
through the wire and will change according to the velocity of air past the
wire. After calibration this instrument can be used for determining the
velocity of air according to the electric current required to maintain the
hot wire at a constant temperature. This device can be used for velocities
as low as 0.03 m/s (6 ft/min).
4
A low velocity range hot-wire anemometer was developed for measuring
air velocities over the surface of drying bins. The unit is a self-contained
direct reading portable instrument which is capable of measuring ve-
locities from 0 to 0.10 m/s (20 ft/min). The device is very useful for
checking the airflow characteristics of dryers for hay and grain.
A unique device has been developed measuring airflow with perforated
metal sheets used for orifice plates (Polson and Lowther 1932). A perforated sheet of metal is calibrated by cutting two plates from opposite
corners of the sheet. The two plates are calibrated for airflow per hold
at various pressure drops. Data are placed on a chart relating airflow
per hold and pressure drop. From these charts the number of holes exposed to the airflow to give a desired air volume can be determined. A
standard error of estimate of + 1.8% was reported for this method.
Orifice plates provide simple and accurate devices for measuring rates
of flow of air. These can be constructed in the shop or purchased. The
flow of air through a circular thin plate orifice discharging to atmospheric
air is based on equation (5-6).
AIRFLOW
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
w = C 37.6907 diam? (=) :
111
(5-6)
where w is lb/min of air, diam is the diameter of orifice in inches, AP is
the differential head in inches of water, and T is the absolute temperature, “R. The coefficient of discharge, C, is about 0.61. It is necessary
to refer to tables included in severalengineering handbooks to determine
the coefficient of discharge for various orifice plates at various differential pressure and cross-sectional area relationships.
A straight section of pipe of 10 pipe diameters should be provided on
the upstream (high pressure) side and a straight section of 5 pipe diame-
ters should be provided on the downstream (low pressure) side of the
meter device—orifice plate, venturi, and anemometer.
For an orifice plate, the high pressure tap should be located
1 pipe
diameter and the low pressure tap a variable distance from the orifice.
The distance, Ls, that the low pressure tap is located from the orifice is
determined by equation (5-7).
d
L2 = 0.90 D
where
E = (=)
2
(5-7)
Lz, = distance of pressure tap from orifice on low pressure side, in.
d = diameter of orifice, in.
D = diameter of pipe, in.
The airflow in 7.6 cm (3 in.) pipe with different static pressures and
orifice plates is presented in appendix Fig. A.2. Other general rules for
installation and design are that the orifice diameter should not be greater
than 70% of the pipe diameter and the low pressure should be no less
than 40% of the high pressure. The pressure difference obtained with the
above design can be substituted into equation (5-8), using appropriate
C-values, to find the quantity of airflow. C-values can be determined
from Table 5.5, interpolating between values.
Another procedure consists of placing pipe taps 1 in. from and on each
side of the orifice plate and referring to standard tables for the constants
related to the conditions.
Q=1096.5 CA
/ AP
—
(5-8)
where
v = 1096.5
(a2
p
(5-9)
112
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
where C is the coefficient of discharge, A is the area of the orifice, ft’; p is
weight of the air, lb/ft3; Q is the airflow, cfm; v is velocity, ft/min. Equations (5-6) and (5-7) give the same results for practical purposes. A pitot
tube can be used for determining the airflow, Q, if readings are taken
throughout the cross-section of the pipe at points representing concentric
circles of equal areas. Five equal areas are obtained in the pipe at points
located 32, 55, 71, 84, and 95% of the distance from the center to the
edge of the pipe.
TABLE 5.5. C-VALUES
Pipe Diameter
FOR ORIFICE PLATES
d/D
m
in.
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.076
0.305
3
1,
0.619
0.610
0.631
0.620
0.653
0.637
0.684
0.663
0.728
0.700
0.788
0.756
0.880
0.846
Source: ASHVE
(1949).
Airflow Analysis
The analysis of data collected for non-parallel lines of airflow during
grain drying, by existing methods, requires considerable time. There is
need for a quick, accurate method of making such determinations. The
method presented was developed to meet these requirements.
The commonly accepted measure of the rate of airflow is cfm/bu. The
rate for non-parallel lines of airflow may be expressed as an average for
the entire bin, but would not serve to determine the airflow rate at
different locations in the bin. The airflow per accumulated bushel of
grain (cfm/acc bu) is appropriate. At the location of the entrance of air to
the grain, the airflow rate approaches infinity and decreases as the air
moves through the grain. It is necessary to obtain a relationship between
static pressure lines and airflow in cfm/bu.
The static pressure is measured at the intersections of a grid system
perpendicular to the air tunnel of the bin. These pressures are plotted at
appropriate positions on a cross-section sheet of the building. Lines
connecting points of equal static pressure (isopressure or isopiestic lines)
are drawn, normally for 0.2 cm or 0.1 in. intervals. The airflow is then
obtained in cfm/ft? of cross-sectional area perpendicular to the air-
flow. An airflow chart for wheat in which the airflow in cfm/ft? is plotted
against the depth in inches and is represented by a straight line on
logarithmic paper for various static pressures is shown in Fig. 5.13. The
data are represented in this form so that the relationships for depths less
than 0.3 m (12 in.) are obtained easily and rather accurately.
AIRFLOW
40
;
aS
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
im
113
STATIC PRESSUR
CIN, WATER)
pee
ARIST
EPsCe
9
aac 3 Sa iiee AE GRATE
| in. = 0.0254m
iN aiebAd olasia
1 cfm/ft2 = 0.00508 m2/m2@s
(CFM
FLOW
AIR
PER
FT.)
SQ
| in,
water
\
2
FIG. 5.13.
=
O.2488
3
Bll ipooeCOU ALpbine
kPa
4
AIRFLOW THROUGH
| ‘XI
5
678910
DEPTH, INCHES
2 oO
30
40
5060
80
100
CLEAN WHEAT
Procedure for Determining Airflow from Static Pressure Data (U.S.
Customary Units).—
(1) Draw isopressure lines at 0.1 in. intervals.
(2) Use the coordinates, X, Y, Z, as designated, in in. (Fig. 5.14).
(3) Measure
X, the distance in in., represented between
isopressure
lines (Fig. 5.13).
(4) Read airflow from 0.1 in. static pressure line for X value from
airflow chart for grain in bin (Fig. 5.12).
(5) Substitute in equation for airflow/unit volume of grain which can
be used for all similar problems.
(a) Derive equation
(1) Average cross-sectional area, ft?, perpendicular to flow of
air, represented
(Avg Y) (Z)/144.
in the YZ-plane
with
values
in in., is
114.
AND
DRYING
OF
STORAGE
AGRICULTURAL
AIR FLOW
STATIC
Z
CROPS
LINES
ISOPRESSURE
IS THE
LENGTH
LINES
PARALLEL
TO
TUNNEL
\
FIG. 5.14.
DIMENSIONS OF A SECTION IN GRAIN BIN
(2) Volume, ft?, of section of grain is (X) (Avg Y) (Z)/1728.
(3) Airflow/unit of volume of grain, cfm/ft? = (cfm/ft?) X
(average cross-sectional area)/(volume of section).
Substituting,
(cfm/ft2) (Avg Y)(Z)/144]
cfm/ft* = —~CxyAvg Y\(Z)/1728)
= 12(cfm/ft?)(1/X)
(5-10)
(Multiply equation (5-10) by 1.25 to get cfm/bu.)
cfm/bu = 15 (cfm/ft?) (1/X)
(5-11)
(b) Substitute values in equation (5-11)
Note that only the distance X between isopressure lines, drawn
for each 0.1 in. of pressure, is required to obtain airflow from Fig.
5.12. Thus, when X = 10 in., in wheat, the airflow is 5.7 cfm/ft?.
Also,
cfm/bu= 15(5.7) (1/10)
= 8.6
(5-12)
1 cfm/bu = 0.134 m3/m? sec
Note that the distance between airflow lines in Fig. 5.13 was not
used, which indicates that the airflow lines are unnecessary, except
for determining shape of airflow pattern.
(6 Determine the airflow per accumulated bushel of grain as follows:
—"
Let X’ (Fig. 5.15) equal the distance in inches from the point where
the air enters the grain and the point where airflow per accumu-
lated bushel is to be found. The value for cfm/ft? is obtained from
Fig. 5.12 at the X’ value for depth and static pressure drop from
the entrance of the air to X’.
cfm/acc bu = 15 (cfm/ft?) (1/X’)
(5-13)
The airflow represented by Fig. 5.14 is shown in Table 5.6 as determined by graphical means. The accuracy of the proposed method is
AIRFLOW
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
115
0.6
6"
fe)
STATIC
ISOPRESSURE
LINES
FIG. 5.15.
A SECTION FOR DETERMINING
TABLE 5.6. RESULTS OF GRAPHICAL
(For section represented
METHOD
AIRFLOW
OF DETERMINING
AIRFLOW.
in Fig. 5.14.)
Static pressure—line number
Static pressure drop, in. water
Tk
0.1
X, in. grain between pressure lines
Airflow, cfm/bu
X’, in. grain accumulated
cfm/acc bu, equation (5-12)
2
0.2
if
8
LEO = glee
7
15
17.0
7.4
3
0.3
11
all
26
3.6
4
0.4
12
6.0
38
2.3
5
0.5
13
yl
bi
1.6
6
0.6
14
4.5
65
iL?
Source: Hall (1955).
Conversion factors: 1 in. water = 0.2488 kPa
1 cfm/bu = 0.0134 m3/m3s
greatest when the airflow lines are straight. To get accurate results for
curved airflow lines, several short intervals should be taken in the
straight portion of the curve.
Similar data as given in Table 5.6 are obtained using equation (5-14).
bases
cfm
L
wh
i
(+) (=)
?
we)
where L is distance of air travel, in.; and v is the air velocity, ft/min,
determined from Fig. 5.9.
Traverse Time.—Another method of designating the flow of air is to
use the traverse time, i.e., the length of time required for the air to pass
through the grain, usually in seconds (Hukill and Shedd 1955). The
traverse time, 6;,, for parallel airflow lines for grain with 40% voids, is
given in equation (5-15).
oe
bu
ie
G..
(5-15)
Thus the traverse time for an airflow of 3 cfm/bu would be 10 sec. The
by
average linear velocity v, ft/min, of air through a product is given
equation (5-16).
116
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
Vv
=
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Qe
SSS
porosity
Valving a Bin with Non-rectangular
(5-16)
Cross-section
Moving air through a bin with center duct only and non-parallel airflow
lines when partially filled presents a problem of providing adequate
uniform airflow through the entire bin. This problem is caused by the
irregular cross-section through which the air passes. In some years the
bin may not be filled to capacity and therefore uniform airflow and uni-
form drying are not provided. The air will be short-circuited through the
grain
duct
flow
duct
mass directly over the duct while grain located at the sides of the
will not receive adequate ventilation. This non-uniformity of airis greatest with small amounts of grain in the bin with a center
system.
One method of ventilating such a bin is to cover the mass of grain
immediately over the duct through which the air is short-circuited with
paper or canvas and thereby divert part of the air to the remaining grain.
This method is known as “valving.” The static pressure will be increased
and the total airflow through the bin will be reduced with valving.
Valving is easily accomplished when an exhaust system is used.
QUESTIONS
1. Plot the data for fan performance, Table 5.2, of static pressure (%
of maximum), vs. volume (% of maximum), for various blade positions.
oa
2. Derive the relationship for kW (horsepower) output of a fan, equa-
tion (5-1).
3. What is the fluid horsepower for moving 7.08 m3/s (15,000 cfm) of
air (15 ft? = 1 lb) against a total head of 5.4 cm (2.12 in.) of water?
Give total head in kPa.
4. Using Table 5.5, compare the pipe diameter and cross-sectional
area to the friction head, for a given length of pipe for an airflow of
4.7 m°/s (10,000 cfm). Plot and discuss relationship.
5. Using the method of Kramer (1947), determine the height of a
tapered duct 3 m (10 ft) long, having a constant width of 0.15 m
(0.5 ft), for a capacity of 0.23 m3/s (480 cfm) of air, assuming a
constant friction loss of 12.44 Pa (0.05 in. water)/ft of length
(which is equivalent to a total friction head of 124.4 Pa (0.5 in.
water). Are the assumptions justified?
6. Based on Shedd (1945), prepare an airflow graph for clean ear
corn with 16% moisture, relating airflow in m?/m3s (cfm/ft3) and
AIRFLOW
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
117
depth for static pressures of 2.49 Pa (0.01 in. water) and 12.44 Pa
(0.05 in. water).
7. Based on Guillon (1946), relate in graphical form the depth, air-
flow, and static pressure for alfalfa hay with 30% moisture. Place
the depth up to 20 ft on the ordinate and static pressure on the
abscissa for airflows of 10, 15, and 20 cfm/ft?.
8. A 0.9 m (36 in.) propeller fan operating at 2000 rpm with a 3.73 kW
(5 hp) motor has the following performance data:
Static pressure,
in. water
Airflow, cfm
Y%
V4
1
1%
1%
1%
2
20,800
19,400
17,700
16,000
14,000
11,500
8400
(1 in. water = 0.2488 kPa; 1 cfm = 0.000472 m3/s)
(a) Draw the static pressure-airflow curve for fan speeds of 2000,
2500, and 3000 rpm, (b) calculate fluid horsepower requirement
for each, and (c) calculate efficiency for the various airflows at
2000 rpm.
9. Determine the percentage error in calculating the airflow using
equation (5-8) when the specific weight of dry air is used instead of
an actual specific weight of air at 75% relative humidity and 37.8°C
(100°F); 10% relative humidity and 71.1°C (160°F). Using equation (5-6) as a base, what is the percentage error obtained by using
equation (5-8)?
10. In equation (5-6), what is the value of line AP as Q, approaches
infinity? As Q, approaches zero?
11. Sketch and explain the operation of an airflow and distribution
system which could be used for recirculating air, reversing direction
of airflow, and for admitting outside air.
REFERENCES
AMCA.
1978. Directory of Licensed Products.
Assoc. Publication 261, Arlington Heights, III.
ASAE.
1978.
Agricultural Engineers Yearbook.
Air Movement
and
Control
Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., St. Jo-
seph, Mich.
ASHRAE.
1977.
Handbook. Fundamentals.
Am. Soc. Heat., Refrig. Air-Con-
ditioning Eng., New York.
ASME. 1946. Test code for fans. Am. Soc. Mech. Eng., New York, PTC 11.
ASME. 1949. Flow measurement by means of standardized nozzles and orifice
plates. Am. Soc. Mech. Eng., New York, PTC 19.5.
BAUMEISTER, T. et al. 1976. Standard Handbook of Mechanical Engineers.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.
118
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
BROOKER, D.B., BAKKER-ARKEMA, F.W. and HALL, C.W. 1974. Drying
Cereal Grains. AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
CHURCH, A.H. 1944. (1972.) Centrifugal Pumps and Blowers. John Wiley &
Sons, New York. (Reprinted by Robert E. Krieger Publishing Co., Huntington,
N.Y.)
COLLINS,
T.
1953.
Flow patterns of air through grain ome
drying. Agric.
Eng. 34 (11) 759-760.
CRANAGE,
T.
1946.
Analysis of types of fans for curing hay in the mow.
Agric. Eng. 27 (11) 509-512.
DAVIS, R.B. and BAKER, V.H.
1951.
The resistance of long and chopped hay
to air flow. Agric. Eng. 32 (2) 92—94.
GUILLON, R. 1946. Forced air flow in drying hay. Agric. Eng. 27 (11) 514—
520.
HALL, C.W.
1955.
Analysis of air flow in grain drying.
Agric. Eng. 36 (4)
DENT, PISO)
HENDERSON,
S.M.
1943.
Resistance of shelled corn and bin walls to air flow.
Agric. Eng. 24 (11) 367-369, 374.
HENDERSON, S.M. and PERRY, R.L.
ing, 8rd Edition.
HPAC.
1978.
1976.
Agricultural Process Engineer-
AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
Info-dex.
Heating/Piping/Air Conditioning.
Penton/IPC Pub-
lishers, Stamford, Conn.
HUKILL,
W.V. and IVES, N.C.
1955.
Radial air flow resistance grain. Agric.
Eng. 36 (5) 332-335.
HUKILL,
W.V. and SHEDD,
C.K.
1955.
Non-linear air flow in grain drying.
Agric. Eng. 36 (7) 462—466.
KAZARIAN,
E.A. and HALL,
C.W.
1955.
oe
air flow in drying bins.
Agric. Eng. 36 (12) 801-802.
KRAMER, A. 1947.
Improved duct design for mow hay finishers.
28 (2) 58, 61.
MacDONALD, J.B. and HEDLIN,
C.P.
1954.
Agric. Eng. 35 (9) 658, 660.
MADDEX, R.L. and HALL, C.W. 1954.
State Univ., E. Lansing, Ext. Bull. 316.
MADISON,
R.
MOSS, S.A.
POLSON,
orifices
SHEDD,
19-20;
SHEDD,
1949.
1916.
Agric. Eng.
Air-flow meter for crop driers.
Drying grain with forced air. Mich.
Fan Engineering. Buffalo Forge Co., Buffalo, N.Y.
Trans. ASME 38, 761!
The impact tube.
J.A. and LOWTHER,
J.G.
1932.
The flow of air through circular
in thin plate. Univ. Ill., Urbana, Eng. Exp. Stn. Bull. 240.
C.K. 1945. Resistance of ear corn to air flow. Agric. Eng. 26 (1)
25.
C.K. 1953. Resistance of grain and seeds to air flow. Agric. Eng.
34 (9) 616-619.
SHEDD, C.K. 1954.
Eng. 35 (6) 420.
Measuring air flow with perforated metal sheet.
Agric.
AIRFLOW
SHOVE, G.C. 1959. Airflow
sertation. lowa State Univ.
AND
AIR
DISTRIBUTION
analysis of grain ventilation
ducts.
Ph.D.
119
Dis-
U.S. DEP. AGRIC. 1952. Drying shelled corn and small grains with unheated
air. U.S. Dep. Agric. Leafl. 332.
Theory and Principles of Drying
Much of the research in drying of agricultural products reported from
1940 to 1955 did not delve into the theory of drying but was concerned
mainly with field results. From 1955 to the present, considerable research has dealt with the theory, as presented in many technical articles
in Agricultural Engineering, Journal of Agricultural Engineering Research, and Transactions of ASAE. Several books cover the theory and
principles of drying in detail. Among the recent books are Brooker et al.
1974; Hall and Hedrick 1971; Lykov 1968; Nonhebel and Moss 1971;
Van Arsdel et al. 1973; and Williams-Gardner 1971. The most recent
comprehensive summary of the theory and principles of drying is Bakker-Arkema et al. 1977.
Several research workers have presented the vapor pressure theory of
drying. As the temperature of the product increases while the moisture
content is maintained, the vapor pressure inside the product increases.
The flow of moisture is from locations of high to low vapor pressure and
is approximately proportional to the vapor pressure difference between
the product and the surrounding atmosphere. It is only approximately
proportional because the resistance to the movement of moisture on
the surface of the grain is less than the resistance in the interior of the
product
The drying of farm crops, biological in nature with a seed coat or cover,
differs from many other products which are dried, such as dust, paper,
sand, stone, chemicals, etc. Many ideas presented on drying have been
obtained after analysis of the research literature pertaining to drying in
other fields, which must be modified to apply to farm crops.
Rate Periods of Drying
The two major periods of drying are (1) the constant rate period and (2)
the falling rate period. In the constant rate period drying takes place
from the surface of the grain or forage and is similar to evaporation of
120
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
121
moisture from a free water surface. The rate at which
moisture is evaporated is determined largely by the surroundings and
is affected only a
small amount by the material from which moisture is being evapora
ted.
The point marking the end of the constant rate period occurs
when the
rate of moisture diffusion within the product decreases below
that necessary to replenish the moisture at the surface. Most of the
drying of
sand, washed seed, and washed grain takes place in the constan
t rate
period. The constant rate drying period is short in duration for
farm
crops. The magnitude of the rate of drying during this period is de-
pendent upon: (1) area exposed, (2) difference in humidity between airstream and wet surface, (3) the coefficient of mass transfer, and (4)
velocity of the drying air.
These variables are related according to equation (6-1) (Henderson and
Perry 1955):
dW
dé
=
7
f,A (p,
_—
Pp.)
—
k A(t, —t,)
hr,
(6
=
1)
where os = drying rate, kg/s (lb/hr) of water
f, = water vapor transfer coefficient, kg/s m2 Pa (1 lb/hr ft? psi)
A
water surface area, m? (ft?)
ps = water vapor pressure at t,, kg/m? (lb/in.”)
Pp. = water vapor pressure in the air, kg/m? (lb/in.2)
kp
= thermal conductance of air film, W/m?K (Btu/hr ft2°F)
t, = temperature of air, °C (°F)
t, = water temperature, wet bulb, °C (°F)
hy, = latent heat of vaporization, J/kg (Btu/Ib)
The velocity of the drying air would affect the value of k; in the equation.
The falling rate period is entered after the constant rate period. The
critical moisture content occurs between the constant rate and falling
rate periods. The critical moisture content is the minimum moisture content of the grain that will sustain a rate of flow of free water to the
surface of the grain equal to the maximum rate of removal of water vapor
from the grain under the drying conditions. In grain and forage the initial
moisture content is usually less than the critical moisture content so that
all of the drying occurs in the falling rate period. The falling rate interval
is therefore the most important period from the standpoint of drying of
hay and harvested grain. Even when the constant rate period is in effect
at the start of drying it is often neglected by researchers because of its
short duration and the small amount of moisture to be removed before
122
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
entering the falling rate period. The critical moisture content for wheat is
between 69 and 85%, d.b. (Simmonds et al. 1953A).
The falling rate period of drying is controlled largely by the product
and involves the (1) movement of moisture within the material to the
surface by liquid diffusion and (2) removal of moisture from the surface.
The falling rate period often can be divided into two stages: (1) unsatu-
rated surface drying and (2) drying where the rate of water diffusion
within the product is slow and is the controlling factor. These intervals
are sometimes called the first falling rate period and the second falling
rate period, respectively.
Carefully controlled research indicates that there are generally more
than two falling rate periods (Rodriguez-Arias 1956). There are four
falling rate periods for shelled corn above 25%, d.b. The variation in
falling rate periods can be explained as follows: the surface area of the
micropores of wet grain is covered with water. The thickness of water in
the micropores increases with an increase in moisture content. The thickness of a water molecule is about 2.9 A units. With four molecular layers
of water, the top layer will be removed first, then the next layer, etc., and
as a layer of water is removed the drying constant changes.
Drying of farm crops involves two fundamental processes: (1) a transfer
of heat to evaporate liquid and (2) a transfer of mass as internal moisture
and evaporated liquid. The mass is transferred as liquid and/or vapor
within the solid and as vapor from wet surfaces. The external conditions
and the internal mechanisms which control drying are both important.
However, the internal mechanism of moisture movement is more fundamental although less generally used because of the empirical nature of
the knowledge of the internal mechanisms controlling drying of agricul-
tural products. Some of the possible mechanisms
which may control
interna. movement of moisture are as follows:
(1) Diffusion as (a) liquid and/or (b) vapor
(2) Capillary action
(3) Shrinkage and vapor pressure gradients
(4) Gravity
(5) Vaporization of moisture
Determining Periods of Drying
First obtain a drying curve of a thin layer of grain fully exposed to the
airstream by plotting moisture content in percent, d.b., vs. the time in
hours (Fig. 6.1). It is difficult to ascertain the range of the moisture
content periods by observing the drying curve. These periods can be
shown more easily by differentiating the drying curve with respect to
time. Because of the difficulty of writing an equation for the drying
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
123
MOISTURE,
(D.B.)
M,
PERCENT
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
6, TIME, MINUTES
FIG. 6.1. DRYING RATE CURVE
curve, it is easier to differentiate the curve graphically to obtain the
drying rate. The drying rate can then be plotted vs. time and moisture
content on separate graphs as a means of determining various periods of
_ drying (Fig. 6.2 and 6.3). In these figures
A-B is the heating or cooling period
B-C
is the constant rate period of drying
C
is the critical moisture content
C-—D is the first falling rate period
D-—KE is the second falling rate period.
Vapor Pressure Changes
When drying by forcing heated air through a product, the vapor pres-
sure varies at different stages of heating and drying and is shown in Fig.
6.4. The vapor pressure in the product is increased as the temperature is
increased with a constant moisture content. The product does not dry
appreciably until it reaches a temperature nearly equal to the heated air.
The vapor pressure of the surface of the grain increases rapidly during
124
AND
DRYING
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
30
=40
CROPS
HOUR
PER
MOISTURE
PERCENT
de
gM,
°o
p
0.2
10.
20
50
60)
70°80)
| 90)
100
6, TIME, MINUTES
FIG. 6.2. DRYING RATE VS TIME
ro)
HOUR
PER
MOISTURE
PERCENT
*
dM
me) de
{e)
io
2)
4p
Gabe 8s OM eloan Rlseeunl Gwen (8hee2OTa 22
M, MOISTURE
CONTENT,
FIG. 6.3. DRYING RATE VS MOISTURE
PERCENT (0.8)
CONTENT
the initial stages of heating. Moisture movement is then from the outside
edge of the grain to the drying air and also some toward the center of the
grain. Moisture does not move from the center of the grain to the drying
air until the product is heated throughout or the outside layer is dried.
The warming-up period is shown in Fig. 6.4B and under practical con-
ditions may take from 15 to 20 min. The cooling period accomplishes
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
125
WwW
a
2)
Bw
VAPOR
a
OF
S
a
a
>
DRYING
PRESSURE
HEATED
AIR
RADIUS OF
KERNEL
(A) INITIAL
CONDITION
(B) BEGINNING
OF DRYING
(C)PART WAY
THROUGH
FIG. 6.4. VAPOR PRESSURE
(D) END OF
ORYING
DURING STAGES OF DRYING
some drying and it might prove economical to stop heating the air before
the product reaches the moisture content desired and thus remove moisture by cooling. About 3 to 4% moisture can be removed by the heat in
the product at 22% moisture heated to 54.4°C (130°F). Moisture removal
in some products has been done more economically by running the heater
intermittently during heated air drying, and by intermittent operation of
the fan for unheated air drying. Best results in the amount of water
removed per unit of drying time were obtained when drying in a series of
short drying runs of 3 to 6 min alternately with relatively long periods of
rest of 1 to 3 hr (Fig. 6.5).
CONTINUOUS
cS) oO
DRYING
%
WATER
CONTENT
HOURS
DRYING
TIME
(EXCLUDING
“RESTING” PERIODS)
From Oxley (1948)
FIG. 6.5. EFFECT OF INTERMITTENT DRYING
126
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Thin Layer Drying
Thin layer drying refers to the drying of grain which is entirely exposed
to the air moving through the product. The equation representing movement of moisture during the falling rate period of drying is based on
Newton’s equation. Newton’s equation refers to the heating or cooling of
solids and is stated as follows: The rate of change in temperature of a
body surrounded by a medium at constant temperature is proportional to
the difference in temperature between the body and the surrounding
medium when the temperature difference is small, equation (6-2)
dt
a
=
-k(t-t,)
(6-2)
where k is the heating or cooling constant and t is the temperature at any
time 6 and t, is the external or outside temperature, °F. Equation (6-2) is
a differential equation because it expresses a relation between a function
and its derivative. By separating the variables and putting those containing temperature on the left-hand side and those containing the time
on the right-hand side, equation (6-3) is obtained.
dt
Sehga
l
Equation
(6-4) is obtained
gh cae
(6-3)
by integrating, obtaining an exponential
equation of the form shown in equation (6-5).
=e
(6-4)
y = A,3*
(6-5)
An exponential equation will plot as a straight line on semilogarithmic
paper, either a parabola or hyperbola resulting according to equation
(6-6).
y = Ax®
:
(6-6)
A parabola results if the exponent B is positive and a hyperbola if the
exponent B is negative. In Newton’s equation the k-value is represented
by the slope of the line plotted on semilogarithmic paper. The slope of the
line, k, on semilogarithmic paper is determined from 2 = (0.4343) (k) (f)
Xi
where f is the scale factor as shown in Fig. 6.6. The scale factor is the
number which is represented from the origin on the x-axis
equal to the
width of one cycle on the y-axis, or f = 6.35 cm (2.5 in.) in Fig.
6.7. The
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
127
Y=
Ae kx
SO = (0.4343)(kUF)
f
'
20
YN
oP
@Owo°d
a
FIG. 6.6. SLOPE, K, FROM SEMILOGARITHM
PLOT
values of x and y can be obtained on any length scale, i.e., millimeters,
centimeters, meters, inches, feet, etc., because the distances are ex-
pressed as a ratio.
By substituting moisture contents, dry basis, for the temperature in
equation (6-4), equation (6-7) is obtained.
oo
=e
(6-7)
where M is the moisture contents, dry basis, at any time in hours, #, M. is
the equilibrium moisture content; M, is the original moisture content,
and k is the drying constant. RECN. is known as the moisture content
M
aie M.
a
*
if
ratio. Different k-values would be obtained for the various rate periods
they were discernible. The k-value is proportional to Q,, c, and p;. The
relationship expressed in equation (6-7) approximately represents the
data is
drying relationships. Another method of representing the drying
128
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
CROPS
AGRICULTURAL
{Se SS
SSS
Set
1
i
if
ifiseeeae
Set
4b
2 i
3
G, Time,
FIG. 6.7. DETERMINATION
hr.
OF DRYING CONSTANT
given in equation (6-8), where mw is an experimental constant value less
than 1.
ve
= eK"
(6-8)
The p-value for shelled corn varies with the relative humidity of the
drying air and values of 0.60, 0.65, and 0.83 were obtained experimentally at relative humidities of 35, 50, and 70%, respectively (Page 1949).
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
129
The original moisture content of the grain and the temperature of the
drying air had no effect on the form of the equation or on the values of
the constants, k and yw, but did affect the time unit in that a decrease in
either the original moisture content or in the temperature of the drying
air increased the time unit.
The time of response of drying may be compared to the time of radioactive decay. The rate of radioactive disintegration is proportional to the
number of nuclei present. At a time when just one-half of the original
material still remains, the time elapsed in hours from the beginning is
known as the time of one-half life or one-half response. Likewise, the
time for one-fourth life or one-fourth response occurs when one-fourth of
the original material
still remains. Note that the time for one-fourth
response is longer than the time for one-half response. A more descriptive
term is “time of retention.”!
The same
movement.
terminology: may
be applied to heat transfer or moisture
In these cases the difference between the initial and final
equilibrium values represents the original material available for change.
Thus, the time of one-half response in a drying process would be the
number of hours necessary to obtain a moisture content ratio of one-half.
This is obtained from equation (6-7) as shown in equation (6-9).
TABLE 6.1. DRYING RATE CONSTANTS,
Temperature
°F
£6
Relative
Humidity, %
4.4
40
14
4.4
40
60
15.6
60
76
K, 1/HR
k,
1/hr
50
;
ce
ae
eet
Yucam
gene
Hae2
LS)
Source: Rodriguez-Arias (1956).
Suggested by F.H. Buelow, Univ. of Wisconsin.
Range of Applicability,
% Moisture, d.b.
0.075
0.0315
0.016
0.0072
0.0622
0.0325
0.0231
29.96
24.79
20.50
16.25
27.01
25.2
20.2
to 24.79
to 20.50
to 16.25
to —
to 25.2
to 20.2
to18.0
0.0149
0.0583
0.0396
0.0291
0.1047
18.0
DD)
25.2
20D
OO
to ReM
Akos PAay
to 20.5
eto 8 &
LOMO:
0.0424
0.0143
18.00 to 13.00
13.00 inFe 4
to
19%
0.338
Ad.)
0.0503
0.0184
0.271
Le Sie COMM
(ou tO ve
43.6 tol13.
0.074
0.052
10.4 to 9.70
9.70 to —
0.149
0.139
19.0 to11.5
13.00 to 10.4
130
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
log.”
(
Gis
k
—
iO
aan
wee
F
Vp
(6-9a)
=
Yy
(6-9b)
A very complete analysis of the mechanism of drying exposed kernels of
wheat has been published (Simmonds et al. 1953A,B). These results can
be considered as some of the most accurate of work reported on drying
theory based on diffusion in wheat inasmuch as each of the drying curves
was constructed from no fewer than 30 experimental readings and drying
was continued to a point close to equilibrium moisture content of the
samples. The rate of drying was independent of the air velocity for a
range of 0.15 to 0.8 m/s (30 to 160 ft/min) for wheat. For wheat, there
was no constant rate drying period and all of the drying of the grain
which was previously tempered to 66%, dry basis (39.5%, wet basis) took
place in the falling rate period. Straight lines were obtained when the
free moisture (M — M.) was plotted semilogarithmically against the time
of drying from 50 to 0% moisture with only one falling rate curve. Upon
investigating the influence of air humidity and temperature upon the
rate of drying it was found that a three- to four-fold increase in humidity
was roughly equivalent to a drop in temperature of 28°C (50°F). Figure
6.8 shows the effect of temperature on the rate of drying for thin layers.
There is a lag in grain temperature of 5.4° to 18°C (3° to 10°F) as the
50
40
AIR TEMPERATURE
90°F
i
°
Air
BASIS
DRY
MOISTURE,
PERCENT
velocity
Inlet
O.16m/s
humidity
0.5
DRYING
(32 ft/min)
0.007 kg/kg at 32°C(90°F) to 65°C(150°F)
Lo
1.5
TIME, HOURS
2.0
25
From Simmonds
Fiber
EFFECT
OF TEMPERATURE
3.0
et al. (1953A)
ON THE RATE OF DRYING
EXPOSED
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
131
moisture is reduced from 50 to 5% in 1 hr with an air velocity of 0.53 m/s
(105 ft/min) (Becker and Sallans 1955; Simmonds et al. 1953A).
The rate of drying is equal to the vapor pressure driving force divided
by the resistance to drying, as shown in equation (6-10).
dM
=
=
(p, =
Da) Se:
eer ewes
he
ky am (pg — Pa)
(6-10)
where M is the mean moisture content, kg water/kg dry grain (lb water/lb dry grain); k, is the mass transfer coefficient, kg water/s m? (lb
water/hr ft?); a, is the effective area, m? (ft?); p, is the vapor pressure of
the grain, Pa (in. Hg); and pa the vapor pressure of the air, Pa (in. Hg).
The driving force of moisture movement is (p, — p,) and the resistance to
1
drying is a
The values of the mass transfer coefficients k, a, are
gfm
shown in Fig. 6.9 and 6.10 in English units.
KEY
RANGE OF RESULTS—RUNS COVER
HIGH AND LOW HUMIDITIES AND AIR
TEMPERATURES OF 70° TO 170°F.
EXTREME POINTS ARE
DISTINGUISHED AS
LX
A
O
@
g%m
K
Ol
02
FREE
03
0405
MOISTURE
06
07
Low
High
Low
Low
humidity humidityhumidity humidity -
08
CONTENT
LB./LB.
From Simmonds
FIG. 6.9.
CORRELATION
21°C (70°F)
65°C (149°F)
77°C (170°F)
32°C(90°F)
OF DRYING
et al. (1953B)
RUNS
The diffusion of moisture through a kernel of grain is important in the
theory of drying. In Chapter 3 the diffusion of air and moisture between
the kernels of grain is discussed. A diffusion equation is presented as
well as the procedure for determining the diffusion coefficient. In applying this method to moisture contents below 10.3%, it was found that
the calculated diffusion coefficient at 44.4°C (112°F) was 0.023 X 10°
cm2/sec, and at 80°C (176°F) it was 0.254 X 10 “6 cm?/sec for a sample of
9.65% initial moisture content. The corresponding coefficients in the
132
DRYING
OF
STORAGE
AND
T
100
AGRICULTURAL
ME
=a(ea) (Toa fe
—T
T
CROPS
3
os
02
MOISTURE,
db
FREE
AVERAGE
(M-M,)
=
5
2
10%
Kg Om,
FIG. 6.10.
2
10%
MASS
MASS TRANSFER
TRANSFER
10
5
2
a
5,
COEFFICIENT
COEFFICIENT
range above 10.3% moisture were 0.565 X 10 ° cm2/sec and 3.1 X 10 6
cm2/sec, respectively. These data were obtained for wheat, assuming
spherical shapes changing from 9.7 to 5.2% moisture. Thus, in passing
from lower to higher moisture levels, diffusion coefficients increased by
10 to 25 times in the temperature range from 44.4°C (112°F to 176°F)
(Becker and Sallans 1955).
Deep Layer Drying
When using heated air, the crop is dried to a low moisture level and the
air enters at the time the grain on the discharge side is at a moisture
content safe for storage. The greater the depth the greater is the over-
drying for a particular airflow. Therefore, for heated air drying at temperatures above 43.3°C (110°F), it is usually recommended that the
thickness of the layer be 0.45 m (1.5 ft) or less. The majority of the
drying takes place in a volume called a drying zone which moves through
the grain in the direction of air movement (Fig. 6.11). The drying of grain
in a deep layer can be thought of as several thin layers in which the
humidity and temperature of the air entering and leaving each layer vary
with time depending upon the stage of drying. This procedure is some-
times used for estimating the time of drying and the amount of moisture
removed.
Additional
moisture
will be removed
from
the dry layer until the
equilibrium moisture content is reached. Little moisture is removed and
some may be added to the wet zone until the drying zone reaches it. The
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
DRYING
DRYING
133
FRONT
ZONE
DRY
pate et
FIG. 6.11.
DEEP LAYER DRYING
AIR
volume of the drying zone has not been defined by equation, but varies
with the temperature and humidity of entering air, the moisture content
of the grain, and the velocity of air movement. The higher the airflow the
less the difference in moisture content between entering and leaving air.
Drying will cease as soon as the product comes to equilibrium with the
air. In thin layer drying, which was discussed previously, the air velocity
is not critical as for deep layer drying. For shelled corn at 25% moisture,
d.b., and an air velocity of 0.2 m/s (40 ft/min) the drying front moved at
a rate of 2.5 cm (1.0 in.) per hr and 70% of the free moisture at the initial
moisture content was removed. The movement of the drying layer is
proportional to the velocity ratio.
Two drying rate periods may be considered for deep layer drying. The
maximum rate drying period occurs until the drying front reaches the top
of the bed and is represented by equation (6-11). The rate of drying
during this period depends solely on the moisture carrying capacity of the
drying air.
Mi
- M. _ dM, _ AG(H,
- Hi)
6;
whence,
dé
W (M,
a
M,)
ee Bae
6; a ietenn
AG (HL
— H,)
W
(6-11a)
(6-11b)
DRYING
134.
AND
OF
STORAGE
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
of drying
As soon as the drying front reaches the top of the bin, the rate
drying
layer
of
rate
ing
starts to decrease and is designated as the decreas
as given by equation (6-12).
dM.
rT)
6,
whence,
2
=
IlII
S555
*
=
2,303 m'(M, — M.)
=
(6-12a)
logio
(6-12b)
6 = 6,+86,
(6-12c)
= —
average moisture content in bed, d.b.
initial moisture content in bed, d.b.
equilibrium moisture content of bed, d.b.
final moisture content of bed, d.b.
average moisture content of bed at end of maximum drying rate,
d.b.
cross sectional area of dryer, m? (ft?)
mass rate of airflow, kg of dry air/m? s (lb/ft? hr)
£8
ZorHonweight
=
ll
of grain in bin, kg (Ib) dry matter
humidity of saturated air in the grain bin, kg water/kg dry air
(1b/Ib)
“a.
|
humidity of air entering dryer, kg water/kg dry air (Ib/lb)
rate of drying constant for deep bed, 1/hr (2.3 m’ =k)
lI
time of drying during maximum rate’period, hr
time of drying during decreasing rate period, hr
total time for drying
~
Sas
Ss
>
|
The drying time for the product in a deep layer is the sum of the time
required for the maximum
decreasing rate of drying.
rate of drying and the time required for the
The amount of drying is indicated by the temperature of the exhaust
air which is cooled upon giving up its heat to evaporate moisture from the
product. However, the wet bulb temperature remains fairly constant
throughout the drying process.
Another method for determining the rate of drying of deep layers is
presented. The computed relationships among drying time, grain moisture, and grain depth units are shown in Fig. 6.12 and are generalized to
apply to any drying problem. The time unit is the time of one-half
response of grain fully exposed to drying air.
THEORY
28.2-
100
26.354
90
2444
80
22.54
os
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
135
70
cies
2064 = '=60
Ww
a
o
D
x
> 1871
° 16885
a
5
i491
& 50
=
gE
=
0
Ww
je)
ae 13.04
z
a
q
oO
40
3
=
20
nt
9.2
O
TIME
T
T
O
35
T
=
70
105
UNITS
T
+
+
+
140
178
210
245
<
280
+
315
350
HOURS
From Hukill (1947)
FIG. 6.12. COMPUTED RELATION
MOISTURE, AND GRAIN DEPTH
AMONG
DRYING
TIME,
GRAIN
Application of Hukill’s Analysis to Drying
The computed relationships among drying time, grain moisture, and
grain depth units have been generalized to make them applicable to any
drying problem (Fig. 6.12) (Hukill 1947).
(a) Drying Time.—Each time unit is the time of one-half response of
grain fully exposed to the air entering the drying system.
(b) Grain Moisture.— Moisture
is expressed as moisture content ratio,
M - M.
M,
—- M.
(c) Grain Depth.—A depth factor is described as “containing enough
grain that if all the theoretical available heat could be used it would all
dry to equilibrium” in a period of time equal to the time of one-half
response. The kilograms (pounds) of grain (G) in each depth are com-
puted by use of the following heat balance:
DRYING
136
AND
AGRICULTURAL
OF
STORAGE
dQ
40sa c At
AM
=
CROPS
dw
rT, he,
——-
(6-13)
in which,
ae
rae
volume of air, kg/s (lb/hr)
= specific heat of air at constant pressure, J/kg °K (Btu/Ib °F)
maximum temperature drop of the air in passing through the
At
=
AM
grain, ‘C (°F)
= M, - M.,%, d.b.
“
=
dé
moisture removed from volume under consideration, kg/s
(b/hr)
hr, = latent heat of drying, J/kg (Btu/lb) of water
dw
then,
G
=
“de
x
6 Y%
(6-14)
With appropriate data the following information can be computed for a
drying problem at any given time after drying has started:
(1) Moisture content at any depth
(2) Pounds of moisture removed
(3) Average rate of drying
(4) Temperature and relative humidity of the exhaust air
(5) Thermal efficiency of drying.
Sample Problem (U.S. Customary Units),—A circular metal bin 18 ft
in diameter is filled to a depth of 6 ft with shelled corn at a moisture content of 22%, w.b. It is to be dried with air at 90°F, relative humidity 30%.
Assume time of one-half response of 3.5 hr. Air is to be supplied at a rate
of 15 cfm/bu. Determine the 5 items listed above after 31.5 hr of drying.
Solution:
There are 1512 ft? or 1210 bu of corn. Considering 47 lb dry matter/bu,
the crib contains 56,870 lb of dry matter.
Air at 90°F, RH = 30%, occupies 14.1 ft?/lb, therefore,
dQ
15ssX a
60 X 1210
fice,
b
Ah 77,235 lb/hr of air
M, = 22%, w.b. = 28.2%, d.b.
M.
8.39%, w.b. = 9.2%, d.b.
2See Appendix for metric conversions.
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
137
Shelled corn at 22% moisture, w.b., is in equilibrium with air at 96%
relative humidity. Therefore, the drying air will cool to 68°F (from
the
psychrometric chart at the point where the initial wet bulb temperature
of the air intersects the relative humidity line of 96%)
(1) To Compute G.—
dQ
a
“a9 “At
dw
“do
_
=
dw
AM—q
hte
77.235 X 0.24 X (90-68)
(282 — 0.092) X 1170.
G =
1836
~ 1886 lb/hr
X 3.5 = 6416 lb
Knowing G, the number of depth factors can be computed:
56,870
6416
6 +
8.85
8.85 depth factors
=
0.68 ft in each factor
The ordinate on the graph may be changed to agree with the moisture
content of the corn. A moisture ratio of 100 is equivalent to 28.2%, a
ratio of 0 is equivalent to 9.2%, a ratio of 50 is 18.7%, etc. The abscissa
may also be changed to agree with the actual hours by letting each unit
represent 3.5 hr. The ninth unit represents 31.5 hr. The items sought
may now be determined. The moisture content at any depth can be read
directly from the graph. For example, if the moisture content at 4 ft from
the bottom is desired,
4
rs. =
5.9 depth factors
and from the graph the moisture ratio is 8%, which is equivalent to
10.8%.
(2) Pounds of Moisture Removed.—The moisture content of each
depth factor may be read as indicated above. These readings multiplied
by the pounds of dry matter in each factor (6416 lb except in the top
layer) will give the pounds of water remaining in the grain. Subtracting
this from the original water content will give the moisture removed.
138
DRYING
AND
Depth Factor
OF
STORAGE
CROPS
AGRICULTURAL
Moisture Content
xX Dry Matter
Water, lb
1
0.092 X 6416
=
590.3
2
3
0.092 X 6416
0.096 X 6416
=
=
590.3
615.9
4
5
0.100 X 6416
0.101 X 6416
=
=
641.6
641.6
6
0.109 X 6416
=
a
8
8%
0.128 x 6416
0.155 X 6416
0.178 X 4812
=
=
=
699.3
821.3
944.5
856.5
6451.3 lb water in corn
56,870 X 28.2% = 16,037 lb water originally in grain
16,037 — 6451 = 9586 lb water removed
Average moisturecontent
=
=
11.3% db.
(3) Average Rate of Drying.—The slope of the drying curves at a
particular time represents the rate of drying (%/hr) for each depth
factor. The average of these slopes will be the rate of drying for the
entire crib at that time.
Depth Factor
~
%/hr
* 0.00
0.00
0.05
0.08
0.13
0.50
0.69
0.84
TI
BMH
Fe
ConA
FrwWN
4
0.87
Total
= 3.16
dM
—
7
Atom
X
0.0035
cox
At
dM
pe oes
"ia
X 56,870 xX 1170
11,235 'X 0.24
bared
=
12.55°F
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
139
(4) Temperature and Relative Humidity of Exhaust Air.—
90 -
12.55
=
7.45°F (exhaust temperature)
The relative humidity may be read at the point where the initial wet
bulb temperature intersects a dry bulb reading of 77.45°F. The relative
humidity of exhaust air is 58%.
(5) Thermal Efficiency of the Drying System.—The pounds of water
evaporated from the corn is known. The total pounds of air used may be
computed, as well as the enthalpy of the air above the dew point.
Heat utilized
Heat available
Hay Drying Theory
The overall drying rates were determined for baled hay in test cham-
bers and correlated with the drying equation (6-15).
dM
et
dé
lb dry air/hr
ee
3
lb dry matter
i
(nn.
(P— p.)
6-15
\
The constant, k’, was found to be 1.45 for alfalfa, with p and p, in in. of
mercury, and saein % moisture/hr, for variations of airflow from 6.8 to
16.2 lb/(hr) (Ib dry matter), temperatures of 100° and 120°F, and original moisture contents from 29.7 to 48.1%. The value of p will change
as drying proceeds.
Based on the above results with the drying rate directly proportional to
the weight of dry air passing through the hay per unit of time and inversely proportional to the dry matter present, equation (6-16) can be
written.
aes Sea
bGs) (MIM)
(6-16)
and by substituting in equation (6-16), equation (6-17) is obtained.
M,-M.
M,
i
=e
(a-
bG
(6-17)
M.
where b is a constant, which depends upon the vapor pressure and temperature of the drying air, and Gp is the mass velocity, lb of dry air/Ib
140
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
AGRICULTURAL
OF
CROPS
of dry matter. This relationship exists because there is a linear relationship between k’ and Gp, from expression k’ = a + bG2 (Hopkins 1955).
Data are presented for these relationships (Fig. 6.13). Drying curves for
crushed and uncrushed hay are presented in Fig. 6.14 and 6.15.
0.07
=
0.06
—
0.05
0.04
0.03
002
[oXo}}
ie)
4
8
12
16
20
Go, kg of air /hr-kg dry matter
“From Hopkins (1955)
FIG. 6.13. RELATION OF DRYING CONSTANT TO MASS
AIR VELOCITY FOR HAY
Psychrometric Chart for Analyzing Drying
The psychrometric chart (humidity chart) can be used as a basis fo
analyzing the drying of a product by studying the external factors. Th
psychrometric chart provides the thermodynamic properties of the ai
and vapor. By knowing any two of the three temperatures—dry bulk
wet bulb, dew point—the physical properties can be described.
Definitions.—
Dry Bulb Temperature.—The temperature of the air or product indicated
by a thermometer which is not affected by water vapor content of the
air.
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
141
SM
PERCENT
PER
MINUTE
5
TEMP
RH.
ie)
10
20
MOISTURE
30
CONTENT
(DRY
= 123°F
= 28%
40
50
60
BASIS) — PERCENT
From Hopkins (1955)
FIG. 6.14. RELATION
MOISTURE CONTENT
OF
DRYING
RATE
OF
ALFALFA
TO
Wet Bulb Temperature.—The temperature given by a thermometer with
its sensing bulb covered with a thin layer of water and moving through
the air until a steady temperature during evaporation is obtained. The
difference between the dry bulb and wet bulb temperature is called the
wet bulb depression.
Dew Point Temperature—The
temperature at which condensation of
water vapor begins if a mixture of air and water vapor is cooled.
Humidity
(Absolute
Humidity,
Specific Humidity)—Weight
of water
vapor, usually in pounds or grains per pound of dry air (7000 grains = 1
Ib), or kg per kg of dry air.
Relative Humidity.Ratio of actual partial pressure of the water vapor
to the pressure at saturation at the dry bulb temperature, usually expres-
sed as a percentage.
142
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
1.0
fea
ay18
lL
O7 Eas
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
SLTe
Ee
a ea
2A Ed
TEMP = 123°F
R.H. = 28 %
le)
20
40
ELAPSED
60
80
100
120
TIME — MINUTES
From Hopkins (1955)
FIG. 6.15. RELATION OF MOISTURE CONTENT RATIO TO TIME
IN THIN LAYER DRYING OF ALFALFA HAY
Humid Heat.—The specific heat of the air with water vapor it contains.
It is helpful for understanding drying to note the following relationships
from the psychrometric chart:
(1) The dry bulb, wet bulb, and dew point temperatures are equal
when the relative humidity is 100%.
(2) The dew point < wet bulb < dry bulb temperature when the relative humidity is less than 100%.
(3) The rate at which heat is transferred from the air to the water is
proportional to the wet bulb depression.
(4) All values are based on a barometric pressure of 1 atmosphere.
(5) The water vapor pressure nearly doubles for each 11°C (20°F)
increase in temperature.
(6) The density of air saturated with vapor is less than the density
of
dry air at a given temperature.
(7) The difference between the dew point and dry bulb temper
ature is
nearly constant for a given relative humidity.
(8) The latent heat of vaporization increases as the temper
ature of
evaporation decreases.
(9) The dew point of a given air condition is the same regardl
ess of
amount of heating of the air.
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
143
Heat is supplied for vaporization of water during drying with unheated
or heated forced air. As the air moves by the product, heat is transferred
to the product and vaporization of water occurs, increasing the relative
humidity of the air. This process is known as simultaneous heat and mass
transfer. The dry bulb temperature of the air decreases during drying,
approaching the dew point, with the wet bulb remaining constant. If the
air reaches the dew point, condensation will occur. Condensation may
occur on cold grain or hay on the air discharge side of a drying bin. For
drying systems where heat is supplied by the air an adiabatic relationship exists—where the total heat change is considered as zero for a system.
Note the changes as air at 21.1°C (70°F) and 50% relative humidity is
heated to 66°C (150°F) (Fig. 6.16). The changes during heating occur on a
horizontal line on the psychrometric chart, at constant vapor pressure,
and constant absolute humidity. During drying, the changes occur on the
wet bulb lines, the heat moves from the air to the water (only a slight
amount is used for heating the dry matter of grain), and vaporization
takes place. The air originally contains 0.008 lb water vapor/lb of dry air,
and finally (after heating to 150°F) holds 0.023 lb water vapor/Ib of dry
air. If the air were not heated, it would hold 0.011 Ib water vapor/lb of
dry air. In the temperature range for crop drying, the moisture holding
capacity of 1 lb of air is increased 0.0002 lb/"F increase in temperature.
The minimum volume of air required to hold the moisture can be calculated which assumes that air is discharged from the dryer at 100%
relative humidity.
FIG. 6.16. PSYCHROMETRIC CHART RELATIONSHIPS FOR COOLING, HEATING, AND CHEMICAL
DEHYDRATION
144
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
CROPS
AGRICULTURAL
Ib H,O
Hh alt = ap eal)
3
a]
Ss
6-18)
lb H,O/min
cm wr
HG
yeaa Ele SEOs
ey ibaeag
(6-19)
pH
In practice the amount of air is usually 2 to 5 times the calculated
:
dW
minimum values. The rate of evaporation, —,
dé
——
where
:
lb/hr, is:
= (a+ by) (Ap)
(6-20)
aisaconstant representing evaporation in still air
b is a constant representing evaporation in moving air
v is velocity of drying air, usually ft/min
Ap is the difference in vapor pressure in product and in air, psi,
or mm Hg
Note the similarity between equation (6-20) and equation (6-16).
The maximum rate at which moisture can be removed from a hygroscopic material is controlled by the diffusion of moisture within the
product to the surface and the capacity of air on the exterior to hold the
moisture. An excess of air is supplied for drying so that the controlling
factor is the internal diffusion of moisture.
The drying effect of air is related to the ratio of the moisture content of
the air to the saturation content at the same temperature. Thus, as the
temperature is increased, the drying effect is increased and the relative
humidity is decreased, but the absolute humidity remains constant. The
difference between the dew point and dry bulb temperature for air can
be called degrees of superheat. The greater the degrees of superheat, the
greater the drying effect.
The heat utilization factor is defined as the ratio of temperature decrease due to cooling of the air during drying (evaporative cooling) to the
temperature increase due to heating the air.
THEORY
Heat Utilization Factor
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
145
=
air temperature (dry bulb) decrease during drying
air temperature (dry bulb) increase during heating
Bo
= ee
Gis Ge
ee
(6-21)
where t; is the original dry bulb air temperature, t» is the temperature of
air after heating, and tz is the dry bulb temperature, °F, of air exhausted
from dryer (Fig. 6.16). The heat utilization factor is usually less than
100% but can exceed 100%.
QUESTIONS
1. Wheat at 25% moisture, w.b., is heated to 65.6°C (150°F) and cooled
to 21.1°C (70°F). Assume that all the heat is used for removal of
moisture. What is the final moisture content, w.b., of the product?
2. Calculate the rate of drying of wheat, given the following information:
Moisture content of grain, 25%, w.b.
Drying air temperature of 49°C (120°F), 10% relative humidity
Airflow of 0.4 m/s (80 ft/min)
3. Using the data given in the sample problem for Hukill’s analysis,
determine the time of drying, 6, equation (6-12c).
4. Determine the drying rate values, k, for drying thin layer crushed
hay with air of 50.6°C (123°F), 28% relative humidity. Repeat for
uncrushed hay.
5. A product with an original moisture content of 20%, w.b., has an
equilibrium humidity of 87%. Drying air is heated to 65.6°C (150°F),
so that equilibrium moisture content is 5%, d.b. At the end of 1 hr
the moisture content is 15.3% w.b.
a. Determine value of the drying constant for the preceding data
using equation (6-8), with w = 1 and pw = 0.60.
b. What is the rate of drying at the end of 30 min for both cases?
6. An iron rod of infinite length is at 538°C (1000°F) at time zero. The
rod is exposed to air at a constant temperature of 93.3°C (200°F).
The temperature of the rod at any time is defined by Newton’s
equation, with a cooling constant of 0.3 with the time in hours.
a. Plot the temperature vs. time curve for the first 7 hr of cooling.
b. Plot the rate of change of temperature vs. temperature differences.
c. Write the equation for the curve in part b.
146
STORAGE
AND
DRYING
OF
‘isd
~©oe
NANA
9
NNNNN
CROPS
AGRICULTURAL
‘eunsseud
sodpDA
CHR mROHMTEMN-DAQRROMEMA- A
NW SS
He
Sf SHS
Ses
Habe
lft iV | ekTTT
PA
a AYALA
CCN
TS CH
HRA
SEITE
Pes Pal TA PN le
Sa
ERENT He
ME
B
meee
ae
1gAL
salad
A esWa BA ce
Ue<< a =
iL)
Pias,
L/
LV
—
as
ww
4
be
OD LYS
.
ra
Oana
|
~a
4.
FDry
degtemperature,
bulb
0.31
0.30
0.29
0.28
0.27
0.26
0.25
0.24
/
(Btu)
(°F)
(Ib.
air)
Specific
dry
Heat
De)
GOH
ee
Ae
COP”
Oe
AD.
ae
SE
=
410
LGN
a
TO
Foe
ned
ba
lanes
eas
Aap Q\/ 4835 09
CHART.
HUMIDITY
OR
PSYCHRO
6.17.
FIG.
units.
Custom
A—U.S.
=
s
o8'0
OL _
\\
St
Aug ging
0z
Sz
9,
eumexadwia)
580
\
OE
SA
GE
TV
|
*
Ov
\
Sb
ois
060
ho
TAS
o Pe
a)
ln]
|
il!
LY
i
f
sl
1
Tle ta
N
=
io
q
{
t
t
.
in
ical\
t
a
teeta
Nia Td
0s
|
|
4
00°0
ss
0603
W004
s604©
o10 ates
ot
201984 Yea} aqusu
=
“sun |S—@
se0
:
$y
d
22] 104 aay saury voNBAdG Adjeyug pue saedosy 9.9 Mojag
2
e
’
;
0
Baas
+
IPSS
-
;
\
Se
Pk
BOS
c
;
<S
Cae
;
oe
es
o1-
!
te
t
|
©
a- &
%
ay Aig By/_us auinjon
OE
ast
iz
cain
tt
mS
aa 5
AR
-
1/9
‘2 =
es 5
>
=
as
¥$
|
+
oaWOIegeunsseig SZELOL
ed
t
—
to
S
SS
=
%
O1dLaW SLINO
(
al
=
ky
13431 vas
IS
~Z
fae
+6
18
AKI
el
|
i
n
Sioa
|
—
i
r
SAYNLVYEAdWALq
a
scala:
t
t
}
tH}
:
|
VV
+ am
Ly
+
Aan
a
TVINYON
eis
NYE
Tey
aE
>
=
VAUAP
%
GL61 Uones0dso3 4011129 rybUUAdog
;
mal
:
t
RE
SKA
wi
:
aS
t+ HP
Se
ii
0z1
%
"dI0D salsseg yo AsayinopD
100'0
z00'0
:
7
=
LSA
s|= AZ
| =
di
SE
Se
90°04
400'0
8000
600'0
:
a
fs
|
Sz}
2>
a+ =
>
z10'0
£100
;
TTT
ov
&
eS
oe
%
++
g10'0
en ;
T
s100
Say
sy
%
|
ny Aon
4
ES
re
‘aa +
Pf
Set
a
Se
e a
a
Fas
PRT
mie)
sth
%
v1.00
$905
ovo"
+
NS
4 zoos
0s
9
$0,
£000
14s
Ov
%
yf oe
3 4 sit
wer
507 i200
=
ai
e2004
6z0'04
ze0'0
1£0°0
0f0'0 ovo)
=
oso] 8200
sv
Sot
%,
500'0 p00"
Pe0'OG
Sy
80
a
9
Ob
Jy Arg 84/84 uaquog aimsiow
580
9€°0
147
DRYING
OF
PRINCIPLES
AND
THEORY
Sd
“LYVHOD
‘Sls
“219
OIWLAINOYWHOA
148
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
fe A very thin layer of shelled yellow dent corn with a moisture content
of 25%, w.b., is to be dried with air at 25°C (77°F) and 45% relative
humidity during drying to follow the law based on Newton’s equation, with a drying constant of 0.07.
a. Plot moisture content of corn, %, d.b., vs. time for all values of 6
from 0 to 60 hr.
\
b. Plot rate of drying against vapor pressure differences.
Write the equation of curve obtained in part b.
io)
d. How long would be required to dry a sample of corn at 25%, w.b.,
to 15%, w.b., if dried under these conditions?
A thin layer of seeds with a moisture content of 22%, w.b., is to be
dried with air at 29.4°C (85°F) and 50% relative humidity. The k
value is 0.10, when the time is in hours. What is the time in hours
for the seeds to be dried halfway to equilibrium moisture?
The following data were obtained for drying a product with air at
93.3°C (200°F). The equilibrium moisture content is 1.8%, w.b., and
the original moisture content was 19.8%, w.b.
Time, min
Weight, g
0
13
29
45
62
75
158.0
150.4
145.5
142.1
139.5
138.2
Determine k by graphical method. What is the rate of drying at 15,
30, 45, 60 min? Predict the time in minutes when the sample will be
at equilibrium moisture content.
10. Calculate the factors for converting vapor pressure from inches of
11%
mercury to inches of water, from lb/in.2 to mm of mercury.
Explain why the lines of adiabatic humidification (or dehumidifica-
tion) on the psychrometric chart are not exactly lines of constant
enthalpy even though shown as such.
12
Illustrate an example of drying where the heat utilization factor is
over 100%.
£3. Compare the effectiveness of using chemicals for dehydration of air
as compared with heating air for drying.
THEORY
AND
PRINCIPLES
OF
DRYING
149
REFERENCES
BAKKER-ARKEMA,
grain drying.
F.W., BROOK,
R.C. and LEREW,
L.E.
1977.
Cereal
Jn Advances in Cereal Science and Technology, Vol. 2. Y. Pom-
eranz (Editor). Am. Assoc. of Cereal Science, Minneapolis.
BARRE, H.J. 1938. Vapor pressures in studying moisture transfer problems.
Agric..Eng. 19 (6) 247-249.
BECKER,
H.A.
and
SALLANS,
H.R.
1955.
A study
of internal
moisture
movement in the drying of the wheat kernel. Cereal Chem. 32 (5) 212-226.
BROOKER, D.B., BAKKER-ARKEMA, F.W. and HALL, C.W. 1974. Drying
Cereal Grains. AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
FENTON,
F.C.
1941.
Storage of grain sorghum.
Agric. Eng. 22 (5) 185-188.
FOSTER, G.H. 1950. Methods of conditioning shelled corn. Agric. Eng. 31
(10) 497-502.
GALLAHER, G.L. 1949. Fundamentals of drying agricultural crops. Unpublished M.S. Thesis. Dep. Agric. Eng., Mich. State Univ.
HALL, C.W. and HEDRICK, T.I. 1971. Drying of Milk and Milk Products,
2nd Edition. AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
HENDERSON, S.M. and PERRY, R.L.
ing, John Wiley & Sons, New York.
1955.
Agricultural Process Engineer-
HOPKINS, R.B. 1955. Some effects of chemical and mechanical treatments
in haymaking. Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation. Dep. Agric. Eng., Mich. State
Univ.
HOUGEN, O.A., McCAULEY, H.J. and MARSHALL, W.R., JR. 1940. Limitations of diffusion equations in drying. Trans. Am. Inst. Chem. Eng. 36,
183-209.
HUKILL, W.V. 1947. Basic principles in drying corn and grain sorghum. Agric.
Eng. 28 (8) 335-338, 340. (Also Jn Anderson, J.A. and Alcock, A.W. 1954.
Storage of Cereal Grains. Am. Assoc. of Cereal Chemists, St. Paul, Minn.)
LYKOV, A.V. 1968. Theory of Drying. State Power Press, Moscow. (Russian)
NONHEBEL, G. and MOSS, A.A.H. 1971. Drying of Solids in the Chemical
Industry.
OXLEY, T.A.
Butterworth
1948.
and Co., London.
The Scientific Principles of Grain Storage.
Northern Pub-
lishing Co., Liverpool.
PAGE, G.E. 1949. Factors influencing the maximum rates of air drying corn in
thin layers.
Unpublished M.S. Thesis. Dep. Mech. Eng., Purdue Univ.
RODRIGUEZ-ARIAS, J.H. 1956. Desorption isotherms and drying rates of
shelled corn in the temperature range of 40° to 140°F. Ph.D. Dissertation.
Mich. State Univ.
SIMMONDS, W.H.C., WARD, G.T. and McEWEN, E. 1953A. The drying of
wheat grain. Part I. The mechanism of drying. Trans. Inst. Chem. Eng.
32; 265-278.
150
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
SIMMONDS, W.H.C., WARD, G.T. and MCEWEN, E. 1953B. The drying of
wheat grain. Part II. Through-drying of deep beds. Trans. Inst. Chem. Eng.
aL, 279-288.
VAN ARSDEL, W.B. 1947. Approximate diffusion calculations for the falling
rate phase of drying.
Trans. Am. Inst. Chem. Eng. 43 (1) 138-24.
VAN ARSDEL, W.B., COPLEY, M.J. and MORGAN, A.I.
1973.
Food Dehy-
dration, 2nd Edition, Vol. 1 and 2. AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
WILLIAMS-GARDNER,
A. 1971.
Industrial Drying. Leonard Hill, London.
Heated Air Dryers
A complete drying system, including fan, heater, ducts, and bin, is
called a heated air dryer. It is not uncommon to designate the burner or
heater part of the system as the heated air dryer. However, the dryer isa
system of which the heater is a part. The applications of heated air
dryers for various crops are discussed in other chapters.
Based on a 1973 estimate, 3804 X 103 m? (1005 X 108 gal.) of liquid
propane gas (LPG) equivalent (92,000 Btu/gal.) were used for farm crop
drying in the United States, of which over half was used for drying corn
(Cast 1975).
Operation of Heated Air Dryers
The factors to be considered for heated air drying include:
(1) The cost of fuel and power for drying grain and hay is about the
same for heated air as for forced air drying depending on weather
conditions. During the fall in northern areas the cost of fuel and
power for heated air systems is less than the cost of power for
forced air drying. The initial cost of the heated air drying system
for farm use is two to three times as great as for a forced air system.
A greater volume of product should be dried with a heated air sys-
(2)
tem to decrease the fixed cost of operation.
The rate of evaporation of moisture increases as the vapor pressure
of the product is increased by
heated air. In addition, the
heated air is greater than that
air drying system with a grain
heating. The product is heated with
moisture carrying capacity of the
of unheated air. The typical heated
layer of 18 in. of corn is designed to
remove 15% moisture in about 3 hr at 60°C (140°F). An additional
Y% to ¥% hr is required for cooling the grain.
(3) The rate of airflow per volume of product is greater for heated air
than for unheated air. An airflow of at least 1.7 m?/m?s (100 cfm/
ft?) is used for layer Crys, es meer alr.
Relehory
(ike
£AS
of
As aaa
ae
a
LiBR,
BevanC
.
in
ture
AG
i
F
*
9
m
@
i -
<
ae
% oF
aw
152
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
(4) Safety of the product must be considered. The temperature used
for drying is largely dependent on the intended use of the product.
When grain is used for animal feed, air temperatures
as high as
149°C (300°F) have been used. If the product is to be milled, it
is usually recommended
that the air temperatures be kept below
60°C (140°F). If the product is to be used for seed, air temperatures
are kept below 46°C (115°F) so that germination is not reduced.
Although recommendations are based on the air temperature, the
temperature of the product is of prime importance. Much higher
air temperatures
than those stated can
be used if the product
temperature can be kept within limits.
(5) Safety of the equipment and buildings is a factor to be considered.
The hazards involved in using a heated air drying system are
greater than with an unheated system because of the possibility
of fire. Adequate controls and safeguards are built into commercial
units to minimize the risks of fire if the units are properly used.
CLASSIFICATION
Classification of Heater According to Method of Heat Transfer
Two types of heaters based on method of heat transfer are used: (1)
direct and (2) indirect. In a direct heater the products of combustion are
forced through the product with the drying air (Fig. 7.1). With the
direct-fired unit there is a greater possibility that the product might be
damaged because of smoke if improperly operated. However, the
directfired unit is less expensive and makes more efficient use of
the energy in
the fuel. The direction of flow of heated air is often changed
as it leaves
the burner so that carbon particles will not normally be carried
into the
drying bin. A screen might be used to intercept carbon particles
that
might be in the heated air.
With the indirect heater the heat transfer surface is heated
and the air
used for drying the product is circulated around the
outside of the heat
transfer surface. The products of combustion from
the burner are re-
moved from a stack in the unit and do not mix with the
drying air (Fig.
7.2). This unit is claimed to be safer because sparks
or hot pieces of
carbon emitted from the discharge side of the burner
cannot pass into
the drying air and then into the crops.
Classification According to Type of Oil Burne
r
Two types of burners are used: (1) the vaporizing
burner, commonly
called the pot type, where the oil is heated,
vaporized, burned, and the
heat transferred through a large heater surfac
e; and (2) the atomizing
HEATED
AIR
DRYERS
153
A
me
suse
ae
eoek dre:
~~
-
Coes cpamensn!”
_ SSeeneesetty’
e
LS
'
: "
i
Ss
‘
%
Courtesy of Aerovent Fan and Equipment Co.
B
HEATED
AIR
———
oo
DAMPER
——
COLD
AIR
BURNER
~=—
FIG. 7.1. A—DIRECT
B—DIRECT
PUEL
HEATER, PORTABLE
HEATER
FOR CROP DRYING
(NO HEAT EXCHANGE)
burner, where the oil is first atomized either by forcing a large quantity
of air to the burner, commonly called the air atomizing type, or by forcing
the oil through a small orifice, commonly called the jet, gun, or mechanical pressure atomizing burner. The oil pressure in the air atomizing
type is usually 7 to 35 kPa (1 to 5 psi) and in the gun type is usually above
154.
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Courtesy of Sukup Manufacturing Co.
B
STACK
——>
HEATED
—_—
AIR
He
SS
FUEL
Sr.
FIG. 7.2. A—FUEL
OIL HEAT EXCHANGER
B—INDIRECT
FOR BIN DRYING
HEATER (HEAT EXCHANGER)
517 kPa. After the fuel is atomized there is considerable surface area
exposed to the air and heat which provide quick and’ efficient vaporization. The airflow to the air atomizing burner can be varied, thus giving
a means of control. The capacity of the high pressure atomizing burner is
changed by the size of openings and number of nozzles. Changing the
pressure will give a small change in capacity. The atomizing type is used
for on-off control. Because of low initial and operating cost and operational safety, the high pressure atomizing burner is the most common
type used for oil-fired crop drying systems.
HEATED
AIR
DRYERS
155
Classification According to Fuel Burned
Fuel oil, gas (natural or manufactured), or solid fuels, such as coal, wood,
and crop residues, may be used in heated air crop dryers. For a fuel oil
burner it is recommended that:
The burner be of an approved atomizing type.
The fuel nozzles be kept free of carbon deposits.
The drying air be free of smoke or odors which might affect the quality
of the product being dried.
Automatic
spark.
ignition of the burner take place continuously by electric
The heating unit be adjustable in capacity to provide the required heat
output.
The fuel oil be delivered from the tank to the burner by pump action.
There be an automatic control interlock with fan control which would
shut off fuel supply if the fan stops.
A filter or strainer be provided in the fuel line between the tank and the
burner.
A manual shut-off valve be supplied in the fuel line at the tank end
when a metal pipe is used.
For a gas-fired burner it is recommended that:
The gas burner be approved by the American Gas Association.
The gas heater output be adjustable to match required heat.
For a coal-fired unit a bin should be available for coal supply to stoker
feed the furnace at a rate consistent with the heat required. Available
units are of the indirect heater type and have a heat output of approximately 527,500 kJ/hr (500,000 Btu/hr). Both anthracite and bituminous coal burning units are available.
Classification of Dryer According to Flow of Air as Related to Flow of
Product
The air movement may be concurrent flow, counterflow, or crossflow in
relation to the product being dried. The air movement pattern can be
applied to the drying and cooling section, with same or different patterns
for each. There may be several stages for drying. In addition, air may be
recirculated to increase the water removed per heat unit. A method of
comparing the heat requirements is on the basis of kJ/kg (Btu/Ib).
Considerable research is being devoted to computer simulation of various
combinations
of airflow patterns for cooling and drying, multistaging,
and recirculation of air to improve the efficiency and economy of operation of dryers.
Warm air leaving the cooling section may be used for inlet to the heater
for the drying section. In a dryer with several stages (multistage), warm
156
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Another
air leaving one section may be used to enter another section.
the
through
way
part
airflow
of
n
directio
the
reverse
technique is to
air
the
of
ation
recircul
of
amount
the
in
increase
An
drying process.
increases the efficiency, up to a point. Another technique is to move or
direct the grain or product from the air-entering side of the column to the
air-exit side through a “turn-flow” device.
Crossflow dryers are the most common. Continuous crossflow dryers
usually have a crossflow cooling section. The techniques discussed previously are used to increase the energy efficiency. A major advantage of
the crossflow dryer is the straight-through flow of product.
Recently, concurrent flow grain dryers have been increasing in prominence. The hot air enters with the entering wet grain and flows in the
same direction. Higher airflows, 150 as compared to 100 cfm/ft?, and
higher temperatures, up to 260°C (500°F) as compared to 1022s: FD,
are possible with the concurrent versus the crossflow dryer, providing for
higher energy
efficiencies (Hawk
et al. 1978). In general, energy use
varies from 3000 to 8140 kJ/kg (1300 to 3500 Btu/lb), with the usual
requirements between 4185 and 6510 kJ/kg (1800 and 2800 Btu/Ib).
Because of the many design combinations possible, and economic considerations, it is difficult to state categorically that one of three types of
dryers based on airflow pattern is necessarily better than the others.
SAFETY
Safety Features of Burner
Farmers, insurance companies, equipment’ manufacturers, and equipment dealers are interested in the safe operation of burners used for
heated air drying systems. Important considerations of an installation
designed for safe operation include the following: (1) a flame control to
shut off the fuel supply in the case of ignition failure, (2) a high temperature limit switch which will stop the burner but allow the fan to
continue to operate, (3) a temperature control on the ‘bonnet of the
burner
to prevent overheating
of heater, (4) proper
electrical wiring
connecting the fan and burner to the electric circuit (Fig. 7.3). All units
should be designed to “fail safe.”
There is a tendency to overemphasize the danger of starting a fire from
particles of trash getting into the open flame of a heated air dryer operated outside. The velocity of the air passing the flame is so great that
straw, chaff, and even cotton lint carried into the airstream do not remain in contact with the flame long enough to ignite, although such a
circumstance is not recommended (Montfort 1947).
HEATED
:
Y)
Z
=
AIR
&
i
‘ai
ryaaa
DRYERS
157
Bi
4
YZ.
©
y
.
V7
.
LEGEND:
relay;
4—
i—
alve
ry
Oil burner;
Ignition
Temperature
exhaust air.
ans
base
2—
Photocell;
transformer;
controls;
7 and
9—
5—
3—
Electronic
Ignition
spark;
Solenoid
valves;
Protecto6
10—
and
Bulbs
8—
in
Courtesy of Honeywell,
Inc.
FIG. 7.3. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR A PORTABLE DRYER HEATER
Safety Features of Installation
A properly designed heater can be used in an unsafe manner. Safety
features of an installation should include the following: (1) fuel pump and
piping located a safe distance from the flame of the burner, (2) the fuel
feed line from the tank to the fuel pump protected from mechanical
injury, (3) the fuel tank located at least 5 m (16 ft) from the bin and other
buildings, (4) oil drums refilled a safe distance from the drying unit or the
drying unit shut down when the drums are refilled, (5) separate drying
and storage installations provided for safe and efficient grain drying by
heated air, (6) if the crop is dried in batches, on wagons, or in a batch bin,
drying equipment separated from the main building by 3 m (10 ft), (7)
the drying unit connected to the bin by a duct of flameproofed canvas or
other noncombustible material. Insurance companies may require that a
special permit be obtained to install and use a heated air crop dryer. The
insurance company representatives will determine if the installation is
reasonably safe, and if approved, a permit may be purchased. Each
158
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
insurance company establishes housekeeping regulations and standards.
These are often based on guidelines established by the Association of
Mill and Elevator Mutual Insurance Co., Chicago. Most states have air
pollution control regulations which must be met.
DESIGN
;
Bin Arrangements
Drying bins are designed so that a thin layer of 0.5 m (1.5 ft) or less of
grain is exposed to the heated air. A thin layer drying bed or column is
used to avoid over-drying of the grain which might otherwise occur in
deep bins. A recirculating grain bin proivdes a method of moving the
grain to reduce effects of over-drying. Over-drying reduces the financial
returns to the farmer or the elevator for a cash crop.
The grain is normally fed into the top of the bin and fills a space of from
0.1 to 0.5 m (4 to 18 in.) between perforated sheets or expanded metal.
The cross-section of the drying chamber
is in the form of a vertical
column, square, or oval space (Fig. 7.4). The air moves into the center of
the bin and is forced out through the perforated sheet through the grain
and then leaves the grain through another perforated sheet. Dryers for
farm use are usually designed for batch operation. After drying it is
necessary to cool the grain before it is placed in the bin for storage. If
grain or hay is to be dried in a storage bin where the depth might be 2 m
(6 ft), only a limited amount of heat should be added to the air to prevent
over-drying—heated only 3° to 10°C (5° to 10°F).
Commercial drying installations usually provide a bin for continuous
feeding of the grain into, through, and out of the bin. One type consists of
vertical columns (Fig. 7.4 and 7.5), in which the rate of flow of grain into
and out of the bin controls the rate of drying. Another type is a horizon-
tal moving steel chain or conveyor on which the wet product is fed at one
end and removed from the other end after drying and cooling. The rate
of drying is controlled by the speed of movement of the chain or belt (Fig.
7.5). The principle of countercurrent movement of air is utilized with the
moving belt where the incoming heated air contacts the dried product
first and is exhausted from the dryer where the incoming wet grain is
placed. The continuous dryers are provided with a section for cooling
the grain after it is dried.
Comparison of Dryers
Several manufacturers make portable and stationary dryers (Table
7.1). In general, the oil-fired portable units burn from 31.5 X 10 ~5 to 63.1
xX 10 “5 m3/s (5 to 10 gal./hr) of fuel and the stationary units from 63.1 X
HEATED
PERFORATED
OR
EXPANDED
METAL OR
SCREENED COVERING
HEATED
SS
AIR
—
FORCED
AIR
DRYERS
159
BIN
GRAIN
4" TO 18" SPACE
IN
HEATED
FORCED
PERFORATED OR
EXPANDED METAL OR
SCREENED COVERING
AIR
IN
a
GRAIN
4'To 18"
SPACE
WOVEN
WIRE
-|| SCREEN
eee
HEATED
AIR
FORCED
IN
HEATED
AIR
INLET
ae
Bh
HELICOID SCREW
CONVEYOR
“—AUGER
FOR
REMOVING GRAIN
FIG. 7.4. BATCH DRYING BINS FOR HEATED AIR SYSTEM
10-5 to 118.6 X 10~> m3/s (10 to 18 gal./hr). The portable units are
mounted on two wheels or skids and may be used as stationary units.
Certain minimum design standards have been established by a group of
several manufacturers of crop drying equipment called the Crop Dryer
Manufacturers Association (CDMA), which is a part of FIEI (Farm and
Industrial Equipment Institute). Dryers meeting these minimum standards may display the CDMA emblem. The approval of the heater unit
160
DRYING AND STORAGE
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
HEATED
COOLING
AIR
SECTION
A
HEATED
———_
AIR
BELT
UNHEATED
e))
AIR
MOVEMENT
2
GRAIN
B
REMOVED
RECEIVING
GARNER
HEATED
gece
COOLER
SECTION
COOLING
SECTION
VARIABLE
SPEED
DISCHARGER
ft
AUGERS
5
FOR
REMOVING
FIG. 7.5. CONTINUOUS
GRAIN
/\
AIR
INLETS
“-s
AIR
OUTLETS
FLOW DRYERS
by the Underwriters Laboratories is desirable and indicates that an effort has been made to make the unit safe although some manufacturers
have not submitted their equipment for test. The American Gas Associa-
tion (AGA) establishes standards for gas burners. Air/Product Flow
Drying units are classified according to flow of air as related to product
flow, crossflow, counterflow, and parallel flow (Fig. 7.6).
Various dryers are illustrated in Fig. 7.7 to 7.11.
HEATED
TABLE 7.1. HEATED
AIR
DRYERS
161
AIR CROP DRYERS
‘Aeroglide Corp., Raleigh, NC 27611
‘Aerovent Fan & Equipment, Inc., Lansing, MI 48906
American Drying Systems, Inc., Miami, FL 33169
American Farm Equipment Co., Zurich, IL 60047
Baughman-Oster, Inc., Taylorville, IL 62568
‘Beard Industries, Frankfort, IN 46041
'Behlen Manuf. Co., Columbus, NE 68601
Benthall Div., Harrington Manuf. Co., Suffolk, VA 23434
Bush Hog-Eaton, Omaha, NE 68110
‘Butler Manuf. Co., Kansas City, MO 64126
Caldwell Manuf. Co., Division of Chief Industries, Kearney, NE 68847
Campbell Industries, Inc., Des Moines, IA 50317
Chicago Eastern Corp., Marengo, IL 60152
Chromalloy-Shunk Blade Diy., Bucyrus, OH 44820
Circle Steel Corp., Taylorville, IL 62568
Clayton and Lambert Manuf. Co., Buckner, KY 40010
Combustion Equipment Assoc., New York, N.Y. 10022
Diamond International (Dehydrator), Farmington, MI 48024
Driall, Inc., Attica, IN 47918
Farm Fans, Inc., Indianapolis, IN 46203
Farm Systems Corp., Marengo, IL 60152
Ferrell-Ross, Saginaw, MI 48602
General Dryer Corp., Clarkfield, MN 56223
Gilmore and Tatge Manuf. Co., Clay Center, KS 67432
Harrington Manuf. Co., Lewiston, NC 27849
Harvestall Industries, Inc., Hampton, IA 50659
The Heil Co., Dryer Div., (Dehydrator), Milwaukee, WI 53201
Hy-Mark
Industries, Inc., Henderson, NE 68371
Industrial Engineering and Equipment Co., St. Louis, MO 63144
Jetstream Systems Co., Hayward, CA 94540
S.F. Kennedy, New Products, Inc., Taylorville, IL 62568
Krenz & Co., Germantown, WI 53022
Long Manuf. Co., Davenport, IA 52808
Long Manuf. Co., Inc., Tarboro, NC 27886
Martin Steel Corp., Mansfield, OH 44901
Mathews Co., Crystal Lake, IL 60014
M&W Gear Co., Gibson City, IL 60936
Middle State Manuf., Inc., Columbus, NE 68601
Modern Farm Systems, Inc., Webster City, IA 50595
'Moridge Manuf. Co., Moundridge, KS 67107
Powell Manuf. Co., Bennettsville, SC 29512
Ransome Gas Industries, Inc., Leandro, CA 94577
Reed-Joseph Co., Greenville, MS 38701
Sioux Steel Co., Sioux Falls, SD 57101
Specialized Products, Inc., Taylorville, IL 62568
1Stormor, Inc., Fremont, NE 68025
'Sukup Manuf. Co., Sheffield, IA 50475
Superior Equipment Manuf. Co., Mattoon, IL 61938
T-L Irrigation Supply Co., Hastings, NE 68901
Westeel-Rosco, Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Westlake Agricultural Engineering, St. Marys, Ontario, Canada
Wiegard Div., Emerson Electric Co., Pittsburgh, PA 15208
! See illustrations in this chapter.
Energy Effectiveness!
The ability to remove moisture from grain can be represented by
bushels which can be dried by a gallon of fuel (sometimes called ef1 See Appendix for metric conversions.
SLNSWSDNVYYV
Y¥31009 MO14
AN3Y¥YND YSLNNOD
Y¥3Aud MO14S
(1371VuVd)
LNAYYNONOD
SNMO009
yIV
Lonaoud
AUG
MO1d LONGOYd
GNV MO1SHIV
“9°2 ‘Sls
(YIV
Y431V3H)
ONIANG
9NITI009 GNV
_
(ONIAYG) ONILV3H
MO14 SSOUD
L9ndoud
LONGO’d
14M
SNINO09
SNI1009
MO14 SSOYD HLIM
YaAud MO14
LIN3Y¥YyND YALNNOD
SNI1009
L9NGOd
Aug
SNIAYG
OL
G319354uI0
YyIV
Y3SLVSH
G3sn
ulV
YO4
Lam
19NdOud
NI
“SNVINI
SNI1009
YyIV
38 AVW
“G3.1LV 1NDYID3Y
Je AVW YlV “S13A371
AN3uY3ssI0 LV
S39VLS NI G3LV3H
38 AVW LoNdO’d
SNIAUG
LAM
LONdOwd
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
DRYING AND STORAGE
162
HEATED
AIR
DRYERS
163
Courtesy of Stormor, Inc.
FIG. 7.7. EEZE-DRY UNIT WHICH CAN BE USED AS A BATCH OR A PART OF CONTINUOUS FLOW SYSTEM
ficiency). With a bin dryer, about 9.2 bu of corn can be dried (through 10
points) per gal. of LPG; batch or continuous flow with dryeration, 8.1
bu/gal.; batch or continuous flow with cooling, 6.5 bu/gal.; and by combining batch or continuous flow (5%), dryeration (2%), and aeration (3%),
12.6 bu/gal. (Cast 1975).
Thermal Efficiency
The overall thermal efficiency (heat utilized for drying divided by heat
input) of heated air dryers will be greater for: (1) direct-type heaters,
Courtesy of Mathews Co.
FIG. 7.8. PORTABLE TYPE GRAIN DRYERS
A—Batch type, PTO driven.
B—M.C. portable dryer.
HEATED
AIR
DRYERS
165
Co.
Courtesy of Moridge Manufacturing
FIG. 7.8. C—Portable, batch grain dryer.
contents, (4) high atmospheric
(2) low airflows, (3) high initial moisture
of grain. There is a disagreement in
temperatures, and (5) thick columns
of the heated air temperature on
the literature regarding the effect
166
DRYING AND STORAGE
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
ie
See
(hie £8 Se
Na,
ae
ee
a
y
aa
a,
ee
Courtesy of Butler Manufacturing Co.
FIG. 7.8. D—Portable dryer.
efficiency. For drying ear corn, the average overall thermal efficiency for
an oil-fired direct heater was 34.6% (7.7 cfm/bu), for an oil-fired indirect
heater was 28.5% (6.2 cfm/bu) and for a coal-fired indirect heater was
HEATED
AIR
DRYERS
167
17.2% (4.6 cfm/bu) (Ramser 1951). These data compare closely with
comparative studies (Cooper 1948). Although the ear corn depths were
not given, the installations were probably in cribs where the depths were
from 1.5 to 3.0 m (5 to 10 ft). Equation (7-1) can be used to calculate the
overall thermal efficiency.
Overall thermal efficiency, % =
(water evaporated, lb) (latent heat, Btu/Ib) (100%)
(fuel used, lb) (net heating value of fuel, Btu/Ib)
a
The latent heat values can be approximated from Table 7.2. The net
heating value of the fuel can be approximated from Table 7.3.
TABLE 7.2. LATENT HEAT OF WATER
Temperature
Latent Heat
©
°F
15.6
26.7
ilies:
48.9
60.0
TACs
60
80
100
120
140
160
2465.8
1060.1
2439.0
1048.6
2399.5
~~10316
2386.0
1025.8
2358.9
1014.1
W331 389 eLO023
93:3
200
2274.6
977.9
100.0
104.4
115.6
126.7
137.8
148.9
212
220
240
260
280
300
2256.9
2245.3
2214.8
2183.2
2150.9
2116.7
970.3
965.3
952.2
938.6
924.7
910.0
Note:
The
latent
kJ/kg
heat
for evaporating
Btu/lb
water
from
grain and hay is greater than evaporation from a free
water surface. For practical applications add 290 kJ /kg
(125 Btu/Ib).
The heater thermal efficiency is the heat output of the heater divided
by the heat input. For indirect heaters the thermal efficiency is from 70
to 85% (Table 7.4). The efficiency of a heated air dryer using a conveyor
moving grain opposite the direction of airflow is about 65% and of a
commercial rotary high temperature dryer is 65 to 80% (Williams-Gard-
ner 1971).
Precise determination of thermal efficiency of a drying system must
consider several additional factors such as initial product temperature,
,
final product temperature, air inlet and air outlet conditions. Generally
the high temperature dryers use about 2100 Btu/lb and bin drying
systems 1500 Btu/Ib of water evaporated.
Improving Thermal Efficiency
in deep
The thermal efficiency of drying may be improved by (1) drying
incoming air or
layers, (2) removing heat from the outgoing air to heat
168
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
A
Courtesy of Mathews
FIG. 7.9. PORTABLE
A—M.C.
CONTINUOUS
Co.
DRYING UNITS
continuous dryer.
incoming product, and (3) drying in stages in which the product
moisture
content equalizes between stages.
HEATED
AIR
DRYERS _ 169
Courtesy of Behlen Manufacturing Co.
FIG. 7.9.
B—Pre-heat
module for use with continuous
dryer.
Supplemental Heaters
Units designed for a limited temperature rise, usually less than 11°C
(20°F) are designated as supplemental heaters. A heat output of about
170
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Courtesy of Aeroglide Corp
.
FIG. 7.10.
AEROGLIDE™
CONTINUOUS
FLOW DRYER
HEATED
WET
GRAIN
WET
GRAIN
UPPER
INTAKE
HEAT
AIR
DRYERS
171
=
COLUMN
GRAIN
COLUMNS
(All four sides)
NEAR
SATURATION
AIR
EXHAUST
LOUVERS
ADJUSTABLE
WARM
wo (OISERRE
EXHAUS
(Lower
|--}~
"AVERAGING
SENSOR
NP
"MOISTURE
EQUALIZER™ ©
(Grain turn)
WEATHER
dtees.
(
))
HOT MEDIUM
MOISTURE
AIR
I]
1
SHIELD AIR GAP
(Lower %
RECYCLED
VERTICAL
COLUMNS
IN BASE
PLENUM LEVEL
MOISTURE SENSORS
CORNER
RETURN
<< _|
AIR
OUCT
AIR peu IRN
BORER
@
"DRYING
OPENINGS
(CLO
ineea COIL
(LP Models )
R.H. than 2)
THROUGH
TUBULAR
ro BLOWER
4
COLUMN
AIR
OPENINGS (OPEN)
(For recycling air to
main blower)
UPPER
% reH. than |)
MOISTURE————qt--+0)
<<a
OPTIMIZER"
(Plenum
divider)
osee)
eee OC Tk
VERY
HOT
LOW
MOISTURE
AIR
(Lower
%
R.H. than 3)
RECYCLED
THROUGH
VERTICAL
TUBULAR
COLUMNS
TO
BLOWER
IN BASE
C{{}e-— COOLING _AIR
DRAWN THROUGH
GRAIN COLUMN
WEATHER SHIELD
WEATHER SHIELD
BUTTERFLY VALVES
BUTTERFLY
(OPEN)
TRANSITION
GAS
VALVE
SAFETY
LADDER
BURNER
COOLING AIR
DRAWN THROUGH
GRAIN COLUMN
BLEND OF HOT
EXHAUST, WARM
COOLING, & COOL
BLOWER
FREES AIR
FREE AIR INLET
VALVE
mS
FREE
AIR INLET
VALVE
AUXILIARY
GRAIN
oe
CONVEYOR
fp SE
:
Ny f
+
Courtesy of Beard Industries
FIG. 7.11.
SUPERB™
ENERGY
MISER
105,000 to 263,750 kJ/hr (100,000 to 250,000 Btu/hr) is provided.
Supplemental heaters are particularly valuable for drying crops in deep
bins during periods of high humidity. The operation of the heater can be
172
DRYING
AND STORAGE
TABLE 7.3. APPROXIMATE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
NET HEATING VALUES OF VARIOUS FUELS
Density
Fuel
kg/m?
Heating Value
lb/ft?
kJ/kg
Agricultural and crop residues
cae, dry
Corn stalks, dry
Cotton batting
Cottonseed hulls
Newspaper
Btu/Ib
18,600
16,600
16,550
20,000
8,000
7,150
7,114
8,600
20,680
13,950
17,445
8,890
6,000
7,500
27,750
21,115
11,930
9,080
26,240
19,580
11,280
8,420
DAUD)
31,401
33,960
30,355
12,800
13,500
14,600
13,050
18,330
Pecan shells
Straw
Wheat
45
Alcohol—gas
Ethyl (C2.H;OH)
Methyl] (CH;0H)
1.956
1.363
0.122
0.085
7,880
Alcohol—liquid (pure)
Ethyl (C.H-OH).
Methyl (CH;0H)
Coal
Anthracite
Bituminous
Semi-bituminous
Manufactured briquets
815.3
796.1
50.9
49.7
Specific Gravity = 1.12—1.35
Fuel Oil
Ib/gal.
No.1
No. 2
No. 4
No.5
No. 6
813.6
863.9
932.2
938.2
964.2
6.79
PAL
7.78
7.83
8.05
43,473
42,590
41,263
41,030
39,960
18,690
18,310
17,740
17,640
17,180
Gasoline
Kerosene
736.9
817.2
6.15
6.82
43,960
43,403
18,910
18,600
Gas
(CSE:
ce 2)
Natural, methane (CH,)
0.680
lb/ft?
0.0424
50,055
21,520
0.0803
0,048
47,488
24,610
20,416
10,580
Ethane (C,H)
Manufactured
1.287
0.769
Butane (C,H)
1.924
0.120
252
46,390
0.158
AMO 705)
dry
20,934
Propane (C3Hs)
Wood
19,944
19,680
9,000
Sources: Anon. (1972); Baumeister et al. (1976): Fryling (1966); Kajewski et al. (1977);
Perry and Chilton (1973); Weast (1977).
The net heating value (nhv) of fuel oils is based on gross heating value minus 1120 Btu/Ib.
TABLE 7.4. APPROXIMATE
THERMAL EFFICIENCY OF HEATED AIR SYSTEMS, %
Direct
Heater
Overall
Summer
Fall
Winter
Indirect
Heater:
Overall
(Burner)
(Dryer)
(Burner)
(Dryer)
85
70
50
60
50
36
60
50
35
45
36
28
Source: Hall (1979).
controlled by a time clock, thermostat, or humidistat. The
relative hu-
midity of the air is approximately halved by heating the air 11°C (20°F).
HEATED
AIR
DRYERS
173
FUEL
Fuels for Drying
Coal, wood, crop residues, fuel oil, and natural and manufactured gas
are used for fuels. In some commercial installations the air is heated by
steam formed by heating with one of these fuels. The potential energy
output of the fuel is expressed in heating values, Btu/unit weight or
volume. The high (gross) heating value, as reported in many references,
includes the heat available in the moisture in the products of combustion
and would be utilized only if the combustion products were condensed.
The net heating value is more useful for drying calculations because the
temperature of the air exhausted by the heater is considerably above the
original air temperature, particularly for the indirect unit. No. 1, 2, or 4
fuel oil grades are usually used for portable heaters.
The heating value of the heavy fuel oils is higher than the lighter fuels.
Commercial operators can take advantage of this relationship by using a
No. 5 or No. 6 fuel oil in which the oil is preheated in the tank. Storage
facilities must be adequate. By installing a large tank, oil may often be
secured for a lower price. A carload is 49.2 m? (13,000 gal.) and a
truckload is 11.4 m3 (3000 gal.) and larger.
The factors which are important in fuel selection, particularly appli-
cable to commercial operations, are (Skrotski and Vopat 1945):
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Energy content
Price of fuel
Overall efficiency
Cost of handling and storage
Disposal of refuse
Operating labor
Maintenance
Safety
Combustion
Carbon, hydrogen, and sulfur are the components of fuel which can be
burned to provide heat and upon complete oxidation in the presence of
adequate oxygen give carbon dioxide (CO,), water (H,O), and sulfur
dioxide (SO,). The presence of carbon monoxide (CO) in the exhaust
indicates incomplete combustion. The gross (high heat value) amount of
heat produced by burning of fuel is equal to the heat produced from
burning the component parts minus the portion of the hydrogen which
combines with the oxygen
to form water. A pound (0.45 kg) of sulfur
produces 4220 kJ (4000 Btu) when burned, but produces an undesirable
174.
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
exhaust product; 0.45 kg (1 Ib) of carbon, 15,403 kJ (14,600 Btu); 0.45 kg
(1 Ib) of hydrogen, 65,400 kJ (62,000 Btu). The net (low heat value)
heating value is more applicable because the products of combustion
normally are not cooled to the temperature at which the moisture will
condense. The net heating value per 0.45 kg (1 Ib) of fuel, nhvy, is given
in equation (7-2) in which the heating value of hydrogen is 54,860 kJ
(52,000 Btu) per 0.45 kg (1 Ib) instead of 65,100 kJ (62,000 Btu).
nhv = 14,400 C + 52,000 (1 = .) +4500S+1100w
(7-2)
where nhv = net heating value, Btu/lb
C
H
O
S
w
= weight
=weight
= weight
= weight
= weight
of carbon/|lb of fuel
of hydrogen/|b of fuel
of oxygen/|b of fuel
of sulfur/lb of fuel
of moisture/|b of fuel
(1 Btu/Ib = 1.055 kJ/lb = 2.454 kJ/kg)
The amount of air in excess of the theoretical requirements needed to
give complete combustion varies considerably. With stoker-fed coal, the
excess air is 30 to 50%; fuel oil, 20 to 30%; and gas, 15 to 20%. Equation
(7-2) applies to complete combustion of the fuel.
Electricity
For electric bin drying, about 0.35 kwh of electricity is used per bu for
each point of water removed.
MANAGEMENT
Proper management
of a heated air drying system consists of:
(1) Drying in a separate building or bin designed only for use of heated
air.
(2) Preventing over-drying of part of the product by -drying in thin
layers or continuous moving of the grain.
(3) Controlling rate of drying to prevent case hardening and cracking
of some grains.
(4) Determining when the product is dry, which can be done with a
moisture meter, by measuring the amount of fuel, or measuring the
time required to dry the grain.
(5) Cooling the grain after drying.
HEATED
AIR
DRYERS
175
(6) Preventing condensation from accumulating on the
top layer of
grain by adequate air movement.
(7) Preventing damage to product when handling, drying, and
storing.
(8) Requiring good housekeeping around drying installation.
Insurance Regulations
Assoc. 1946)
for Commercial
Dryers
(Natl. Fire Protect.
Location—Dryers should be in a room separated from elevators or
storage tanks by as much space as is practical.
Louvers—Permanent openings where air enters or leaves the dryer
should be protected by corrosion-resistant wire screens not exceeding
0.85 cm (% in.) mesh to exclude birds, paper, etc.
Garner and hoppers—Shall be dust-tight and provided with adequate
positive air aspiration or effective vents to the outside. If the grain is
brought to the dryer by belt, the belt shall not enter garner but shall
discharge into spout in closed top of garner.
Removal of refuse from grain—Where operating conditions permit,
all the grain shall pass over a coarse screen immediately ahead of the
dryer to remove cobs, papers, sticks, etc.
Top of dryer—Should be open or inclined at a steep angle so dust
will not lodge on the surface.
Steam coils—Coils shall be designed so that dust will not lodge on
them and the coils should be installed in a room separated by a dusttight partition.
Fire heated dryers—Furnace shall be located in a fire-resistant room or
division separated from dryer and elevator by masonry walls and it must
be automatically controlled by reliable means. It would be desirable to
prevent combustion products from going into the dryer.
Oil tank—There are several provisions regarding the location of the
oil tank with respect to size, underground or aboveground installation,
and location within the building. These should be checked with the local
fire inspection authorities also.
Handling
A good drying system will include efficient handling equipment which
requires a minimum of energy and avoids damage to the product. Auger,
belt, flight, and bucket conveyors are used. Grain settles as it dries in a
batch drying bin. It is desirable to place grain into the bin during drying
or have a greater thickness of the top layer to maintain even airflow and
prevent excessive air loss through the top of the batch bin. Continuous
176
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
circulation of the grain with a slow speed conveyor is used on some units
to provide uniform and faster drying (Fig. 7.11). (also see Chapter 9).
Automatic loading, drying, and unloading, controlled by a timer, provide
excellent handling with a minimum of labor.
Other Types of Heated Air Dryers
Infrared heat has been used to dry a depth of 0.6 cm (0.25 in.) of red
fescue seed on a continuous rubber belt conveyor 6.1 m (20 ft) long, 2 ft
wide, and equipped with 60 lamps of 250 watts each for heating (Nich-
olas and Musser 1941). With a belt speed of 0.02 m/s (4.2 ft/min)
(exposure of 4 min, 50 sec), the moisture removal from seeds was 2.9%
with 40 lamps (10 kw) and 3.6% with 60 lamps (15 kw) for % to 2 kg (150
to 250 Ib) of seed. The lamps were about 7.5 cm (3 in.) above the belt.
Plow fingers were placed 73 m (2 ft) apart to turn the seed.
A continuous vertical dryer was developed in which the grain moves
downward over coils heated with hot water as air is blown upward
through the grain (Hukill 1948). The heat was supplied within the bulk of
the grain and the air temperature did not drop in its passage through the
grain as in a batch dryer.
Grain may be heated by conduction in a drum and dried by forcing
atmospheric air through the heated grain in a drying compartment. In a
dryer of this type up to 3% moisture can be removed during one passage.
Many indirect dryers, particularly commercial units operated in main
buildings, are heated with steam or hot water. The combustion unit, the
boiler, is placed in a separate building. Overall heat transfer coefficients,
U, as found in practice for steam pipes in moving air vary from 33 to
90 W/m?K (6 to 16 Btu/hr ft? °F) and for hot water pipes from 12 to
57 W/m?2k (2 to 10 Btu/hr ft? °F) (Perry and Chilton 1973). An estimate
can be made of the amount of heat transfer based on the temperature
difference and area of pipe. (1 Btu/hr ft? °F = 5.678 W/m?K.)
QUESTIONS
1. Compare the cost of fuel for drying 352 m3 (10,000 bu) (at 15%) of
ear corn from 25 to 15% moisture (w.b.) using fuel oil, coal, natural
and liquid propane (LP) gas where overall efficiencies are 35, 20, 40,
and 50%, respectively. The fuel costs are: No. 3 fuel oil at $1.00/gal.,
bituminous coal at $30/ton, natural gas at $3.20/1000 ft, and LP
gas (propane) at $23.00/100 lb tank and bulk LP gas at 45¢/gal.
(4.35 lb/gal.). Assume evaporation takes place at 120°F.
2. Assume that the combustion or oxidation of fuels takes place as (a)
primary, 2C + O, = 2CO and (b) secondary, 2CO + O. = 2COs. If air
HEATED
AIR
DRYERS
177
containing 21% oxygen by volume (23.1% by weight) is supplied for
combustion, how many kilograms (pounds) of air are required for the
theoretical complete combustion of 45 kg (100 Ib) of fuel for primary,
secondary, and total combustion of anthracite coal containing 80%
carbon, fuel oil containing 87% carbon, and natural gas containing
95% methane (CH,). How much air is supplied in practice?
. Using the fuel costs given in question 1, determine the comparative
costs for 100 therm of energy.
. Air is supplied to a heater at 2.36 m°/s (5000 cfm). Assume 100%
heater thermal efficiency. The air is heated to 82°C (180°F) and all of
the moisture in the air is evaporated. How much heat, in kJ/hr, is
lost in the water in the air upon heating, with air originally at 27°C
(80°F) and (a) 20, (b) 40, (c) 60, and (d) 80% relative humidity?
Give the equivalent loss in liters/hr of No. 2 fuel oil.
. The major constituents of the products of combustion of fuels are
carbon dioxide and water. The water produced from burning 2.83 m3
(100 ft?) of natural gas is 18.9 liters (5 gal.). If 0.47 m3/s (1000 cfm)
of air were heated from 26.7° to 82.2°C (80° to 180°F), considering
100% combustion efficiency, what would be the percentage increase
in relative humidity from the products of combustion at (a) 82°C
(180°F) and (b) 27°C (80°F) after the air is cooled.
. Compare the costs for 1 million kJ of the various fuels available in
your area. Discuss the use of various energy sources for drying, considering also the efficiency in conversion to usable heat.
. A 25 hp gasoline engine is used for driving a fan delivering 8.46 m?/s
(10,000 cfm). The fuel consumption is 7.5 liters (2 gal.)/hr. Twenty
percent of the fuel energy is used for propelling the fan with the remainder being discharged in cooling, exhaust, and friction. Assuming
that 80% of the heat is recovered for heating the 18°C (65°F), 70%
relative humidity air, calculate the final temperature and relative
humidity.
. Prepare a table estimating the liters (gallons) of No. 4 fuel oil required to dry 35.2 m? (1000 bu) of ear corn to 15% moisture (w.b.)
with a direct-fired heater from 30, 27, 21, and 18% moisture. Use an
overall efficiency of 36% for calculations.
. Based on the theoretical equation for complete combustion of 1 m? of
CHy,, C2H», and C,He, determine the volume of the products of combustion. Note whether volume is increased, decreased, or the same
after combustion.
10. Calculate the quantity of heat produced by burning 1 kg of coal
containing 75% carbon, 5% hydrogen, 6% oxygen, 1% sulfur, and 4%
water.
178
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
DRYING AND STORAGE
REFERENCES
ANON.
York.
Babcock and Wilcox Co., New
Steam—Its Generation and Use.
1972.
The oil burning crop drying unit. Agric. Eng. 32 (12)
,
1951.
BAKER, V.H.
657-660.
BAKKER-ARKEMA, F.W. et al. 1973. Energy performance in grain dryers.
Annu. Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. Univ. Kentucky, Lexington, June 17—20,
1973. Pap. 73-324.
BAUMEISTER, T. et al. 1976. Standard Handbook for Mechanical Engineers.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.
F.W. 1977. Design of commercial conR.C. and BAKKER-ARKEMA,
BROOK,
Soc. Agric. Eng., N.C. State Univ.,
Am.
Meet.
Annu.
current grain dryers.
Raleigh, June 26—29, 1977. Pap. 77-3017.
BROWN INSTRUM. DATA.
semi-portable grain dryers.
delphia.
BUELOW,
F.H.
1956.
energy air heaters.
1949. Sheet No. 3.6-1. Automatic control of
Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Co., Phila-
The effect of various parameters on the design of solar
Ph.D. Dissertation. Mich. State Univ.
CAST. 1975. Potential for energy conservation in agriculture.
Sci. Technol., Iowa State Univ., Ames, Rep. 40.
CLYDE, A.W.
L27=~ 129:
1933.
New
developments
in hay driers.
Counc. Agric.
Agric. Eng. 12 (5)
COOPER, A.W. 1948. Mechanical drying of ear corn on Indiana farms. Purdue
Univ. Dep. Agric. Eng. Mimeo 14.
FRYLING,
G.R.
1966.
Combustion
Engineering.
New York.
HALL, C.W.
Combustion
Engineering,
4a
1979.
Dictionary of Drying.
Marcel Dekker, New York.
HAWK, A.L. et al. 1978. The present status of commercial grain drying. Annu.
Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Utah State Univ., Logan, June 24—28, 1978.
Pap. 78-3008.
HUKILL,
W.V.
1948.
Types
and performance
of farm grain dryers. Agric.
Eng. 29 (2) 53-54, 59.
KAJEWSKI,
A.H., MARLEY,
S.J. and BUCHELE,
with a crop residue fired furnace.
W.F.
1977.
Drying corn
Winter Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Chicago,
Dec. 13-16, 1977. Pap. 77=3a25.
MADDEX, R.L. and HALL, C.W.
1954.
Farm crop dryers.
Mich. State Univ.
Folder F-184.
MONTFORT, P.T.
(3) 96-97, 108.
MOYER,
J.A.
1934.
N. AM. MANUF.
Cleveland.
1947.
Supplemental heat in barn curing.
Agric. Eng. 28
Power Plant Testing. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.
1952. Combustion Handbook. N. Am. Manuf. Co.,
CO.
HEATED
AIR
DRYERS _ 179
NATL. FIRE PROTECT. ASSOC. 1946. National Fire Codes, Vol. 2. The
Prevention of Dust Explosions. Natl. Fire Protection Assoc., Boston.
NICHOLAS,
lamps.
NOYES,
J.F. and MUSSER,
H.B.
1941.
Agric. Eng. 22 (12) 421-423.
R.T. 1977. Superb—‘“Optimum”
Seed drier uses infrared electric
continuous
crossflow
commercial
grain dryer. Annu. Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., N.C. State Univ., Raleigh,
June, 1977. Pap. 77-3015.
PERRY, R.H. and CHILTON, C.H.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.
RAMSER,
J.A.
1951.
1973.
Chemical
Engineers’
Handbook.
Some results of artificial drying of corn and small grain
in Illinois. Univ. Ill. Dep. Agric. Eng., Mimeo Rep. AE 662.
SKROTSKI, B.G.A. and VOPAT, W.A. 1945. Applied Energy Conversion.
McGraw-Hill
WEAST,
R.C.
Book Co., New York.
1977.
CRC
Handbook
of Chemistry
and Physics. CRC
Press,
Cleveland.
WILLIAMS-GARDNER,
A.
1971.
Industrial Drying. Leonard Hill, London.
Natural and Forced Air Drying of
Grain and Ear Corn
NATURAL
AIR
MOVEMENT
Grain and ear corn can be ventilated by natural or mechanical means.
The use of a natural ventilation system is practical for ear corn. The
pressures are too great to move by natural means an adequate quantity
of air for drying through the depth of grain and hay as normally stored.
The loss of income due to high moisture products can be economically
prevented by natural or mechanical ventilation.
Natural Ventilation
Natural ventilation involves the use of wind or change in temperature
of the air to obtain air movement to remove moisture from grain. Natural
ventilation can be accomplished by: (1) air movement through the stor-
age, as with ear corncribs, (2) a downdraft or pressure ventilator, (3) an
updraft or suction ventilator, (4) an A-type frame or vertical duct which
provides an air movement through the center of the bin or crib, and (5)
tubes made of steel spring or screened channels placed horizontally in the
bin.
The quantity of air which moves through the grain in the storage by
natural ventilation depends upon the wind velocity, direction of the
wind, resistance to airflow offered by the material, and difference in
temperature of air in storage. The resistance of airflow depends upon the
material in the storage, the product, fines and contaminants,
and the
length of the path through which the air must pass in going through the
product.
The relationship in U.S. Customary units between the wind speed and
the pressure exerted is given in equation (8-1).
180
NATURAL AND FORCED AIR DRYING OF GRAIN AND EAR CORN
p = 0.00256 w?
181
(8-1)
where p = pressure normal to surface, lb/ft?
w = wind speed, mph
Natural Ventilation of Ear Corn
The quantity of air in cubic feet per minute which will move through
ear corn in a crib is given in equation (8-2) (Barre and Sammet 1950).
303A (A P)9-442
Q=
L°.540
(8-2)
where Q is the quantity of airflow, ft?/min; A is the area perpendicular
to the wind through which the air passes, ft2; L is the length of the path
through the grain, ft; and AP is the mean pressure difference, in. water.
To use equation (8-2) it is necessary to calculate the pressure difference,
AP, from p as determined from equation (8-1). The pressure determined
from equation (8-1) can be converted to static pressure in inches of water
by equation (8-3).
AP
_
(pressure coefficient) (pressure, lb/ft?)
(144 in2/ft?) (0.036 Ib/in.*)
(8-3a)
AP = (pressure coefficient) 0.19 p
(8-3b)
The pressure coefficient is 1.0 for rectangular buildings and 0.8 for
cylindrical structures. The quantity of airflow through a particular
building can be determined in cubic feet per minute from equation (8-2).
Whether a high moisture product will keep in a naturally ventilated
storage can be determined by comparing the airflow per bushel to the
amount recommended for mechanical ventilation, which is normally 0.06
to 0.13 m?/m3s (5 to 10 cfm/bu) of ear corn (1 bu of ear corn will produce
1 bu of shelled corn; 2 baskets of ear corn equal 1 bu).
Ventilator Cowls
Natural ventilation can be provided with a cowl on a central, vertical,
or horizontal ventilation duct. The rotating type cowls are divided into
two types: (1) the pressure cowls, in which the open end faces the wind
and develops a positive pressure in the ventilation duct; and (2) the
suction cowls, which utilize the wind for producing negative pressure and
often utilize a rotating turbine on the ventilator (Fig. 8.1).
182
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
B
A
FIG. 8.1. A—SUCTION
COWL. B—PRESSURE
COWL.
The pressure type cowl develops nearly the full theoretical velocity
pressure and the suction and rotating turbine cowls develop only about
one-third of the theoretical negative pressure (Kelly et al. 1942). A
comparison of performance of cowls is provided by equation (8-4), in
U.S. Customary units.
AP
=
w?
(8-4)
K
K
=
=
0.000483 (theoretical)
0.00043 (pressure, 89% theoretical)
K
=
0.000170
(section, 35% theoretical)
where AP is the pressure, in. water, and w is the wind speed, mph. The
main disadvantage of the pressure cowl is that more snow and rain may
get into the storage if means are not provided to prevent it. A gooseneck
with a drip hole may be provided for preventing moisture from getting
into the bin (Fig. 8.2).
Cribbing Ear Corn
Ear corn can safely go into a crib at about 20 to 25% moisture content.
If ventilators are provided for the crib and the ear corn is above 25%
moisture only a sample grade can be obtained (Shedd 1946). Other
important factors that should be remembered which will certainly influence the amount of air and the distribution of the air are the width of
the crib, the foreign material in the grain, and the method of filling.
Thirty-two percent of the ear corn was damaged from mold when stored
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
|
DRIP HOLE
|
1
CORN
183
ie
Wino
ex
=e
—
-——
——
WIND ———>
————
EAR
)
|
||
1
GRAIN
4
|
oe
FIG. 8.2. PRESSURE COWL INSTALLATION TO KEEP OUT SNOW
AND RAIN
with the husks left on from mechanical picking as compared to 5.6%
damage when the ear corn was rehusked by hand.
The A-frame ventilator helps to remove the moisture content of ear
corn around the ventilator to about 1 ft above the frame. The A-frame
should be placed to provide sufficient air so that the recommended
minimum airflow is obtained or exceeded. In many areas such as north-
ern Ohio and southern Wisconsin, spoilage will occur in the center of the
ear corn in a bin if it is over 1.8 m (6 ft) wide and in other areas such as
Missouri, Illinois, and southern Indiana, 2.4 m (3 ft) wide (Shedd 1955).
Horizontal tubes embedded in the corn with the ends of the tubes
exposed to the wind pressure will cause a definite reduction in damaged
corn, particularly in the immediate area about the tube. Commercial
devices of this type are available which can be placed in the corn during
cribbing. The open ends of the horizontal tubes are placed next to the
sides of the crib and can be made of supported screen wire or coils of steel
springs. It is generally agreed that an open crib with good ventilation will
remove from 3 to 5% excess moisture in ear corn.
The problems encountered in southern states are different from those
in the cold areas. The control of insect infestation is the major problem
and crib design should permit fumigation. Corn with an initial moisture
content of 20% was stored in slatted and tight sidewall structures up to
3.6 m (12 ft) wide in North Carolina (Usry 1956). Slatted sidewall cribs
are satisfactory for moisture control but do not permit adequate fumigation easily. The tight sidewall structure utilizes natural ventilation
through a horizontal floor duct, slatted vertical ducts along sides of the
crib between the studs, and slatted vertical ducts of 43m X % m (1 ft X
1 ft), 2.4 m (8 ft) apart in the center of the bin.
184
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Soft Corn
Corn which is frozen before it matures, with an ear moisture content
above 40%, is called soft corn and is difficult to dry. After corn has
reached maturity, about 2 days standing in the field is required to lose
1% moisture. Corn which is frosted before it matures dries more slowly on
the stalk than corn which has not been frosted. Corn which is frosted
after it matures dries more rapidly than unfrosted corn. Ear corn with
more than 25% moisture should be stored in well-ventilated cribs 1.2 m
(4 ft) wide or less, dried by artificial means, or left unharvested until the
moisture is down to a safe level for storage. Corn above 30% moisture
content cannot be shelled without excessive kernel damage with shellers
now available. It is difficult to grind ear corn that is above 30% moisture
content. To avoid molding and heating of a grain mixture containing wet
corn, only small amounts should be ground at one time. The feed value of
soft corn is equivalent to dry corn on a dry matter basis. Soft corn can be
“hogged off” or made into snapped ear corn silage or corn and stalk
silage.
FORCED
AIRFLOW
Forced Air Drying of Grain
Farmers have suffered considerable cash losses during storage of high
moisture grain crops. High moisture grain brings reduced prices at the
elevator because it is likely to deteriorate in quality when put into
storage if not dried. The moisture content is often too high to be reduced
to safe limits by natural ventilation before molding occurs. The time of
harvesting has been shortened from a matter of weeks to a matter of
minutes with the advent of the combine and corn picker. The time for
desirable harvest conditions is relatively short. The corn picker, in some
cases, has added to the problem of drying because of incomplete removal
of husks and trash which are placed in the bin with the stored corn. Early
harvest can be practiced to avoid losses which occur because of shat-
tering and weathering, but a high moisture crop is obtained during early
harvest. Forced air drying permits a method of removing excess moisture
from the grain without the use of added heat.
Components of a Forced Air Drying System
Forced air drying is usually done in the storage, although batch operations are occasionally used for removing a limited amount of moisture
with good drying weather. A forced air drying system consists of a bin for
storage of the grain, a fan and motor to force the air through the prod-
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN
185
uct, and an appropriate duct system for uniformly distributing the air
through the product. Moisture is evaporated by using the heat from the
atmospheric air. The success of a forced air drying system depends on
proper selection and design of component parts, proper management
of the system, and desirable atmospheric air conditions. Most storage
bins can be adapted to forced air drying. However, there are certain
_ limitations regarding the use of storage bins. The maximum economical
depth of storage for drying of small grains is 1.8 m (6 ft); for shelled corn
and pea beans, 2.4 m (8 ft); and for ear corn, 6 m (20 ft). It is important
that these maximum depths not be exceeded unless special consideration
be given to the design. The horsepower required to operate the fan
becomes quite large for greater depths and is generally considered uneconomical for drying. The capacity of the fan required depends on the
depth of grain and the rate of airflow. The rate of airflow depends upon
the crop and its moisture content.
Airflow Through Grain
The rate of drying grain depends on (1) the temperature and humidity
of air while drying, (2) the rate of air movement through the grain, and
(3) the moisture content. If the air is forced into ducts on the bottom of
the bin floor, the grain dries from the bottom to the top. When the
moisture on the top layer has been reduced to the amount required for
safe storage, all the grain in the bin is safe for storage. The amount of
water that must be removed from high moisture grain to make it safe for
storage for 1 year is shown in Fig. 8.3. Excess moisture can be removed
by additional drying in the spring.
The influence of temperature and humidity on drying can be noted as
they affect the amount of moisture removed per 0.48 m?/s (1000 cfm) of
air. Although
little or no moisture is removed
when
the temperature
is below 10°C (50°F) and the humidity is above 85%, the fan can be
operated to cool the grain and prevent deterioration.
The time required to dry a bin of grain can be approximated by using
Table 8.1 and Fig. 8.3. The fan and horsepower requirements for drying
wheat, oats, and shelled corn can be obtained from Table 8.2. Note that
the recommended airflow rate varies with the moisture content of the
crop. An airflow of 0.03 to 0.06 m*/mis (3 to 5 cfm/bu) is recommended
for small grains, although lower airflows will suffice for low moisture
grain. The static pressure increases as the depth of grain is increased
and as the rate of airflow is increased. The maximum quantity of grain
that can be dried per horsepower on the fan is listed in the right-hand
column of Table 8.2. These data are useful in estimating power requirements for the conditions represented.
186
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
TABLE 8.1. MOISTURE REMOVAL
Relative
Temperature,
AG;
°F
Water Removed in 1 hr with
Humidity,
%
0.4716 m3/s (1000 cfm) of Air
kg
lb
26.7
26.7
211,
15.6
80
80
70
60
0}
50
60
60
1.0
5.4
PASS)
1.8
10.0
50 or
_-
No appreciable drying!
85-100
No appreciable drying!
\
22
12.0
5.0
4.0
less
Source: Maddex and Hall (1954).
‘From a practical standpoint, it is not economical to operate a dryer under these conditions for the purpose of moisture removal. The fan may be operated to keep grain cool.
20
| Bu. Oats, 32 Ib. ot 145%
|
Bu. S. Corn,
56
Ib. at
H,0 (wb)
15.5
| Bu. Wheat, 60 Ib. at 14.0
| Bu. Eor Corn, 70 Ib. ot 15.5
© 15
y,
| Bu. Rice, 45 Ib. at 13.5
of
o
‘<
5
X
=
4
4
Ww
ray
a
lJ
fea}
(2)
&
of
®
on
10
\)
*
sy
s
CS
[eg
Z
oy
es
=
<q
>
5
| Ib = 0.454 kg
| bu = 0.035m3
| ft3= 0.028 m3
15
20
MOISTURE
FIG. 8.3. WATER REMOVED
PRODUCTS AT 13%
25
CONTENT,
FROM
PERCENT
30
(w. b.)
1 BU OF
cae
a
Rc
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN
187
Fan Selection
The rate of air movement through the grain, as determined by the
grain and its moisture content, the depth of grain, and the size of the
storage, are the factors which determine the size of the fan and power
unit required for drying grain. Either a centrifugal or propeller type fan
may be used to force air through the grain. Fans are rated by the
manufacturer according to their ability to deliver various quantities of
air against different static pressures. This information should be available from the fan manufacturers and is to be used in selecting fans for
crop drying.
The fan should be operated 24 hr per day when the high moisture grain
is placed in storage. Operation is required on a 24 hr basis at the
beginning of drying to prevent heating of the grain. After the moisture
content is reduced to about 18%, the fan can be operated during the day
only when the relative humidity is low, generally from 10 o’clock in the
morning until 7 o’clock in the evening.
Method
of Air Distribution
The main principle in the design of drying systems is to provide the
same air path distance from the duct to the outer surface of the grain
throughout the bin.
One method of adapting a circular metal storage bin is to use a perforated metal floor placed at least 0.45 m (16 in.) above the floor or ground.
The floor can be supported on wood framing and concrete blocks or on
metal framing with steel posts. In the design of this system, it is im-
portant that the floor supports not obstruct the airflow. Concrete blocks
should be laid so that the air can circulate around them with one support
for each 1.76 m? (50 bu) of grain. Perforated metal is usually used for
wagon box dryers.
Hardware cloth can be used as a material for false floors in drying bins.
It is important that the bottom of the bin equipped with a false floor be
sealed to prevent leakage of air between the false floor and the ground or
bottom of the bin. The openings should comprise at least 10% of the total
area for a false floor for drying.
wal
Two systems of air distribution might be used in buildings with curved
or arched ribs (Fig. 8.4 and 8.5). A center duct will provide uniform air
distribution for buildings 4.8 m (16 ft) or less in width. For widths over
4.8 m (16 ft) there are usually lateral ducts extending from the center
main duct or side manifold toward the outside of the bin for air distribution (Fig. 8.6). The cross-sectional area of the main duct or manifold
should be about 0.093 m? (1 ft?) for each 0.4 m3/s (1000 cfm) of air. If a
bin holds 70 ft? (2000 bu) of grain 1.5 m (5 ft) deep, the fan should deliver
3 to 4.7 m?/s (6000 to 10,000 cfm) of air at a static pressure of 622 Pa
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
ag
ue)
00ST
0g8OPPO88T
009002
lemodasioyy
nq
yeu,T,
08ST
OSZI
06S09ST
0&8Ogrl
000T
Ogee
CROPS
098
(ers
OZII
OL9
00SZ
OLOT
089
0009
0008
O88T
GALVSHNN
HIV
WOuS
188
80 an eu ST rI 0%60 61
€'0LG‘02090€0G0
CT ST Gi V%VS og
a ST ST VG VS ORSVz 9g
‘dy
paT[eys
UIOD
‘
I
€
Zz “AT I
I
z
z
nq
MOTJALY
pepusmuloday
/wjo g
i
9
9
8
9
8
ZI
8
ral
91
Pv 9 9 8 8 Or 8 all
€
w
$1e8Q
v 8 8 OT
cl cS
ST
ST
VS
ST
VZ
9°¢
VZ
9°
ST
ulely yeauM
Pp 9
VW
syydeq
[eotqoeig
Zr0
20 LZ‘0cr0Ge'0S‘0200LY'0
G
eq¥y
LV0
v0
60
Lg'0
STO
0 Zo
€'0
ZT'0
GZ'0
v0
J
913849
€10'0
GZ
oT
oT
9Z0'0
ST
ST
02
700
%
9IN4SIOfy
ulei4)‘yUE7IUOD
r0'0 920'020'0 €10'0
02
¥0'0 9Z0'0€10'0
490°0
/,W
GZ
VUNUITUTPAT
0Z
ST
OT
o1ye4¢
ainsseid Sapnpout
GZ’Q“UI
soURMOTTE
1OJ SSO] WLOIJ JONP
‘UOJ
MOTJITY
JaMmodesi0Yy/(WYd)
paseq
UO
QYOE WO JO IIe 4B | “Ul
013848
‘eansseid
9PL'0MY= T
80cd eT 0%
S&PL'02OLY16210sOSEGCTT
€'°GG
;
z
I9}e
paInssel Gi 4
MA
“UT
SUL
JIGVL
‘2'8 NV4
LNSYSSSI0
0°62VSI8'S9
O'1%S08GZS
10g
CST
Z'6E
G'eZ
G'L8
Gg
8'kZ
0012
0'SOT
8°99
eu
L‘0
oT
60
qT
9°0
60
TL
G0
OT
oT
ue
y
/paid
wunuixepy
‘(AZS61) ousy ‘daq ‘s'Q :e0In0g
SLNSWSYINOSY
YO4
DNIAYG ‘LVSHM ‘SLVO GNV
G3T11SHS
NYOO HLIM
SSDVLN30u"Sd
4O
SYNLSIOW LNALNOO
GNV LV
SNOIYVA
IWOILOVYd
SH1d3d
Ayueny
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN
189
CORN
LEVEL
SLATTED
WALL DUCT
REMOVABLE SLATTED
AIR DUCT ON FLOOR
THROUGH CENTER
OF BUILDING
AIR OUTLETS
A
FIG. 8.4. GENERAL
PURPOSE BUILDING EQUIPPED
WITH AIR DUCT AND FAN UNIT FOR DRYING EAR CORN
WITH UNHEATED AIR
GRAIN
LEVEL
MAIN
DUCT
=—_-
=
LATERAL
OUTSIDE
INTAKES
AIR
FIG. 8.5. GENERAL PURPOSE BUILDING EQUIPPED FOR DRYING AND STORING GRAIN
(2 % in. water). The main duct delivering the air should have a crosssectional area of 0.9 m2 (10 ft2). The inlet end of the lateral duct should
have a cross-section of 0.645 X 10 ~3 m2/0.0047 m3/s (1 in.?/10 cfm) to
190
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
FIG. 8.6. DRYING SYSTEM FOR ROUND CRIB
provide self-balancing characteristics for coarse products, such as ear
corn.
Grain in sacks may be dried with forced air. A tunnel may be constructed by placing 4 to 6 layers of sacks of grain in a half circle about the
air passage. The fan is placed at one end and the opposite end is closed
with sacks of grain. It is important that the sacks be stacked as closely as
possible to eliminate paths of air escaping through air channels. For
seeds, a duct with doors or openings the size of a filled bag is provided to
direct air through the bagged seeds.
Storage of Small Grains and Shelled Corn
The product should be properly stored after it is dried. The basic
requirements of bins for grain are (Shedd and Cotton 1949): (1) there
should be no openings or cracks permitting loss of product, (2) rain, snow,
and soil moisture must be excluded, (3) reasonable protection must be
provided against thieves, rodents, birds, poultry, insects, and objectionable odors, (4) facilities must be permitted for effective fumigation to
control insects, and (5) reasonable safety must be provided from fire and
wind damage.
Grain can be kept for considerable time, 3 to 5 years, in proper storage
under favorable conditions. Twenty-eight m° (800 bu) of wheat, at an
estimated initial moisture content of 12%, were stored in a 35 m3 (1000
bu) steel bin in Kansas. The bin was tight in construction with a 0.15 m
(6 in.) center vertical perforated duct connected to a horizontal duct
along the floor and extending to the outside. The wheat was not turned,
ventilated, or moved while in the storage. It showed no signs of heating, was never fumigated, and had no trace of any damage from insects
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN
191
_ or other causes. The milling and baking characteristics compared favorably with those of the adapted varieties grown in thesame locality
at the same time.
Drying Ear Corn with Forced Air
Ear corn has been successfully dried from a kernel moisture content of
40%, w.b., with 0.27 m3/m3s (20 cfm/bu) of air. The minimum
ommendation
rec-
of airflow for ear corn in northern areas is 0.06 to 0.13
m'/m*s (5 to 10 cfm/bu) or 0.03 to 0.05 m3/m3s (2.5 to 5 cfm/basket).
The static pressure for ear corn will usually be from 0.142 to 18.7kPa (%
to %4 in. water) for depths up to 5 m (16 ft) for airflows of 0.06 to 0.13
m?/ms (5 to 10 cfm/bu).
It may be impossible to get the moisture content of the kernels below
20% in some of the northern areas if low temperatures and high humidities occur before the corn is dried. During this season of the year
there are often only a few days during which temperatures rise to the
high teens (sixties). Enough moisture can be removed by operating the
fan during these periods to allow safe storage through the winter. Moisture can be removed from the corn with fan operation in the spring. The
fan should be operated when the temperature is above 10°C (50°F), and
the relative humidity below 80% for moisture removal. If the temper-
ature is below 10°C (50°F) at the time of cribbing wet corn, the fan should
be operated several hours a day to prevent heating.
A factor involved in drying ear corn is the moisture in the cob (Fig. 8.7).
When the kernel moisture content is 20%, the cob moisture content at
equilibrium with the kernel is 32%. The cob has a much lower density
than shelled corn. In a bushel of ear corn, at 20% moisture, w.b., there
would be 6.8 kg (15 lb) of cobs and 26.75 kg (59 lb) of shelled corn. At a
kernel moisture content of 40% there would be 10.9 kg (24 lb) of cobs and
35.8 kg (79 lb) of shelled corn which would yield 0.035 m? (1 bu) (56 Ib) of
15.5% shelled corn.
The drying of ear corn is usually done by adapting a corncrib previously
designed for natural ventilation. New storage building costs and development of picker-shellers have decreased interest in new crib storage. The
same principles involved for grain drying systems apply to ear corn. The
major types of ear corn storage adapted for drying are shown in Fig. 8.8
to 8.12. The common shed-type corncrib can be adapted to drying ear
corn by placing an air duct, constructed of wood, metal, or canvas, along
one side of the crib. The air duct, the floor, and the wall of the crib
adjacent to or above the duct and the end next to the fan must be tight.
The distance the air must travel from the duct to the top or opposite side
of the crib is the same. Another method of using a shed-type corncrib is
DRYING AND STORAGE
mv
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
7
a
eS}
=
KERNEL
CT]
SSS
SSS
—
=Seeag
oO (e)
a ie)
UIT
|
a
oO {e)
ph
20
—
WET
WEIGHT
OF
MATERIAL
L8S./BUSHEL
%
MOISTURE
COB
BASIS)
(WET
CONTENT
3
5
10
20
30
40
50
20
KERNEL MOISTURE
CONTENT (WET BASIS) %
30
KERNEL
MOISTURE
CONTENT (WET BASIS)%
FIG. 8.7. POUNDS OF EAR CORN REQUIRED TO YIELD 56 LB
OF SHELLED CORN AT 15.5% MOISTURE
See Appendix
MAKE
WALL
for metric conversions.
AIRi
TIGHT
LEAVE SLATS
OPEN
TIGHT
KyA 0 e\\
FIG. 8.8. DRYING IN SHED-TYPE
CORNCRIB
FLOOR
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN
‘bas
BACK WALL
NOT COVERED
|
|
AIR
DUCT
Dimensions in Feet
DUCT
HEIGHT (KH)
FRONT
WALLS
SHOULD
BE
AT
LEAST
1/3
OF
CRIB
WIDTH (W)
& END
COVERED
FIG. 8.9. CRIB EQUIPPED FOR FORCED VENTILATION
DOORS
FOR
FILLING
& VENTILATION
—
ea
"x6" CRIB SIDING
SPACED |" APART
FILL WITH CORN
THIS HEIGHT
TO
[|
UA
|
,\aArae
Tt
R
© xe
BrPeWy,Stem
| 6=00 |
NOTCHED FOR.
2°x 10° I-9
SET FAN @ MOTOR IN TUNNEL “pi ans *
6' AIRTIGHT SECTION
Construction
of gutters with removable
covers for drying crib
FIG. 8.10.
DRYING CRIB FOR EAR CORN
193
194.
AND STORAGE
DRYING
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
DOORS
FOR
FILLING
@ VENTILATION
SET FAN & MOTOR IN TUNNEL
6' AIRTIGHT SECTION
FIG. 8.11.
ADAPTING CORNCRIB
MAKE FLOORS
AIR TIGHT
FOR FORCED
AIR DRYING
SNOW
FENCING
MAIN AIR DUCT,
SLATTED
AIR ENTRANCE
TIGHT SIDED
FIG.
8.12.
AN
INEX-
PENSIVE CRIB FOR MECHANICAL
DRYING
OF
EAR CORN
WOOD PLATFORM
as
DUCT
ON
TREATED WOOD SILLS.
LAY BUILDING PAPER TO
MAKE FLOOR AIRTIGHT
to use a slatted floor with an air plenum below and to make the walls
tight by using plywood, metal, or tarpaper. The walls should be slanted
so that the ear corn will remain against the wall after drying, thus
preventing unnecessary escape of air.
A combination machinery shed-corn crib (Fig. 8.11) can be adapted to
drying ear corn by placing a slatted duct through the center of the crib.
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN
195
Corn can be placed in the entire building, considerably
increasing the
storage capacity of the building. Bracing in the shape of
an X should be
placed every 1 m (3 ft) along the length of the bin to provide
adequate
strength.
Round bins with perforated sides or round bins constructed
from snow
fence can be adapted for mechanical drying of ear corn by using
a vertical
duct, as shown in Fig. 8.12. It is important that the top of the duct be
about the same distance below the surface of the corn as the distance
from the duct to the side of the crib. If the duct is extended to the top
of
the corn, air will escape without drying the grain. A solid circular bin can
be adapted to ear corn drying by using a perforated or slatted false floor
and blowing the air vertically through the product. The round crib with
solid sides or rectangular bin may be adapted to forced air drying by
using a duct system with a main duct used through the center or side of
the bin with removable lateral ducts, Fig. 8.6.
Kar corn can be dried on a floor without using the building walls. A
triangular slatted duct, as used for hay drying or for wide corncribs, can
be used.
It is important that shelled corn, husks, and silks be removed from the
ears as the crib is filled. This material will fill the space between the ears
and interfere with the movement of air. A screen should be used in the
elevator to remove the foreign material. A fan blowing through the ear
corn discharge from the elevator will remove most of the light material.
Special attention should be given to the area where the elevator drops
the ear corn in the crib, because shelled corn will accumulate at this
point. The elevator should also have a spout on it which can be moved to
direct the corn to various locations in the bin.
The minimum airflow rates recommended for ear corn are shown in
Table 8.3. A rate of airflow which is too low may permit spoilage of corn
by heating and growth of mold. Somewhat faster drying can be ac-
complished by increasing the rate of airflow. Doubling the airflow does
not necessarily double the rate of drying. It is best to use near the
minimum
effective rate of airflow to keep the power cost low.
TABLE 8.3. RECOMMENDED MINIMUM RATE OF AIRFLOW AND MAXIMUM NUMBER
OF BUSHELS OF EAR CORN THAT SHOULD BE DRIED PER FAN HORSEPOWER BY
MECHANICAL VENTILATION WITH UNHEATED AIR
Kernel
Moisture,
%
Minimum Airflow Rate
m3/m3s_
_—cfm/bu
Maximum Quantity of Ear Corn
Dried per Fan 0.75 kW (hp)
m3
bu
30
0.083
5
28
25
0.050
3
45.5
800
1300
Source: U.S. Dep. Agric. (1952D).
;
é
Calculated on the basis of a static pressure of 0.19 kPa (3/4 in. water) and fan air delivery
rate of 1.89 m/s (4000 cfm)/0.75 kW (hp).
196
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
The principles of design for adapting cribs for ear corn drying can be
summarized as follows:
(1) A uniform flow of air through the corn is essential.
(2) There must be approximately the same distance for the air to
travel from the duct to the atmosphere through all parts of the bin.
(3) There should be a cross-sectional area of 1 m? of duct area for each
5.24 m3/s of air (1 ft? of duct area for each 1000 cfm of air).
(4) There must be adequate area for outlet of air (for a pressure
system) from the crib through doors, louvers, and ventilators, or
inlet of air if a suction system.
Ear corn should be free of foreign material when placed in bins.
(5)
(6) Narrow cribs will require that one or more sides be made air tight
with reinforced paper or tight sheathing.
(7) A shelling trench, which can be used for a conveyor for removing
the corn, is seldom large enough to be used as a main air drying
duct.
Operation with Suction or Pressure
The drying system may be designed or operated so that the fan exhausts the air from the bin as a suction system or so that the fan moves
air from the outside through the fan and into the bin as a pressure
system. There appears to be little difference between the two methods
for drying applications. However, for the operation of a grain drying
system on the farm the following advantages for the pressure system
have been advanced.
(1) It is advantageous to have the wettest grain where it can be readily
(2)
inspected. Drying starts at the duct and the top surface of grain is
the last to dry with a pressure system.
The first grain to dry. in the pressure system is next to the duct and
the shrinkage loosens the grain after drying is started. This results
in a net decrease in air resistance. In a suction bin the grain next to
the duct does not dry and shrink first. As a result, with a given fan,
more air is supplied to the pressure bin than to the suction bin
(3)
during most of the drying period.
Heat energy from the fan and motor aids in drying grain in the
pressure system. The temperature rise will be about 1°C (2°F) for
airflows commonly used.
Harvesting and Storing High Moisture Wheat
The use of unheated forced air, heated forced air, and natural ventilation for high moisture harvest is generally limited to wheat at 20%
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN
197
moisture or below. Grain above 20% moisture may deteriorate before
adequate drying is obtained with unheated air. Heated air drying must
be used with caution to avoid damage to the wheat. Wheat is generally
below 16% moisture when combined. There is little problem of com-
bining the high moisture wheat, although as the moisture content increases, the grain is more difficult to thresh. It is desirable to use slightly
higher than normal straw moisture content to minimize breakage of
straw and to keep the chaff on the straw in order to minimize rack and
shoe losses. Early harvest is desirable to minimize cutter bar and shatter
losses.
Use of Heated Forced Air for Grain Drying
Drying can be done quickly with heat with minor dependence on the
temperature and humidity of the atmospheric air (Table 8.4). More
expense is involved with a heated air system and the operator must be
aware of the possibilities of a fire hazard and of damaging the grain if a
high temperature is used. Commercial elevators have used heated air
systems for several years. It has been only in the last 25 years that the
drying of crops with heated air on farms has become widely practiced.
Several reliable manufacturers merchandise heated air drying equipment
which is easy and safe to operate (see Chapter 7).
The grain can be dried in a batch or continuous flow bin. One of the
characteristics of drying with heated air with which the operator should
be aware is that the grain dries to a much lower moisture content at the
place the heated air enters the bin, as compared to the moisture content
where the air leaves the bin. A thin layer of 0.5 m(1 % ft) or less can be
dried or the heating effect can be kept small to avoid unevenness in
drying. The thin layers can be provided in a batch or continuous dryer or
on a wagon by limiting the drying temperature rise of 11°C (20°F) (called
supplemental heating) instead of a temperature rise of 21°C (70°F),
which will extend the time required for drying about 5 times. More heat
will be required for removing the moisture with a limited temperature
rise—about 10 to 12% additional heat is required—but the variation in
moisture content will be much less. Heated air is usually used with wagon
box drying. Most units are capable of removing 10% moisture from 3.5
m? (100 bu) of shelled corn per hr.
Effect of Drying Temperature on Product
The effect of the drying temperature on the product must also be
considered. If the grain is to be used for seed, a temperature limit of the
air of about 43°C (110°F) is recommended. Germination of most products
DRYING
AND STORAGE
Jy
suidiq
O'SO'ST8
‘owt,
OF AGRICULTURAL
GE Os ST
VIGT
GT VI
ae
oinjeseduiay,
peitj-yoarIq
Jeuing
Iq
/Te3 ‘ainjeieduiay,
GOsl
OLIT
A,
sulAiq
G
0S LY
Oe
v9 LL
€V 09
€V
€8 9°0T Lv 6¢
Ty Ge
0661
GZOL
OLIT O'ETT
0'60T
neat
6€ LY
€V 67
GY PG
IT
008
eV
O'OL
0'00T
1G
1G eV
G G G
Vv Vv v
€1—0€
1-02
€T—06
€1—06
09
€1—SS
4J 9 1dA0
9T
a
Ee
1G
OL
0€
13
OL
IaA0 0€
94J
NHN
J 9 IaA0
SANS
Bile
OFF
ANS
OT
mAs
09
O€T09
OOT
002GS
007Or
008
4J 9 12A0
LET0g
OOT
002
Tie
0068%
OL
OOF
eO
€1—G<G
yeouM
‘uI0g
Peieus
0OL
OOTT
dA
9J
IdA0
94J 0€
00286
OL
007
Or
aINjSIOJ] [BUT
iea
ureryy
‘asuey
%
OLET
VE VG
8g
69
O'LST
0S
Do
‘sulqeoyy
rena]
nq
0OOT
40d O'OTT
0°89
0°39
008
iLL
nq
008
007
nq
/wyo
0°06
L
06
eal,
‘Ajtoedea
=
‘mol
8L
OGLI
66
v9
O'SFI
TG
ulg
‘yydoq
Vy
NIVYS
OTT
"UI T = NQ P'QZ ‘SW /-W PETO'O = NG/Wyo | ‘W BPOE'O = J T :S10}OBJ UOISIeAUCD
(O'WZS6T) ‘olsy ‘dag *g'Q :ecanog
ONIAYG
JO
69 98
OILOFT
09
Ort
€%
Ty
suidiq
LS0'6T
‘owt,
ce
14Nd
GS 89 v8
StlOLT
OT
0S
SLNAWSYINOSY
YOS
GALV3SH
HIV
Os g¢ 89 v8
a1ojog
ainjeredure
J,
AWIL GNV
0€
VV €&
Iy/[e3
A. TELcStv8I GalSSTPst 9STL8T
QT sulAIq
FIEVL
8
CROPS
Ue)
uoljduinsuo*d
jo
198
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN _ 199
is killedat 52°C (125°F) but by maintaining a limit of about 43°C (110°F)
air temperature, the heat will not affect the germination when
used for
an extended time. If the grain is to be milled, it is important
that high
temperatures [from 60°C (140°F) and above, depending on the grain] be
avoided because of the effect of the heat on the chemical structure of the
grain. It is common practice for millers to test a sample of the grain for
milling properties before purchasing if it is to be used for baking or other
food processing. Higher air temperatures could be used for drying since
the grain remains cool as long as rapid evaporation of moisture occurs.
Temperatures above 52°C (125°F) could be used if the heated air were
withdrawn when the grain was dry. To date, a practical method has not
been developed to use these higher air temperatures for drying seed.
Another possibility for decreasing the variation of moisture content
when using heated air is to reverse the direction of airflow after the bin is
about one-half dried. First the bottom would be dried and then the top.
Although not a standard practice, it offers some possibility of providing
more uniform moisture content throughout the bin.
When heat drying grain in thin layers of about % to 4% m(1 to 1 % ft)
thick, the airflow per bushel is usually high, from 0.3 to 1.6 m3/m3s (20 to
120 cfm/bu). It is impractical, however, to use these high rates of air-
flows when drying in a deep bin of 2 m (6 ft) and over because of the
additional power requirements for forcing the air through the grain. The
airflow rates. as recommended for unheated air are used or doubled if
possible, for heated air for deep bins, 0.06 to 0.13 m°/m3s (5 to 10
cfm/bu).
With a low volume of airflow for heated air, the air picks up a
large amount of moisture as it moves through the product. The moisture
will often condense near the top layer of the cold grain as it leaves the
bin. Thus, the upper layer of the grain may actually gain moisture and
molding may occur before drying is completed. Higher airflow rates or
decreased depths are followed to prevent or greatly reduce condensation.
Drying temperatures up to 71.1°C (160°F) can be used without affecting pearling index, particle size index, break flour yield, flour yield,
mixogram area, cookie diameter, and loaf volume for soft and winter
wheats grown in Illinois (Ramser 1954). Safe hot air temperatures recommended by the Malt Product Manufacturers in England are as fol-
lows (Muntona 1952A,B): Wheat for milling, 66°C (150°F); for malting
and seed grain, over 24%, 43.3°C (110°F); and for malting and seed grain,
below 24%, 49°C (120°F). They further recommend that air speeds from
0.2 to 0.3 m/s (40 to 60 ft/min) be used for heated air drying. An average
of 12 min is needed to remove each 1% moisture under best drying conditions. Lower temperatures are recommended for high moisture prod-
ucts. There is a relationship between the temperature and duration of
heating to the moisture content as it affects germination. The relation-
200
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
ship is rather involved but the temperatures mentioned previously apply
for the normal period of heated air drying, which is from 30 min to 2 hr.
When the initial moisture content of corn is over 50%, the germination
is decreased at all drying temperatures over 40.6°C (105°F) (McRostie
1949). When using heated air, it is important that the grain be cooled
after drying. Usually the temperature can be reduced to a few degrees
from atmospheric within % to 1 hr after the heat is turned off. The
temperature of the grain coming from a heated air dryer can be over
37.8°C (100°F), but should be cooled to within 11°C (20°F) of atmospheric
temperature for storage to prevent overheating in the bin. Other recommendations for maximum temperatures of heated air for drying of wheat
and malting barley which check closely with the English recommendations are presented in Table 8.5.
TABLE 8.5. HEATED AIR TEMPERATURES
Type of Drying
FOR DRYING WHEAT
Maximum Air
Temperature
“©
°F
AND BARLEY
Grain
Temperature
46
10
Batch type dryer
Seed grain and malting barley
Milling grades of wheat
Continuous flow
Seed grain and malting barley
Milling grades of wheat
Bin bulk drying
43.3
48.9
110
120
43.3
110
60.0
510)
140
PelO= 20
ile
led
43.3
48.9
70 (final)
70 (final)
110
120
above outside air
Source: Harris and Sibbitt (1952).
The most economical rate of drying grain Sorghum with the lowest costs
for power and fuel was obtained with an air velocity of 0.4 to 0.5 m/s (80
to 90 ft/min) (Sorenson et al. 1949). Air heated to 66°C (150°F) is recommended
for drying grain sorghum
to 12%
moisture, w.b., from an
original moisture content of 14 to 16%. Grain sorghum was dried with air
temperatures as high as 79°C (175°F) without detrimental effect on
germination and up to 93.3°C (200°F) without impairing the wet milling
characteristics (Sorenson et al. 1949).
Ear Corn Drying with Heated Air
The same items of equipment for heated air drying are needed for ear
corn as for bin drying of small grains. The bin may be constructed as
discussed under the section on drying ear corn with unheated air. The
temperature of the drying air should not be greater than 60°C (140°F)
and in cold weather should be at least 33°C (60°F) warmer than the
outdoor temperature (U.S. Dep. Agric. 1952C). Drying can be stopped
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN
201
after the wettest corn is below 20% moisture if the ear corn is in a crib
where natural ventilation is effective. When using heated air, the driest
corn may be 5 to 10% moisture, w.b., as compared to the wettest corn of
20% in the same bin. If the corn is to be sold, it should be dried to a kernel
moisture content of about 15%. If it is to be shelled and stored after
drying, the moisture content should be not more than 13.5%. It is rec-
ommended
that the heat be discontinued but the fan kept in opera-
tion in a large crib from 4 to 7 hr before the end of the drying period,
because drying will continue until the grain has cooled to the outside
air temperature. The relationship between heater and fan capacities is
shown in Table 8.6. The temperature increase, °F, with heated air equals
108,000 X the amount of fuel in gal./hr divided by the cfm of the fan.
TABLE
8.6.
HEATER
AND
FAN
CAPACITIES
(To dry 1000 bu of ear corn having 30% moisture)
Heater Fuel Capacity
gal./hr
Fan Capacity
cfm
Approximate Drying Time
Days
4.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
5400
3600
2700
2700
4—6
Saale
16-24
32-48
Source: Cleaver (1946).
Conversion factor: 1 gal./hr = 1.05 X 106 m3/s
1 cfm = 0.472 m3/s
The airflows recommended for satisfactory heated air drying (Table
8.7) would provide drying in about 3 days from 30 to 12% moisture.
TABLE 8.7. AIRFLOW
Depth of Ear Corn
m
ft
132)
4
1.8
6
2.4
8
FOR DRYING SEED CORN (EAR)
Flow of Heated Air
cfm/ft?
40
50
65
Bil!
10
80
ull
i
90
Source: Barre (undated).
Conversion factor: 1 cfm/ft? = 0.00508 m3/m?2s
Hybrid Seed Corn Drying
The systems discussed for ear corn drying serve for the basic elements
of hybrid seed corn drying. Hybrid seed is normally dried on the ear. The
critical factor is the maximum temperature which can be used without
43.3°C
reducing germination. The normal safe operating temperature is
be
(110°F). At temperatures of 49°C (120°F) and above, the corn must
ee
EIN NER
Riei-beynn,
TADS
IT
F
202
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
below certain critical moisture contents: roughly 48.9°C (120°F), 40%;
51.7°C (125°F), 35%; 54.4°C (130°F), 25%; and 65.6°C (150°F), 20%
(Reed and Dungan 1940). Recirculating the drying air to improve uniformity of drying is feasible in deep cribs of high moisture ear corn where
mold growth on top layers may occur. The relative humidity of the air is
increased, its ability to evaporate moisture is decreased, but the moisture
removed will be from a greater depth. The fuel cost is reduced by
recirculating some of the air. Good results have been obtained by recirculating enough air to maintain a wet bulb of 21° to 24°C (70° to 75°F) (at
a maximum of 50% relative humidity) (Reed 1939).
Cost of Forced Air Drying Grain and Ear Corn
The cost of drying grain with unheated forced air will vary greatly with
atmospheric temperature, humidity, and grain moisture content. The
cost of electricity for a fan motor is about 3 to ¥%C/bu for each 0.45 kg (1
lb) water removed (about 1% moisture) with electricity at 242¢/kwh. A
rule of thumb for the total cost of drying, including all costs, is 1 to 2¢/bu
for each 1% moisture removed.
The cost of electricity at 2.5¢/kwh, for drying ear corn with unheated
forced air, is about 3¢/bu for reducing the moisture content from 30 to
20% with an airflow of 0.06 m°/m’s (5 cfm/bu). The cost of equipment
will usually be from 2 to 3¢/bu making a total of 4 to 5¢/bu for drying ear
corn from 30 to 20% moisture with unheated air with reasonably good
atmospheric air conditions.
Cost of Drying with Heated Air
The average total cost for drying shelled corn from 20.1 to 15.5%
moisture, w.b., for 29 elevators in Indiana in 1952 was 4C/bu (Davis and
Shute 1954). The variable costs are as follows: for fuel, 0.9¢; labor
($1.16/hr), 0.7¢; power, 0.2¢; repairs, 0.1¢/bu; making a total variable
cost of 1.9¢/bu. A commercial grain dryer can probably be operated
profitably wth a minimum of 1760 m3 (50,000 bu) annually in Nebraska
(Whitney 1952). Recent comprehensive data have not been published,
but most of the costs have tripled (1978) since 1952.
The shrinkage provides another important cost which must be con-
sidered that depends upon the amount of moisture removed and the price
of the corn. With corn at $1.75/bu at 20% moisture content, the cost of
shrinkage when drying to 15.5% is 9¢/bu (Fig. 8.13). Table 8.8 presents
data for farm operations. One method of calculating shrinkage can
be
calculated according to equation (8-5) (Van Arsdall 1956), or, including
dry matter loss, equation (8-6).
NATURAL
AND
FORCED
AIR
1.00
DRYING
a)
OF
GRAIN
AND
“| ae a)
Sali
PRICE
EAR
CORN
=
203
1
SPERSBU
4.00
0.80
3.50
3.00
0.60
2.50
040
DOLLARS
1.50
0.20
18
20
22
MOISTURE
24
26
28
1
1
30
32
34
CONTENT , PERCENT
FIG. 8.13. COST OF SHRINKAGE FOR CORN DRIED TO 15.5% FROM VARIOUS MOISTURE CONTENTS
TABLE 8.8. DRYING GRAIN AND EAR CORN ON FARMS
Temperature
Product
Ear corn
(Illinois)
Moisture
Range, %
Airflow,
cfm/bu
Dios
20:8 12:0
PNET BE 5
ZAG
No.6
20.8-16.3
A
iene
205
eal
19.6—-11.4
25.9-18.0
20.4-—14.6
22.6-17.5
28.0—-14.0
Above Atmosphere, °F
“&
2.4
Dit
3.4
ee,
12.6
5.0
9.8
4.0
10.2
o.0
6.7
Gril
10.0
46
46
45
38
38
31
29
Ol,
28
2
28
°F
Drying Time,
102!
hr
27.4
82.9!
82.9!
80.3!
69.0!
69.4!
Doyle
5y3}-(0)
48.0?
50.02
49.4?
50.0!
71.0
31.8
22,\5.
38.3
28.0
147.3
43.6
101.0
40.0
27.8
150.0
cfm/ft?
Ear corn
23.0—20.0
30.0
(16)
(60)4
65.0
(Illinois)
23.0-14.0
26.0—23.0
20-150
35.0
5)Vit)
13.0
(13)
4
28
(55)4
8
50
60.0
57.0
212.0
Soybeans
(Illinois)
Oe
TA
13.8-10.5
18.0
18.0
(21)
(7)
(70)4
(44)4
308.0
494.0
42
18.0
(22)
Shelled corn
(Illinois)
Sorghum
(Texas)
le,
56
(72)4
1003
180.0
39 bu/hr
AY
lites)
Os
sles
26.0
51
92.0!
50.0
18.5— 9.0
DO GAL?
16.0—12.0
Teco — 1240
DNPH)
32.0
26.0
80.0
80.0
80.0
33
6
39
39
39
60.0!
10.0
70.0!
70.0!
70.0!
40.0
91.0
1.0
1.5
2.9
Sources: Holman and Carter (1947); Ramser (1951); Sorenson et al. (1949).
! Direct heater.
2 Indirect heater.
3 Hot water 99°C (210°F) heated by coal. Water circulated in pipes. Grain heated by conduction.
4 Unheated forced air (air temperature).
204.
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Cost of shrinkage, cents =
~
(100 — initial moisture content)
(100 — final moisture content)
[Price/bul
(8-5)
Another approach to shrinkage is to consider, in addition to the moisture loss, a dry matter (D.M.) loss of 0.5%. Equation (8-6) and Table 8.9
are based on that premise (Frederick 1974).
Moisture and dry matter losses =
D.M. in wet grain, %
Se
TABLE
8.9.
D.M.in dry grain, %
SHRINKAGE
WHEN
GRAIN
x 100]
+ 0.5% D.M.loss
(8-6)
IS DRIED, %
(Table applies to all grains and includes %2% dry matter shrink)
Initial
Moisture,
%
13.0
14.0
Final Moisture, %
15.0
16.0
18.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
24.0
25.0
26.0
27.0
28.0
29.0
30.0
3.95
5.10
6.25
7.40
8.55
9.70
10.84
11.99
13.14
14.29
15.44
16.60
ae
18.89
20.04
2.83
3.99
5.15
6.31
7.48
8.64
9.80
10.97
113)
13:29
14.45
15.62
16.78
17.94
19.10
1.68
2.85
4.03
DAL
6.38
1:56
8.74
9.91
11.09
12.26
13.44
14.62
15.79
16.97
18.15
1.70
2.88
4.08
BT
6.46
7.65
8.84
10.03
1122
12.41
13.60
14.79
15.98
VAG
le
2.94
4.16
5.38
6.60
E82
9.04
10.26
11.48
12.70
13.91
iB alss
Source: Frederick (1974).
Wet Corn Stored in Sealed Bins
Hermetically sealed units can be used for storing wet shelled corn
up to 30% moisture content (w.b.) (Foster 1964). Oxygen is excluded so
that the spoilage microorganisms, which are principally aerobic, cannot
live. The air surrounding the shelled corn at time of storage is quickly
depleted of its oxygen which is replaced by carbon dioxide through respiration. The corn can be crushed or ground before storing to decrease
NATURAL
AND
the oxygen
ditions.
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
OF
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN
205
surrounding the stored product and improve storage con-
Corn stored at 18% moisture developed a sour odor and darkene
d in 1
year of storage. Corn at 27% moisture developed a sour odor and
dark-
ened in less than 1 month. The viability of the corn decreased to zero in
from
1 year to 3 months
for 18 and 27% corn, respectively. The fat
acidity (mg KOH/100g corn) increased from 50 to 200 in 1 year. There
was no great loss of dry matter during storage.
The use of shelled corn stored in sealed bins is limited to feeding when
removed from the storage.
A white powdery mold will develop on corn
stored above 14.5% moisture within 24 hr after removal from storage.
QUESTIONS
1. What would be the maximum width of a crib which would provide
0.65 m*/ms (5 cfm/bu) for ear corn by natural ventilation with an
average wind velocity of 0.45 m/s (8 mph)?
2. Make a graph which illustrates the amount of water in kilograms
(pounds) which must be removed from 1 bu of oats, shelled corn, and
wheat at 30% moisture (w.b.) to obtain products of 13% moisture.
Consider
1 bu of oats as 14.5 kg (32 Ib) at 14.5%, shelled corn as
25.39 kg (56 Ib) at 15.5%, and wheat as 27.2 kg (60 lb) at 14.0%.
Construct the graph with the moisture content (w.b.) on the abscissa
and kilograms and pounds of water on the ordinate. Show sample
calculations.
3. Based on the data in Fig. 8.9, calculate and plot in graphical form the
static pressure in inches of water for clean ear corn for depths from 2
to 6 m in 0.5 m increments for airflow rates of 0.065, 0.134, and 0.20
m?/m?s (5, 10, and 15 cfm/bu). Plot depth in meters and feet on the
ordinate.
4. Show that equations (8-1) and (8-2) are approximately the same by
mathematical analysis.
5. How much moisture is removed from 1 bu of ear corn with a kernel
moisture content of 40% (w.b.) when dried to 20%? Assume that
equilibrium conditions exist between kernels and cobs at both conditions.
6. Write the fan specifications for drying 35.2 ft? (1000 bu) of 20%
wheat, 1.8 m (6 ft) deep in the bin. What size electric motor is
required? Compare with depth of 1.2 m (4 ft).
7. A 4.88 m (16 ft) diameter circular bin is to be used for drying 23%
moisture shelled corn with a depth of 1.8 m (6 ft). Design an air
distribution system consisting of a rectangular center main duct with
triangular laterals. Give complete dimensions.
206
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
8. It is planned to install a mechanical cooling system in a 3500 ft?
(100,000 bu) silo storage 30.48 m (100 ft) high for wheat with an air
flow of 0.000536 m3/m3s (1/25 cfm/bu). Estimate (a) fan specifications, (b) electric motor horsepower, (c) installation cost, and (d)
annual operating cost.
9.
A 4.8 X 9.14 m (16 X 30 ft) wooden stave silo is to be used for drying
and storing ear corn. Give recommendations for adapting the silo.
10. Sketch a drying bin arrangement where the air plenum, instead of
being located at the bottom of the bin, is located halfway between
the top and bottom to decrease the distance the air is forced through
the grain, and thereby reduce the static pressure. Discuss.
11. Five hundred bushels of 24% moisture shelled corn are to be dried
with 0.94 m/s (2000 cfm). Estimate the number of hours of fan
operation required to reduce the moisture content to 15% with air at
15.6°C (60°F) and 60% relative humidity.
12. How long is required to obtain one air change in the grain described
in question 8?
REFERENCES
ASAE. 1977. Agricultural Engineers Yearbook. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., St.
Joseph, Mich.
BARRE, H.J. (Undated.) Seed ear corn drying with forced heated air. In
Farm Electric Service Handbook.
BARRE, H.J. and
Sons, New York.
SAMMET,
CLEAVER, T. 1946.
32 (9) 426-427.
DAVIS,
Northern States Power Co., Minneapolis.
L.L. 1950. Farm Structures. John Wiley &
Forced drying of a farm crop with heated air. Agric. Eng.
W.K. and SHUTE,
J.A.
1954.
Artificial corn drying by selected ele-
vators in Indiana. U.S. Dep. Agric. FCS Gen. Rep. 5.
FOSTER, G.H. 1964. Dryeration—a corn drying process. U-S. Dep. Agric.
Agric. Mark. Serv. Bull. 532.
FOSTER, G.H. et al. 1955. Effects on corn of storage in air-tight bins. Agric.
Food Chem. 3, 682-686.
FREDERICK, A.L.
hattan, C-503.
HARRIS,
R.H.
and
1974.
Selling Kansas grains.
SIBBITT,
L.D.
1952.
Agric. Coll. Bimonthly Bull. 14, 171-175.
HOLMAN,
PS ia.
L.E.
1948.
Kan. Coop. Ext. Serv., Man-
Watch
Adapting cribs for corn drying.
that grain
drying.
N.D.
Agric. Eng. 29 (4) 149—
HOLMAN, L.E. and CARTER, D.G. 1947. The conditioning of corn and
grain
with and without heat. Agric. Eng. 28 (9) 397-401.
HUKILL, W.V. 1954. Grain drying with unheated air. Agric. Eng. 35 (6)
393—
395, 405.
NATURAL
AND
JOHNSON,
FORCED
AIR
DRYING
R.T. and MARVIN,
V.
OF
1943.
GRAIN
AND
EAR
CORN
207
Mechanical ventilation of ear corn.
Agric. Eng. 29 (2) 76.
KELLY, C.F., CROPSEY, M.G. and SWANSON, W.R. 1942. Performance of
cowls for ventilated grain bins. Agric. Eng. 23 (5) 149-151.
MADDEX, R.L. and HALL, C.W. 1954. Drying grain with forced air. Mich.
State Univ. Ext. Bull. 316.
McROSTIE,
G.P.
mature grain corn.
MUNTONA,
LTD.
1949.
Some
factors
influencing
the
artificial
Agron. J: 41 (9) 425.
1952A.
Malt
and
Malt
Products.
Muntona,
drying
of
London.
(Monograph)
MUNTONA,
LTD.
1952B.
The Drying and Storage of Combine
Harvested
Muntona, London. (Monograph)
Grain.
RAMSER, J.H. 1951. Some results of artificial drying of corn and small grain
in Illinois. Univ. Ill. Dep: Agric. Eng. Mimeo Rep. A E662.
RAMSER, J.H. 1954. Effect of drying temperatures
Univ. Ill. Agric. Exp. Stn. Circ. 730.
REED, R.H. 1939. Recirculation
Agric. Eng. Mimeo Rep. 200.
REED,
R.H. and DUNGAN,
G.H.
on quality of wheat.
of air in a seed corn drier.
1940.
Univ. IIl. Dep.
Drying hybrid seed corn.
Univ. III.
Dep. Agric. Eng. Mimeo Rep. 279.
ROBINSON, R.N., HUKILL, W.V. and FOSTER, G.H. 1951. Mechanical ventilation of grain. Agric. Eng. 32 (11) 606-608.
SHEDD, C.K. 1946. Drying ear corn in farm cribs by natural ventilation.
Agric. Eng. 27 (9) 426-427.
SHEDD,
States.
SHEDD,
corn on
C.K. 1955. Storage of ear corn on the farm in the North Central
U.S. Dep. Agric. Farmers’ Bull. 2076.
C.K. and COTTON, R.T. 1949. Storage of small grains and shelled
the farm. U.S. Dep. Agric. Farmers’ Bull. 2009.
SORENSON,
J.W., JR. et al.
1949.
Drying and its effects on the milling char-
acteristics of sorghum grain. Texas A&M Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 710.
SWANSON, A.F. 1939. Long time storage of winter wheat. Agron. J. 31, 896—
897.
SWANSON, C.O. 1941. The effect of low temperature in preventing damage
to wheat stored with high moisture content. Cereal Chem. 18 (5) 299-315.
U.S. DEP.
AGRIC.
1952A.
Drying shelled corn and small grain with heated
air. U.S. Dep. Agric. Leafl. 331.
U.S. DEP. AGRIC. 1952B. Drying shelled corn and small grain with unheated
air. U.S. Dep. Agric. Leafl. 332.
U.S. DEP. AGRIC. 1952C. Drying ear corn with heated air. U.S. Dep. Agric.
Leafl. 333.
U.S. DEP. AGRIC. 1952D. Drying ear corn with unheated air. U.S. Dep. Agric.
Leafl. 334.
USRY, S.H. 1956. Ear corn storage in North Carolina. N.C. Agric. Exp. Stn.
Tech. Bull. 114.
208
DRYING AND STORAGE
VAN ARSDALL,
companying
R.N.
1956.
field shelling
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Farm management and economic problems acand
artificial
drying of corn.
Proc.
Conf.
Field
Shelling and Drying of Corn. U.S. Dep. Agric. Agric. Res. Serv., Chicago,
May 15-16, 1956.
WHITNEY,
R.C.
Res. Bull. 55.
1952.
Artificial grain drying in Nebraska.
Univ. Neb. Bus.
\
Systems for Drying of Rice
Otto R. Kunze!
and David L. Calderwood?
Equipment designed for drying grain generally is suitable for drying
rice, but methods of operating grain dryers must be changed to accommodate the unique requirements of rice. Rapid moisture adsorption
or desorption causes stress cracks that weaken the kernels in rice. Thereafter, the grains may break more easily during harvesting, handling, and
processing. Generally, rice must be dried slower than feed grains in any
type of dryer if milling quality is to be preserved.
In 1977, nearly 4.54 billion kg (10 billion lb) of rice were harvested in
the United States from about 910,000 ha (2,250,000 acres) of land. This
rice was produced in three distinct geographic regions that consist of (1)
an area extending inland about 100 mi from the gulf coast of Louisiana
and Texas, (2) the Mississippi River delta region, mostly in Arkansas
but including considerable hectarage in Mississippi and smaller areas in
Louisiana and Missouri, and (3) the Sacramento and San Joaquin Valley
areas in California. Because of variation in climatic conditions and of
physical properties of rice, the procedures recommended for drying rice
differ for different areas.
Three types of rice are produced in the United States. Short-grain rice
is plump in appearance and its diameter is about one-half its length. This
type is grown mostly in California. The medium-grain type is less plump
and is grown to some extent in all of the major production areas. The
long-grain type is slender in appearance and is grown in Louisiana,
Texas, and Arkansas. Grain type affects drying characteristics. Of the
three United States-produced types of grain, the long-grain varieties dry
the fastest; the medium-grain,
slowest. However,
next fastest; and the short-grain, the
the milling yields of long-grain varieties are more
1Texas A & M Univ.
2Texas A & M Univ. and USS. Dep. of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service.
209
210
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
likely to be reduced by a given drying procedure than the milling yields of
either medium- or short-grain types.
Although manual harvesting methods are common in some parts of the
world, rice in the United States is harvested by combines that cut heads
from stalks and thresh the grain. Ordinarily, rice is combined at a
moisture content above safe storage levels, so additional drying is needed
after harvest. Storage moisture of rice in the United States generally is
considered to be 12.5% or below. The rice grain (rough or paddy), as
harvested, consists of the hull, pericarp, germ, and endosperm. The
threshing operation separates the rough rice grain from the panicle. The
hulling or shelling operation removes the hull to yield brown rice. Milling
converts brown rice into polished rice by removing the bran and germ
from the grain. The endosperm that remains is the primary product of
rice production. After broken grains are separated (into second heads,
screenings, and brewers’ rice), the remaining kernels, which are threequarters of their original size or larger, are classified as whole kernels of
milled rice (head rice). The head rice yield is the major factor determining
the value of a lot because a broken grain loses about one-half of its
economic value. In this respect the marketing of rice is different from the
marketing of other cereal grains, which generally are processed and used
in a form other than the whole kernel.
More than two decades ago, the cost to the rice industry of grains
broken during milling was estimated to be $15 million (about 5% of total
value) annually (Autrey et al. 1955). Although milling was thought to
have caused the kernel breakage, the damage may have previously ex-
isted in the grain and milling simply made it apparent. Damage may
begin in the field before the rice is harvested and then continue
develop during harvesting, drying, storing, milling, and packaging.
to
Terminology for physical damage to rice kernels, such as surface cracks,
cracks, sun-cracks, sun-checks, checks, faults, internal faults, splits, fractures, partial fractures, vacuoles, crack rings, and fissures can be found in
the literature. For citations, we generally use the original authors’ termi-
nology. Otherwise, the term “fissure” is used to designate the large crack
that usually forms perpendicular to the long axis of the grain.
Moisture
content values mentioned in this chapter are those given by
the original authors. The identification of these values as to wet basis
(w.b.) or dry basis (d.b.) was not always given. Generally, we use wet
basis for our discussions. Whenever dry basis is used, it is so specified.
The metric ton (2204.6 Ib) is used to designate a mass of rice having a
nominal
volume
of 1.74 m*. Airflow is expressed in cubic meters per
second per tonne (m?/s-t). This expression can be converted to U.S. Customary system of units, cubic feet per minute per hundredweight (cfm/
cwt), by applying a multiplication factor of 96.1. The nominal volume of
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
211
a hundredweight of rough rice is 2.78 ft?. Other conversion units are
given in the Appendix.
Modern technology is providing an explanation for many of our current
drying practices and should provide the information for development of
new and more efficient procedures for harvesting, handling, drying, stor-
ing, and milling of rice.
Optimum
Harvest Moisture
Both the quality and quantity of rice yield are affected by the date of
harvest. The best time for harvesting depends upon climatic conditions,
variety characteristics, field conditions, and the stage of rice maturity.
The proper stage of maturity for harvesting (U.S. Dep. Agric. 1973) has
been reached when the grains are fully mature in the upper portions of
the panicle and in the hard dough stage at the base.
McNeal (1950A) reported that under Arkansas conditions a rice moisture content between 17 and 23% provided the highest head rice yield
for Zenith (a medium-grain variety), and that a moisture content between 16 and 22% provided the highest head rice yield for Rexark (a
long-grain variety). In California, it was determined by Kester et al.
(1963) that head rice yields of medium- and short-grain varieties were
maximum at moisture contents between 25 and 32%. Morse et al. (1967)
determined
that total grain yield of Caloro (a short-grain variety) in-
creased as the moisture content decreased to about 20% and that the
percentage
of head rice peaked at harvest moistures between
26 and
30%.
Tests were run in Texas by Calderwood and Bollich (1978) to deter-
mine the economic feasibility of harvesting rice at a low moisture content
as a method of reducing energy for drying. Harvesting of four varieties
started at about 25% moisture and was continued at 11 intervals during
a 30- to 36-day span. The amount and rate of drying varied with weather
conditions. Moisture content dropped steadily during dry weather, but
rain and dew caused it to fluctuate. Rice eventually dried to 16% or lower
in 10 tests and to 14% or lower in 5 tests. Loss of milling quality was
prohibitive for field drying to 14% moisture in all tests, but both the
long-grain variety (Labelle) and the medium-grain variety (Nato) retained good milling yields when harvested at 16% moisture.
Types of Kernel Failure
Stermer (1968) distinguished between moisture desorption, or drying
damage, and moisture adsorption, or wetting damage. Desorption cracks
were irregular, whereas adsorption cracks were straight. Damage from
moisture adsorption was thought to be more serious than damage from
212
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
moisture desorption since visible damage from moisture desorption some-
times disappeared. An example of the two types of damage is shown in
Fig. 9.1. Fissures are believed to be caused by (1) the grain surface readsorbing moisture from the environment, (2) the grain surface adsorb-
ing moisture from the center of the kernel, or (3) the grain surface ad-
sorbing moisture from both the center of the kernel and the environment. Under certain conditions, temperature gradients may also be in-
fluential in causing the development of fissures. Fissured kernels usually break during hulling and milling operations.
FIG. 9.1. LEFT—CRACKING PATTERNS RESULTING:FROM RAPIDLY DRIED MILLED
RICE. RIGHT—FISSURES RESULTING FROM RAPID MOISTURE ADSORPTION IN
BROWN RICE.
Stresses and strains in the kernel should be related to the damage that
develops, and attempts have been made to use strain gages to obtain
such measurements. Gages can be attached to a milled rice kernel, but,
when the gages are energized, the kernel usually fissures. Kunze and
Choudhury (1972) developed hypothetical stress diagrams for kernels
that were either adsorbing or desorbing moisture. Stresses that are
expected in a kernel subjected to a drying environment are illustrated in
Fig. 9.2. The illustration is a simplified one in which only one dimension
of a three-dimensional kernel was considered. For the illustration, the
drying rate around the periphery of the kernel was assumed to be
constant. When the total compressive forces within the kernel exceed the
tensile strength of the kernel at the surface, desorption damage develops.
According to Henderson (1958B), the damage would be expected to
progress from the surface toward the center of the kernel. Similar reasoning can be used for a kernel that is adsorbing moisture. When the
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
213
RESIDUAL
DESORPTION
STRESS
GRADIENT
Cereal Chemistry 49(6):689, 1972.
COMPRESSION piesa
From Kunze and Choudhury (1972)
FIG. 9.2. A HYPOTHETICAL
WITHIN A RICE KERNEL
STRESS
DISTRIBUTION
OF RESIDUAL
DESORPTION
compressive forces around the periphery of the kernel exceed the tensile
strength of the kernel in its central region, a fissure develops.
Reference is made in the literature to the sun-checking or sun-cracking
of rice. The term implies that the sun is responsible for checking the
grains, but generally the definition of sun-checking within the industry is
sufficiently broad to include any reduction in head rice yield before the
grain is harvested. Stahel (1935) recognized the term to be a misnomer
and stated that rough, high-moisture rice could be dried in a thin layer in
the sun to below 10% moisture without the formation of cracks. He said
that the cracks that subsequently developed were caused by a rise in
moisture content after the grain had dried. When rice was dried to 14%
or below and then allowed to readsorb moisture, grains developed fis-
sures.
Grain Fissuring by Moisture Readsorption
Readsorption of moisture by rice has been identified as a cause of
fissured grains. The ambient air is a convenient source from which
low-moisture rice can readsorb moisture. Kondo and Okamura (1930)
found that rice at storage moisture can be made to fissure when exposed
to dry days and humid nights. One of their experiments indicates that
72% of rough rice kernels fissured after being exposed to the ambient
air for only 24 hr. Kunze (1964) and Kunze and Hall (1965, 1967) moved
brown rice through 10% increments of increasing relative humidity in
24-hr periods without causing fissures to develop. However, fissures
214.
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
developed when the difference between the lower and higher humidities
approached 20%. Observations of similar moisture adsorption conditions
and subsequent fissuring in wheat have been reported by numerous
researchers (Kunze 1977A).
Before Harvest.—The moisture content to which rice grains must dry
before they will fissure when moisture is rapidly readsorbed can be
designated as a critical moisture level. It is commonly believed that
grains are sufficiently plastic to prevent the development of fissures
when moisture is above 14 to 16%. Different rice varieties probably
have different critical moisture levels. The suddenness and magnitude
of an environmental change from a relatively dry to a moisture-adsorbing environment might cause different threshold moistures.
McDonald (1967) observed fissures in grains with moisture contents up
to 21%. Kunze and Prasad (1978) reported that 14 of 60 of the most
mature grains harvested from a plot were fissured when the average
moisture of a field sample was 29%. Obviously, the field sample consisted
of grains with much higher and much lower moisture contents than 29%.
McDonald found that the moisture of grains within a panicle differed
more than 10%. Thus, the moisture of grains in different panicles can
differ much more than 10%. Current technology indicates that fissured
grains in the field have at some time dried to the critical moisture level
and later readsorbed moisture. During a typical 24-hr cycle, grains lose
moisture in the daytime and readsorb moisture at night.
After Harvest.—Diversity of moisture among rice grains in the field
needs further definition. The moisture content of each maturing grain is
continuously changing. After the crop starts to mature, initially the
moisture content of most grains is above the critical level. Conditions are
transient from day to day and even within a given day. According to
Stahel (1935), changes in moisture content from 20.9% at 8 A.M. to
15.2% at 4 P.M. have been observed. Experiments with low-moisture
rice by Kondo and Okamura (1930) indicated a 3.1% change in an 8-hr
period, but only a 0.2% net moisture loss in 24 hr.
Twice a week during the harvest season, Chau and Kunze (1978) col-
lected the 10 driest and the 10 wettest panicles (by observation) from
a plot. Samples of 10 grains were taken from the top and bottom of each
panicle. On the day before the plot was harvested, the driest sample had
a moisture content of 14.9% and the wettest sample 52%. At harvest,
average moisture of the grain was 22%. According to Wratten and Ken-
drick (1970), rough rice at a moisture of 22% anda temperature of 26.7°C
(80°F) produces an interstice relative humidity of 97%.
Rice at a moisture of 14% and a temperature of 26.7°C produces an
interstice relative humidity of 75.6%. Thus, low-moisture grains in a
harvested mass could be subjected to a relative humidity more than 20%
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
215
higher than their equilibrium relative humidity at the given temperature.
This environment would be a moisture-adsorbing one for low-moisture
grains and might cause them to fissure. Such conditions could exist in a
combine hopper, transport cart, truck, or holding bin before rice is dried.
The high- and low-moisture kernels would equilibrate toward the average moisture of the grain mass. Fissuring damage, if it developed, would
commence within a few hours.
During Drying.—The foregoing discussion has indicated the potential
for low-moisture grains to fissure while they are in the field or while they
are held in a mixture of freshly harvested high-moisture rice. Holding of
the grain mixture could be eliminated by immediate drying, but this is
impractical with current harvesting procedures. Even if the interval
between drying and harvesting could be eliminated, the reactions of the
low-moisture grains during drying would need to be observed. Kunze and
Prasad (1978) placed rice at storage moisture on top of a 40.6 cm (16 in.)
column of high-moisture grain in a laboratory dryer. While the column of
grain was dried with heated air, the low-moisture grains on top of the
column adsorbed moisture from the humid warm exhaust air and fissured. Results of their experiments are shown in Table 9.1.
TABLE 9.1. HIGH MOISTURE ROUGH
ON TOP OF DRYING COLUMN
Type and Number
High
Moisture
Rice,
% w.b.
14.5
15.0
28.0
RICE DRIED WITH LOWER
of Low Moisture Kernels
MOISTURE
RICE
Fissured.
Variety
Temp,
5
Drying,
hr
Column
Depth,
cm
Column Top
% Fissured Grains
Brown
Rough
Lebonnet
Lebonnet
Lebonnet
59.4
59.4
57.8
2.26
2.50
oO)
3015
40.6?
40.6
16
92
100
8
18
100
16.8
22.0
25.3
28.0
Nato
Nato
Nato
Nato
59.4
59.4
58.9
58.9
3.20
5.29
5.75
6.25
40.6
40.6
40.6
40.6
98
100
100
100
24
78
90
100
20.5
32.0
Brazos
Brazos
56.7
58.9
4.75
5.75
40.6
30.5
100
100
92
100
Source: Kunze and Prasad (1978).
130.5 cm = 12 in.
240.6 cm = 16 in.
Three forms of rice were used to determine the magnitude of the fissuring potential in a given drying procedure. Milled rice at storage mois-
ture was found to be more sensitive to a moisture adsorbing environment
and to fissuring than brown rice. Rough rice was more resistant to fissuring than either milled or brown rice. If milled rice could not be made
to fissure, then the potential for development of damage in brown or
216
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
rough rice was small. The exhaust air was usually near 100% relative
humidity when drying commenced and then became less humid with
time. Drying was stopped when the exhaust air reached 37.8°C (100°F).
More than 80% of the low-moisture rough rice on top of the drying
column fissured when rice at harvest moisture (20.5 to 25.3% w.b.) was
dried for several hours. This result indicated that low-moisture grains in
a mixture or mass of rice in a dryer may fissure if they are above or ahead
of the drying front. The low-moisture grains readsorb moisture until the
drying front reaches them. Thereafter, they start to dry.
Kunze and Prasad (1978) reported that a 4 to 5% moisture difference
between high- and low-moisture rice in a mass to be dried was sufficient
to start development of fissures in low-moisture rough rice. According to
Wratten and Kendrick (1970), the interstice air for rough rice at a mois-
ture content of 11% and 26.7°C (80°F) will have a relative humidity
of 56%, but the air for rough rice at a moisture content of 15% and the
same temperature will have a relative humidity of 80.4%. The 4% difference in moisture causes a 24.4% change in relative humidity.
The previous discussions concerned large portions of high-moisture
grain being mixed or dried with small portions of low-moisture grain. If a
large volume of low-moisture grain were mixed with only a small volume
of high-moisture grain, no fissures would be expected to develop in the
low-moisture grains.
Grain Fissuring After Rapid Drying
Rice cracking was related by Ban (1971) to high rates of moisture
removal and to the moisture span through which the rice was dried. The
grains did not necessarily crack during drying or immediately thereafter.
Rapidly dried rice was stored under airtight conditions in which the grain
neither dried nor adsorbed moisture. Several hours after drying, the
grains began to fissure and then continued to do so for about 48 hr.
Henderson (1958B) used X-ray methods to inspect rice for fractured
grains. He found that many apparently sound kernels contained internal
fractures that originated at the center and developed along the minor
axis toward the outside. He also found that (1) exposure of rice to dew
caused a reduction in half checks and an increase in whole checks and (2)
Poe rice yield was highest when the lowest drying air temperature was
used.
Kunze (1977B) also studied the fissuring of rice grains after heated air
drying. His objective was to determine the extent of fissuring in rough
rice immediately after it was dried and then to document fissures that
developed in dried whole grains within the next 24 to 48 hr.
When 1000
grains of brown rice from 4 varieties were dried for periods ranging from
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
217
2 to 10 hr at a temperature of 58°C (137°F), 7.5% of the grains were
fissured after the drying treatments. Only 3.2% of the rough rice grains
fissured from the same treatments. Other rough rice at storage moisture was dried for 10 hr at 60°C (140°F). After the rice was dried, the
grains were shelled and some were found to be fissured. Some of the
remaining good grains were formed into a rosette and kept in an air-
conditioned room (Fig. 9.3). Pictures were taken periodically during the
next 24 hr to provide a record of fissure development. As indicated in the
figure, the grains were not fissured immediately after drying but had
fissured after 24 hr. Ban (1971) stated that crack rings (fissures) develop
even if the grains are sealed in a container and have no environmental
exposure.
From Kunze
(1977B)
FIG. 9.3. ROUGH RICE DRIED AT 60°C FOR 10 HR.
LEFT—Good grains 1 hr after drying.
RIGHT—Same grains 24 hr later.
In another approach used by Kunze (1977B), field-harvested, highmoisture rice was dried continuously for 12 hr at 59°C (138°F). A batch
dryer with a column depth of 63.5 cm (25 in.) was used. Rice originally at
29.8% moisture was reduced to 9.1% in a single pass. The rice was milled
rice
shortly after it was dried and gave a total yield of 76% with a head
yield of 74%. The milled rice was left exposed to the ambient air and soon
damaged.
commenced fissuring, which continued until all the grains were
It is commonly believed that fissuring due to a severe drying treatment
fissuring may
occurs while rice kernels are in the heated air dryer, but
test results
Milling
drying.
air
occur for as long as 48 hr after heated
218
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
from samples milled immediately after drying are often not consistent
with those from samples milled several days later because of the additional fissuring that may occur. Samples milled from rice after several
days of storage are quite stable for an extended period of time.
The common element in the research efforts of Ban (1971) and Kunze
(1977B) is a rather steep moisture gradient of which the higher moisture
has been at the grain interior and the lower moisture at the surface. A
low-moisture rice grain apparently can withstand a small gradient, but
large gradients cause the development of fissures when the gradient
decreases. This information can be related to current drying practices.
Air for deep-bed drying should be heated only enough to provide a slow
moisture removal rate which will not cause a steep moisture gradient.
Specific recommendations are discussed in the section “Bin Drying—
Supplemental Heat.”
In multipass operations, rice is subjected to heated air for short periods
and then allowed to temper for relatively long periods, a practice that
prevents
the formation
of steep moisture gradients. Non-mixing-type
dryers have the potential to establish high moisture gradients in the
grain next to the warm air plenum. Mixing-type dryers subject the grain
alternately to hot, dry air and to warm, humid air, a procedure which
prevents the formation of a steep moisture gradient.
Mechanical Damage
Mechanical equipment used to harvest, handle, convey, and process rice
has the potential to break the grain. McNeal (1950B) reported that
combines hulled an average of 4.91% of the harvested grains and broke
an average of 3.59% of them. Matthews and Spadaro (1975) reported
that the combine operation broke about 6% of the rough rice, whereas
only 0.4% of the rough rice in hand-harvested lots was broken.
The rice industry should accurately assign damage to the production or
process operation in which it develops. All the sources of grain damage
have probably still not been identified. Further research to delineate the
different forms of damage and their sources is necessary. The foregoing
information should provide readers with a background for the study of
rice drying systems.
Drying Systems
Two distinctly different systems for handling and drying rough rice
are commonly used in the United States. One system is commercial
drying, in which large, continuous flow heated air dryers are used in
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
219
multipass operations. The other is bin drying, in which rice is both dried
and stored in the same bins. Bin drying is the most widely used on-farm
drying system.
Commercial Rice Drying
Facilities for commercial rice drying include both privately owned
dryers and farmer-owned cooperative dryers as well as some of the rice
mills that purchase freshly harvested rice. A farmer-owned cooperative
dryer is shown in Fig. 9.4. Generally, each facility is equipped with one or
more continuous flow heated air dryers, several storage bins, and a
conveying system for moving rice as required for receiving, drying, and
shipping. At some drying facilities, the identity of each lot is preserved,
but at other facilities, lots of similar varieties, quality, and moisture
content are commingled. Preserving identity is a common practice at
commercial drying facilities in Louisiana and Texas and requires many
small bins, while commingling is the common practice at marketing
cooperatives in Arkansas and California. When several lots of rice are
commingled, the dryers are emptied and refilled fewer times than would
be necessary if identity of individual lots had to be preserved. With
commingling, productive drying time is increased and the utilization of
space in large bins is improved.
RICEGROWERS |
‘AMERICANCO-OP,
ASSN.
FIG. 9.4. COMMERCIAL
RICE DRYING FACILITY, BEAUMONT, TEXAS
220
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Handling Undried Rice.—Since commercial dryers are likely to be a
considerable
distance
from
fields where
rice is grown,
hauling green
(freshly harvested) rice for distances up to 32 km (20 mi) in farm trucks
is common. Generally, the loading of a truck directly from a combine is
impractical, so self-propelled, self-unloading field carts are used to transport rice from the combine to the nearest point at which a truck can
approach the field. Upon arrival at a dryer, trucks are weighed both full
and empty to determine the product weight. Rice is sampled only for a
moisture test if it is part of an identity-preserved lot, but it must be
sampled for quality if rice is to be commingled. After the rice is weighed
and sampled, it is dumped into a receiving pit, then conveyed to a bin for
temporary storage until the entire lot is received and drying begins.
Storing Undried Rice.—The
rate at which a commercial dryer can
receive green rice is much faster than the rate at which it can dry the
product. Commercial dryers commonly receive a large amount of rice
whenever it is available. They store some of it “undried” until it can be
scheduled into the drying routine. High moisture content rice is subject
to quality deterioration as evidenced by discolored kernels after it is
milled. Increasing moisture contents, storage temperatures, and storage
times each increase the rate of quality deterioration. McNeal (1960)
found storage damage in 24% moisture content rice stored at a tem-
perature of 10°C (50°F) for a period of only 24 hr. Activity of microorganisms, principally molds, causes high moisture content rice to heat
spontaneously when stored in bulk. Spontaneous heating causes rapid
quality deterioration. Aeration at a suitable rate dissipates heat and
keeps rice temperature at or near the ambient air temperature. When a
heat buildup is prevented, the rate of quality deterioration is slowed.
Tests on storage of high-moisture rice (Calderwood 1966) provide data
from which safe storage time can be predicted. Results of these tests are
presented in Fig. 9.5. Rice moisture content, average ambient temper-
ature, and aeration system airflow rates are factors in predicting a safe
storage time. Assays for aflatoxins in rice samples from these tests
indicated that samples which were graded No. 1 seldom contained more
than a trace of aflatoxins (Calderwood and Schroeder 1968).
Continuous Flow Dryers.—The continuous flow heated air dryers are
upright columns through which rice flows by gravity and is exposed to
heated air while descending. When rice follows a straight path, the dryer
is classified as a nonmixing-type. If the direction of rice flow is diverted
by baffles, the dryer is classified as a mixing-type. The rate of rice flow
through either type of dryer is regulated by feed rolls or oscillating
rockers at the bottom of the column.
In a nonmixing-type dryer, rice flows between two parallel screens
spaced 15 to 23 cm (6 to 9 in.) apart. Heated air flows horizontally
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
221
STORAGE
TIME,
DAYS
Is
I9
20
al
ce
MOISTURE CONTENT, % (wb)
ae)
From Calderwood
FIG. 9.5. SAFE STORAGE TIME
MAINTAINING U.S. NO. 1 GRADE
FOR
MOIST
RICE IN AERATED
24
(1966)
BINS BASED
ON
through the screens and rice. High air velocities are normally used because the kernels cannot be blown away. Since the kernels tend to flow
straight downward, the kernels nearest to the screen through which air
enters are always exposed to hotter and drier air than are the kernels
near the exhaust screen. Kernels from both locations are mixed as rice is
discharged and conveyed to bins for tempering or storage.
The mixing-type dryer commonly used for rice drying consists of a
vertical compartment
across which rows of baffles (sometimes called
“racks” or “air channels’) are installed. One end of each baffle is open
and the other end is closed. Alternate rows are open to heated air and
intervening rows are open to the exhaust-air plenum. Alternate rows are
offset to split the grain stream as it flows downward, thereby causing
a mixing action. Individual kernels encounter successively hotter and
cooler air and no kernel is continuously exposed to the hottest air. Chaff
and light material may be carried away by the exhaust-air stream. Rice
kernels also may be blown into the exhaust plenum and provisions should
be made for recovering sound kernels that are so displaced.
222
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Heated air in a nonmixing-type dryer characteristically has a higher
velocity and lower temperature than does the heated air in a mixing-type
dryer. Typical airflow rates are 1.87 to 4.39 m3/s:t (180 to 422 cfm/cwt)
in the nonmixing-type dryer and 0.93 to 2.19 m°/s:t (89 to 211 cfm/cwt)
in the mixing-type dryer. Air temperatures seldom exceed 54°C (130°F)
in the nonmixing-type
dryers,
whereas
temperatures
of about
66°C
(150°F) are used in mixing-type dryers.
Multipass Drying.—In a typical multipass operation with either type of
dryer, rice is exposed to heated air for 15 to 30 min, and moisture content
is reduced by 2 to 3% of the dry weight during each pass. Between passes,
rice is removed from the dryer and stored in a bin for 4 to 24 hr for
tempering. The number of passes required for drying any given batch of
rice depends upon the initial moisture content and the amount of moisture removed per pass. The total elapsed time for drying a batch of rice
by the multipass method generally exceeds 24 hr and may be as long asa
week, but individual rice kernels are in the dryer for only 1 to 2 hr.
Tempering.—Storage of rice in a bin after a dryer pass provides time
for moisture within a kernel to move from the interior to the external
surface where it is readily available for evaporation. This process commonly is called tempering. Observations in Louisiana (Wratten 1959)
indicated that drying efficiency increased with tempering time up to 24
hr. Drying efficiency increased rapidly during the first 6 hr of a 24-hr
tempering period, but only slowly during the final 12 hr. California
tempering studies (Wasserman et al. 1964) indicated that rice temperature affected tempering time. Rice that was rapidly cooled to 24°C
(76°F) immediately after drying required 6 hr for adequate tempering,
but rice stored at 40°C (104°F) required only 4 hr for the same amount of
tempering. When
period should not
molding, souring,
more than 24 hr,
practice.
rice is stored at a high temperature, the tempering
exceed 24 hr because kernel damage may occur due to
and yellowing. If the next dryer pass must be delayed
cooling rice in a bin by aeration is the recommended
Supplementary Drying with Aeration.—Whenever warm and moist
rice is slowly cooled by aeration, it gives up moisture even when the
relative humidity of ambient air is high. This process was investigated by
Calderwood and Hutchison (1961). Their tests indicated the average
amount of drying to be about 1% (d.b.) per cooling period and 30 to 50%
of the total drying occurred during aeration periods of lots of rice that
were aerated after each pass through a dryer. Each cooling period should
be long enough for rice temperatures in all locations in a bin to approach
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
223
the average ambient temperature. Although the time require
d to completely cool a bin of rice depends on both the amount of
moisture
removed and the airflow rate, Calderwood and Hutchison
(1961) determined that cooling time can be estimated with a suffici
ent degree of
accuracy for most practical purposes by considering the airflow
rate to be
the only variable. An estimate of cooling time vs. airflow rate is provid
ed
in Fig. 9.6.
100
80
fe)ie)
S oO
COOLING
TIME,
HOURS
nN oO
O
2
AIRFLOW
4
6
8
10
l2
4
RATE, m°/s:‘t X 107° (cfm/cwt X 0.096)
From Calderwood and Hutchison
(1961)
FIG. 9.6. ESTIMATED COOLING TIME VS AIRFLOW RATE FOR ROUGH RICE AFTER
A PASS THROUGH A HEATED-AIR DRYER
Dryer Adjustments.—The operator of a continuous flow, heated air
dryer can adjust the heated air temperature and the feedroll speed that
controls the flow rate of rice. Sometimes the dryer operator will monitor
the temperature of rice as it flows from a dryer and make an adjustment
either of feedroll speed or heated air temperature while holding the other
control at the same setting in order to keep the rice temperature at some
maximum value that is considered safe. Calderwood and Webb (1971)
conducted tests on the operation of a mixing-type dryer in which they
224
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
compared (1) results when a high air temperature and fast feedroll speed
were used with (2) results when a lower air temperature and slower
feedroll speed were used. With both methods rice was removed from the
dryer at the same temperature. With the high air temperature and fast
feedroll speed, drying time was less and moisture removal and milling
yields greater than when the lower air temperature and slower feedroll
speed were used. In another test reported by Calderwood and Webb
(1971), the feedrolls were set such that rice would be retained in the
dryer for 15 min during each pass and the air temperature control setting
would remain unchanged for a particular lot of rice during each of the
required number of passes through the dryer. Six lots of rice were dried
with the air temperature control set at a different temperature between
43° and 78°C (110° and 172°F) for each lot. The temperature of rice as it
flowed from the dryer increased with each successive pass. Drying time
was about 40% less and head rice was 1% less when the air temperature
control was set at 78°C (172°F) than when it was set at 43°C (110°F).
In another series of tests, the air temperature control was adjusted such
that each lot of rice would be removed from the dryer at a particular
temperature between 35° and 49°C (95° and 120°F) after each dryer pass
(Calderwood 1972). The feedrolls were set such that rice remained in the
dryer 16 min per pass. Then the rice was stored in a bin to be cooled
by aeration before another dryer pass. Drying rice from 20 to 12.5%
moisture content required 7 passes when the rice temperature was 35°C
(95°F), but only 3 passes when its temperature was 49°C (120°F). Rice
that had been removed from the dryer at 49°C (120°F) had a subsequent
head rice yield that was 2 to 3% less than that of rice that had been
removed at 35°C (95°F), and its germination rate was 4% lower than that
of 35°C (95°F) rice. Fuel consumption was not appreciably affected by
the drying temperature, but more electric energy was required for drying
rice at a low temperature than at a high temperature because more dryer
passes were needed.
The airflow rate of a continuous flow dryer generally is fixed by the
manufacturer’s design and is not adjustable. However, tests were run
with an experimental mixing-type dryer (Calderwood and Webb 1971) in
which the airflow rate was varied. In those tests the air temperature
control was set at 66°C (150°F), and the feedroll speed was set such that
rice would remain in the dryer for 15 min per pass. The airflow was
varied from 1.87 to 3.03 m*/s:t (180 to 291 cfm/cwt) by changing the
dryer fan speed from 800 to 1300 rpm in increments of 100 rpm. The
temperature of rice as it flowed from the dryer increased as airflow rates
increased. Increasing the airflow rate from 1.87 m3/s-t (180 cfm/cwt) to
3.03 m*/s't (291 cfm/cwt) increased the amount of drying per pass from
2.2 to 3.0% (d.b.).
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
225
Combination Drying.—Heated air, multipass drying can
be combined
with deep-bed drying. This practice has become common in Califor
nia
(Wasserman et al. 1969). The rice is dried to below 18% moisture by the
multipass method and then to 12.5% moisture with ambient air while
in
storage. The combination system provides an inexpensive way to expand
plant capacity because continuous flow dryers can handle a much larger
volume of rice when their use is discontinued at a rice moisture of
16-18% than when their use is continued until moisture is reduced to
12.5%. The deep-bed dryers provide both low cost storage facilities and
additional drying capacity. California finish-dryers hold as much as 4536
tonnes (100,000 cwt), and beds are up to 10 m (33 ft) deep.
On-farm Drying
The common method of drying rice on farms is deep-bed drying in a
storage bin equipped with an air distribution system and a fan. Portable
grain dryers are not widely used for rice drying and only a few large
farms use continuous flow heated air dryers.
Bin Drying.—A round, steel bin having a perforated metal floor and a
plenum chamber below the floor is the structure most commonly used for
bin drying
of rice. The
perforated
metal
floor provides uniform
air
distribution throughout the cross-sectional area of the bin and the round
shape is well adapted to mechanical unloading methods, although rectangular buildings equipped with an air distribution system and fan are
sometimes used for deep-bed rice drying.
Both axial flow (propeller) and radial flow (centrifugal) fans are suitable for bin drying, but axial flow fans are most commonly used because
of their simple construction, easy installation, and low cost. The direction
of airflow has little effect on dryer performance; however, air is custom-
arily moved in an upward direction so the wettest layer of rice will be at
the top where it may be sampled easily.
Airflow Rate—The airflow rate required for successful bin drying must
be adequate to reduce the moisture content of rice in all parts of the bin
to about 15% within a relatively short time after harvesting to prevent
quality loss from mold activity, which would be evidenced by discolored
(“damaged”) milled kernels. Drying tests in Texas (Sorenson and Crane
1960) indicated that rice sustained damage resulting in grade reduction
when the moisture content in the wettest layer of rice at temperatures
above 26.7°C (80°F) remained above 15% moisture content for 8 to 10
days; however, rice at 18°C (65°F) remained above 15% moisture for as
long as 15 days without evidence of damage. After rice moisture had
226
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
been reduced to 15%, the length of drying time within which moisture
was reduced to 12.5% was not critical.
Sorenson and Crane (1960) recommended an airflow rate of 58.2 X
1073 m3/s-t (5.6 cfm/cwt) for rice having an initial moisture content of
20% (w.b.). With this airflow rate, the rice bed usually should be no
deeper than 2.44 to 3.01 m (8 to 10 ft) for economical use af power. If the
initial moisture content of rice exceeds 20%, the bed depth should be
reduced. The design depth of 2.44 to 3.01 m (8 to 10 ft) may be exceeded
if the initial moisture content of rice is well below 20%. Greater depths
also may be used after moisture content of rice in the top layer is reduced
to 15%. For example, 15% moisture rice from another bin could be added
to the top of 15% moisture rice in a given bin, resulting in a depth greater
than 3.01 m (10 ft). With this greater depth the airflow rate would be
reduced and a longer period of fan operation would be required before the
moisture content would be reduced to 12.5% in all parts of the bin.
In the California rice-growing area where the climate is drier and cooler
than it is in the Texas rice-growing area, lower airflow rates are suitable
for bin drying. Henderson (1958A) recommended airflow rates of 26.0 X
10°? and 41.6 X 1073 m?/s:t (2.5 and 4.0 cfm/cwt), respectively, for rice
having initial moisture contents of 20 and 25%.
Fan Operating Schedule.—Sorenson and Crane (1960) recommended the
following operating schedule for unheated air drying in Texas: Start the
fan as soon as the air distribution system is completely covered; operate
the fan continuously as the bin is filled and until the moisture content of
rice 0.3 m (1 ft) below the top surface is reduced to 15%; then operate
the fan only when the relative humidity of ambient air is 75% or less;
continue drying until the moisture content of rice 0.3 m (1 ft) below the
top surface is reduced to 12.5%.
Drying Time.—The time required to dry a bin of rice with unheated air
depends upon the initial moisture content of the rice, the airflow rate,
and weather conditions. In Texas, Sorenson and Crane (1960) dried rice
from 18 to 12.5% moisture content using an airflow rate of 58.2 X 1073
m3/s‘t (5.6 cfm/cwt) in 40 days during a period of unfavorable drying
weather and in 19 days during a period of good drying weather.
Supplemental Heat.—Supplemental heat may be used during periods of
high relative humidity or cold weather, or both, to increase the rate of
drying. Excessive heat will overdry the rice that is first exposed to the
heated air (rice near the bin floor), resulting in unnecessary weight loss.
Excessive heat may also reduce head rice yields and the percentage of
kernels that will germinate. Since rough rice at 12.5% moisture is in
equilibrium with 25°C (77°F) air at about 65% relative humidity, the
extent to which air is heated should be the minimum needed to reduce its
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
227
relative humidity to 65%. A study of weather records for the Texas rice
growing area by Sorenson and Crane (1960) indicated that when relative
humidity is 75% or above, ambient air temperature usually is 27°C (80°F)
or lower. Therefore, the temperature rise of ambient air should not ex-
ceed 7C (12°F) because this amount of temperature rise will reduce
relative humidity of 27°C (80°F) air from 95 to 65%.
When supplemental heat is used, fan operation may be continuous
throughout the entire drying operation. Supplemental heat is commonly
controlled by a humidistat in the plenum chamber of a rice dryer. This
controller actuates a heater (generally an LP-gas burner) when the
relative humidity is above a preset value. Heat is applied only when the
condition of the ambient air is unsuitable for unheated air drying.
Sorenson and Crane (1960) compared the times for drying rice from 19
to 12.5%
moisture
content with unheated
air and with supplemental
heated air having a 6°C (10°F) temperature rise during periods of high
relative humidity. This operation required 31 days with unheated air
and only 17 days with supplemental heat.
Solar Heat.—Most of the time when solar heat can be collected, the
relative humidity of ambient air is less than 65% and low enough to dry
rice to 12.5% moisture content without additional heat. Under these
circumstances, immediately applied solar heat is not adaptable for use as
supplemental heat with the method recommended by Sorenson and
Crane (1960). Tests were run in Texas (Calderwood 1977) to determine if
immediately applied solar heat affected drying time and milling yield
of rice as compared with unheated air drying. A solar collector having
an absorber surface area of 2.15 m?/t (1.05 ft?/cwt) of stored rice provided an increase in the plenum air temperature above ambient air temperature averaging 6°C (10°F) for an airflow rate of 58.2 X 10-3 m*/s't
(5.6 cfm/cwt) during a 10 hr period on clear days. Drying comparable lots
of rice from 19.6 to 12.0% moisture content required 15 days with solar
heat and 20 days with unheated air. In another test, drying comparable
lots of rice from 16 to 12% moisture content required 10 days with solar
heated air and 19 days with unheated air. There was little difference
in the percentage of head rice for rice dried with unheated air or with
solar heated air.
Handling Equipment—Round drying bins commonly are positioned on
the circumference of a large circle with a cone-shaped dump pit in the
center (Fig. 9.7). The bins are filled by a portable auger loader that
moves rice from the pit and discharges it into any of the bins or into a
truck. Rice is unloaded through a center opening in the floor of a round
bin. Rice that will not flow to the center opening by gravity is moved
there mechanically by a sweep auger. A screw conveyor, installed below
228
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
FIG. 9.7. RICE DRYING BINS INSTALLED ON THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF A LARGE
CIRCLE WITH A PORTABLE LOADING AUGER TO MOVE RICE FROM CENTRALLY
LOCATED DUMP PIT
the perforated metal floor, moves rice from the center opening to the
dump pit. The portable auger loader can be used to transfer rice from one
bin to another or to load it into a truck.
The use of spreaders to level rice in drying bins eliminates the need for
manual labor to perform that task. Some models of spreaders throw grain
at a high velocity, and such handling may cause grain damage and
packing. Heavy material tends to be thrown toward the bin walls; whereas, light material generally settles in the center of a bin. As a result,
airflow and drying are nonuniform throughout the cross-section of such a
bin.
Vertical stirring augers elevate rice from near the floor of the bin to the
top surface as they move about the bin in a set pattern that affects all of
the rice in the bin periodically. This action has the beneficial effect of
reducing the packing that results from loading the bin. Stirring prevents
the development of a typical drying front and the moisture content of
the rice in a bin is nearly uniform throughout the entire depth (Calderwood 1977). Use of a stirring auger reduces the risk that rice in any part
of the bin will remain at a high moisture content long enough to sustain
damage by molding.
Devices are available that convert drying bins into continuous-flow
dryers. One of these is a tapered sweep auger that uniformly unloads
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
229
layers of dry rice from the bottom of the dryer while green
rice is loaded
into the top of the dryer. Another device for converting a bin dryer
intoa
continuous flow dryer is a revolving radial arm that distributes
wet grain
on one side of the arm while dry grain is unloaded on the other side.
The
retention time of grain being dried is the time required for the radial
arm
to move around the circumference of the bin.
Portable Grain Dryers.—Portable grain dryers, either continuous flow
or batch, are not widely used for rice drying. Drying of rice is excessively
slow because low air temperatures must be used to avoid kernel checking.
Therefore, a very large size dryer is needed to keep up with the amount
of rice harvested by a single combine. In a test of a batch dryer (Calder-
wood 1970), drying time varied from 6 hr with 49°C (120°F) air to 3 hr
with 66°C (150°F) air. Rice dried with 49°C (120°F) air had a milling yield
equal to that of rice dried with unheated air, but the head rice yield was
reduced by 8% when 66°C (150°F) air was used. A portable, continuous
flow (concurrent flow) dryer (Calderwood 1970) required 3 passes using
an air temperature of 93°C (200°F) and a rice flow rate of 0.13 t/min
(288 lb/min) to dry rice from 22 to 14.6% moisture content. The milling
yield of rice receiving this treatment was reduced by 2.7% head rice
compared to a control sample dried with unheated air. In an attempt to
dry rice in a single pass, rice was dried from 22 to 16% moisture content
using an air temperature of 57°C (135°F) and a rice flow rate of 0.02
t/min (45 lb/min). This treatment resulted in a 12% head rice reduction
compared with a control sample dried with unheated air.
Summary
Rice is hygroscopic and it reacts with the moisture in any environment
to which it is exposed. Moisture reenters the grain whenever the vapor
pressure within the kernel is lower than the vapor pressure in the surrounding air. Freshly matured low-moisture rice may encounter moisture
adsorption environments (1) in the field, (2) in the combine hopper, grain
cart, transport truck, or holding bin, and (3) ahead of the drying front in
certain types of dryers. Rapid moisture adsorption causes low-moisture
rice grains to fissure, and fissured kernels usually break during hulling
and milling operations.
Rapid drying is another cause for the fissuring of rice grains, even
though much of this damage may not develop until after drying. The
grains may fissure for 48 hr after drying has stopped. The decreasing
moisture gradient after rapid drying apparently causes the fissures to
develop.
Two systems for handling and drying rough rice commonly are used in
the United States. Most of the rice crop is dried at commercial facilities
230
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
in which large, continuous flow heated air dryers are used in multipass
operations. The heated air temperature and the feedroll speed of these
dryers are adjusted such that 2 or 3 percentage points of moisture (d.b.)
are removed during each 15- to 30-min pass in the dryer. After a pass
through the dryer, rice is stored in a bin for tempering, usually for 6 to
24 hr. Four to 6 dryer passes generally are required to dry rice to the
12.5% moisture content required for marketing.
The other rice drying system commonly used is on-farm drying in a
storage bin equipped with a fan and air distribution system. Unheated
air is recommended for this drying method, except during prolonged
periods of high humidity. During those times, supplemental heat that
increases
ambient
air temperature
by no more
than 7°C (12°F) may
be used. An airflow rate of 58.2 X 1073 m3/s:t (5.6 cfm/cwt) is recommended under Texas conditions for rice having an initial moisture con-
tent of 20% (w.b.) and a bed depth of 2.44 to 3.01 m (8 to 10 ft). Portable, heated air dryers, either continuous flow or batch, are not widely
used for rice drying.
Modern technology is giving us more insight into our current drying
practices and should provide ideas for development of new and more
efficient procedures in the postharvest processing of rice.
QUESTIONS
1. Select two dozen sound and vitreous kernels of unprocessed raw
milled rice from a package of purchased rice. Place one dozen kernels
in a beaker with tap water and the other dozen in a beaker with
water initially heated to 60°C. Use a‘penlight or some other small
light to inspect the grains. Record the number of fissured grains in
each of the samples every 2 min. Continue the inspections until all
grains in each of the samples are fissured.
2. Since a rice grain is a free body, discuss how compression caused
by moisture adsorption on the surface of the grain will affect the
interior of the kernel. In relation to these compressive stresses, when
will the rice grain fissure?
3. Sketch the hypothetical moisture gradient across a rice grain if the
kernel has been subjected to a drying period and the stresses are as
shown in Fig. 9.2.
4. Assume that a low-moisture rice grain is in a stress-free condition.
The kernel is then exposed to a moisture-adsorbing environment
and uniformly adsorbs moisture over its surface. Using a one-dimensional illustration similar to Fig. 9.2, illustrate: (1) the hypothetical
moisture gradient in the grain and (2) the hypothetical stress conditions that result as a consequence of the moisture gradient.
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
231
5. How many kilograms of water are lost from a tonne of rice (12.5%
w.b.) if the grain moisture content changes from 20.9 to 15.2%, w.b.?
If the above moisture change occurs (at a constant rate) in the field
between 8:00 A.M. and 4:00 P.M., what is the rate of moisture loss
in grams of moisture per kilogram of dry matter per hour?
6. What is the estimated time that rough rice at 20% moisture content
may be held in aerated storage before drying is started when the
aeration rate is 6.5 X 1073 m°/s:t, and the average ambient tem-
perature is 30°C? 25°C?
7. An aeration system provides an airflow rate of 6 X 10-3 m3/stt.
What time will be required for cooling a bin of rough rice after a pass
through a heated air dryer?
8. What static pressure must a fan work against in a deep-bed rice
dryer installation when the airflow rate is 58.2 X 107? m3/stt, rice
depth is 2.5 m, and a system pressure loss of 62 Pa is assumed?
REFERENCES
AUTREY, H.S., GRIGORIEFF, W.W., ALTSCHUL, A.M. and HOGAN, J.T.
1955. Effects of milling conditions on breakage of rice grain. J. Agric. Food
Chem. 3 (7) 593-599.
BAN,
T.
1971.
Rice cracking in high rate drying. Jpn. Agric. Res. Q. 6 (2)
113-116.
CALDERWOOD,
D.L.
1966.
Use of aeration to aid rice drying. Trans. ASAE
9 (6) 893-895 and Rice J. 69 (6) 22-27, 36.
CALDERWOOD, D.L. 1970. Operating characteristics of two kinds of portable grain dryers. Proc. 13th Rice Tech. Work. Group, U.S. Dep. Agric.,
Beaumont, Tex., Feb. 24—26, 1970.
~ CALDERWOOD, D.L. 1972. Effect of rice temperature on continuous-flow
dryer operation. PR-3101 In Rice Research in Texas, 1971. Tex. Agric. Exp.
Stn. Consolidated PR-3092-3105.
CALDERWOOD, D.L. 1977. Bin drying with stirring: rice. Proc. Solar Grain
Drying Conf., Univ. Ill. Dep. Agric. Eng., Champaign, Jan. 11-12, 1977.
CALDERWOOD, D.L. and BOLLICH, C.N. 1978. Field drying. Proc. 17th
Rice Tech. Work. Group, U.S. Dep. Agric., College Station, Tex., Feb. 14—16,
1978.
CALDERWOOD,
air dryers
with
D.L. and HUTCHISON,
aeration
R.S.
as a supplementary
1961.
Drying rice in heated
treatment.
U.S. Dep. Agric.
Mark. Res. Rep. 508.
CALDERWOOD,
D.L. and SCHROEDER,
H.W.
1968.
Aflatoxin development
and grade of undried rough rice following prolonged storage in aerated bins.
U.S. Dep. Agric. Agric. Res. Serv. 52-26.
CALDERWOOD,
D.L. and WEBB,
B.D.
1971.
Effect of the method of dryer
operation on performance and on the milling and cooking characteristics of
rice. Trans. ASAE 14 (1) 142-146.
232
AND STORAGE
DRYING
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
CHAU, N.N. and KUNZE, O.R. 1978. Moisture content of driest and wettest
rice grains in a field during the harvest season. Proc. 17th Rice Tech. Work.
Group, College Station, Tex., Feb. 14-16.
HENDERSON, S.M. 1958A. Deep-bed drying on the ranch with unheated
air. Calif. Agric. Exp. Stn. Leafl. 103.
HENDERSON,
S.M.
1958B.
The causes and characteristics of irice checking.
Rice J. 57 (5) 16, 18.
KESTER, E.B. et al. 1963. Influence of maturity on properties of Western
rices. Cereal Chem. 40 (4) 323-336.
KONDO, M. and OKAMURA,
T.
1930.
Fissuring of the rice grain due to mois-
ture adsorption. Ohara Inst. Agric. Res. Bericht 24, 163-171. (German)
KUNZE, O.R. 1964. Environmental conditions and physical properties which
produce fissures in rice. Ph.D. Dissertation. Mich. State Univ.
KUNZE, O.R. 1977A. Moisture adsorption influences on rice. J. Food Process
Eng: f (2) 167-181.
KUNZE, O.R. 1977B. Fissuring of the rice grain after heated air drying.
Soc. Agric. Eng. Winter Meet., Chicago, Dec. 13-16, Pap. 77-3511.
KUNZE,
O.R. and CHOUDHURY,
M.S.U.
1972.
Am.
Moisture adsorption related
to the tensile strength of rice. Cereal Chem. 49 (6) 684-696.
KUNZE,
O.R. and HALL,
brown rice to crack.
KUNZE,
C.W.
1965.
Relative humidity changes that cause
Trans. ASAE 8 (3) 396-399, 405.
O.R. and HALL,
C.W.
1967.
Moisture adsorption characteristics of
brown rice. Trans. ASAE 10 (4) 448-450, 453.
KUNZE, O.R. and PRASAD, S. 1978. Grain fissuring potentials in harvesting
and drying of rice. Trans. ASAE 2] (2) 361—366.
MATTHEWS, J. and SPADARO, J.J. 1975. Rige breakage during combine
harvesting. Rice J. 78 (7) 59, 62—63.
McDONALD, D.J. 1967. “Sun-cracking” in rice, some factors influencing its
development and the effects of cracking on milling quality of the grain. M.S.
Thesis. Univ. of Sydney, Australia.
McNEAL,
nation.
X.
1950A.
When to harvest rice for best milling quality and germi-
Ark. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 504.
McNEAL,
X.
1950B.
The effect of combine adjustment on harvest losses of
rice. Ark. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 500.
McNEAL, X. 1960. Rice Storage: Effect of moisture, temperature and time
on grade, germination and head rice yield. Ark. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 621.
MORSE, M.D. et al. 1967. The effect of grain moisture at time of harvest
on yield and milling quality of rice.
SORENSON,
Agric. Exp.
STAHEL, G.
the paddy.
STERMER,
Rice J. 70 (11) 15.
J.W. and CRANE, L.E. 1960. Drying rough rice in storage. Tex.
Stn. Bull. B-952.
1935. Breaking of rice in milling in relation to the condition of
Trop. Agric. Trinidad 12 (10) 255-260.
R.A.
1968.
Environmental conditions and stress cracks in milled
rice. Cereal Chem. 45 (4) 365-373.
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
OF
RICE
233
STOUT, B.A. 1966. Equipment for rice production. Food Agric. Organ. U.N.,
Rome, Development Pap. 84.
U.S. DEP. AGRIC. 1973. Rice in the United States: varieties and production.
U.S. Dep. Agric. Agric. Res. Serv. Agric. Handb. 289.
WASSERMAN,
T. et al.
20-22:
WASSERMAN,
1964.
Tempering Western rice.
Rice J. 67 (2) 16-17,
T., HOUSTON, D.F., FERREL, R.E. and HAMILTON,
W.E.
1969. Combination system for rice drying in California. Proc. 12th Rice Tech.
Work. Group, U.S. Dep. Agric., New Orleans, March 5-7, 1968.
WRATTEN,
F.T.
1959.
Cited by W.C. Dachtler (Editor).
ditioning and storage of rough and milled rice.
Research on con-
U.S. Dep. Agric. Agric. Res.
Serv. 20-7.
WRATTEN, F.T. and KENDRICK, J.H. 1970. Cited by Wasserman, T. and
Calderwood, D.L. Rough rice drying. In Rice Chemistry and Technology. D.F.
Houston (Editor). Am. Assoc. Cereal Chemists, St. Paul, Minn.
10
Systems for Handling of Grain °
Carl W. Hall and R.L. Maddex!
The total system—handling, drying, storing— should be considered as
related to the particular grain, economics, fuel, method of marketing, and
use of product, such as for feeding or manufacturing. The details of
drying systems are covered in Chapters 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, immediately
preceding this chapter, but some duplication of dryers already covered
is given to provide a more
chapter.
coherent
discussion of the systems in this
Considerable analysis is needed to determine the optimum handling,
drying, and storing system for a particular situation. Equipment and
storage available, type and moisture content of the product, labor available, and feeding or marketing possibilities, all considered on the basis of
costs and returns, are involved. Although drying is only one operation in
the total system, the capacity of the drying unit often limits the overall
volume of grain handled. Thus the drying unit establishes the overall
rate of handling. The system should be designed on the basis of speed of
harvesting but the drying equipment must be large enough so as not to
unduly limit the system capacity.
Handling of Grain and Ear Corn
A drying and storing system should incorporate a handling system to
minimize work requirements. A well-planned grain storage should permit
the circulation of grain from the truck into a bin for permanent storage
and back to the loading area without manual handling. The handling of
grain to cleaning equipment,
dryer, and storage should be considered
‘Professor R.L. Maddex, Michigan State University, originally agreed to write this chapter. His notes and mimeographed material were used as the basis of the content. The
chapter is dedicated to his memory
tributions to drying.
234
in recognition of his many years of outstanding con-
SYSTEMS
FOR
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
235
(Fig. 10.1). A large grain storage of several thousand bushels should
include the proper planning of the three operations. With some grain
storages, only the first and second operation will be used, while with the
small storages of 35.2 m$ (1000 bu) or less, only the third operation may
be needed, with the drying equipment installed in the storage bin. The
same vertical elevator and portable elevator conveyor can be used for all
operations. The use of wagon box dryers provides a means of decreasing
some of the handling if properly organized.
Gutters can be added to ear corncribs for removal. The planks on top of
the gutter are removed as the grain is removed from the crib, so the
conveyor in the gutter will not be loaded with ear corn when the unloading operation is started. Another procedure is to build the floor on
an angle, either sloping to one side or to the middle, where draglines or
portable elevators can be used for emptying.
The cost of handling systems may be more than the cost of a drying
system, but the additional cost can usually be justified.
An understanding of the technology of drying, plus an understanding of
the equipment and methods, is important in selecting the method and
equipment
include:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
for a grain handling
Identify
Identify
Identify
Identify
Identify
Identify
Identify
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
system.
Steps in planning a system
annual and daily volume.
flow rate of grain to the system.
harvest and storage moisture content.
drying method.
storage size and type.
handling equipment.
system components.
(8) Check system for grain quality control.
A guide for harvesting shelled corn in the Midwest (Maddex 1966),
where there is generally a period of 30 days of reasonable harvest
weather in the fall, is as follows:
(1) Select harvesting equipment that has the capacity to harvest the
crop in one-half of the 30 days available as the reasonable harvest
period, or in 15 days.
(2) Select drying equipment that has the capacity to dry in 16 hr the
grain that can be harvested in 10 hr or 1 day.
(3) Select handling equipment to move the grain from harvest to drying to storage based on avoiding delays in operation of either the
harvesting equipment or drying equipment.
(4) Select storage equipment to receive the dry grain without delay
from the dryer.
236
DRYING
AND STORAGE OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
ELEVATOR
VERTICAL
ye
\<
ELEVATOR
PIT
HORIZONTAL
CONVEYOR
From Maddex
FIG. 10.1.
SCHEMATIC
OF A GRAIN
HANDLING
and Hall (1954)
SYSTEM
A flow diagram (Fig. 10.2) assists in developing a layout and selecting
appropriate equipment to make a system of operation.
A number of combinations of components can be assembled to provide
a satisfactory handling, drying, and handling and storage system. The
components of a system provide the following functions separately or in
combination:
Wet grain receiving
Wet grain elevation
Wet grain holding
Grain drying with heated air
Grain cooling with unheated air
Dryer unloading
Moving to storage
Storage
Aeration during storage
Dry grain elevation
Grain quality can be maintained in systems using different components
as long as the limitations of particular components are recognized and
correct procedures followed for operating the drying and storage system.
Grain flow rates and dryer throughput are important considerations in
planning a drying, handling, storage system. At some point in each
system there is a maximum or critical flow rate of product. Failure to
recognize this maximum
or critical flow rate can tie up grain transport
SYSTEMS
FOR
4 Row, self-propelled
HARVEST
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
237
combines
(240 bu/hr),6 hr/day
8.5 m3/hr | person
TRANSPORT
ELEVATE -|
Truck, 2 trips/hr
| person
Dump
pit with cross
auger
35 m?/hr (1000 bu/hr) bucket elevator
Gravity to holding bin
HOLDING
BIN
Wet grain holding, above dryer
| 172 times dryer capacity
Gravity to holding bin
Load, dry, cool, unload
3-5 m?/hr (1000 bu/hr) for drying from 30 to 13% moisture, or
5m7/hr (140 bu/hr) 25 to 13% moisture
15 cm (6 in. auger) to dump pit, 35 m2/hr (1OOO bu/hr)
ELEVATE -2
Use elevator -|
Gravity to storage
Two 282m* (8000 bu) and one 176 m?(5000 bu) bins
Use grain spreader
Aeration unit in each bin
Underfloor screw for bins unloading
ELEVATOR
WORKING
-3
BIN
BLENDER - GRINDER
MILL
Use elevator -|
To gravity truck
Bin
level
Gravity
or working
bin
indicator
flow
to mill
Meter, grind, mix
4 in. auger to feed
bin
GROUND FEED
BIN
FIG. 10.2.
FLOW DIAGRAM,
50 M’ (1400 BU) PER DAY
705 M’ (20,000 BU) HANDLING SYSTEM PER SEASON,
vehicles, increase down time on a drying unit, reduce field harvesting
capacity, increase mechanical breakdown, and add additional labor re-
quirements for the operation.
The peak flow rate for in-bin dryers and continuous-flow dry units is
usually at the time of unloading wet corn or wet product. Low flow rates
at this point tie up vehicles and manpower. Tying up a transport vehicle
for an additional 5 to 10 min can result in a down time on the combine
238
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
the combine
waiting to unload its grain tank. The time required to fill
the combine
from
and
to
vehicle
the
of
time
travel
the
grain tank minus
:dentifies the time allowable for unloading the transport vehicle. The wet
le
grain conveyors must be sized to unload the vehicles in the allowab
there
because
rates
flow
critical
become
often
rates
flow
time. Wet grain
is a reduced capacity of a conveyor when handling wet grain.
A batch dryer has a high flow rate as it discharges dry grain. Conveyors
handling grain from the batch dryer to storage usually must have a
capacity of over 35.2 m3/hr (1000 bu/hr). The high flow rate is also
desirable in transferring dry grain from a batch and bin dryer to the
storage. Continuous-flow dryers have a low flow rate at the dryer discharge, unless gravity unloading is used. The load out time of dry grain
from a large operation can be reduced with higher capacity conveyors or
by combining an elevated load out bin with a gravity drop.
Screw conveyors are widely used for handling grain. Generally, capacity
and horsepower increase with diameter, with capacity decreasing and
horsepower increasing as the angle of elevation is increased and as the
speed of the screw is decreased (Table 10.1). The capacity decreases and
horsepower increases as the grain moisture content increases. Capacity
will drop 40 to 60% and the horsepower requirements double or triple for
grain 25% or more in moisture content as compared to 15% moisture.
Minimum grain damage results when the auger or screw is running full of
grain and the damage can increase significantly when the tube is less
than half full. The amount of exposed screw at the inlet or intake affects
both capacity and horsepower requirements.
Bucket elevators are more commonly used for vertical lifting of the
grain principally for medium and large size operations. The bucket elevator capacity is determined largely by the size and number of buckets.
The belt size is a function of bucket size. Bucket spacing on the belt will
range from 0.15 to 0.38 m (6 to 15 in.). Capacities can often be more than
doubled by reducing bucket spacing to the minimum
TABLE
Screw
10.1.
REPRESENTATIVE
SCREW
for a particular
AUGER CAPACITIES
auger capacity at 600 rpm for dry corn and wheat.
Auger
Power,
Angle,
Diameter,
Capacity,
deg.
0
45
90
cm
10
10
10
ton/hr
9=10
Gaul
3.5
Wheat
93
118
90
W/m
Corn
71
86
64
0
45
90
15
15
15
29 sili
18.8—20.9
Lieut
144
218
247
120
201
189
Source: Abstracted from Sinha and Muir (1973).
Conversion factors: 1 ton = 907 kg; 1 kW = 1.34 hp. W/m is Watts/meter length of auger.
These data are not applicable to all auger or screw conveyors; they are presented for
comparison rather than for design.
SYSTEMS
FOR
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
239
product. Horsepower varies with bucket size, facing, height
of elevator,
and type of grain. Tables are available from manufacturers providing
these relationships of capacity and configurations.
The size of the dryer should be based on the daily volume of product to
be dried. Most literature for dryers gives the drying capacity based on
removing 5 to 10 percentage points of moisture per m? (bushel). As the
amount of moisture removed increases, the capacity is decreased. Generally in the Midwest, drying equipment should be selected on the basis
of an average moisture removal of 13 to 15% for corn and 5 to 10% for
wheat.
Storage bins can be purchased in a wide range of sizes, usually with the
cost per m* (bushel) decreasing as the bin size increases. Horizontal or
flat storages and vertical or upright storages may be selected. Two
smaller bins, even though more costly, might be more functional than
one large bin, particularly where more than one product is handled. Upright or tall structures will involve more equipment and costs for elevating the grain, but, on the other hand, might be more adaptable to
gravity unloading.
DRYING
METHODS
Dryers have two general configurations—bin and column. Bin manufacturers generally also market a bin dryer. Other manufacturers usually market a column-type drying unit. There are four rather distinct
methods
for drying grain, upon which can be imposed a number of
variations. The variations are in heater unit size, airflow through the
grain, configuration of the drying unit, and equipment added to permit
automation of the drying operation. Characteristics of different drying
systems are listed in Table 10.2 with the system components in Table
Ts:
Deep Bin Drying
For deep bin or in-bin drying, grain is placed to a depth of 1.22 m (4 ft)
or more, usually in a circular bin, for drying. For deep layers of 3.6 to
5.5 m (12 to 18 ft), low temperature of the air at 1.6° to 2.8°C (3° to 5°F)
above atmospheric temperature is used. Grain is placed in the bin either
in layers or filled to final storage depths (Table 10.4). The grain depth
dictates low airflows, which in turn dictate a low drying temperature and
a low rate of drying. Increasing drying temperatures results in overdrying lower levels of the grain in the bin.
A minimum airflow of 0.0134
m/m*s (1 cfm/bu) is required with grain depths not exceeding 5.5 m
(18 ft). Stirring devices increase the rate of drying by 15 to 25% and give
more even drying throughout the grain depth (Fig. 10.3).
DRYING AND STORAGE
240
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
TABLE 10.2. CHARACTERISTICS OF DIFFERENT DRYING SYSTEMS
I. Deep Bin (In-bin, Layer, Storage)
. Low airflow—0.04—0.07 m?/m's (3—5 cfm/bu)
. Low drying temperatures—15°—27°C (60°—80°F)
_ Low capacity—8.75 X 10 ~* to 14.5 X 10 ~$m3/s (15 to 25 bu/hr) to prevent
overdrying
Humidity control and heat unit—reduces drying but usually reduces volume
dried
Temperature control on heat unit—increases volume dried, but can cause overdrying (below 10% m.c.) in colder weather
Lowest investment—bin, fan and heater unit, portable cone, electrical service,
fuel supply
Season volume—175—350 m? (5000—10,000 bu)
. Not generally recommended for corn production over 350 m’ (10,000 bu)/year
Il.
at ch
(In-bin)
Low to medium airflow—0.134—0.268 m3/m’s (10—20 cfm/bu)
Medium drying temperatures—38
—49°C (100°—-120°F)
Medium capacity —0.023—0.035 m3/s (40—60 bu/hr), 1 batch/day
. Drying volume increased by increasing floor area (bin diameter)
Minimum supervision required—can be one-man operation
bin, storage bin, aeration unit, moisture tester,
OoTO
MMOOWEw
OD
swMedium investment—drying
portable conveyors or vertical elevator and return conveyors, electrical service,
fuel supply
Q . Season volume—280—525 m3 (8000—15,000 bu)
WL. Batch-column (Manual, Automated)
Medium to high airflows—0.536—1.21 m3/m3s (40—90 cfm/bu)
High drying temperatures—60°—88°C (140°—190°F)
Medium to high capacity —0.038—0.073 m3/s (65-125 bu/hr)
. Drying volume increased by using larger batch bin
Maximum supervision required for manual control of loading, unloading, and fan
operation
Minimum supervision required for automated cycling of loading wet grain, dry-
ing, cooling, and unloading dry grain. More handling components required.
ByOW>
Q3 . Medium
to high investment—dryer, wet holding bin, storage bins, aeration
units, moisture tester, bucket elevator and return conveyors, electrical service,
an) .
fuel supply, center building
Season volume—350—700 m3 (10,000—20,000 bu) = manual batch, 525—2100
m? (15,000—60,000 bu) = automated batch
IV. Continuous Flow
High airflow—0.94—1.21 m3/m3s (70—90 cfm/bu)
High drying temperatures—60°—88°C (140°—190°F)
Medium to high capacities—0.043—0.088 m/s (75—150 bu/hr)
. Drying volume increased by using larger drying bin
Minimum supervision required—has more handling equipment than batchcolumn dryer
moO
A High investment—dryer, wet holding bin, storage bins, aeration units, moisture
tester, two bucket elevators and return conveyors, electrical service, fuel supply,
center building
G. Seasonal volume—525—3500 m? (15,000—100,000 bu)
. Dryeration
. Drying unit can be either column or bin dryer
. Cooling unit—70—105 m? (2000-3000 bu) bin with low airflow—0.008—0.0167
m*/m*s (0.5—1 efm/bu) (2 bins are desirable for flexibility in unloading)
. High capacities—1.4—1.6 times the capacity of the comparable batch or continuous flow unit 0.073—0.18 m?/s(125—300 bu/hr)
S16
So,
. Moisture removal—
Drying unit—down to 17 or 18%—removed hot
Cooling unit—down to 14-15%
. High supervision—most handling equipment required
SYSTEMS
TABLE
10.2.
FOR
HANDLING
GRAIN
241
(Continued)
F. High investment—same equipment for batch or continuous
ing bin and fan unit and additional conveyors
G. Seasonal volume— 1050-3500 m? (30,000—100,000 bu)
VI.
OF
flow
ai
d
i
2
a
Modified Dryeration
. Drying unit is usually a bin dryer with bottom sweep unloader
eels
. Cooling unit and storage unit—210—350 m3 (6000—10,000 bu) with airflow
of approximately 0.007 m3/m’s (0.5 cfm/bu)
. Capacity increased somewhat over comparable batch or continuous flow
oa
- More careful bin management required to avoid moisture damage to grain in
storage bin
Thick Layer Drying
A thick layer of 0.6 to 1.2 m (2 to 4 ft) depth uses limited temperature
of 21° to 27°C (70° to 80°F) or slightly higher temperature of 27° to
37.8°C (80° to 100°F) if a stirring device is used. A higher airflow is required for higher temperatures. The stirring device permits a higher
temperature by mixing the incoming wet grain on top with the drier
grain on the bottom next to the incoming heated air. Power requirements
for air movement limit the amount of air per m? (bushel) to low or medium airflows, 0.0134 to 0.04 m?/m3s (1 to 3 cfm/bu), which in turn limit
the air temperatures that can be used without resulting in unacceptable
moisture difference between the bottom and top layers in the batch.
A bin dryer may be equipped with a floor auger which takes the hot,
partially dried grain from the floor, lifts the grain, and spreads it over the
top of the bin. The unit functions as a continuous flow batch bin (Fig.
10.4).
Thin Layer of Column Dryer
Most thin layer drying units handle the grain in vertical columns which
are 0.45 m (18 in.) thick or less. For thin layer drying with horizontal
layers in a bin, a given depth of 0.3 to 0.6 m (1 to 2 ft) of grain is added at
a time. The layer is partially dried, then a a new layer of wet grain is
added. The depth of layer and speed of filling are highly dependent on
the moisture content of the grain and the drying capacity based on
airflow and temperature, which are established by the manufacturers’
guides. An airflow rate of 0.04 to 0.067 m3/m°s (3 to 5 cfm/bu) with
temperatures of 21° to 27°C (70° to 80°F) is usually used. A humidity
control can be used such that the heat is added only if the relative
humidity exceeds some value, usually 55%.
Column dryers are commonly designed with a thickness of 0.3 m (12 in.)
grain. Some commercial dryers have thinner columns and some greater.
242
DRYING AND STORAGE
TABLE
10.3.
ERS)
CHARACTERISTICS
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS
(OTHER THAN DRY-
I. Storage Bins
. Range in size from 175 to 1750 m3 (5000 to 50,000 bu)
:
lech
. Some variation in bin size is desirable to provide flexibility of storage for grains ©
other than corn
C. All bins should be equipped with an aeration system
ely
D. Allround bins should be provided with a bottom unloading unit
II. Wet Holding Bins
:
A. Required for automated batch and continuous flow drying units
B. Hoppered bottom bins desirable
C. Can be located over dryers for gravity flow rate dryer or placed beside dryer
D.
III.
with a connecting auger automatically controlled
Should have a capacity for 4-10 hr at the harvesting rate
Conveyors
A. Augers
1. Best for dry grain
2. Vertical lift 6—7.5 m (20-25 ft)
3. Volume reduced approximately one-half when handling wet grain
4. 15cm (6in.) unit best for grain center
B. Bucket Elevators
C.
1. Lowest horsepower requirements
2. Capacity about same for wet or dry grain
3. Total cost should include erection and guying
Belt Conveyor
1. High speed, horizontal transfer conveyors
IV.
Cleaners
A. Low flow units—low capacity. Screen cleaner at top of leg, elevator medium
to high capacity
B. Ifused on dry side, fines can be stored
C. Biggest advantage is to keep fines out of storage bin
D. Gravity flow and screened auger units available
V. Moisture Testers
A. Only accurate method of knowing grain moisture
B. Should be used before and after drying
C. Price range—$100—$400
VI.
Dump Pits
. Deep pits not recoommended—high in cost, hard to clean, expensive to build,
hard to keep dry
- Shallows pits—0.5 cm to 1 m (2 to 3 ft) deep—with drive-over grating desirable
. Capacity of cross conveyor to bucket elevator critical
Daw
. Depressed or swing-away belt conveyor available with high capacity
VII.
Center Building
A. Polestructure suitable
B. Width—6—7 m (20-22 ft)
C. Height—4—5 m (14-16 ft)—room for a dump truck bed
VIII.
Angle of Gravity Drop Tubes
A. Wet grain—approximately 60°
B. Dry grain—approximately 45°
SYSTEMS
TABLE
IX.
10.3.
FOR
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
243
(Continued)
Feed Processing
A. Electrical mill—will grind 90-136 kg/hr (200-300 lb/hr)/0
.746 kW (hp)
B. Provide overhead buffer bins—1.75—5.25 m3 (50—150 bu)
X. Electric Service
A. Single phase motors up to 30 kW (40 hp) available
B. Three-phase service desirable if available at reasonable cost
C. 100-400 amp service may be needed if dryer is powered with an electric motor
D.
XI.
Most drying and storage units have a number of motors—a central control panel
protected from weather is desirable
Temperature Sensing Units
A. Recommended for bins of 700 m? (20,000 bu) or larger
Limiting the grain layer column to 0.3 m (12 in.) permits higher flows and
high drying air temperatures. These units can be controlled automat-
ically providing better quality control of the product. (See batch and
continuous drying units.)
Dryeration
Dryeration
is a process where grain is removed
while hot from the
heated air drying unit and placed into a holding bin. The holding bin has
a fan to move air to provide for additional drying and cooling, after which
the product is moved into a storage bin (Fig. 10.5). Grain is removed from
the column dryer at 17 to 18% moisture when the temperature is be-
tween 54° and 66°C (130° and 150°F). Unheated air at 0.013 to 0.019
m?/m?s (1 to 1.5 cfm/bu) is moved through the grain removing 1 to 3%
moisture while cooling the grain. The grain can be allowed to equalize in
temperature before moving the air through or air can be moved through
the product immediately upon placing in the dryeration bin. After 10 to
20 hr the dried grain is placed in storage. The dryeration bin is not used
as a storage bin because during the dryeration process moisture may
condense and collect on the bin walls which would lead to spoilage if the
grain were stored in the same bin.
Drying equipment and installation can be classified into two broad
categories:
(1) Batch
(2) Continuous systems
In both cases, materials and the equipment before and after drying are
involved. In the continuous system, however, additional opportunity is
provided for automation.
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
AND STORAGE
DRYING
244
isGe
Oe:
G6
Wy
Gee
SOUL
LYO
Ww
O0SCame
OUSIE
O8L
nq
QUE
ONY
GLE
rae
peasy og Avy 78
yjdeq pue Aeq sed a1eyy[I
Gg
Vie)
v6
skeq
‘guy, suldiq
e101,
97
Go
LE
Wy
OFT
910
6810"
ul
Avqied
peuq yideq
O891
026
009
nq
26S
veg
Lic
ju
Aeq sed
peuqgAiqueny
0088
ZLV0
0088
ZLYO
‘cl000S8a
wy
CGY
SIF
STF
ST
s/w
MOTJITY
06
GZ
0€
%
AIaVL
8's
GL
8S
GL
acu = es
MY
dy
Ol
‘ain stoyy
jeniuy
SO W115 Allva
Iamog
[e101
‘ouy ‘“queudinby 2 ue JUeACIEYW JO AsajInog :301nN0G
6
61
wey
aye
019819
“Ul
‘einsseld
ainjeioduiaJ,SuUIAIG (4,01) 0.87
ONIAUG HOLWA HOS NHOO G3713HS HLIM Nid YALAWVIG (14 yz) Wed
SYSTEMS
FOR
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
245
Courtesy of Sukup Systems
FIG. 10.3.
STIRRING DEVICE FOR PERMITTING
DRYING DEEP LAYERS OF GRAIN
Batch Drying or Batch in Bin
Batch drying may be accomplished in a bin or in a portable or sta-
tionary vertical column and with temperatures of 37.8° to 87.8°C (100° to
190°F). Bins up to 12 m (40 ft) diameter with grain depth of 0.2 to 0.3 m
(20 to 36 in.) in airflows of 0.134 to 0.54 m3/m's (10 to 40 cfm/bu) at
37.8° to 60°C (100° to 140°F) temperature are used. Stirring devices may
be used to provide more uniform and more efficient drying. These units
are designed to dry a batch in 16 hr and to handle a batch each day with
the batch matched to the harvest volume.
Column units, usually vertical columns with grain thickness of 0.15 to
0.6 m (6 to 24 in.), use high temperatures of 37.8° to 87.8°C (100° to
190°F) and an airflow of 0.27 to 1.34 m3/m3s (20 to 100 cfm/bu). Batch
columns hold from 2.5 to 35.2 ft? (70 to 1000 bu) with farm units usually
in the range of 8.75 to 14.1 ft? (250 to 400 bu). As an example, a 10.6 ft?
(300 bu) unit with an airflow of 0.27 to 1.21 m3/m's (20 to 90 cfm/bu)
246
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Courtesy of Sukup Systems
FIG. 10.4. BINDRYER EQUIPPED TO REMOVE HOT GRAIN FROM BIN CAN BE USED
AS A CONTINUOUS FLOW DRYER
and an air temperature at 71.1°C (160°F) will average 3.52 m?/hr (100
bu/hr) of dried grain when removing 10 to 12 percentage points of
moisture in a 0.45 m (18 in.) column. The drying cycle is 2 hr for batch
drying, % hr for cooling, and ’% hr for loading and unloading batch bin.
Batch drying with the layer in a horizontal position can be done on a
wagon. Some wagons have a heater mounted on the unit and others use a
portable heater which is attached to the wagon to move air into the
plenum. The wagon plenum may be under the grain or above the grain.
The depth of grain or seed in the wagon may be from 0.05 to 0.66 m (2 to
26 in.). A perforated or slatted floor is usually used.
SYSTEMS
FOR
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
247
WET CORN IN
(20% TO 30%)
M
Ww
[ORYER
BATCH OR
CONTINUOUS
0.0134 m3/m3s5
93°C (200°F)
TO
OR
STORAGE
MARKET
(1/2-| cfm / bu)
From Hirning et al. (1974)
FIG. 10.5.
DRYERATION
PROCESS
Continuous Flow Drying
Continuous flow drying may be carried out in bins or columns. In bins
the dried product is continuously removed from the bottom of a 0.6 to
1 m (2 to 3 ft) depth, with the wet product entering the top layer. The
more common continuous flow dryer is of a column type, 0.15 to 0.5 m
(6 to 18 in.) thick, like the batch column, but is mechanized and automated to provide continuous flow of the grain entering at the top and
falling by gravity through the dryer. Air is directed through the grain in a
path of 0.15 to 0.5 m (6 to 18 in.) long. The air may be forced in the same
direction (concurrent), opposite to the flow of the grain (countercurrent), or perpendicular to the direction of flow of grain (crossflow). Air
temperatures up to 99°C (210°F) with airflows of 0.67 to 1.3 m3/m’s (50
to 100 cfm/bu)
are used. The continuous
flow column dryer has two
sections, one for the heated air (drying) and one for unheated air (cooling)
driven by fans. The outgoing heated air may be used for heating the
incoming air.
The cycle time on a batch dryer includes 25 to 35% down time of the
heating unit while cooling the grain, loading, and unloading the dryer.
The continuous flow dryer has a division in the plenum and inside cham-
ber which permits the flow of heated air and unheated air at the same
time to different sections of the grain column, eliminating the down
time on the heating unit. These units may be operated up to 24 hr a day
and can be sized accordingly.
Horizontal continuous dryers with product from 0.15 to 0.5 m (6 to
12 in.) deep, although used, are not common. These units have a heating
and cooling section.
248
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
HANDLING
The handling units connect harvesting-drying-storage together as a
system. Generally it is desirable to minimize the amount of handling to
reduce the risk of damage. However, one unit poorly designed and man-
aged can cause more damage to the product than several components
properly matched and properly utilized. The speed or rate of volume of
handling must be kept reasonably low to avoid excessive damage.
Damage during handling is related to kind of product, moisture content,
temperature, and history of treatment of product. Handling by itself
does not have the potential of increasing the value of the product, as do
drying and storage, but it is needed to provide efficient drying and
storage. Although commercial handling systems generally are larger than
many farm materials handling systems, there are many farm installations of the same or larger size and capacity as commercial operations.
Harvest
Materials handling at the combine consists of a screw conveyor or
gravity to unload the combine bin. Usually the grain is handled in bulk
with a conveyor, but some feed grains and seeds are collected in bags.
Transport and Emptying
The bulk grain or grain in bags is transported from the field to the
dryer or storage in dump wagons, trucks, special hopper bottom containers, or auger unloaded or vacuum unloaded containers. Portable
grain wagons, self-unloading type, may be as large as 10.5 m? (300 bu)
per load.
Unloading (Based on Stewart and Britton 1973)
The bulk transport can be unloaded from a self-dump truck of 3.5 m3
(100 bu) or a lift which raises the front of the truck or wagon in 6 to
10 min. The bulk is dumped into a pit or hopper which should handle
1000 bu/hr. For horizontal conveying a belt conveyor has a higher capacity than a chain conveyor. Screw conveyors or flight conveyors for
the
hopper and a bucket conveyor for vertical lift move the grain to the
batch dryer or to the holding tank preceding the continuous flow dryer.
Flight conveyors may be used for an angle of 20° or less. Stationar
y or
portable holding bins might be used.
a capacity of 35.2 m3? (1000 bu).
A common portable holding bin has
Bags, if used, may be placed ona bag or sack conveyor or
placed directly
in storage. Special bag conveyors are available. Bags may
be untied and
SYSTEMS
FOR
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
249
the grain dumped into a conveyor, bucket, or belt, or into
a pneumatic
handling system.
Holding Bin
Although the dump pit could serve as a holding bin the dump pit is
usually below the dryer and the rate of moving the grain to the dryer is
limited by the capacity of the materials handling system. It is usually
desirable to gravity fill the dryer from a holding tank above. For continuous dryers, conveyors may move the grain from a holding tank to the
dryer. With gravity filling the dryer can be loaded very quickly in the
case of a batch dryer, thus keeping the capacity of the dryer in use
through a longer period rather than being idle while filling.
Spreader
Grain placed in a bin for drying or aeration should be of a uniform
depth over the air distribution system. A device which keeps the product
at nearly uniform depth and uniform distribution is preferred over a unit
which levels the surface after filling. The device which continuously
levels the product will have a more uniform product density and a more
uniform distribution of fines and foreign matter, providing for better
drying than if leveled after filling.
Dryer/Bin Unloading
Dryers
can be emptied
by gravity or with auger conveyors usually
across the bottom of a drying unit. The dried product is usually elevated
from the dryer to a bin, although the dryer might be mounted above the
storage or holding bin so that gravity could be used from the dryer to the
bin.
The bin dryer can be unloaded or partially unloaded using sloped floors
or hopper bins which permit gravity flow. Floor mounted, sweep screw
conveyors can be used to remove the grain from the floor. The grain is
moved by the screw conveyors to the center of the bin and discharged.
Transportation
Transportation for receiving and shipping of grain can be carried out by
several methods (Halter 1973). Wagons and trucks predominate for
moving the grain from the harvester to the dryer or storage. Trucks, in
capacities up to 24 to 28 m3 (700 to 800 bu), are used for large volume
transport. These may be emptied from the bottom, using a sling hoist,
250
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
elevator, or hydraulic lift, or a platform to lift the front of the unit so the
material can move by gravity.
Boxcars with a capacity of 107 m3 (3040 bu) or hopper bottom cars
which in the old style held 135 m3 (3835 bu) and in new units 160 m?
(4545 bu) can be used. With a dumper (entire boxcar is dumped), a boxcar can be emptied in 8 to 10 min. Using augers the time might be as
much as 1 hr. The hopper bottom cars drop the grain by gravity through
a grating between the rails.
Unit trains are often used which are made up of 50 to 100 rail cars to
handle one type and grade of grain. These are usually used for a one-way
load. With large installations these cars can be loaded continuously.
For water transport, barges on rivers, lakes, and oceans and ships on
lakes and oceans are used for handling large quantities of grain, usually in
bulk. Bucket or chain elevators or pneumatic handling devices predominate. Unit loads of bags or pallets or unit bulk loads in bulk containers
may also be used, particularly where the entire ship is not devoted to a
single product or grade.
STORAGE
Types of Storage
Storage units can generally be classified as horizontal or vertical and
can be further classified as round, rectangular, cylindrical, box shaped,
etc. Horizontal structures are usually defined as those in which the
height is less than the length, whereas the vertical storage is defined as
one where the height is greater than the diameter or width of storage.
Larger commercial units tend to be more of the vertical type. The selec-
tion of the type depends primarily on the following:
Storage structure costs
Land costs and land availability
Life expectancy
Periodicity of filling and emptying (once/year, or once/ week)
Whether or not and how the storage is to be used in connection with
drying and conditioning
Materials handling
Storages may further be classified according to the construction ma-
terial. Large centralized units tend to be concrete. Although a few concrete storage structures are used on farms, wood and steel predominate.
Steel structures are usually thin for farm applications and are galvanized
or have some other coating, particularly at the joints.
SYSTEMS
FOR
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
251
Of major importance is the appropriate design of the storage, not only
to restrain and properly hold the material while in storage, but also to
prevent or minimize the damage to the grain which might occur due to
moisture condensation or excessive temperatures. The storage must also
be appropriately designed to withstand the change in pressures of the
grain during filling and emptying of the storage unit.
Farm Storage’
The value of grain normally increases after harvest if the quality is
maintained.
Quality can be maintained
by drying, protecting against
rodents, preventing insect infestation, aerating, and protecting the grain
against the weather elements. The cost of maintaining the quality is
usually more than justified by the increase in value of the product after
harvest. It is not unusual for wheat to increase 10 to 20% in value from
harvest to the January—March period. The annual cost of providing a
farm storage is approximately 10 to 20% of the initial cost. This annual
cost includes depreciation (2.5 to 5% of the initial cost), interest (6.0 to
15%), repairs and maintenance (1.0%), and taxes and insurance (1.0%).
These costs vary considerably with the structure and with the economy.
In English units, the lateral pressure, L, lb/ft?, for a shallow bin under
20 ft deep can be calculated from Rankine’s equation (10-1).
4
=
1-sing
———
1+sing
=
(10-1)
where w = weight of material, lb/ft? (40 to 50)
y = distance from top to point in question, ft
g@ = the angle of repose, deg. (25 to 35)
The lateral pressure for a bin which is 15 ft deep, with material at
50 lb/ft?, and a 30° angle of repose, is
50 (15)
iak
ists
=
2501b/ft? or 1.7 psi
(1 psi = 6.89 kPa)
Commercial Storage
Satisfactory operation of a commercial storage depends greatly on the
handling facilities. The grain should be checked regularly for heating,
infestation, and damage from rodents and weather.
2See Appendix for metric conversions.
DRYING
252
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
A charge of 1 to 3¢/bu-mo is usually made for storage. It is often more
economical to store grain than to sell it at harvest to take advantage
of the increase in price after harvest.
The lateral pressure, in English units, in deep storages can be estimated
from Janssen’s equation (10-2) (Fig. 10.6).
100-7}
a
144L +2" [jp
ken |
a
90
oHol
wu
5
“
-
;
aS
r = radius, ft.
80
2
2
=
oi
2 70
=
ay
{e)
Oo
nN
2
2
wW
ao)
tne)
a
5,60
2
‘5 50
;
=
3Ss
=e
°
2
<
p= 50 Ibs. per cu. ft.
= 30
wo
b= 0.4 ((grain
k = 0.6
Ae
on wall)
| ft =_0.3048m
“4
| Ib/ft>= 16.02 kg/m>
| psi = 6.895 kN/m2
.
2
3
Lateral
FIG. 10.6.
LATERAL PRESSURE
L =
5
SB
4
pressure,
5
6
7
8
L,psi
IN CYLINDRICAL,
BIN
- ¢
~Kuh
:
(10-2)
where L = lateral pressure of grain, lb/ft?
w = weight of grain, lb/ft?, (40—50)
“ =coefficient of friction of grain on walls, (0.30—0.48)
R = hydraulic radius of bin, ft,
area of cross-section, ft?
;
circumference, ft
h = depth at any point, ft
Y = vertical pressure of the grain, lb/ft?
K = ratio of lateral to vertical pressure, L approximately 0.60
for
grain
e = 2.718
Y
SYSTEMS
FOR
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
253
Kinds of Storage
Many farm storages are as large or larger than commercial elevators.
Halter (1973) classifies elevators as follows.
(1) Country Elevators—These hold 1760 m? (50,000 bu) and up and are
used for receiving grain from wagons
shipped by truck or rail.
and trucks, from which grain is
(2) Subterminal Elevators—These have a capacity of 17,600 m3 (500,000
bu) and serve a much larger geographical area than the country elevator.
The subterminal receives grain from large trucks and farm vehicles. The
subterminal may include a dryer and automatic dumping equipment as
well as cleaning equipment. The subterminal elevator is a truck-rail
interface.
(3) Terminal Elevator—The terminal elevator includes the various functions of receiving, handling, storing, and shipping and is primarily a rail
or a truck-ship interface. A wide variety of products can be handled.
(4) Trans-shipment
Elevator—The
trans-shipment
elevator is used
primarily to transfer products from inland shipping units, such as ships,
to ocean-going vessels or to rail, and has as its main function unloading,
storing, and loading out.
(5) Importing Elevator—This unit receives grain from ships and is involved in handling and shipping out to trucks or by rail.
(6) Manufacturing Elevator—This is a specialized elevator which will
process a specific crop for a particular industrial purpose, such as cereal
grains, flour, feed, and grain sugars.
Layout of Storage
The storage must be laid out so as to accommodate efficiently the
handling and drying system. A schematic for a wet grain and drying
storage center is shown in Fig. 10.7. A representative commercial in-
stallation is presented in Fig. 10.8. Farm units do not only store the
grain but are often for mixing supplements, drying the product, and
delivering to self-feeders. Shown is a 52.8 m? (1500 bu)/hr unit. This
unit uses a 0.15 m (6 in.) auger to move the grain from a dump pit to
the elevator. Either a 1.5 m? (43 bu) capacity pit with cross auger or a
7.4 m3 (210 bu) gravity feed dump can be used for quick unloading of
trucks or wagons. Over the driveway are four 16 m? (465 bu) bins for
gravity flow. A central elevator leg provides communication for handling
of grain or mixing for loading and unloading. A commercial warehouse
with receiving and shipping is shown in Fig. 10.9.
254
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
880 m°
530 m°>
(25,000
(15,000 BU.)
STORAGE
BIN
BIN
FIG. 10.7.
FLOW OF WET GRAIN—DRYING
BU.)
AND STORAGE
CENTER
Dust and Explosions
Explosions in grain elevators must be considered in the design and
operation of grain handling and storage systems. Explosions result from
ignition of fine dust particles in the air (Hall et al. 1971). The basic factors involved in an explosion are a suitable mixture of dust and oxygen
(in the air), and a spark. Grain dust is considerably more explosive (50
times) than coal dust. Generally, a concentration
of organic dust less
than 0.177 kg/m? (5 g/ft) is considered safe from explosion. Air and
grain circulating systems must be designed and operated so as to avoid
increasing the concentration of dust. The possibility of explosion from
dust has increased in recent years when dust cannot be rejected to the
atmosphere. With more handling additional fines are produced and dust
is produced. Dust should be removed from the circulating air. The dust
can be pelleted and used for feed. Granaries and elevators are constructed with caps, doors, windows, or panels which “blow out” if an explosion occurs, to minimize damage to the structure and to help keep the
effect from spreading to other areas. A spark may result from static elec-
tricity in the machinery, switch, broken light bulb, and any number of
sources. Explosions are prevented by providing a well-ventilated build-
SYSTEMS
FOR
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
255
Courtesy of Butler Manufacturing Co.
FIG. 10.8.
A REPRESENTATIVE
COMMERCIAL
UNIT FOR 1500 BU/HR
ing, dust removal equipment, dustproof electrical equipment and lights,
and properly grounded equipment. Proper operation and maintenance of
equipment are equally important. Construction and building regulations,
air pollution control requirements, insurance requirements, and national
fire and safety codes all are established to prevent explosions. Aldis and
Lai (1979) have prepared a comprehensive publication on grain dust ex-
plosions.
QUESTIONS
1. Contrast a grain handling system for a one crop operation with a
grain handling system for several grains for a grain-livestock enterprise.
256
DRYING
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
AND STORAGE
<
IMJ
SCALE
GARNERS
aii
HRA
eh
SCALE
Fill
FLOOR
DISTRIBUTING FLOOR
CONVEYORTO
STORAGE
BIN
FLOOR
|
t
ii
ORK HOUSE
BINS
t
++_
SZ) 1 NI
TO SHIPPING
GALLERY
TRUCK SHIPPING
the
AA
ies
rH
SHIPPING
LEG
SHIPPING
RECEIVING
RECEIVING
BELT
L
LEG
she
From Sinha and Muir (1973)
FIG. 10.9.
COMMERCIAL
GRAIN
STORAGE
AND
HANDLING
2. Obtain a copy of the latest EPA memoranda for preventing elevator
explosions and list the essential requirements.
3. Obtain the latest OSHA requirements for elevator operations and
list the essential requirements.
4. Make a time study at a grain receiving operation. Develop a set of
recommendations for improving the operation.
5. What changes should be considered in operating a receiving-drying-
handling-storing system when changing from wheat to corn?
6. Compare the lateral pressure versus depth for a 6 m (20 ft) diameter
circular bin using the Rankine equation and the Janssen equation.
7. Select two grain drying-handling-storage systems in your area.
Make a flow diagram of both. Contrast the two systems, giving advantages and disadvantages. How could the design be improved,
considering the system?
8. Compare three methods of unloading a railroad boxcar considering
rate of unloading, cost, operation following unloading, use for various
grains, etc.
SYSTEMS
FOR
HANDLING
OF
GRAIN
257
REFERENCES
ALDIS, D.F. and LAI, F.S.
1979.
aspects of grain dust explosions.
FLEMING, J.M.
1968.
Review of literature related to engineering
U.S. Dep. Agric. Misc. Publ. 1375.
Canadian grain terminals: design and construction fea-
tures. Eng. J. 51 (1) 4-15.
FOSTER,
G.H.
1964.
Dryeration—a
corn
drying process.
U.S. Dep. Agric.
Cire. AMS-582.
HALL,
C.W.,
FARRALL,
A.W.
and
RIPPEN,
A.L.
1971.
Encyclopedia
of
Food Engineering. AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
HALTER, G.S. 1973. Design of country and terminal elevators. In Grain
Storage: Part of a System. R.N. Sinha and W.E. Muir. (Editors). AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
HIRNING, H.H., OLVER, E.F. and SHOVE, G.C. 1974. Drying grain in IIlinois. Univ. Ill., Urbana, Ext. Cire. 1100.
KETCHUM, M.S. 1919. The Design of Walls, Bins and Grain Elevators. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.
MADDEX,
R.L.
1966.
Drying shelled corn. Mich. State Univ. Agric. Eng. Dep.
Info. Ser. 174.
MADDEX, R.L. and HALL, C.W.
State Univ. Ext. Bull. 3/6.
SINHA,
R.N. and MUIR,
W.E.
1954.
1973.
Drying grain with forced air. Mich.
Grain Storage: Part of a System.
AVI
Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
SMITH,
R.W.
and
BALDWIN,
E.D.
1975.
Economics
of farm
drying and
storage systems in Ohio. Ohio State Univ. Coop. Ext. ESS 519 and MM 358.
STAHL, B. 1950. Grain bin design. U.S. Dep. Agric. Circ. 836.
STEWART,
B.R. and BRITTON,
M.G.
1973.
Design of farm grain storages.
In Grain Storage: Part of a System. R.N. Sinha and W.E. Muir (Editors).
AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
Ld
Systems for Drying and Handling of
Hay
The value of the hay produced annually in the United States (1975) is
approximately $5 billion, making it the most important farm crop. The
leading states in quantity of hay produced are Wisconsin, Minnesota,
California, Nebraska, and Iowa. In hectarage the leading states are Iowa,
Illinois, Texas, Kansas, Minnesota, and North Dakota. There is a greater
loss of production of hay than of any other farm product except fruits
and vegetables. Approximately
21% of the production is lost during
harvesting of the crop and another 7% is lost during storage, making a
total loss of 28%. The loss amounts to approximately $1% billion per
year in the United States. Although it would not be economical to
prevent all the loss, the potential for saving a part of the loss commercially is substantial.
The forage must be cut at the proper stage of maturity to obtain the
highest nutrient value of the crop. Alfalfa should be cut when one-tenth
to one-fourth bloom; alsike clover, full bloom; sweet clover, beginning of
bloom; red and mammoth clover, one-half to full bloom; cowpeas, first
pods matured; annual lespedeza, full bloom; lespedeza sericiz, before
bloom and less than 0.5 m (20 in.) tall; soybean hay, beans fully developed and bottom leaves starting to yellow; brome grass, just after full
bloom; Johnson grass, when heads are emerging but before one-fourth
have emerged; prairie grass, before plants turn brown; sudan grass, when
heading; timothy, fully headed to early bloom.
Good drying weather does not often prevail in the Midwest when hay is
at the proper stage of maturity for harvesting. Waiting for the hay to dry
during rain and heavy dew causes loss of nutrients through bleaching
from sun, leaching from rain, and loss of leaves. To permit timely harvest
without the hazards of inclement weather, drying of hay by forced
ventilation has been successful and economical. With a properly arranged
schedule of harvesting and storing, coupled with drying, only enough hay
should be mowed so that the cut hay is in the field for one drying day.
258
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
259
The hay is field dried to approximately 40% moisture and additional
moisture removed with the barn hay dryer until the moisture content is
down to 20%. This procedure of removing moisture from hay and other
forages is known as barn drying, barn curing, mow curing, or finishing
hay. Drying hay as it is cut in the field would require a heating unit of
0.378 m*/hr (100 gal./hr) to dry 1360 kg (1% tons)/hr and is used for
dehydration units, not generally for farm use. The danger of spontaneous
combustion is eliminated by proper use of a barn hay dryer. The product
will remain as cool as or cooler than the air blown into the hay. Barn hay
drying systems may use unheated forced air or heated air.
Long hay can be stored at 28% moisture without danger of spontaneous combustion while chopped hay must be at 25% or less and even
then discoloration will occur (Duffee 1942). Drying hay to 25% in the
field before chopping presents an added weather hazard and possible
additional loss from handling.
The quantity of nutrients in alfalfa hay harvested by different methods gives an indication of the effect of different methods of curing. The
feed nutrients normally compared are dry matter, protein, and carotene.
Results of one study are presented in Table 1.6, which check closely with
data presented by previous researchers (Davis 1951). Another method of
determining the value of the forages dried by different means is by using
livestock feeding trials (Chapter 1). Results are generally reported per kg
(Ib) of hay fed, rather thar. per kg (lb) of hay grown, and may not consider the loss in quantity and quality between cutting and feeding.
The amount of carotene in alfalfa and other materials is a measure of
the vitamin A content. Pure carotene is oxidized when exposed to air,
with the process being accelerated in sunlight and at higher temperatures. Market hay frequently contains only one-tenth to one-fifth of the
carotene ordinarily found in the growing plant, and the carotene is lost
completely if the hay is kept in storage for a few months. Results of the
effects of temperature and fineness on the loss of carotene in alfalfa hay
are summarized as follows (Kane et al. 1937):
(1) Hay stored when the outside temperature was 7.2°C (45°F) lost an
average of 3% of the carotene content per month.
(2) Hay stored when the average outdoor temperatures ranged from
7.2° to 20°C (45° to 68°F) lost an average of 6.5% of the carotene
content per month.
(3) Hay stored when the outside temperature was 20°C (68°F) lost an
average of 11 to 21% of the carotene content per month.
(4) Alfalfa meals ground to pass 0.31, 0.63, and 1.9 cm (%, %4, and
34 in.) mesh screens lost carotene at the same
rate during storage
regardless of the degree of fineness, which was practically the same
as for baled alfalfa hay.
260
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
The leaf loss from alfalfa hay during handling becomes great as the
moisture content is reduced below 30%. The leaf loss in a series of tests
ranged from 10 to 65% for a moisture range of 28 to 32% (Zink 1936).
The leaves contain 60 to 90% of the proteins and vitamins of the hay.
Drying in the Field
\
Windrowing of hay within a couple of hours after cutting in northern
climates decreases the drying rate of cut hay. If hay yielding 1815 kg (2
tons) per 0.4 ha (1 acre) is double-windrowed after mowing, spoilage will
occur before drying occurs unless excellent drying conditions prevail. Hay
is normally partially dried to about 40 to 50% moisture in the swath, and
then raked into windrows for drying in the field or mow to 25 to 30%.
In southern climates the most rapid drying of cut forage was obtained
by windrowing after cutting. The stomata of the hay reopen following
windrowing thus allowing exit of plant moisture (Jones 1939). In hay
which was double-windrowed 2 or 3 hr after cut, the temperature surrounding the leaves inside the windrow gradually fell while the relative
humidity increased. The temperature inside the windrow was 5°C (9°F)
lower in double windrows 3 hr after cut than in the swath, while the
relative humidity was 10% higher. The moisture loss from the leaves was
kept to a minimum in the higher humidity atmosphere. The leaf functions in its normal capacity under these conditions so the water in the
stem has a free outlet for evaporation, giving a greater overall moisture
loss (Table 11.1). The values would be expected to be different under
other air temperature and humidity conditions.
gE
TABLE
11.1
NATURAL
DRYING
OF ALFALFA
HAY IN MISSISSIPPI
CUT AT 8—9 A.M.
Moisture, % w.b.
Method
of
Handling
As
Cut
2hr
After
Cut
4hr
After
Cut
8hr
After
Cut
20 hr
After
Cut
25 hr
After
Cut
70
60
46
26
46
25
70
62
38
PAI
70
64
34
26
=
38
a
27
70
60
40
70
60
32
fs
19
Re
30
17
70
58
43
70
58
44
at
20
z
30
x
21
Swath
Single windrow
as cut
Double windrow
as cut
Bas windrow
2 hr after cut
Double windrow
2 hr after cut
TG windrow
4hr after cut
Double windrow
4hr after cut
Source: Jones (1939).
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
261
Drying time in the field can be reduced by use of chemical
desiccants
before or after cutting and by use of mechanical conditi
oning after
cutting.
The speed of drying in the field, based on a given air
environment, is
dependent on type of plant, stage of maturity, leaf to stem
ratio, density
of product in the swath, and the moisture content of soil on which
the
product is placed. The environmental conditions greatly affecti
ng the
drying include solar radiation, air movement, and humidity and temperature of the air within and surrounding the product.
The following relationships exist for field drying of forage (Klinner and
Shepperson 1975):
(1) Respiration of the plant stops at a moisture content of 38 to 40%.
(2) A wind speed of 2.2 m/s (7.22 ft/sec) is considered as most effective
for drying in the windrow.
(3) Drying rate decreases with decreasing crop
(4) Solar energy absorption decreases with the
and with crop moisture.
(5) Respiration losses make up 2 to 8% of the
losses under good drying conditions, and 16
conditions.
moisture.
intensity of radiation
total crop dry matter
to 20% in poor drying
Crushing Hay
The practice of crushing hay has gained considerable interest because it
provides a method of decreasing the drying time in the field and therefore reduces the weather hazard. The drying time has decreased 50%
or more in good drying weather by crushing. Typical drying curves for
‘crushed and uncrushed alfalfa
after alfalfa hay was crushed
which was cut and then raked
ture content. The crushed hay
are shown in Fig. 11.1 and were obtained
one morning and compared with the hay
into windrows when wilted to 50% moiswas baled the afternoon of the second day
of drying while the uncrushed hay was baled the third day.
On a good drying day in Wisconsin, at the end of 5 hr drying time,
crushed alfalfa hay was at 25% moisture and uncrushed hay near 45%
(Bruhn 1955). On an average drying day, crushed alfalfa hay dried to
35% in 5 hr as compared to 48% for uncrushed hay.
Crushing has proved satisfactory in the curing of alfalfa, Johnson grass,
soybeans,
and pea hay. Data
show
that
72 hr of drying time were
required for non-crushed Johnson grass while the crushed hay was baled
in 24 hr with an improvement of one grade. Crushed soybean hay was
dry enough to bale at the end of 48 hr whereas uncrushed soybean hay
required 120 hr of drying in the field. Nearly the same results were
262
DRYING AND STORAGE
12:00
4:00
8:00
OF AGRICULTURAL
12:00
Aug.9
4:00
CROPS
8:00
12:00
4:00
7:00
Aug. |O
From Montford (1947)
FIG. 11.1.
FA
MOISTURE CONTENT FOR CRUSHED AND UNCRUSHED ALFAL-
obtained with pea vine hay (Jones 1939). The greatest advantage or gain
from crushing is obtained in good drying weather. As the drying weather
becomes poorer, the advantage of crushing diminishes.
The pressure on the rolls of the crusher should be properly adjusted.
A faster drying rate is obtained by passing the material through the
crusher more than once. Two sets of rollers with the second set running
at 80% of the speed of the first is recommended.
Opening, twisting,
rearranging, and tearing of the stems occurs as they pass between the
rollers (Bruhn 1955). The higher the pressure per lineal inch of roller, up
to 205 kPa (30 psi), the faster the drying rate of crushed hay. Tearing
and stripping of the leaves occurs with the higher pressures. If too much
pressure is applied, the juice may be squeezed from the hay, especially if
it is in the succulent stage, causing a loss of the nutrient material in the
plant juices.
Hay that has been crushed will also dry faster during barn curing be-
cause of the greater surface area of the crushed stems. Present practices
do not justify crushing for reducing mow drying time. If hay is rained on
after it is crushed it will absorb moisture as fast or faster than uncrushed
hay.
Respiration and Mold Growth
There is a close relationship between the moisture content or environmental relative humidity of the product and the rate of mold growth.
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
263
Safe storage for 1 year occurs when the hay is 14% moisture,
which is
- equivalent to approximately 68% relative humidity or less. Hay with
equilibrium relative humidity of 70% or less (15% moisture) can be stored
without development of mold for 200 days (Dawson and Musgrave 1950;
Wright 1941). When drying hay with natural air above 21.1°C (70°F) or
with supplementary heat, the temperature of the air being discharged is
often in the range of most rapid mold growth. When hay is dried with air
of 60°C (140°F), a large amount of mold results. Even though temperatures greater than 49°C (120°F) kill most molds, the temperature of
the product during evaporation is much cooler than the heated air tem-
perature (Terry 1947).
Few data are available on the amount of heat given off during respira-
tion of hay. One estimate is that 11,630 kJ (5000 Btu/Ib) of heat is
produced for 1 kg of dry matter consumed. The heat generated in 40%
w.b. hay is roughly 232 kJ/kg (100 Btu/Ib) of dry matter for each kg (Ib)
of water evaporated; for 50%, 696 kJ/kg (300 Btu/Ib); 60%, 1068 kJ/kg
(460 Btu/Ib); and for 70%, 1300 kJ/kg (560 Btu/Ib) (Davis and Barlow
1948).
The amount of respiration from hay stored in a mow will depend on the
moisture content and the amount of mold or microorganisms on the hay.
The utilization of the heat of respiration for drying when forcing air
through the product will depend upon the temperature, relative humidity, and airflow. By using a low volume of drying air with a high relative
humidity at a moderate temperature, so the microorganisms are not
killed, heating of the stored hay due to the microorganisms is responsible
for a major portion of the evaporation. The contribution of the microbial
respiration for evaporation of moisture during forced air drying is variously reported as 15, 40, 63, to as high as 75% of the total heat (Frudden
1946; Hendrix 1947; Strait 1944; Terry 1948). These variations are
undoubtedly due to differences in temperature and amount and kinds of
microorganisms at the time of making the tests. In carefully controlled
tests these variables were identified and it was found that during barn
drying of hay, 25% of the heat absorbed by water evaporated was
obtained when entering air had a low relative humidity and there was
little if any microorganism development. Respiration provided more than
60% of the heat absorbed for water evaporation when the air was 75% or
higher relative humidity and microorganism development had occurred
in the hay (Dawson and Musgrave 1950). With chopped hay it was found
that during forced air drying approximately 63% of the heat necessary
for drying was supplied by heat generated by the hay and microorganisms (Hendrix 1947). Even though mold may grow, spontaneous
combustion does not normally occur if hay is dried to 25% before storage.
At 25%
moisture,
the diffusion of moisture
and heat from
the high
264
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
moisture, high temperature location is sufficiently rapid to prevent spontaneous combustion with the oxygen normally present.
The relationship of time and temperature and mold formation on high
moisture hay can be seen in Fig. 11.2. It is necessary to dry the hay to
about 20% moisture in 42 hr or less to prevent mold formation since it is
not economical to use the hay as a source of heat for drying.as respiration
decreases dry matter content. There is a loss of 0.012 kg/kg (25 Ib/ton)
of hay per day when 50% of the water evaporated during drying is from
the heat of respiration of the hay (Dawson and Musgrave 1950).
140
55
50
120
45
40
100
oie SSloue
uJ
oe
eae
eS
394
pS
w
="
720
uJ
uJ
&
*<a
80
a.
>
uJ
KE
KE
15
60
10
S
40
40
80
120
160
TIME , HR
From Terry (1947)
Ba ne RELATIONSHIP OF TEMPERATURE AND TIME FOR MOLD
FORMATION ON
The rate of drying of hay or grain can be represented by the wet
bulb
and the dry bulb temperatures. The temperature of the product
will
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
9265
approach the wet bulb air temperature during drying and will
rise to the
dry bulb temperature when about half of the water is removed
. Thus, a
thermometer in the product will indicate the stage of drying because
the
product temperature will decrease due to the cooling effect during
drying
(evaporation of moisture). When a majority of the moisture is removed
the temperature will increase, approaching the temperature of the drying
air.
Barn Drying
Through appropriate management of barn drying systems, harvest
losses can be decreased, product can be harvested at its optimum stage of
growth, storage losses can be minimized,
and the organic matter can
be kept higher (Klinner and Shepperson 1975). Although these advan-
tages are generally accepted, barn drying systems have not increased in
recent years because of the difficulty of providing a handling system
compatible with the harvesting method.
Long Hay
An air distribution system composed of a fan and duct system is required for mow drying hay. The fan must provide an adequate quantity
of air against the static pressure caused by the hay. The general recommendations for quantity of air are either 0.07 to 0.10 m3/m3s (15 to
20 cfm/ft?) of mow floor area or 0.156 to 0.26 m*/s:t (300 to 500 cfm/
ton). A tonne (ton) of long hay will occupy about 11.3 m? (400 ft?) of mow
space. With airflows of approximately 0.051 to 0.076 m’/m3s (10 to 15
cfm/ft?) the static pressure for design of hay drying systems is 0.18 to
0.25 kPa (0.75 to 1.0 in. water) for 4.6 m (15 ft) depth and 0.13 to 0.15
kPa (0.5 to 0.6 in. water) for 2 to 3 m (6 to 8 ft) depth of hay. The duct
system selected depends upon the shape of the mow, depth of the hay,
and form of hay—long, chopped, or baled. The distribution system
consists of a main duct which may be placed along one side of the mow
with laterals or slatted floor to distribute the air or which may be placed
in the center of the mow
with or without laterals or slatted floor,
depending upon the depth of hay and shape of mow (Table 11.2).
For shallow mows, 3.66 m (12 ft) or less, the best air distribution,
regardless of the width of the mow, is obtained with the main duct along
one side of the mow and laterals (Fig. 11.3). For storages less than 11 m
(36 ft) wide and under 7.6 m (25 ft), a main center duct is advisable (Fig.
11.4). A main center duct can be an A-frame or rectangular framework
covered with slats, wire fencing, or plain steel cables for long hay (Fig.
11.5). There should be 3.8 m? of open duct surface for each m°/s of air
fy
‘QUINOA
eSUOT,
09 09 09 OZTOZTOZ 0ZTOZOZ
J 1Z IZ LE 83 IZ 61 LT tI €I
MOW
éT eI 6 GT €I IT 9T I ral
yideq
fy
‘papueulul0je
” ;
yy
peddoyo
pereq peTeq pereq
pereq
Su0]
suo,
SUuo]
suol
peddoyd peddoyd peddoyo
WLIOABH
jo
@pIg
‘ell ATEVL
ureulsieyue0
uleul
IOOTJ
pe97eIs
‘WS6))
TP
Eies2aneS
J,
=
==
[ese7e]IOOTJuTeU
yesaqe]
Jo poyye]s Io
Je}ua0
sjonp Jajuad
Y}IM
YIMsjonp
BNsueyz9y
joodAy,
w9a38h
yong Jepnsuel
UreU
=
NI AVH SNIAWG HOS SWSALSAS LONG 4O NOSIYVdNOS
Vy 9¢ 9gi“ 9€ 9&8Z OF 4 OF
vp vy vy
WNUIIXxe
‘UYPIM
9T €I 31
aAogy
‘yond
eet
LT v1 al
aAaogy
‘I00|
vv-ZE
9€—02 96-08 0F—02
Bs
UIPIM
OZTOZOZ
4
‘1dJBM ‘Ul T Ue Ssay ATTeNsn ov paleyUNOoUA sainsseid 914849 «
‘Jad1e] opeul oie sjonp pue parddns st ie [euorjIppe jl Jeyeaid oq ued YYsUET,
‘ramodasioy Jed palip oq uBo (su0} Q[—/) seuuo G—¢g'9 AoyeUIxoIddy ,
2
‘wiayshs jonp Ul UsISep SutIeeuIsUe Iedoid sutye10d10ouI Aq pepesdxe aq you Aew syydop asoy,y, z
‘yonp IepNZuezda1 IO Wd OOO‘SP PUB JONpP Ie[NSueII} 10} WI YYO‘FZ JO MoOTjIIe ‘api 43 g pue YsIY 4J g SJoNp UO paseg ;
"M1 9PL'0 = dy T ‘eq¥ 88770 = 10}BM “Ul T ‘S/W ¢ OT X QILF'O = WP T ‘WT = 33 BHOEO ‘S1OJIBJ UOISIAAUOD
iJ OF OV 0g OL GL 06 09 09 09
Gg Gg Gg
WNUIIXe
‘yysue'T
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
DRYING AND STORAGE
266
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
FIG. 11.3.
MAIN DUCT AT SIDE OF MOW
FIG. 11.4.
MAIN DUCT AT CENTER OF MOW FOR DEEP HAY STORAGE
FOR SHALLOW
267
HAY STORAGE
SELECT CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA, A,
SO THAT THERE IS | SQ.FT. FOR
EACH 1000 CFM OF AIR
2"x 4" STUDS
SPACED
2 FEET
(" MESH
FOR
WIDTH, FT.
HEIGHT,
FT.
HEIGHT,
FT.
2"x4"
hae:
CROSS-
SECTIONAL
FIG. 11.5.
FLOOR
WIDTH, FT.
AREA = =—_—“NO
HEIGHT x WIDTH
CROSS
— SECTIONAL
CENTER MAIN DUCT WITHOUT BRANCHES
See Appendix
for metric conversions.
SOLE
AREA ®= Se
HEIGHT Se
x WIDTH
OR LATERALS
268
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
entering the duct (1 ft? for each 50 cfm) at 0.13 kPa (0.5 in.) static
pressure. The main duct should have a cross-sectional area of 0.2 m?/m’s
of air (1 ft? for each 1000 cfm of air) that is moved through the duct. The
duct is normally at least 1.8 m (6 ft) high and is large enough for a person
to work inside. The major objective in any drying system is to have a
uniform length of path through which the air passes in getting from the
duct to the outside of the forage being dried. With the rectangular or
triangular duct it is desirable, if considerable hay is to be dried with a
shallow depth, to have doors in the top of the duct which can be closed to
prevent air escape (Fig. 11.6). This system is usually used for mows wider
than 11 m (36 ft). The duct doors are opened for depths over 4.6 m (15
ft). For very deep forage over the ducts, the doors to the floor ducts can
be closed when the hay on the bottom is dry. The branch or lateral ducts
may be constructed as either a slatted floor or a duct system. It is
important that the lateral ducts do not extend closer than 2.5 m (8 ft) to
the sides or 1.5 m (5 ft) to the ends of the haymow so there is little air
loss. Lateral ducts are commonly 1.2 to 2 m (4 to 6 ft) apart. Details of
laterals and slatted floor plans are in Fig. 11.7 and 11.8.
FIG. 11.6. ARRANGEMENT OF DOORS IN MAIN
DUCT
A round structure with a forced air drying system that incorporates a
vertical duct is used for commercially built hay storages (Fig. 11.9).
Doors are provided which can be closed for shutting off the air to the hay
previously dried.
For deep narrow mows it is advisable to install two-level ducts through
the center of the mow, one above the other approximately 4.5 m (15
ft)
apart. A two-level system of ducts would provide air movement for
a
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
6
ts
SOL
"x3"
A
‘oped
FIG. 11.7.
OF
MOW———
——
SLATS
3" OPENINGS
id
;
“g" x 9"
—+ 20"
2" OPENING—
LATERAL DUCT DETAILS
See Appendix
for metric conversions.
SLATTED
FLOOR
MAY BE IN
SECTIONS
=——— WIOTH
OF
MOW
———™
"x 3" SLATS
INGS
lys OPENINGS
Lot"
|415-25
FIG. 11.8. SLATTED FLOOR LATERAL DUCT DETAILS
See Appendix for metric conversions.
HAY
269
DRYING
270
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
AIR oureTs
DOORS
CLOSED
DOORS OPEN
FOR AIR PASSAGE
THROUGH HAY
HAY BEING DRIED—|
=
[ees —
PREVIOUSLY DRIED
HAV
DOORS
AIR
CLOSED
DUCT
FAN
FIG. 11.9. ROUND STRUCTURE
AIR DRYING SYSTEM
mow
WITH FORCED
9.1 m (30 ft) deep. To move 0.077 m3/m2s (15 cfm/ft?) of air
through 4.9 m (16 ft) of chopped hay requires a static pressure of 0.5 kPa
(2 in. water). Vertical flues rising from the center duct can also be used. A
flue-form may be moved vertically through the hay as the mow is filled
to provide a vertical hay-formed center duct.
Chopped Hay
The requirements of a drying system for long hay apply to chopped
hay. The various systems can be adapted to chopped hay. The major
difference is that a shallower depth of chopped hay is required for the
same quantity. About 4 m (13 ft) of chopped hay is equivalent to 4.9 m
(16 ft) of long hay. The static pressures involved for the two depths
would be about the same. Static pressure relationships are presented in
Fig. 11.10. For chopped hay a center main duct should be covered with
2.5 cm (1 in.) mesh fencing material.
A wagon dryer or separate drying building should be used for heated air
drying from which the dried product is moved to storage. A drying
SYSTEMS
bie °
FOR
DRYING
AND
WALKED ON DURING
LOADING
HANDLING
OF
HAY
271
©
Seog
H20wo oO
IN
ke °
ny
6]
is)= a°
AP,
STATIC
PRESSURE,
°
| in, water = 0.2488
| ft =0.3048 m
fe).) uo
kPa
| cfm/ft2 = 0.00508 m3/m2s
2
3
4
5
DEPTH
6
uf
BEFORE
8
2)
DRYING,
10
=I
12
FT.
From Davis and Baker (1951)
FIG. 11.10. RELATIONSHIP OF STATIC PRESSURE,
DEPTH, AIRFLOW, AND PERCENTAGE MOISTURE FOR
LONG AND CHOPPED HAY
building incorporating use of heated air and a mechanical handling sys-
tem can be built which can be used for both hay and grain. A perforated
floor for air distribution and an endgate-type unloader to move the
product into a flight conveyor beside the perforated floor are the prin-
cipal features of this system. A building 13.4 m (44 ft) long, 6 m (20 ft)
wide, and 4.3 m (14 ft) high will dry 14,512 to 18,140 kg (16 to 20 tons) of
chopped hay or 21 to 28 m? (600 to 800 bu) of grain in 24 hr.
Baled Hay
Both the density and moisture content of the bale at time of storage
affect the final hay quality. Hay must be dried to about 20% moisture
content, w.b., before baling and the bale density should be about 96
kg/m? (6 lb/ft?) to obtain completely mold-free hay (Hopkins et al. 1954)
(Fig. 11.11). A bale 0.34 m X 0.46 m X 1 m (14 in. X 18 in. X 40 in.)
weighing 16 kg (35 lb) would have a density of 96 kg/m? (16 lb/ft*).
These bales would be very difficult to handle and impractical. Although
the complete absence of mold is not necessary when hay is fed on the
farm, the amount of must gives a measure of the importance of density
and moisture content.
272
DRYING
AND STORAGE
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
kg/m?
lb/ft?
16.02
|=
FT.
DENSITY,
CU.
PER
BALE
LB.
8
20
MOISTURE
22
24
26
CONTENT (WET
28
BASIS),PER
30
32
CENT
From Hopkins et al. (1954)
FIG. 11.11. BALE DENSITY
EFFECT ON QUALITY
AND
MOISTURE
It is desirable when hay is to be baled and dried by forced air to field
dry to 35% moisture content before baling. It is desirable to bale the hay
as loosely as is consistent with good handling practices.
To permit good handling requires that the same bale weigh between 25
and 30 kg (55 and 65 lb) or approximately 176 kg/m? (11 lb/ft’). If
loosely baled, it is possible to bale at a moisture content of 35%. Hay with
a moisture content of 30%, weighing about 176 kg/m? (11 lb/ft’), heated
up to as high as 41°C (105°F) immediately after placement in the mow in
the absence of forced ventilation. The temperature dropped to below the
entering air temperature within 30 min after the fan was started. An airflow of 0.1 m’/m?s (20 cfm/ft?) was used with most of the air going
through 0.05 m (2 in.) spaces provided between the bales. The static
pressure for forcing air around the bales is only about one-third that required for forcing air through the bales when drying.
There are three basic methods of placing bales in a mow for mow
curing: (1) tight-packed, (2) loose-stacked, and (3) helter-skelter. A comparison of the three methods of placement in the mow for a 30—70%
moisture of alfalfa-brome is listed in order of desirability from best to
poorest as follows: (1) Tight-packed. Hay with a density of 225 kg/m?
SYSTEMS
(14 lb/ft?) was
tions 3 m
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
273
tightly packed with rows packed in alternate direc-
(10 ft) deep at 29.5% moisture content with an airflow of
0.10 m*/m?s (20 cfm/ft?) and a mean static pressure of 0.2 kPa (0.77 in.
water). (2) Loose stacked. Bales were placed in the mow in alternate directions with about 0.5 m (2 in.) between bales, 7 layers or 3 m (10 ft)
deep, 190 kg/m? (11.9 lb/ft) density of hay at 31.5% moisture and with
an airflow of 0.10 m*/m?s (20 cfm/ft?) with a mean static pressure 0.7
kPa (0.28 in. water). (3) Helter-skelter. The bales were dropped from a
track at random to the dryer to a depth of 3.2 m (10.5 ft) with an original
moisture content of 33% and an overall density of 136 kg/m? (8.5 lb/ft?)
with an airflow of 0.12 m’/m?s (23.5 cfm/ft2) with a mean static pressure
of 0.05 kPa (0.20 in. water).
Tight packing with the bales staggered and placed in alternate directions is the best system of stacking for curing with forced ventilation
while use of helter-skelter or random piling is desirable for natural
ventilation. Bales should be placed on edge so that the air is forced into
the narrowest dimension of the bale to obtain good airflow. However, the
problem of handling causes some to overlook the advantage of airflow
from stacking on edge and to recommend placing the bales on their flat
side.
Heated air drying is done in a building, on a platform, or wagon
designed specifically for drying. One heated air unit will dry 4 wagon-
loads 9070 kg (10 tons) at a time and can be used for grain. Some units
have a false floor in the wagon box. The bales are moved from the drying
wagon or building to storage. A platform batch dryer has been developed
for baled hay. The hay should be reduced to 40 to 50% moisture in the
field and baled into loose bales weighing about 176 kg/m? (11 lb/ft’).
The following specifications describe a platform unit:
Floor area
Floor
Depth of loading
Air capacity
Heat capacity
Capacity
Time to dry
Cover
52 m?(4.3 m X 12.2 m), 560 ft? (14 ft X 40 ft)
Slatted, perforated metal, woven wire
3 bales
0.15 m3/m?s at 0.12 to 0.18 kPa (30 cfm/ft?
at 0.5 to 0.75 in. water)
293 kJ/s with 33°C increase (1 million Btu/hr
with 60°F increase)
7250 kg (8 tons), 3 bales deep
16 to 22 hr
A tarpaulin should be placed over hay when
drying for weather protection, uniform
drying, and to prevent excessive loss of hot
air
274.
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Courtesy of Sperry-New Holland
FIG. 11.12.
TWO SIZES OF LARGE ROUND BALES
Large Round Bales
A recent development
is the large, or big, round bales which can be
stored in the field or feedlot and moved when convenient to storage or for
use (Fig. 11.12). The little large round bales 1.8 m X 1.3 m (4% ft X
4 ft) weigh up to 386 kg (850 lb) and the regular large bales 1.8 m X
1.8 m (5% ft X 5% ft) weigh 680 kg (1500 lb). Variations in these dimensions exist for different manufacturers. To avoid heavy leaf loss at
the lower moisture contents and internal spoilage at the higher moisture
contents, bales should be made when the moisture content is 15 to 22%.
Some evidence exists that organic acid preservatives can be used to reduce spoilage that would otherwise occur in large round bales made with
forage in the range of 20 to 30% moisture content. Mechanical or artificial drying has not generally been practiced with large round bales.
To minimize spoilage or loss of hay when large round bales are stored
outside: (1) have a uniform density throughout, (2) produce a bale which
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
275
will maintain a cylindrical shape, neither barrel-shaped nor flattened
wider bale; (3) use higher density bales to have less weathering because
there is less penetration of moisture, the bales retain their shape, and
they have less surface contact with the ground and less spoilage; (4) use
appropriate tension (for feeding in the field little or no twine can be
used); and (5) when storing in the field, orient the center axis of the bale
north-to-south, or face a round side of the bale toward prevailing winds.
Bales can be handled individually with forklifts (Fig. 11.13), which will
suffice for moving 158 X 103 kg (175 tons)/year. A multibale unit can
pick up 3 to 5 bales in the field, transport the bales, and unload in a
couple of minutes (Fig. 11.14).
Drying Large Round Bales
Solar energy
was used for drying wet (40% moisture
content) large
round hay bales placed on a drying platform (Baker and Shove 1978).
The solar collector heated the air to about 19°C (35°F) and the fan moved
the air through the collector and forced the air through the bale. The
aS
Courtesy of Sperry-New Holland
FIG. 11.13.
TRANSPORTING
A SINGLE BALE ON FORK LIFT
276
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Courtesy of Sperry-New Holland
FIG. 11.14.
TRANSPORTING
SEVERAL LARGE ROUND BALES
bales are placed on end over a perforated floor with a cylinder ring
around the lower part of the bale, extending up about 0.3 to 0.6 m (1 to 2
ft). A 3.7 kW (5 hp) fan provides air for 4 bales with an airflow of 2 m3/s
(4560 cfm) at a static
moisture content was
days of drying. Corrie
bales with a density
m3/m2s (45 cfm/ft?).
pressure of 0.5 kPa (2 in. water). Hay at 40 to 45%
dried to 20% with’air heated 19°C (35°F) over 2
and Bull (1969) reported favorable drying of large
of 90 kg/m? (5.6 lb/ft?) using an airflow of 0.23
The large round bale densities with conventional
machines in the United States are in the range of 160 to 240 kg/m? (10 to |
15 lb/ft’).
Wafers, Pellets, and Cubes
Forage is often formed into wafers, pellets, or cubes to provide a
compact material, in a small unit, which can be easily handled. These are
defined by ASAE Standard 8269.2 (ASAE 1979):
Wafer: An agglomeration of unground ingredients in which some of the
Pellet:
fibers are equal to or greater than the length of the crosssectional dimension of the agglomeration.
An agglomeration of individual ground ingredients, or mixture
of such ingredients, commonly used for animal feeds.
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
277
_ There is not a standard definition of a cube.
A cube is formed by compressing fibers, usually by an extrusion process,
into 31 mm X 31 mm
(1% in. X 1% in.) sizes. Cubes are denser than
wafers, and wafers have
a larger cross-section than pellets and cubes. A film
of water is sprayed
on forages while cubing to bind the fibers, with the moisture
up to 17%,
followed by drying to about 13% for storage.
TABLE
11.3.
Size
BASIC DATA ON PELLETS, CUBES, AND WAFERS WITH HAY
Pellets
Cubes
Compressed
Compressed
Wafers
(Extruded)
(Extruded)
Rolled
38 X 38mm (1%in.
31 X 31mm (1% in.
60-100 mm diameter
X 1% in.) and less
X 1% in.)
X 20-100 mm long
Density!
480-560 kg/m?
(30—35 lb/ft’)
480-560 kg/m?
(25-30 lb/ft?)
Pressure used
238 X 105 N/m?
340 X 105 N/m?
Energy to produce?
160—256kWh/100kg
(5—8 hpchr/ton)
480-800kWh/100kg
(15-25 hp-hr/ton)
including propulsion
Reference
Bellinger and
McColly (1961)
Curley et al.(1973);
Dobie (1975)
(3500 psi)
(5000 psi)
240-480 kg/m}
(15-30 lb/ft?)
—
224-320kWh/100kg
(7-10 hp:hr/ton)
| Molitorisz and
McColly (1970)
Source: Hall and Davis (1979).
' Bale density of field machines, 144—160 kg/m’ (9-10 lb/ft).
2 Baler i 48-96 kWh/100 kg (1.5—3 hpshr/ton) for alfalfa (20 hp:hr/ton = 1.64 kWh/
100 kg).
Insect pests are unable to infest compressed forage products in the form
of wafers, cubes, and pellets if the atmosphere is less than 75% relative
humidity and the forage less than 14% (Woodroffe 1973). Organic acids,
such as propionic acid, provide a means of protecting compressed forage
products from spoiling when made at the higher moisture contents than
are safe for storage. Approximately 4% of propionic acid by weight mixed
with a wet forage to be dried or with a nearly dry forage to be placed
in a high humidity environment greatly extends the storage life of compressed forage (Fig. 11.15). (Chaplin and Tetlow 1971). Alfalfa is normally field cured or artificially dried to 12% or less with surface moisture applied at the time of cubing to provide a cube moisture of about
15%, which provides a better cube than cubing at 15% internal moisture.
Generally a better quality cube is obtained if made at a moisture content
of 16 to 23% moisture. These will not keep unless dried or protected with
a preservative. Cubes made from 20% moisture content alfalfa, treated
with 1% by weight of propionic acid added before cubing, were effectively protected from serious molding (Dobie and Carnegie 1973).
Heated or natural air can be forced through stored wafers, pellets, and
78
ie)
DRYING
OF AGRICULTURAL
AND STORAGE
90
CROPS
TREATED WITH
4% PROPIONIC
ACID.
80
70
60
PERCENT
HUMIDITY,
RELATIVE
AT
21°C (70°F)
10
|
LOG OF MINIMUM
1000 DAYS
2]
3
MOLD FREE STORAGE
DAYS
From Chaplin and Tetlow (1971)
FIG. 11.15. EFFECT OF PROPIONIC
TIMOTHY, AND RYEGRASS
ACID ON STORAGE
OF WAFERED
ALFALFA,
cubes to reduce the moisture content to approximately 14% to provide a
product which will store safely. The pressure drop of air flowing through
compressed forages varies greatly depending upon the size of the wafer,
pellet, or cube and upon the fines included. With an airflow of 6 to 12
m3/m?-min (20 to 40 cfm/ft?), pellets with 10% fines will have a pressure
drop of 0.4 to 3.0 kPa/m depth (0.5 to 3.5 in. water/ft depth) (Kjelgaard
1965). Dried products may have poor density and less desirable handling
characteristics. One approach is to use binders so that the dried com-
pressed forage will have better handling characteristics, particularly
durability, after drying.
Cubes made from 20% moisture alfalfa molded in storage, while those
made with 1% propionic acid by weight added before cubing did not mold
seriously (Dobie and Carnegie 1973).
Selection and Use of Air Distribution Systems
The triangular center main duct is used for mows 6 to 11 m (20 to 36 ft)
wide; rectangular center main for mows, 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft) wide; side
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
279
main with laterals or slatted floor for mows, 6 to 12 m (20 to 40 ft) wide;
and center main with lateral or slatted floor for mows, 9.7 to 13.4 m (32
to 44 ft) wide. Limitations of width are in Table 11.2. Hay may settle
away from rectangular ducts while drying and provide escape of air along
the duct and out the end of the mow. The depth of hay stored over the
center main duct depends on the distance from the duct to the edge of
the mow. In general, the recommended distance from the duct to air
discharge is 4.8 m (14 ft) for long, 3.9 m (13 ft) for chopped, and 3.7 m
(12 ft) for baled hay. The first cutting may supply all of the hay if placed
on the dryer over a 2 week period. For a mow 10.7 m (35 ft) wide, with a
2.1 m (7 ft) X 1.5 m (5 ft) wide rectangular center main duct, there would
be 4.6 m (15 ft) of hay on each side of the duct. Nearly the same depth of
hay can be placed over the duct giving a maximum depth of storage
in the mow of 6.7 m (22 ft). If the dimensions of the main duct were
reversed, the maximum depth of storage would be 5.8 m (19 ft). Air
movement across the mow takes place easier than vertically through the
hay, although detailed data are not available on this subject.
The hay should be placed around the duct with the center main system
maintaining a uniform distance in all directions from the duct; with the
lateral or slatted floor system, the hay should be kept level over the
ducts. Prefabricated ducts are available.
Two fans can be used with one at each end of the main duct. Pressure
systems are normally used. For a small volume of hay one fan can be
operated with a cover or door over the other fan. The main duct needs to
be only about one-half as large with two fans at opposite ends as compared to one large fan at one end. However, a smaller duct may be
economical from the standpoint of cost but might not be practical for a
wide mow. The starting current of two small motors started independently is less than for a larger motor.
Designing a Barn Hay Dryer
The following steps should be followed in designing a forced unheated
air drying system for a mow. Method A is used for determining the air-
flow on the basis of mow area. It is easier to use than Method B, which
is used for determining the airflow on the basis of volume of hay. Both
methods give approximately the same results for minimum and maximum
air volume, although Method
B is more accurate, particularly if
the depths vary from the recommended values. Select a fan to give an
airflow approximately midway between the minimum and maximum
values for static pressures of 0.19 kPa (% in.) for long hay and 0.37 kPa
(1.5 in.) for baled hay.
DRYING
280
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Method A.—[Based on floor area in meters (square feet) in mow]
(1)
Determine floor area of mow. Multiply the length in m (ft) X width
in m (ft) to determine the mow area in m? (ft?).
(2 Calculate the quantity of air required, m*/s, by multiplying the
mow floor area by 0.075 m?/m°s (5 cfm/ft?) (minimum) and 0.10
—
m?/m?2s (20 cfm/ft2) (maximum). The fan must be selected and
duct system
designed
to deliver this quantity of air at a static
pressure up to 0.25 kPa (1 in. water). [Baled hay may have a static
pressure of 0.38 kPa (1% in. water).]
(3 Select type of air distribution system based on dimensions of mow
and depth of filling (Table 11.2).
a
(4
—
Calculate cross-sectional dimensions of main duct, and laterals if
used, so
for each
m?/m?/s
50 cfm)
(5
—
that there is
1000 cfm) of
(1 ft? of duct
of air through
at least 0.23 m?/m3/s (1 ft? cross-section
air through the duct. There should be 4.5
surface opening for air discharge for each
duct.
Estimate fan horsepower requirements on basis of mow area of 21.8
to 31.2 m2/kW (175 to 250 ft?/hp).
Method B.—(Based on quantity of hay, tons)!
(1)
(a) Calculate the volume of first cutting or second cutting of
hay, whichever is the larger, which will be placed in the mow.
The maximum depths are shown in Table 11.2 and are 4.9,
3.9, 3.7 m (16, 13, 12 ft) for long, chopped, and baled hay,
respectively, for a wide mow. Volume for a rectangle mow
Ss
equals length X width X depth in meters for volume in
mt = 2.83 m? ="907 kg.
Calculate quantity of hay in tons, using 10.5 to 12.6 m3 (375
to 450 ft?) per ton (2000 lb) for long hay, 8.4 to 9.8 m? (300
to 350 ft*) per ton for chopped hay, and 4.9 to 7 m3 (175 to
250 ft?) per ton of baled hay. Volume per ton (2000 lb)
figures commonly used for long, chopped; and baled hay are
11.2, 8.4, and 5.6 m® (400, 300, and 200 ft), respectively.
Calculate the quantity of air required, m3/s (cfm), by multiply-
ing the number of m? (tons) by 0.141 m3/s/2.83 m3 (300 cfm/
ton) (minimum) and 0.24 m3/s/2.83 m3 (500 cfm/ton) (maximum).
(3-4)
Same as Method A.
'See Appendix for metric conversions.
SYSTEMS
(5)
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
281
Estimate fan horsepower requirements on basis of 8.4 to 12 t/
kW (7 to 10 tons/hp), for hay of 40% moisture.
Placing Hay on Dryer
Long hay may be placed on the dryer in the same way asit is placed ina
mow, with forks and slings or a blower. However, this procedure places
the hay in large bunches and makes drying difficult. Chopped hay can be
placed on the dryer with a blower or conveyor. However, leaves and
stems tend to separate as they are blown onto the dryer, making uniform
drying impossible. The conveyor can be mounted so that its discharge
point can be moved to drop the hay at various locations over the dryer to
provide uniform loading. The conveyor requires less power but the initial
cost is higher than a blower. A 1.5 to 2.2 kW (2 to 3 hp) electric motor
_would suffice for a conveyor where a 12 kW (15 hp) motor would be
required on a blower to do the same job. Baled hay is commonly placed on
dryers with an elevator, although an overhead fork can be used.
Walking on wet hay on a dryer should be avoided, although it may be
necessary to tramp hay around posts to prevent air leakage. The hay
should be placed uniformly over the drying duct so uniform drying may
result, unless some means is provided for blocking the air outlet from the
duct so that air does not escape through areas where there is little or no
hay.
The track and carrier in many barns used for moving hay by slings or
forks may be used to support a deflection board for aid in obtaining
uniform hay distribution. The hay from the blower is directed toward
the deflection board which is approximately 2 m X 1.2 m (6 ft X 4 ft).
The deflection board can be moved up or down and along the track on
the hay carrier to obtain more uniform hay distribution.
Building Requirements
A hay mow should be investigated for strength before it is filled with
wet chopped hay or baled hay. The weight per cubic meter (cubic foot) of
wet hay is greater than field dried hay normally put into the mow and if
the hay is chopped or baled the density is usually considered to be
greater. A mow of dry hay originally at 35% moisture will contain about
10% more hay if filled with field dried hay. Any supporting member
should be strengthened if it shows signs of being overloaded. Another
important requirement is that the floor must be tight. If not, the forced
air will go through the floor instead of through the hay. A tongueand-groove floor in good condition or a dirt floor is satisfactory. Floors
282
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
with cracks should be covered
material.
CROPS
with roofing paper, plastic, or similar
Supplemental Heat in Hay Drying
Supplemental heat is often used to decrease the time required for
drying hay. By raising the air temperature approximately 11°C (20°F),
the time required for drying is reduced to one-fourth the time for un-
heated air; by raising the air temperature 16.7°C (30°F), to one-sixth; and
raising the air temperature 33.3°C (60°F), to one-ninth of the time
required when no additional heat is supplied. The quality of the hay is
increased by using supplemental heat because the time of drying is
decreased, thereby reducing the growth of mold, loss of carotene, and loss
of dry matter which occurs during respiration. It is not recommended
that heated air drying equipment be used in major storage buildings. It is
desirable to have a separate structure used only for drying and a mechanical means of handling the product from the dryer to the storage
building. The use of heated air is more satisfactory for baled hay under
these conditions because of the handling involved. If a heated air dryer is
to be used for drying hay in the main storage building, the heater should
not be placed in the building but should be located outside and connected
by a flame-resistant canvas duct. Alternatively, a boiler may be placed in
a separate building and steam piped to a heat exchanger for heating the
air. A better quality product can be secured by using heated air as
compared to forced unheated air because the product can be dried before
molding takes place. A check of the top 2 m (6 ft) of alfalfa hay dried
with forced unheated
air was graded moldy and by the use of sup-
plemental heat the depth of moldy hay was reduced to 0.6 m (2 ft) top,
which increased the value of the hay (Davis 1947).
If 21.1°C (70°F) air at 50% relative humidity is heated to 37.8°C
(100°F), its moisture holding capacity is increased 170%. If heated to
93.3°C (200°F), the moisture holding capacity is increased 810%. The
increase in moisture carrying capacity of the air cannot be realized in
practice because some of the heat is transferred to the hay as sensible
heat to raise the temperature of the mass or to replace heat loss through
the walls. Approximately 3133 kJ/°C-t (1500 Btu/°F-ton) are required to
heat hay containing 65% moisture.
When the drying air is heated, the volume of airflow should be increased to carry the moisture from the hay and prevent condensation in
the upper layer of the hay mass. The general practice has been to use
0.07 to 0.15 m*/m?’s (15 to 30 cfm/ft2) for heated air. The heating
equipment should be of sufficient size to provide approximately 1.35
kJ/m? for each 1°C temperature rise (20 Btu/1000 ft? of air for each 1°F
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
283
rise). Thus, for 18,000 cfm for a 25°F temperature increase
, a heater
should provide (20) Xx (18) x (25) X (60) or 540,000 Btu/hr. (See Chapter
7 for a discussion of heaters.)
The drying zone is approximately 1 m (3 ft) for hay with initial moisture content of 41% with an airflow of 0.076 m3/m?s (15 cfm/ft2) at
54.5°C (130°F) and 16% relative humidity.
_ The quality of the hay obtained is a function of the time required to
complete the drying process. The quality of hay improves from
the
bottom to the top with excellent quality hay occurring in the lower
portion of the mow which is dried first. By using air heated 14°C (25°F),
an increase of one-half grade can be expected as compared to drying with
unheated forced air (Davis et al. 1950).
Additional heat may be supplied to the drying air with a heat exchanger on the exhaust when a gasoline engine is used. An increase in
temperature of 3.3°C (6°F) occurs when moving 7.24 m3/s (15,400 cfm)
of air with a heat exchanger on a 21 kW (28 hp) engine exhaust. This
amount of air would be used for a mow area of about 92 m? (1000 ft2).
Fan for Forced Air Drying of Hay
Much more water has to be evaporated from a mow of hay than from a
bin of grain for most general farm drying installations. The fans used for
hay drying deliver larger volumes of air at lower static pressures than
those for grain drying. Fans for hay drying are selected on the basis of
delivering a large quantity of air against 0.25 kPa (1 in. water) static
pressure. When the same fans are used to dry grain, a different set of
conditions normally exists. A smaller amount of air is needed for grain
drying, but the static pressure against which the fan should deliver the
air is up to 0.75 kPa (3 in. water). As the static pressure increases, the
volume of air delivered by a fan decreases. Limiting the depth of grain in
the storage bin to 2 m (6 ft) permits the use of hay drying equipment for
grain drying if the fan operates over the static pressures encountered.
Management of a Hay Dryer
Satisfactory operation of a forced or heated air system for hay depends
upon the management of the system, which begins when the hay is in the
field. If the hay is cut in the morning, its moisture content will be ap-
proximately 40% in the afternoon of a good drying day and can be placed
on the dryer. The specifications for farm hay drying installations are
usually based on drying 40% hay. Almost twice as much water must be
removed if hay is placed on the dryer at 50% instead of 40% (Table
11.4). If hay with a moisture content above 40% is placed on a dryer,
DRYING
284
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
TABLE 11.4. MOISTURE TO BE REMOVED
25, 20, 15, AND 10%., W.B.
CROPS
0.9 T (1 TON) OF HAY AT
TO PRODUCE
Water to Be Removed to Give Final Moisture Content Of
10%
15%
20%
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
Initial
Moisture,
% w.b.
kg
Uw
70
65
1814
1358
1039
4000
2995
2290
1995
1509
1168
4400
3328
2576
2177
1660
1298
4800
3661
2862
60
55
794
605
1750
13338
907
680
2000
1555
1020
806
45
40
727
330
221500
A12
SO2e
909
266i
494
378
35
139
2307
209
461
27D
eis:
349
769
65)
143
0
93
60
206
133
195
L21
429
267
259
181
aoe
400
25%
30
DAs)
—
20
15
10
—
—
—
_
_
—
_
—
5200
3994
3148
2250
1778
1134
907
2500
2000
1090
834
Hin
454
woe
1000
Seles
0
—
==
2358
1811
1444
\
0
_
_
—
13250
BAe
=
0
the quantity of hay must be reduced proportionately so that the total
amount of water to be removed is approximately the same. If the hay is
baled, it should be placed in loose bales and if chopped, the length of cut
should be 0.07 m (3 in.) or longer. Moisture meters are available for hay.
The condition of the hay gives a clue to the moisture content (Table
1¥5):
TABLE
11.5.
PHYSICAL CONDITION OF HAY AT VARIOUS
MOISTURE
CONTENTS
Moisture Content,
% w.b.
75
50
40
35
32.5
30
DU
25
Condition
Freshly cut
Wilted, very heavy to handle
Heavy to handle
Handles like hay
. Leaves still hang on
Tough, leaves rattle
Would heat in ordinary storage
Slightly tough, leaves shatter
The hay should be placed uniformly over the drying duct. The hay will
dry in about 7 days with forced air drying under good conditions. A good
rule-of-thumb to regulate placing hay on a dryer is no more than 1 m
(3 ft) of wet hay on any one day and no more than the maximum depth
permitted 5 m (16 ft) for long hay, etc., in a 2 week period. At least 1 m
(3 ft) depth of hay should be on the dryer when starting so that uniform
air distribution may be secured. Overloading the dryer will seriously impair drying efficiency and result in moldy and musty hay with a reduced
grade. The fan should be operated continuously for the first 4 or 5 days
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
285
or until the hay is dry on top. The fan should even be operated at night
when the humidity conditions are high because the air movement and
heat generated from the hay will continue to evaporate moisture from
the wet hay and prevent damage to the hay. If the fan is not operated,
the hay will heat, mold growth will occur, and the quality of hay will be
reduced. After the hay has started to dry on the top surface the fan need
not be operated during the day except in periods of rain or heavy fog.
Doors, windows, ventilators, and louvers should be left open during
drying to permit exhaust of moisture-laden air.
Slightly different management is followed when heat is used for drying
hay. The fan can be operated continuously when heat is supplied, but
excessive fuel consumption results if the temperature of the air leaving
the hay is more than 3°C (5°F) above the outside temperature (Davis
1951). There is no advantage in operating the fan after the hay is dry.
To avoid excessive condensation on the surface, the discharge of a heated
air system should operate under a slight pressure to keep the moisture-
laden air separated from the outside air.
A simple means of determining when the hay is dry enough to keep
safely is to check the air blown through the hay after the fan has been
turned off for a period of 12 hr. If the air coming out of the mow is warm
in any spot the fan should be operated for another 12 hr and the test
repeated until no warm air comes from the mow.
An important part of the successful operation of drying equipment
depends upon the facilities for mechanical handling of the product.
Available machinery, blowers, and conveyors may be used economically
to handle the hay, with their selection depending upon the form in which
the hay is handled. Self-feeding of the hay from the mow usually located
on ground level is a simple method of reducing the labor required for
removing the product from the mow.
Cost of Drying Hay
A heated air drying system will cost two to three times more than a
forced air system. The major expense with the forced air system is for the
fan and motor and with the heated air system for the heater, fan and
motor, air distribution system, and handling system.
The electric energy for drying 30% moisture hay with forced unheated
air with good drying weather is about 297 X 103 kJ/t (75 kWh/ton)
and the power and fuel costs for a heated air system will be twice the
cost of the forced unheated system. The cost of drying with forced air
will increase, however, if poor drying weather occurs during the drying
period.
286
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Handling Hay
General statements on the comparative labor requirements and cost of
handling hay are difficult to make. Of prime importance is the relationship of the handling system to the field operations and the storage or
feeding operations. A comparison of labor requirements of the two principal handling procedures, baled and chopped forage, is presented in
Table 11.6. These data are indicative of comparable labor requirements
under similar conditions. Comparable data for all the possible methods of
handling are not available.
TABLE
11.6.
HAY HANDLING, MAN-HR/TON,
Operation
1970-1975
Baled
Chopped
Unloading
0.23
0.25
0.08
Removal
0.41
0.50
Total
1.57
Ishi
Distributing
Moving
Feeding/ distributing
0.17
0.51
0.20
0.13
0.46
Reconditioning Overdried Hay
It is desirable to add moisture to overdried hay to prevent loss of leaves
and to improve palatability. Hay absorbs moisture rapidly during the
first 4 days of moving high humidity air through it and the hay first
contacted by the high humidity air absorbs most of the moisture with
little for the remaining layers. In deep mows, the layer originally wetted
will mold and spoil before the remainderis wetted. Hay originally at
11.5% moisture in a mow 2.3 m (7% ft) deep was wetted to 26.2% on
the bottom, while the bottom 0.15 m (0.5 ft) averaged 23.5%, the center
16%, and the top 15.4%; air was used at 94% relative humidity and 16°C
(61°F) for 35 hr with 0.0009 m°/s (19.3 cfm/ft?) (Ball and Barger 1948).
Alfalfa Dehydrators
By definition of the American
Dehydrators Associations, dehydrated
alfalfa is obtained by drying the product artificially at a temperature
above 100°C (212°F). The chopped alfalfa is fed into the dehydrator at
about 75% moisture and is dried to approximately 5 to 8% moisture. If
above 10% moisture, the power requirements for the hammer
mill are
excessive. Most of the alfalfa dehydrators are of the rotary drum type
consisting of (1) single or (2) multiple drums. These units are usually
2.50 to 3.75 m (8 to 12 ft) in diameter and 9 m (30 ft) long with an output
of approximately 0.9 t (1 ton)/hr of dry meal. Temperatures up to 927°C
SYSTEMS
FOR
DRYING
AND
HANDLING
OF
HAY
287
(1700°F) are used in the dehydrators used in the preparation
of alfalfa
meal. The air, including the products of combustion, dries
the hay and
leaves the opposite end of the drum at about 121°C (250°F).
If the
exhaust air is above 149°C (300°F), the sudden mixture with oxygen
may
cause combustion. In these units the speed of the drum should be
slow
enough that the centrifugal force does not hold the alfalfa against the
_ inside of the drum. Baffles are used to make the alfalfa fall through the
stream of hot air. One long drum makes up the drying chamber of the
single drum unit. The multiple drum unit has the same apparent con-
struction from the outside, but consists of 3 concentric drums which are
used to obtain 3 different drying conditions. Efficiencies for these de-
hydrators are between 50 and 85%. For each 0.9 t (1 ton) of dehydrated
alfalfa meal, 227 to 265 X 1073 m3 (60 to 70 gal.) of fuel oil or 226 to
283 m? (8000 to 10,000 ft®) of gas are required. For general comparisons,
tonne (2240 Ib) can be substituted for ton (2000 Ib) (Schrenk et al. 1953).
In the rotary drum dryer about one-half of the heat loss occurs from
radiation and leakage and the remainder of the loss is in the exhaust and
hay. The web or conveyor type dehydrator is used to some extent. Its
efficiency is about 65%.
QUESTIONS
1. If hay at 75% moisture, w.b., is dehydrated to 5% moisture, how
much water is removed per ton of dehydrated product? If dried
from 40% moisture to 20% for storage, how much water is removed
per ton? Estimate the cost for both systems.
2. Compare the quantity of air for different haymows using the two
recommendations of 15 to 20 cfm/ft? and 300 to 500 cfm/ton. Also
compare in SI units. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of
these methods of representing air recommendations.
3. Sketch an air distribution system for forced air drying in a haymow
9.75 m X 15.25 m (32 ft X 50 ft) with (1) laterals, (2) slatted floor,
and (3) center A-frame. Prepare a bill of materials of each with
wood construction and estimate the cost.
4. Refer to a commercial fan catalog and
used for forced air drying of both grain
0.0352 m3) of wheat and 40 t of hay.
recommended. Give model number and
select a fan which can be
and hay for 25 m? (1 bu =
Assume depths commonly
complete specifications of
fan and motor.
5. Write the equation for pounds of water to be removed to produce
1 t of 20% hay with various initial moisture contents. Use all mois-
ture contents on wet basis (Table 11.4).
288
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
6. Make a chart showing the frequency of obtaining 3 consecutive
days of good hay drying weather during harvest from official
weather records. Compare with the number of 2 consecutive and
single days of good drying weather. Discuss. Compare for first and
second cutting.
7. Sketch an air distribution system for a haymow 7.3\m wide, 9.1 m
deep, and 12.2 m long (24 ft X 30 ft X 40 ft). Specify duct dimensions.
8. Check the specifications for a commercially available duct system
for hay. Make a table showing the duct sizes and arrangements for
different mow sizes.
9. Why are the center main ducts usually built with the largest di-
mension for the height? Show by example.
10. Set up a time schedule for a one-man drying operation using a
mower, field chopper, and barn hay dryer. Give specifications of
the dryer for the operation.
11. German engineers suggest 1 m? of air/g of moisture to be removed.
Compare with the U.S. airflow recommendations.
REFERENCES
ANON.
1954.
Losses in agriculture.
ANON. 1976.
land, Pa.
ASAE.
1979.
U.S. Dep. Agric. AMS-20.
Farmer’s guide to round baling.
Wafers, pellets, and crumbles.
Sperry-New Holland, New HolJn Agricultural Engineers Year-
book. Stand. $269.2. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., St. Joseph, Mich.
BAKER,
J.L. and SHOVE,
G.C.
1978.
Solar drying of commercially produced
large round bales. Annu. Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Utah State Univ., Logan,
1978. Tech. Pap. 78-3066.
BALL,
C.E. and BARGER,
E.L.
1948.
Reconditioning overdried hay.
Agric.
Eng. 29 (7) 229-300.
BELLINGER, P.L. and McCOLLY, H.F. 1961. Energy requirements for forming pellets. Agric. Eng. 42 (5) 244-247, 250.
BRUHN, H.D. 1955. Status of hay crusher development. Agric. Eng. 36 (3)
165-170.
CHAPLIN,
R.V. and TETLOW,
R.M.
1971.
Storage of dried grass wafers.
J. Stored Prod. Res. 7 (2) 171-180.
CORRIE,
W.J. and BULL,
of large bales.
CURLEY,
D.A.
1969.
Investigation into the characteristics
J. Agric. Eng. Res. 14 (4) 323-331.
R.G., DOBIE, J.B. and PARSON, P.S.
1973.
Comparison of station-
ary and field cubing of forage. Trans. ASAE 18 (5) 864-866.
DALE, J.G., HOLT, D.A. and PEART, R.M. 1978. A model of alfalfa harvest
and loss. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Utah State Univ. Tech. Pap. 78-5030.
SYSTEMS
FOR
DAVIS, R.B. 1951. Drying
Farmers’ Bull. 2028.
DRYING
forage
AND
by forced
HANDLING
ventilation.
OF
USS.
HAY
289
Dep.
Agric.
DAVIS, R.B. and BAKER, V.H. 1951. The resistance of
long and chopped
hay to airflow. Agric. Eng. 32 (2) 92-94.
DAVIS, R.B. and BARLOW, G.E. 1948. Supplemental heat in
mow drying of
hay (Part II). Agric. Eng. 29 (6) 251-254.
DAVIS, R.B., BARLOW, G.E. and BROWN, D.P. 1950. Supplemental
heat
in mow drying of hay (Part III). Agric. Eng. 31 (4) 223-226.
DAVIS, R.B. and BARLOW,
G.E.
1947.
Supplemental heat in mow drying of
hay. Agric. Eng. 28 (7) 289-290, 293.
DAWSON,
J.E. and MUSGRAVE,
R.B.
1946.
Respiration in hay as a source
of heat for barn drying partially cured hay. Agric. Eng. 27 (12) 565—567.
DAWSON,
J.E. and MUSGRAVE,
occurrence of mold in hays.
DOBIK,
J.B.
1975.
Cubing
R.B.
1950.
tests
with
grass
sources. Trans. ASAE 18 (5) 864—866.
DOBIE,
Effect of moisture potential on
Agron. J. 42 (6) 276-281.
J.B. and CARNEGIE,
E.J.
1973.
forages
and
similar
roughage
Curing and storage of moisture al-
falfa. Trans. ASAE 16 (4) 766—768, 722.
DUFFEE, J.W. 1942. The chopping and storing of hay. Agric. Eng. 23 (6)
195-196.
FRUDDEN, C.E. 1942. Factors controlling the rate of moisture removed in
barn curing systems. Agric. Eng. 27 (3) 109-111.
HALL, C.W.
HALL,
1957.
Drying Farm Crops.
C.W. and DAVIS,
D.C.
1979.
AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
Processing Equipment
for Agricultural
Products, 2nd Edition. AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Conn.
HENDRIX, A.T. 1947. Heat generated in chopped hay and its relation to
drying effect. Agric. Eng. 28 (7) 286-288.
HOPKINS, R.B., WIANT, D.E. and PETTIGROVE, H.R. 1954. The relation
of moisture content and bale density on hay quality. Mich. Agric. Exp. Stn. Q.
Bull. Article 32-37.
JONES, T.N. 1939. Natural drying of forage crops. Agric. Eng. 20 (3) 115116.
KANE, E.A., WISERMAN,
H.G. and CAREY, C.A.
1937.
The loss of carotene
in hays and alfalfa meal during storage. J. Agric. Res. 55, 837-947.
KJELGAARD, W.L. 1965. Airflow resistance of hay pellets and wafers.
Trans. ASAE 8 (4) 560—561.
KLINNER, W.E. and SHEPPERSON, G. 1975.
nology—a review.
The state of haymaking tech-
J. Br. Grass. Soc. 30 (3) 259-266.
MAISH, L.J. CUYKENDALL, C.H. and HASBARGEN, P.R. 1969. Economic
comparison of hay harvesting, storing and feeding systems for beef cow herds.
Univ. of Minn. Agric. Ext. Serv. Ext. Folder 246.
MENEAR,
J.R. and HOLDREN,
hay in humid areas.
R.D.
1965.
Handling, storing, drying wafered
Trans. ASAE 8 (2) 256-258, 263.
290
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
MOLITORISZ, J. and McCOLLY, H.F. 1970. Analysis of chemical systems
for rolling-compressing hay wafers. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. Pap. 70-621.
MONTFORD,
P.T.
1947.
Supplemental heat in barn hay curing.
Agric. Eng.
28 (3) 95-97,
RENOLL, E., SMITH, L.A. and STALLINGS, J.L. 1977. Round bale hay
feeding systems evaluation. Ala. Agric. Exp. Stn., Auburn, Circ. 238.
RICHEY, L.F.
Cires 2:
1956.
Cooperative
alfalfa dehydrators.
U.S. Dep. Agric. FCS
RIDER, A.R. and MCMURPHY, W.E. 1977. Roll bale storage. Winter Meet.
Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Chicago, Tech. 1977. Pap. 77-1515.
SCHRENK,
W.G., MITCHELL,
H.L., SILKER,
HONSTEAD, W.H. and TAECKER,
State Coll. Bull. 356.
SHEDD,
C.K.
and BARGER,
E.L.
R.G.
1947.
1953.
R.E., GRANDFIELD,
C.O.,
Dehydrated alfalfa.
Kan.
Curing baled hay.
Agric. Eng. 28
(6) 257-258, 260.
SHELDON,
W.H., WIANT,
D.E., KLEIS,
Barn hay driers in Michigan.
STRAIT,
J. 1944.
R.W. and DEXTER,
S.T.
1951.
Mich. Agric. Exp. Stn. Circ. Bull. 219.
Barn curing of hay with heated air. Agric. Eng. 35 (11)
421-428.
TERRY,
C.W.
1947.
Relation of time and operating schedule to hay quality,
mold development and economy of operation.
TERRY,
C.W.
1948.
Some
Agric. Eng. 28 (4) 141-144.
1947 results of barn hay drying research.
Agric.
Eng. 29 (5) 208-209.
WEAVER, J.W., JR., GRINNELLS, C.D. and LOVLORN, R.L.
baled hay with forced air. Agric. Eng. 28 (7) 301-304, 307.
WELLS,
G.D. and BEAUDRY,
J. 1977.
1947.
Drying
Comparing field losses from conven-
tional square and big round bales. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. Tech. Pap. 77-1514.
WOODROFFE, G.E. 1973. Observations of the susceptibility of compressed
dried grass and legumes to infestation by some storage insects.
Res. 9 (4) 235-239.
WRIGHT, N.C.
OAS Pls
ZINK, F.J.
329.
1936.
1941.
The storage of artificially dried grass.
Moisture content at which leaves shatter.
J. Stored Prod.
J. Agric. Sci. 31,
Agric. Eng. 17 (8)
V2
systems for Solar Energy Drying on the
Farm
Gene C. Shove!
Energy
consumption
to dry agricultural crops often approaches and
can exceed the energy required to produce the crop. Since crop drying
is a high energy use operation, the cost of drying is directly related to
energy availability and cost. As energy costs rise, energy conservation
and the use of alternative energy sources become more important. Petroleum based fuels have been the dominant heat energy source for crop
drying, particularly the drying of cereal grains. These fuels are also the
energy source for moving the high volume of air used in batch and continuous flow high temperature grain dryers that are tractor Pto driven.
Electric powered fans are utilized on bin dryers and to some extent on
high temperature dryers where three phase electrical service is available.
Petroleum fuels are used to heat the air on most high and intermediate
temperature bin dryers; however, electric heat is generally used on low
temperature (air temperature raised only a few degrees) corn drying
systems.
POTENTIAL
APPLICATION
OF
SOLAR
ENERGY
Generally, crop drying takes place at a given location, i.e., the crop
drying facilities on most farms are permanently positioned in one or more
locations. This nonmobility of drying equipment lends itself to the application of solar energy. In particular, low temperature drying adapts
well to solar energy
since a temperature
rise of only a few degrees is
required and drying usually takes place over an extended period of
several weeks. An extended drying time increases the probability that
'\Professor of Agricultural Engineering, Univ. Of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.
AS)
292
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
of the
sufficient solar energy will be available for satisfactory completion
drying.
The possibility of using solar energy to dry agricultural crops was
investigated by Buelow in 1958. In the early 1960s, Buelow (1962) and
Sobel and Buelow (1963) presented designs of solar energy collectors for
heating air that could be used for drying crops or modifying the tem-
perature in livestock buildings. Hall (1968) reported on the preheating of
ventilation air by passing it along the underside of the roofs of livestock
buildings, and an apparatus in which the solar radiation was collected
directly by the material to be dried has been described by Bailey and
Williamson (1965).
SOLAR
CROP
DRYING
RESEARCH
Even though many solar energy grain drying experiments had been
described and considerable information was available on the design of
solar collectors, very few actual operating crop drying systems employing solar energy were in use prior to 1973. An operating system which
created renewed
interest in applying solar energy
to crop drying was
developed in 1973 by William H. Peterson, Extension Agricultural Engineer, South Dakota State University, Brookings. Peterson and Hellick-
son (1976) in their report on solar collectors mounted on grain bins concluded: (1) black-painted bare sheet corrugated collectors can be just as
efficient for collecting solar energy (for small temperature rises required
for low-temperature drying) as plastic covered collectors and can be in-
stalled
typical,
amount
savings
at a lower cost; (2) solar collectors, mounted on the outside of a
round, low-temperature drying, bin, can supply an appreciable
of the energy needed for drying shelled corn; and (3) energy
of 1.18 kWh per m? (0.042 kWh per bu) per percentage point of
moisture removed were noted when comparing solar supplemented with
conventional low-temperature shelled corn drying systems. The solar bin
used 26% less energy per percentage point of moisture removed than the
conventional drying bin.
Foster (1977) described solar grain drying research initiated by funds
from the National Science Foundation in 1974 in response to the 1973
fuel shortage and as a part of the United States effort toward energy
self-sufficiency. Solar drying research and demonstration program sponsorship was assumed by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) in 1977
and includes funding for projects on the drying of cereal grains, forages,
tobacco, peanuts, lumber, etc. The crop drying research program is man-
aged by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) and early results of
the grain drying program were reported by Foster and Peart (1976),
Shove (1977), and Hartsock (1978).
Many of the projects funded during 1974—1975 were proof of concept
tests
involving
various
solar
collector
configurations
and
materials.
SYSTEMS
FOR
SOLAR
ENERGY
DRYING
ON
THE
FARM
293
These tests were followed with specific research experiments, includin
g
some simulated drying and economic studies. Heid (1978) made an
economic analysis of 8 experiments and concluded that solar drying of corn
might be economically
feasible, i.e., given current cost comparisons
(1976-1977), a solar grain drying system might be considered if an
additional dryer needs replacing, or if fossil fuels are no longer available.
SOLAR
ENERGY
AVAILABILITY
Buelow (1977) outlined a procedure for estimating the average daily
radiation on sloping surfaces and commented that even though methods
of estimation have their shortcomings, they do give values that are
valuable for the design and evaluation of solar grain drying systems. The
standard value of the solar constant (1353 W/m?, 428 Btu/hr: ft?) may
be considered as the basic parameter in developing information on availability of solar energy. However, it is of little practical value because of
the variable attenuation of the earth’s atmosphere, the changes in angle
of incidence on any fixed-in-place solar collector, and the diffusions and
reflections that may occur at a specific location and collector orientation. For these reasons, most of the approaches to determine solar energy availability are based on actual data gathered by researchers for
specific purposes or by the various governmental meteorological agencies throughout the United States and the world.
With the aid of punched cards obtained from the National Weather
Records Center at Asheville, North Carolina, Baker and Klink (1975)
analyzed the solar radiation records of 20 stations in the U.S. northcentral region. Their publication includes numerous charts, maps, and
tables of probabilities of solar radiation at each of the stations scattered
throughout the corn belt and adjacent states. This information is very
useful in estimating solar radiation if actual data are not readily available for a given location.
Handbooks published by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. also include insolation data.
Table 12.1, from ASHRAE data, gives the total insolation striking 1 ft?
of solar collector surface per day for each month at different collector
orientations and the 40° north latitude. For design purposes these values
must be modified to account for sunshine probability and collector efficiency.
SOLAR
COLLECTORS
Concentrating vs Flat Plate
Two basic solar energy collectors that can be used to heat air or a liquid,
such as water, are the flat plate collector and the concentrating collector
294.
DRYING
TABLE
12.1.
AND STORAGE
CROPS
DAILY INSOLATION FOR 40° NORTH LATITUDE
Insolation
Btu/ft? Daily Insolation on Surfaces!
Values Given for
:
the 21st Day
of Each Month
OF AGRICULTURAL
:
South-facing Surface Angle with Horizontal
0
30
40
50
60
90
948
1660
1810
1906
1944
1726
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
1414
1852
2274
2552
2648
2534
2244
1788
2060
2308
2412
2442
2434
2409
2354
2210
2162
2330
2320
2264
2224
2230
2258
2228
2202
2284
2168
2040
1974
2006
2104
2182
2176
2174
1956
1760
1670
1728
i894
2074
1730
1484
1022
724
610
702
978
1416
October
November
1348
942
1962
1636
2060
1778
2098
1870
2074
1908
1654
1686
December
782
1480
1634
1740
1796
1646
January
\
Source: ASHRAE (1978).
11 Btu/ft?-day = 0.131 W/m?.
(Fig. 12.1). The concentrating collector focuses the direct rays of the sun
which are incident on a curved reflector onto a smaller absorbing area.
Because of the focusing effect, a concentrating collector can heat an
absorber to a much higher temperature than can a flat plate collector;
but, because of the use of only direct rays, the concentrating collector
must track or follow the sun. Since tracking is complicated and grain
drying does not require extremely high air temperatures, the flat plate
collector is a better choice for solar grain drying.
Flat Plate
The flat plate collector absorbs the direct rays of the sun at different
angles of incidence during the day since flat plate collectors are usually
stationary. However, the flat plate also absorbs diffuse radiation, that is,
the portion of the sun’s energy which is filtered through clouds or is
reflected from other objects. Duffie and Beckman (1974) note that flat
plate collectors can be designed for applications requiring energy delivery
at moderate temperatures, up to perhaps 100°C (180°F) above ambient
temperature. Before beginning their detailed discussion of the thermal
performance of flat plate collectors, they also noted that flat plates have
the advantages of using both beam and diffuse radiation, not requiring
orientation toward the sun, requiring little maintenance,
and are me-
chanically simpler than the concentrating reflectors, absorbing surfaces,
and orientation devices of focusing collectors. Flat plate collectors
are
being applied to solar water heating systems, building heating and
cooling, and other processes requiring heat. Flat plate collectors have
the potential for many agricultural applications, including the drying
of crops.
The basic design of a flat plate solar collector includes: (1) a
plate to
absorb the sun’s radiant energy, causing an increase
in plate temper-
SYSTEMS
FOR
SOLAR
ENERGY
SOLAR
DRYING
ON
THE
FARM)
295
RADIATION
FLAT PLATE
CONCENTRATING
FIG. 12.1. TWO BASIC SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTORS
ature, and (2) a cavity for circulating a fluid, such as air, which picks up
the heat absorbed by the plate and transfers it to a point of use or
storage. An air collector can be as simple as a bare sheet of metal painted
black to absorb the maximum amount of energy, with air forced through
an underneath cavity (Fig. 12.2A). Convection and radiation losses from
the surface of the bare plate collector cause it to have a low efficiency,
perhaps collecting less than 30% of the solar energy striking the collector.
Covered Plate
The more efficient covered plate collector (Fig. 12.2B) utilizes a transparent cover with air circulated between
the cover
and the absorber
plate. Convection heat loss due to wind blowing across the surface of the
collector is reduced by the cover, which acts as a barrier between the
wind and absorber plate. Radiation losses are also greatly reduced since
the transparent cover provides a nearly opaque barrier to longwave
radiation from the absorber while readily transmitting shortwave solar
radiation. This phenomenon is sometimes referred to as the “greenhouse effect.”
Suspended Plate
A third collector, which provides twice as much surface area for heat
transfer from the absorber plate to the air, called a covered, suspended
plate (Fig. 12.2C), has air circulated on both sides of the absorber plate.
296
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Rie
Solar
Airflow
Radiation
\
\
\
Sheet Metal
~
Absorber
(a)
BARE
PLATE
Airflow
Solar Radiation
24
Transparent Cover’.
SE
x
SS
s e Sheet Metal
ee
Absorber
Insulating Material
(b) COVERED PLATE
Airflow
Solar Radiation
Transparent
Cover
By
es
ms
Sheet Metal
we
Absorber
Insulating
Material
4
(c)
COVERED
SUSPENDED
FIG. 12.2. TYPICAL CONFIGURATIONS
ENERGY COLLECTORS
PLATE
OF AIR FLAT
PLATE
SOLAR
SYSTEMS
FOR
SOLAR
ENERGY
DRYING
ON
THE
FARM
297
The transparent cover serves the same purpose as in the covered
plate
collector.
Heat Loss
Insulation on the back of the collector is necessary to reduce the conduction heat loss in most collectors. The importance of insulation becomes greater as the difference between the outside air temperature
and the collector fluid temperature increases. Efficiency may also be
increased by adding additional covers to collectors operating with large
temperature differentials. Each additional cover reduces the convection
and radiation heat losses; however, cost is increased and reflection losses
from the cover are increased. For home heating applications, two covers
may be appropriate, but for most lower temperature agricultural ap-
plications, one-cover collectors will generally be sufficient and will have
acceptable cost-benefit ratios.
Airflow
The amount of useful heat collected of the total amount of solar radiation striking the collector surface is affected by the rate of flow of air
through the collector. If the heat transfer fluid flows slowly, it becomes
hotter and loses more heat to the surroundings since there is a large
difference in temperature between the fluid and its surroundings. On
the other hand, if the fluid flows too rapidly, it may not have enough
contact time to absorb ample heat to be useful or efficient. Fortunately,
small air temperature rises can be effectively utilized in drying many
crops; therefore, moving the large volumes of air required for drying
_ through solar collectors provides efficiency advantages.
Selective Surfaces
Constructing a collector with a selective absorbing surface is another
possibility of increasing collector efficiency. The absorber is treated
chemically so that it will absorb most of the radiation striking it but will
not re-radiate very much of the absorbed energy. The treatment is
fairly expensive and probably is not justified for solar crop drying.
Reflective Surfaces
Reflectors can be used to increase the amount of radiation striking a
collector. Collector enhancement by the use of reflectors has considerable
potential
for vertical
collectors installed on the walls of agricultural
298
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
buildings since horizontal space for reflectors is often available. Various
ground
covers,
i.e., white
crushed
rock, may
provide some
reflective
characteristics while serving another intended use.
\
Cost vs Efficiency
Improvements in efficiency of solar energy collectors must be weighed
against the increase in cost and/or maintenance requirements of the
system. Usually, the more efficient a collector is, the more costly it is. A
less efficient, but also less costly, collector may prove to be the more costeffective in delivering a given amount of energy. Heat energy for drying
crops is still (1979) relatively inexpensive; therefore, careful thought and
planning are necessary in adapting and applying solar collectors to crop
drying facilities.
Construction Materials
Materials used in the construction of solar collectors must withstand
the adverse effects of the sun’s radiation and be capable of withstanding weather the same as the roof or wall of a building. There should be a
resistance to corrosion or clogging in liquid collectors and to the deposi-
tion of dust and moisture in air collectors. Breakage of the transparent
cover (glazing) must also be avoided. Collectors should be designed to
give a useful and economical output of heat with a minimum of repair,
maintenance,
and component
replacement.
Absorber Materials
Desirable characteristics of an absorber plate are (1) to absorb as much
of the sun’s radiant energy as possible, (2) to lose as little heat as possible
to the surroundings, and (3) to transfer the heat retained to a fluid.
Absorber plates are usually painted black for maximum absorption of
solar radiation. A flat black paint is used to reduce possible reflection.
Materials generally used for collector plates are copper, aluminum, and
steel. Copper is the most expensive but also has the highest thermal
conductivity. Steel is the least expensive but has a lower conductivity
than either copper or aluminum. In an air collector where the entire area
of the absorber is swept by the heat transfer fluid, the conductivity of
the plate is much less important. For air collectors, particularly in agricultural applications, wood,
be used as absorber plates.
fectively as the metals but
is less. Surface area of the
fiberboard, plastics, and even insulation can
They generally do not perform quite as efare acceptable since the cost of the collector
plate also affects heat transfer; therefore,
SYSTEMS
FOR
SOLAR
ENERGY
DRYING
ON
THE
FARM
299
many designs include fins or corrugations to increase the area available
for heat transfer. Cost is always a factor, particularly for collectors used
in agricultural production; however, corrugated metal is a common agricultural building material and may be justified for an absorber while
some finned arrangement may be too expensive.
Cover Materials
Glass is often used as glazing for solar collectors used for space heating
of homes or for industrial or public building applications. It is a good
transmitter of the incoming solar radiation but transmits very little
radiant heat from the absorber surface to the surroundings. If there is
danger of glass breakage from hail or vandalism, a wire mesh can be used
to protect the glass. This hail screen does act as a partial shade, which
decreases the effective collector area.
Clear fiberglass, used for many years in greenhouse construction, is
most often used as a cover for agricultural solar collectors. It performs
nearly as well as glass except the transmissivity to solar radiation is
somewhat less, but it is much more resistant to breakage or cracking.
Clear fiberglass is available in the same configuration as steel sheets
used in building construction; therefore, fiberglass can be easily adapted
as roof and wall material. A clear fiberglass roof or wall allows a covered
plate solar collector to be incorporated into an agricultural building with
little, if any, modification in design or construction. In this way, large
areas of collector surface can be obtained at a reasonable cost.
SOLAR
COLLECTORS
INCORPORATED
INTO
BUILDINGS
Farm buildings, including machine sheds, livestock shelters, grain bins,
and hay barns, have been constructed as solar buildings, i.e., solar col-
lectors have been incorporated into all or part of the walls and/or roofs
(Fig. 12.3). Most often the collector is built to be utilized for one purpose,
such as crop drying; however, solar collectors incorporated into farm
buildings have the potential for other uses. For example, a collector
incorporated into the roof of a swine building can be used to dry grain
in the fall before heat is required in the building during the colder winter
months. Or a collector incorporated into the wall and roof of a machine
shed for crop drying purposes can also provide heat to a repair shop in
the shed during the winter (Fig. 12.4). Multiple use of a collector should
always be considered when a solar building is planned since multiple use
will make the collector more cost effective.
300
DRYING
AND STORAGE
FIG. 12.3. EXISTING
DRYING BINS
GRAIN
OF AGRICULTURAL
DRYING
CROPS
BINS CONVERTED
TO SOLAR
COLLECTOR
Roof and Wall Collectors
Roofs and walls.of buildings can become bare plate collectors by providing some means of moving air along the back side of the roof and wall
surfaces. Sheet metal roofing and siding commonly used in farm building
construction
become
the bare plate energy
absorber. An air chamber
below the roof or behind the wall can be created by attaching a lining
material to the structural members supporting the roof or wall covering
(Fig. 12.5). The use of the building will determine whether or not there is
a need for lining material which offers resistance to heat transfer. If the
building is to serve as a cold machinery storage shed, any loss of heat
through the lining material can be captured by moving some air through
the entire building space. Because crop drying requires large volumes of
air, there will be sufficient airflow available for the collector even though
some air is moved through the entire building. If the building is to be
used as a heated repair shop or a livestock shelter, insulation should be
used for the lining to keep the building heat losses to a minimum.
SYSTEMS
FOR
SOLAR
ENERGY
DRYING
ON
THE
FARM
301
_ Covered plate collectors can be incorporated into the roof and walls of
buildings by substituting a clear material for the metal roofing and
siding. Clear, corrugated fiberglass panels can be used for the exterior of
_ the building to create a covered plate collector (Fig. 12.6). The lining
material used to create the air space should have a black surface exposed
_to the sun’s rays.
Attic Collectors
Solar collectors can also be incorporated into buildings utilizing the
complete attic space as the air chamber. When the complete attic space is
utilized, an attic floor serves as the black energy absorbing surface (Fig.
12.7). Even though complete attic spaces create large chambers for the
movement of air, reasonably high air velocities can still be maintained
because of ‘the large volume of air required in crop drying. The orientation of buildings with attic collectors is not critical since the solar absorbing surface is in a horizontal position. If the length of the building is
oriented north-south, the complete roof should be clear fiberglass. However, if the building is oriented east-west, it is only necessary to install
clear fiberglass on the south roof slope. During the grain drying season in
the major corn producing states, the angle of the sun will be such that
most of the horizontal energy absorbing surface will be exposed to the
sun’s rays through the clear south roof slope. Conventional metal roofing
can be placed on the north roof slope.
FIG. 12.4.
WALLS OF FARM BUILDING DESIGNED TO COLLECT SOLAR ENERGY
de ace ne re
CEEOL
ry
302
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
METAL
SIDING
AIRFLOW
FIG. 12.5. BARE PLATE SOLAR
WALL OF A BUILDING
ENERGY
COLLECTOR
INCORPORATED
:
INTO THE
Grain Bin Collectors
Bare plate and covered collectors can be installed on the sidewalls of
grain drying bins by installing a secondary wall on the sunny side of the
bin. For example, a covered plate collector can be constructed on a grain
bin by installing a clear fiberglass wall around a black painted bin. The
drying fan then pulls air through the space between the clear cover and
SYSTEMS
FOR
SOLAR
ENERGY
DRYING
ON
THE
FARM — 303
CLEAR
CORRUGATED
FIBERGLASS
AIRFLOW
LINING
SERVES
AS ENERGY
ABSORBER
FIG. 12.6. COVERED PLATE
THE ROOF OF A BUILDING
SOLAR
ENERGY
COLLECTOR
INCORPORATED
INTO
the black energy absorbing grain bin wall. Cost of materials is kept to a
minimum because the existing grain bin wall serves as the energy absorbing plate. Since grain bins are circular in shape, only a portion of a
bin sidewall collector is exposed to the sun at any given time. However,
because of the circular shape, essentially a constant area is exposed to the
sun throughout the day.
Suspended Plate Collectors More Costly
Suspended plate collectors can also be incorporated into building roofs
and walls or placed on grain bin sidewalls. Suspended plate collectors
require more
materials
and labor for construction
since the absorber
plate must be arranged so that air moves along both of its sides. The
added
costs of materials
and construction
labor may
be difficult to
justify for crop drying purposes.
CROP
DRYING
AIR
VOLUME
BENEFICIAL
Since keeping solar collector temperature differentials at a minimum
is beneficial to the efficiency of operation of collectors, it is desirable to
move as much air as possible through collectors applied to crop drying.
However, frictional losses in moving air through collectors must be considered. The air volume of many crop drying fans begins to diminish as
304.
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
AIRFLOW
METAL
ROOFING
—
ATTIC FLOOR
SERVES AS
ENERGY
ABSORBER
CORRUGATED
FIBERGLASS
ROOFING
—
FIG. 12.7. COVERED PLATE
SPACE OF A BUILDING
SOLAR
ENERGY
SOUTH =
COLLECTOR
UTILIZING THE ATTIC
the static pressure against which the fan must operate approaches 100
mm (4 in.) of water column. If high air velocity through the collector
consumes more than approximately 20% of the pressure capability of the
fan, the solar drying system may not have sufficient airflow for satisfactory drying. However, because of the high airflow used in crop drying,
solar collector efficiency can be maintained without moving all the air
through the collector. Frictional losses in the collector and any connecting
duct can be adjusted to less than 20 mm (0.8 in.) of water column in
the field after the collector is in operation. A simple sliding door installed
in the fan housing or in the connecting duct near the fan can be used
to divert some air directly to the fan, bypassing the collector. After the
crop to be dried is in place and the solar drying system is operating,
a manometer is used to measure the static pressure, including the loss
through the collector, against which the fan is operating. The amount
of air bypassed is then adjusted to keep the fan within a satisfactory op-
SYSTEMS
FOR
SOLAR
ENERGY
DRYING
ON
THE
FARM
305
erating range and yet maintain as high an airflow
as possible through
the collector.
SOLAR
GRAIN
DRYING
SYSTEMS
IN
OPERATION
Flat plate solar collectors incorporated into farm buildings and
placed
on the sidewalls of grain drying bins can be constructed
in a variety of
ways. Examples of some successful solar grain drying systems
are listed
in Table 12.2.
TABLE 12.2. AIR TEMPERATURE RISES AND POWER FROM SOLAR
COLLECT
INCORPORATED INTO FARM BUILDINGS FOR DRYING GRAIN IN OCTOBER ORS
AND
NOVEMBER
Collector
Configuration
Area
Air Temperature Rise
Max.
Approx. 24hrAve.
°
°F
Car
ft?
Drying
Fan,kW
140
1506
10
6
10.8
1s
and complete
attic?
420
4520
10
ie
O56
3B)
hes
15
Vertical wall
and south roof,
20° slope?
130
1399
20
SPe6.2
2
3.6
20
Horizontal
roof?
560
6027
10
17
30.6
Awaie2,
23
Wall at
60° angle?
2h
a290
5
8
14.4
2
m2
Approx. Ave.
Power, kW
Bare plate
South and north
galv. metal roof,
3° slope (nearly
horizontal)!
6
Covered plate
Vertical wall
3.0
4
! Located in Wisconsin at about 43° north latitude.
? Located in Illinois at about 41° north latitude.
3 Located in Illinois at about 40° north latitude.
Maximum
air temperature rise achieved in a crop drying solar collector
is an interesting value; however, it is the total energy collected that must
help evaporate moisture from the wet crop. Therefore, the energy (or air
temperature rise) obtained during the daylight hours must be averaged
over the entire 24 hr day since most crop drying equipment operates
continuously. The daily solar energy collected can also be considered in
terms of electrical resistance heater wattage necessary to provide the
same energy over a 24 hr period. Since the drying of many crops continues for several days or perhaps a few weeks, it is even more appropriate to average
the energy
collected over
the entire drying period.
The longer the period over which solar energy is applied to a process,
306
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
the more likely sufficient solar energy will be available to complete the
process. This is particularly true in an agricultural process, such as crop
drying, which is tolerant of a variable heat energy input. Since crop
drying can be functional with a variable heat energy input, it is not
necessary to provide heat storage as a part of a solar drying system.
Therefore, simple flat plate solar collectors incorporated into building
surfaces without provision for heat storage can be cost effective
supplying heat energy for the drying of agricultural crops.
LOW
TEMPERATURE
GRAIN
for
DRYING
Since solar energy collected at or near the earth’s surface is essentially a
low temperature heat source, it is ideally suited to the low temperature
method of drying grain. Drying grain with a low temperature system is a
simple and economical method of producing high quality grain with
minimum kernel stress-cracks and mechanical damage. It is a flexible
system which can be matched to nearly any harvesting rate, uses energy
efficiently, and can effectively utilize different sources of available heat
energy. Electricity is generally used to power fans for forcing air through
the wet grain.
Airflow Requirement for Corn Drying
Although low temperature drying has been applied to many different
grains, it has been used most extensively for the drying of shelled corn in
the major corn producing states of the, United States. Corn moisture
content is reduced over an extended period of time with airflows that dry
corn before deterioration takes places; therefore, the method works best
at ambient air temperatures below 10°C (50°F). Fortunately, average
daily temperatures approach or are below 10°C during much of the corn
harvest season. Specific airflow requirements are determined by the
moisture content of the harvested grain (Table 12.3).
Heat Requirements for Corn Drying
During the normal corn harvest season from late September through
late November, the relative humidity of ambient air is often nearly low
enough to dry corn to desired moisture levels. When relative humidity
must be lowered, only small amounts of heat are generally required, i.e., if
relative humidity averages 80% or above, a 3°C (5.4°F) temperature
rise will be required to dry corn to 15.5% moisture content. Even when
relative humidity approaches 100%, the air temperature need be in-
creased by only about 6°C (10.8°F).
SYSTEMS
FOR
SOLAR
ENERGY
DRYING
ON
THE
FARM
307
TABLE
12.3. AIRFLOW FOR LOW TEMPERATURE SHELLED
CORN DRYING
Corn Moisture Content,
Air Changes per min
Approx.
% w.b.
Based on Grain Volume
m'/m*min
cfm/bu
20
0.8
1.04
il
DE
1.0
a3)
a5)
24
1.6
2.08
2
26
2.4
3.12
3
28
4.0
5.2
5
Solar Heat for Corn Drying
Heat for low temperature corn drying systems is generally obtained
from electrical resistance heaters. The heaters are often sized to provide
approximately 1 kW of heat for each kilowatt of fan power to produce an
air temperature rise of about 2°C (3.6°F). An additional temperature
increase of about 1°C (1.8°F) will be generated as the air passes through
the fan. Solar collectors can replace electric heaters on low temperature
corn drying systems by providing 6 to 9 m? (approx. 65 to 100 ft2) of
collector surface for each 35 m3 (approximately 1000 bu) of corn to be
dried. If more collector surface is available, enough heat is likely to be
collected to require the installation of a grain stirring machine to prevent overdrying of the corn.
SUMMARY
Solar energy collected by flat plate solar collectors can be a practical,
economical source of heat energy for drying agricultural crops. Solar
crop drying systems have rapidly increased in number since the late
1970s with some systems relying entirely on the sun’s radiation for heat
energy while others combine solar energy with fossil fuel and/or electrical energy. Morrison (1977) combined an electrically powered heat
pump with solar collectors in an attempt to provide a constant drying
potential by using solar energy to heat the drying air during sunshine
hours and the heat pump during the night and periods of low insolation. In a low temperature corn drying experiment, he concluded that the
solar collector-heat pump combination effectively reduced the electrical
energy requirements as compared to an electric heat low temperature
drying system.
Solar crop drying systems also function exceptionally well when used in
combination with more conventional drying methods, i.e., solar drying
can be used to complete the drying of grain following partial moisture
reduction in a high temperature-low temperature combination system.
As alternative energy sources become more attractive and/or necessary,
the incentive to install solar crop drying facilities will become greater.
308
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Certainly, solar energy is a renewable resource that can be expected to
provide an increasing amount of the future energy requirements for
agricultural crop drying.
QUESTIONS
,
1. A machine shed to be erected on a corn producing farm in central
Illinois (40° north latitude) will have a south wall solar collector of
130 m2? and a 30° south roof collector of 260 m?. The energy collected
is to be used to heat air for a corn drying bin during October.
Assuming the collectors have an efficiency of 60%, determine the
equivalent output of the total collector in kW for: (a) maximum
sunshine, and (b) 70% probability of maximum sunshine.
2. Grain is to be dried by doubling the drying potential of ambient air
at 10°C and 70% relative humidity by the addition of solar heat. The
incident solar energy on a collector with a 60% collective efficiency is
300 W/m?. Calculate the area of the solar collector required when 7
m*/s of air is supplied to the dryer. Assume saturated air exhausts
from the wet grain.
3. A 400 m’ low temperature corn drying bin located at 40° north
latitude is filled with 22% moisture content corn in November when
a 3°C air temperature rise will be required to dry corn to 15.5%
moisture. Determine the theoretical size of a solar collector tilted 60°
from the horizontal to heat the drying air.
4. Considering the theoretical size of the solar collector obtained in
question 3, suggest the actual size of a-collector that would be ap-
propriate to apply to the 400 m* low temperature drying bin.
5. Calculate the efficiencies of the horizontal roof and the 60° wall solar
collectors listed in Table 12.2 for the month of October. Assume an
airflow of 5 m°/s for each kW of fan power.
REFERENCES
ASHRAE.
1978.
Handbook.
Applications. Am. Soc. Heat. Refrig. Air Cond.
Eng., New York.
BAILEY, P.H. and WILLIAMSON, W. F. 1965.
grain by solar radiation.
Some experiments on drying
J. Agric. Eng. Res. 10, 191-196.
BAKER, D.G. and KLINK, J.C. 1975. Solar radiation reception, probabilities,
and areal distribution in the north-central region. Univ. Minn. Agric. Exp.
Stn. Tech. Bull. 300.
BUELOW, F.H. 1958. Drying grain with solar energy. Mich. State Univ.
Agric. Exp. Stn. Q. Bull. 41 (2) 421—429.
BUELOW,
F.H.
1962.
Solar energy collector design.
Trans ASAE
5, 1-2, 5.
SYSTEMS
FOR
SOLAR
ENERGY
DRYING
ON
THE
FARM _ 309
BUELOW, F.H. 1977. Solar energy availability. In Solar Grain Drying Conf.
Proc., Jan. C. Shove (Editor). Univ. Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.
DUFFIE,
J.A. and BECKMAN,
W.A.
1974.
Solar energy thermal processes.
John Wiley & Sons, New York.
FOSTER, G.H. 1977. Overview of solar grain drying research-field tests. In
Solar Grain Drying Conf. Proc., Jan. G.C. Shove (Editor). Univ. Illinois, Ur-
bana-Champaign.
FOSTER,
tential.
HALL,
G.H. and PEART,
R.M.
1976.
Solar grain drying progress and po-
U.S. Dep. Agric. Agric. Inf. Bull. 401.
M.D.
1968.
Solar-heated
ventilation
air for swine
buildings.
Agric.
Eng. 49, 7, 81.
HARTSOCK, J.G. 1978.
West Lafayette, Ind.
Solar Grain Drying Conf. Proc., May. U.S. Dep. Agric.
;
HEID, W.G., JR. 1978. The performance and economic feasibility of solar
grain drying systems. U.S. Dep. Agric. Agric. Econ. Rep. 396.
MORRISON,
D.W.
1977.
Solar energy-heat pump low temperature grain dry-
ing. M.S. Thesis. Univ. of Illinois.
PETERSON, W.H. and HELLICKSON,
corn in South Dakota.
SHOVE,G.C.
1977.
Trans. ASAE
M.A.
1976.
Solar-electric drying of
19, 349-353.
Solar Grain Drying Conf. Proc., Jan. Univ. Illinois, Urbana-
Champaign.
SOBEL, A.T. and BUELOW, F.H. 1963. Galvanized steel roof construction for
solar heating. Agric. Eng. 44, 312—313, 316-317.
13
Moisture Control and Storage Systems
for Vegetable Crops
Denny C. Davis!
Vegetable crops, in contrast to cereal crops, may require storage conditions that minimize moisture loss rather than enhance drying. Vegetable crops such as onions may require controlled drying or curing,
whereas potatoes, sugar beets, and other root crops require storage environments that minimize moisture loss. This chapter addresses the
environmental requirements of three specific vegetable crops and presents design criteria for use in establishing optimum environmental con-
ditions. Each commodity is discussed in a separate section of the chapter.
POTATOES
Average
annual
per capita consumption
of potatoes
in the United
States is nearly 52 kg (115 lb,,), the largest of any vegetable (U.S. Dep.
Agric. 1977). In recent years the American diet has shifted from home
prepared foods to larger percentages of preprocessed foods, including
potato products. The potato processing industry has demanded a high
quality potato supply throughout an 11-month period of the year to fully
utilize its capital investments, attract a dependable labor force, and
supply the processed potato product market. The industry has therefore
increased its demands on acceptable performance criteria for potato
storages.
Storage Criteria
Storages for potatoes may range from earth-covered trenches having no
environmental control to highly refined aboveground air-conditioned
‘Department of Agricultural Engineering, Washington State Univ.
310
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
311
structures. Earthen trenches will store potatoes satisfactorily for short
(3- to 4-month) periods if the potatoes have been harvested and placed
into storage under ideal conditions. However, potatoes that are injured,
diseased, immature, or placed into storage at high (above 25°C) tem-
peratures will not store well without proper environmental control. Even
in storages with elaborate environmental
quantities of potatoes in a single storage
tatoes for frequent inspection a storage
portance.
Potato storages must be designed to
They
must
have
adequate
control, the risk of losing large
makes easy access to the podesign criterion of utmost immeet
at least three criteria.
capacity (volume), have adequate
struc-
tural strength, and provide a suitable storage environment. Structural
strength and environmental requirements will be discussed in subsequent subdivisions of this chapter. The required storage volume can be
calculated from the total potato yield (mass) and a bulk volume of
approximately 1.6 m?/t (50 ft3/ton) for potatoes stored in bulk. For
example, 1000 t of potatoes would require a storage volume of 1600 m?
(i.e., 1.6 X 1000).
The floor plan for a potato storage should be developed with consideration given to both potato handling and storage management functions. The arrangement must be convenient for loading and unloading
potatoes from all points in the storage and must provide the proper
environment for potatoes located at any point in the storage. The air
handling system must provide adequate ventilation to all potatoes in the
storage. Throughout the duration of the storage period, both the potato
pile and the controls for the air conditioning and handling system must
be accessible for inspection and maintenance. These considerations will
be discussed in other subdivisions of the chapter.
Structural Considerations
Potato storages may be constructed in numerous sizes and shapes with-
in the limits of the total storage capacity desired and reasonable lengths
for ducts used in the air handling system. Considerations of the size and
operating reach of potato handling equipment are also important. The
sizing of individual structural members must include consideration of
the maximum loadings expected for each member. Dead weight of materials, snow and wind loads, and wall loadings from the potatoes are
all essential components in determining maximum loads. Because some
of these loadings are discussed in detail in many engineering texts, only
those loads exerted by the stored potatoes will be discussed here.
Potatoes in bulk storage apply distributed loadings over each wall that
restrains the potatoes. Lateral pressures at individual points on a wall
312
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
vary with location, time, moisture status of the potatoes, and relative
height-to-width ratio for the potato pile. Pressures increase from zero at
the top of a pile to maximum near the bottom of the pile. Pressures
increase as potatoes settle in storage. Pile height-to-width ratios (H/W)
less than 1 produce greater wall pressures than do relatively narrower
(larger height-to-width ratio) storage piles. In all cases lateral pressures
on walls are less than fluid pressures that would occur if the storage
contained
a liquid whose
density were
equal to the bulk
density of
potatoes, 670 kg/m? (42 lb,,/ft?).
Magnitudes of lateral wall forces exerted by potatoes in narrow bins
were first reported by Edgar (1960). These forces were revised by Will-
son (1968) to include bins whose height-to-width ratios approach a value
of unity. Lateral forces for wide bins have been reported by Torabi et al.
(1977) and Yaeger and Schaper (1978). Because the size of bins varied
for these studies, their data have been reduced to dimensionless form for
comparison and selection of design values.
Lateral wall pressures may be expressed as a fraction of the fluid pressure that would occur if the same depth of fluid (having a specific weight
equal to that of bulk stored potatoes) existed in the storage bin. At any
depth from the top of the pile, h, the fluid pressure for a fluid of specific
weight, w, is defined as
p=wh
(13-1)
Thus, the lateral pressure, p,, due to the same depth of potatoes above a
point, can be expressed as
pL=kipwh
(13-2)
The lateral pressure coefficient, k,, does not remain constant for all
depths due to influences of the floor, ventilation ducts, and other walls. It
can, however, be defined for relative depths (fractions of the total pile
height) when pile height-to-width ratios are constant.
The lateral pressure coefficient, k,, (actual pressure/fluid pressure) is
derived from the published data. Different coefficients are required to
define the lateral pressures for wide and narrow
(those with H/W <1.0), the lateral pressure is
pr =0.30wh
bins. For wide bins
(13-3)
For narrow bins (those with H/W > 1.0), the pressure coefficient depends upon the height-to-width ratio and other factors in an unknown
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
313
manner. Thus, the design equation for narrow bins should be used with
caution. For bins with H/W = 2.2, the lateral pressure is
pi =0.22wh
(13-4)
where w is the specific weight and h is the distance from the top of the
pile to the point of the lateral pressure.
Actual pressure measurements have indicated that the maximum lateral pressure for wide bins occurs at h/H = 0.8, rather than at h/H = 1.0
as indicated by equation (13-3). Thus, although these design equations
do predict adequate wall loads, wall joints (the weak point in many walls)
should not be located at this point of maximum lateral pressure. Until
more accurate pressure relationships are developed, equations (13-3) and
(13-4) will be used for designing vertical walls for storages.
Total lateral force on a bin wall is obtained by integrating the pressure
equation over the area being considered. Thus for wide bins, the lateral
wall load, p,, per unit of wall width is
pi = J #0.30whdh
(13-5)
pr = 0.15 w H2
(13-6)
which yields
with the load center occurring at a distance H/3 from the bottom of the
pile. For example, a 6 m high pile of potatoes (w = 6.60 kN/m?) exerts a
lateral force of 35.6 kN (0.15 X 6.6 X 62) per meter of wall width. The
load center would be 2 m (6 m/3) from the bottom of the pile. (In English
units, the lateral force of 2500 lb is applied 6.6 ft from the floor for each
1 ft width section of wall.)
Storage Environment
The environmental conditions around stored potatoes affect both the
potential duration of the storage period and suitability of the tubers for a
desired end use. Environments that are suitable for one period of storage
and one end use are not necessarily suitable for another storage duration
or another end use for the potatoes. Thus, recommendations for specific
conditions are presented in Table 13.1 and discussed individually in this
section.
contain
Field Heat Removal.— When potatoes are harvested, they may
period.
storage
the
of
n
initiatio
the
at
field heat that must be removed
314
DRYING
AND STORAGE
TABLE 13.1. RECOMMENDED
POTATO STORAGES
Phase of Storage
Suberization
Short-term
storage
OF AGRICULTURAL
TEMPERATURES
End Use of Potatoes
HUMIDITIES
Temperature
F
EC
FOR
Relative
Humidity,
%
90 to 95
Fresh
Processed
8.9tol10.0
8.9
Seed
Wee
45
90 to 95
Fresh
4.4 to 5.5
40 to 42
90 to 95
72
45
90 to 95
5.5
42
90 to 95
358
38
90 to 95
Processed (fried)
Processed
(dehydrated)
Seed
Reconditioning
RELATIVE
50to60
\
48to50
48
Any
Long-term
storage
AND
CROPS
Processed (fried)
10.0t015.6
12.8to18.3
55to65
90 to 95
90 to 95
40 to 70!
1 Relative humidity should be low enough so that the dew point temperature of the air is
below the lowest tuber temperature.
The tubers are living organisms that continue to respire, consuming
sugars in the tuber and generating heat, water, and carbon dioxide. The
rate at which tubers respire is a function of temperature, tuber maturity,
and tuber condition. Injured, infected, or immature tubers respire more
rapidly than do those stored in good condition. A tuber temperature
reduction of 10°C results in a 20 to 60% reduction in the tuber respiration
process.
Tubers should be cooled from their field temperature to a temperature
of 10°C (50°F) within 24 hr if possible. High relative humidity air should
be used for the cooling process to minimize tuber weight loss. The relative
humidity should reach or exceed 90% by the end of the 24-hr cooling
period.
Suberization Period.—If the potatoes are to be stored for a period that
is greater than 1 month, then a curing or healing period is recommended.
Holding the tubers at temperatures above those that produce minimum
respiration levels allows the tubers to heal or suberize any injuries that
would otherwise remain unhealed. The healing process reduces weight
loss from those injuries and makes them less susceptible to infection
during storage. The increased respiration during the suberization period
is an investment in improved tuber storability for extended periods of
storage.
The storage environment during the suberization period should have a
relative humidity above 90% (preferably 95%) to facilitate wound healing. The recommended temperatures are between 10.0° and 15.6°C (50°
and 60°F) and the durations are 10 days to 2 months. If the tubers are
mature when placed in storage, then the cooler temperatures and short
to moderate suberization periods are recommended. Immature tubers
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
315
should be exposed to the higher temperatures for the moderate length
periods. If tubers are in good condition, the long suberization periods at
10.0°C (50°F) may be used.
Short-term Storage.—Potatoes placed in storage for short periods (up
to 10 weeks) are stored at temperatures between 7.2° and 10.0°C (45°
~ and 50°F). When tuber temperatures fall below 10.0°C (50°F), reducing
sugars accumulate in the tuber. Large quantities of these sugars in
potatoes that are processed (fried) produce dark colored potato products
which are undesirable.
Potatoes that are to be processed (fried) prior to sale to the consumer
should be stored at a temperature of 8.9°C (48°F). Those that will be sold
fresh may be stored at temperatures between 8.9° and 10.0°C (48° and
50°F). Seed potatoes may be stored at 7.2°C (45°F). In each case the
relative humidity should be maintained above 90%.
Long-term Storage.—Potatoes that are to be stored for long periods
(over 10 weeks) are stored at lower temperatures than those stored for
short periods, although destined for the same end use. The lower temperatures not only reduce respiration losses but also cause increased
accumulations of reducing sugars in the tubers. Thus, tubers stored
under these conditions may require a reconditioning period prior to
removal from storage (see next section).
Potatoes that are to be sold fresh after long term storage are stored at
temperatures between 4.4° and 5.5°C (40° and 42°F). Seed potatoes may
be stored at 3.3°C (38°F) for long periods. Potatoes that are to be
processed commercially should be stored at 7.2°C (45°F) if they are to be
fried and 5.5°C (42°F) if they are to be dehydrated. The relative humidity of the storage environment should remain above 90% to minimize
tuber weight loss.
Reconditioning.—Potatoes that have been in storage may require reconditioning prior to their removal from storage. Reconditioning, warming the tubers, is performed to remove concentrations of reducing sugars
in the tuber and to minimize damage to the tubers when they are
handled. Warmer tuber temperatures increase the rate of respiration,
thereby consuming the reducing sugars, and also reduce the brittleness of
the tuber.
To reduce
tuber
damage
during removal
from
storage,
the storage
environment should be warmed slowly to 12.8° to 18.3°C (55° to 65°F)
and maintained at that temperature until the tubers are uniformly
warmed to the same temperature. This warming period may last 1 to 4
weeks. The longer reconditioning periods and higher reconditioning temperatures
may
be required
to remove
reducing sugars that have ac-
316
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
cumulated during the longer and colder storage conditions. The humidity
of the warm air must be low enough so that the dew point temperature of
the air is lower than the tuber temperature. If the air dew point rises to
the tuber temperature, moisture will condense on the tubers.
Caution must be used in reconditioning potatoes. If tuber quality has
begun to deteriorate prior to reconditioning, the period of warmer temperatures may hasten tissue breakdown. Managers of very large storages
seldom risk a long reconditioning period, but instead stop the fans during
the storage unloading and allow the potatoes to warm from their own
respiration heat for the duration of the unloading period. Except in
potato chip processing where chip color is extremely critical, blending
potatoes from different storages may make reconditioning of a high
reducing sugar lot of potatoes unnecessary.
Air Distribution System
An air distribution system is an essential part of a potato storage. This
system must distribute air of proper temperature and relative humidity
to tubers located at any point in the potato storage. The system must
function properly during each of the stages mentioned in the previous
section and provide adequate airflow when the storage is partially or
completely full.
An air distribution system includes a fan (or fans) for moving the air
plus a plenum chamber and/or ducts for distributing air to the tubers.
Fan selection follows the duct and plenum sizing which in turn depends
upon the physical size and shape of the storage. Selection of multiple fans
may be desirable when widely different airflow conditions are sought
during different phases of the storage season.
Layout Options.—The physical layout of a potato storage depends to a
large extent upon the desired storage capacity. As discussed previously,
the storage volume is determined by the mass of potatoes to be stored.
The storage volume, in conjunction with limiting values for pile height
and airflow requirements, sets maximum limits for the length of ventilation ducts.
Typically, the maximum air velocity in ducts is maintained below
300 m/min (1000 ft/min) to minimize friction losses. Recommended
center-to-center distance between ventilation ducts at the base of potato
piles is 2.5 m (8 ft) to provide adequate air distribution between ducts.
Typical ranges for pile ventilation rates, potato pile heights, and duct
cross-sectional areas are: 0.2 to 0.4 m3/min-m? (or cfm/ft’), 5 to 6 m (16
to 20 ft), and 0.15 to 0.30 m? (1.6 to 3.2 ft2), respectively. Maximum
ventilation duct lengths associated with these constraints are given in
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
317
Table 13.2. Practical considerations of potential product loss that could
result from the failure of a single duct have caused the industry to keep
duct lengths less than 18 m (60 ft).
TABLE 13.2. MAXIMUM DUCT LENGTHS FOR TYPICAL VENTILATION RATES, PILE
HEIGHTS, AND DUCT AREAS FOR POTATO STORAGE!
Ventilation Rate
Pile Height
Duct Area
Duct Length
(min7!)2
m
ft
m
ft
m
0.2
Os
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
5.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
16.4
16.4
19.7
OE
16.4
16.4
19.7
We
0.15
0.30
0.15
0.30
0.15
0.30
0.15
0.30
1.6
3eZ
1.6
3.2
1.6
SP
1.6
Bh
18
36
15
30
9
18
7.5
15
59
118
49
98
30
59
25
49
1 Duct spacing is 2.5 m (8 ft).
2 May be m3/min-m? or cfm/ft?.
The maximum duct length, in conjunction with the selected duct arrangement, defines at least one dimension for the storage. Figure 13.1
illustrates three typical duct arrangements and the corresponding di-
mensional constraint set by the duct length, L. Thus, if the maximum
duct length is 15 m (50 ft), then the length of a storage using 1 plenum
and longitudinal ducts would be approximately 15 m (50 ft). Similarly,
for the single plenum lateral duct design, the maximum storage width
would be 15 m (50 ft). The twin plenum system with lateral ducts could
be as wide as 30 m (100 ft).
When the duct length, pile height, and storage capacity have been
selected, the remaining dimension of the storage can be defined. Approximate storage capacities for various pile dimensions are given in
Table 13.3. For example, if the pile width is determined by the duct
length to be 15 m (49 ft), the desired storage capacity is 2500 t (2900
tons), and the maximum pile height is 6 m (20 ft), so the required storage
length is 45 m (148 ft). If the same width and height constraints existed
but the desired storage capacity were twice as large, then the required
storage length would also be twice as large or 90 m (296 ft).
Duct Selection.—Air distribution ducts may be of either portable
above-ground or permanent below-ground types. Portable ducts of corrugated metal or slotted wood construction may be laid on the floor of
the storage as the storage is filled. These ducts require storage space and
may be damaged by machinery, but are less expensive than permanently
installed ducts. Permanent ducts of concrete cast-in-the-floor construction are less subject to machinery damage and do not require installation
318
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
D
p
D
L
Si
P
A. SINGLE
PLENUM,
LONGITUDINAL
B. SINGLE
PLENUM,
LATERAL
DUCTS
DUCTS
p
D
=|
C. TWIN PLENUM,
LATERAL DUCTS
FIG. 13.1.
P—Plenum.
TYPICAL DUCT ARRANGEMENTS
D—Duct.
L—Limiting duct length.
FOR POTATO
STORAGES.
3/e¥10G)
0F8
OOTT
O0FT
OOLT
6y
99
Z8
86
*(W01/e3J
082
O0FT
86
91
08%
OLP
00L
91
g&
6h
(06)
(00ZT)
(00ST)
(008T)
(008)
(00ST)
(0&2)
(028)
(OLL)
OOLT
00%
008%
O0FE
09¢
008%
OLP
0F6
O0FT
WOE 86) (33
(006T)
(009%)
(00Z8)
(008)
(0€9)
(DOTS)
(008)
(000T)
(00ST)
eq
SAILIOVdVO
NI
SANNOL (SNOL)
HOd
UST 6h) (33
SADVYOLS
IWOldAL
00G%
O0%€
0027
O0TS
0*8
002%
00L
OOFT
00TS
(006Z)
(0068)
(008%)
(008S)
(096)
(009%)
(09L)
(009T)
(008%)
00%
00SF
0098
0089
OOTT
009g
06%
006T
008%
SHLONAT
(006)
(002)
(0069)
(OOLL)
(00ST)
(0029)
(O00T)
(001Z)
(OOTE)
409 LET) (33
‘SLHDISH “SHLGIM
GNV
433ueT
WGP SVT) (33
SYSTEMS
paseg UodnQT
g
(OO€T)
(09)
(000)
(009%)
OrOOTT
ee
09g
00%
OOLT
GT
0z
GZ
0g
OLVLOd
& STORAGE
0Z)
(33
OTLg
UO
=WYSIEY
g
Or
ST
(001Z)
(O00T)
(002)
(OOTE)
0z0F6
99
006T
008
008%
(009%)
(OO€T)
(0028)
(006)
Q%O00GE
Z8
O0ZT
00€%
OOLF
0g
w
UIPIM
Vy
CONTROL
(JF
9T)
aT
Wg
=14SI8Y
Ald
JIAVL‘El
MOISTURE
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
319
320
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
at harvest time, but they do require occasional dirt removal and do
require a high initial investment. Both types of ventilation ducts perform
satisfactorily if properly designed, installed, and maintained.
Ducts must be capable of withstanding both potato pressures and
machinery loadings. Above-ground ducts are subjected to impact by
potato loading equipment in addition to potato pressures. Underground
ducts must also support concentrated loads from trucks in the storage.
Vertical pressures exerted by potatoes on ducts with potatoes piled to a
height, h, above the duct are approximately
py =1.3wh
(13-7)
where w is the bulk specific weight of the potatoes and p, is the vertical
pressure. For example, at a distance 6.0 m (19.7 ft) below the surface of a
potato pile, the pressure exerted on a horizontal surface is 51.5 kPa (1080
Ib;/ft?).!
A ventilation duct must provide both adequate airflow to the section of
the pile that it serves and uniform distribution of the air along the length
of the duct. Ventilation
requirements
for potatoes
depend
upon
the
function of the air and the difference between the air and potato temperatures. During the cool-down period, the potatoes require maximum
airflow to provide maximum cooling. If ambient or nighttime air is used
for cooling and the air temperature is controlled by refrigeration and/or
evaporative cooling, then ventilation rates may be fixed for given ini-
tial potato temperatures. After the cool-down period, fixed or slowlychanging potato temperatures are to be achieved, so lower airflow quantities of constant temperature and relative humidity are required. Table
13.4 summarizes airflow rates that are recommended for various conditions.
The uniformity of air distribution along a duct depends upon only the
duct geometry when moderate airflow occurs in the duct (Davis et al.
1978). When the number, N, of openings or orifices in the duct is large (N
> 160), the uniformity of airflow from the orifices depends upon the duct
length-to-diameter ratio, L/D, and the total-orifice-area-to-duct-cross-
sectional-area ratio, A,/Ap. Uniformities are best for area ratios ranging
from 0.25 to 1.25 when L/D is between 60 and 80 and remain good for
L/D as low as 40. The smaller area ratios require greater fan pressures
and, therefore, greater power
to provide a given airflow. The recom-
mended duct parameters are as follows: 40 < L/D < 80 and A,/Apy = 1.0.
Recommended center-to-center distance between ducts was given previously as 2.5 m (8 ft).
‘Potato specific weight, w, is 6.6 kN/m (42 Ib;/ft’).
WI,
UI
UO)
,W.UIUI/,
IO
/UWjo"ej
UOT}
uorouny
SnonuT}u0+
MOTJIO
3997119}
MOT}
SNonUT}
AOTJ
‘ginjeiaduie}
palisep
1V
0.01
(4,0$)
o1n}
>
quaurdojaAep 401 sul0S
UOT}IPUOD poos
SNonuT}UOD
‘MOTJ
-BIadule}
(4.08) 0,01 > a1nzeredure4
‘MOTI 99} qTUIIAUT
A -U1a}
JUBYSUOD
ainieied
UMOP-[00D
‘ainzei1eduie} palisep VW
(7.09) 0.91 = einqyereduie, perqy1uy
GAGNANWOOSY
MOTSHIV
HOA
OLVLOd
ADVYOLS
OV'0
(4.98) 0.ET < aanqeredurs} perytuy
UOI}IPUOD 03810g
(A.9S) 0.81 = ernyeredurey [ery TU]
IOJ
SII}
JIEVL¥El
OV'0
0G
Or
02°0
/WI
UI U0} /W1Jo }.UTUI
MO[JILY pepusurIUL0seyYy
IY
2781S
T€'0 T€0
T€'0 690 690
OT
0G
OL
02°0 0c°0
*1-
321
CROPS
FOR VEGETABLE
SYSTEMS
& STORAGE
CONTROL
MOISTURE
322
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
The duct diameter can be selected using the required duct length and
the recommended L/D ratio. For example, if the required duct length, Ls,
is 18 m (59 ft) and an L/D ratio of 40 is selected, then the duct diameter
is L/40 or 0.45 m (1.48 ft). The exact duct diameter used would depend
upon sizes that are either commercially available or easily constructed.
The number and size of openings in each duct are determined by the
duct cross-sectional area and the recommended area ratio of A./Ap = 1.0.
An additional consideration is that
a minimum
opening size of 25 mm
(1.0 in.) diameter be used to prevent plugging if sprout inhibitor is
introduced into the pile through the ventilation system. It is also ap-
parent that larger numbers of openings provide the better uniformities.
Consider the duct selected above with a diameter of 0.45 m (1.48 ft).
The recommended
opening area would be equal to 1.0 times the duct
area: A,=Ap = 0.785 D?, or 0.159 m? (1.72 ft?). If N = 200 openings are
selected, then the area of each would be a, = A./N or 795 mm? (1.24 in.?).
The
31.9
but
that
diameter of a circular opening of this area would be D, = 1.13]a, or
mm (1.26 in.). The actual opening shape and size would be flexible,
openings should be equally spaced along the duct and oriented so
air is directed toward the region between ducts. Common practice
for corrugated metal ducts is to locate circular holes in the minimum
diameter corrugations so that sharp edges do not injure the potatoes.
The holes are also located in two rows located 90° apart and oriented to
direct the air downward 45° from the horizontal to each side of the duct.
Plenum
Design.—A
plenum
chamber
is required to reduce
air tur-
bulence and distribute air to individual ducts when more than two or
three ducts are used in an air distribution system. As shown in Fig. 13.1,
plenum chambers are used in three common arrangements for potato
ventilation systems. The proper design and maintenance of a plenum
chamber are essential to providing equal airflow to each duct. A plenum
may also be required to provide equal airflow or prescribed unequal airflow to some of the ducts during periods when the storage is being loaded
or unloaded.
Design criteria similar to those used in duct selection may be used in
plenum chamber design. The air velocity should remain below 300 m/
min (1000 ft/min) in all regions of the plenum. The plenum cross-sec-
tional area (perpendicular to the flow in the plenum) should not be less
than the combined cross-sectional areas of the ducts that it supplies.
The surfaces of the plenum should be smooth and free of obstructions
to avoid producing turbulence. Turbulence near duct entrances disrupts
the airflow and causes reduced airflow to those ducts. Smooth rounded
transitions between the plenum and the duct reduce friction losses and
turbulence in that region of the duct and avoid low-discharge points in
MOISTURE
CONTROL
the duct. Any new
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
323
air distribution system should be checked and ad-
justed to obtain uniform flow patterns before the storage is filled.
Fan Selection.—Fan selection for a potato ventilation system requires
knowledge of appropriate fan types and the necessary air pressures and
flows for the storage. Two basic fan types are used in potato storages—
propeller (axial flow) fans and centrifugal fans. Propeller fans are typ-
ically high airflow, low pressure fans with discharges that vary markedly
as the pressure against which they operate changes. Some modern large-
hubbed propeller fans do produce higher pressures and flows that remain
relatively uniform for significant changes in operating pressures and are
suitable for potato storages. Propeller fan noise levels may be excessive
when located near residential areas.
Centrifugal fans (sometimes called squirrel-cage fans) of backwardcurved design are suitable for potato ventilation systems. These fans are
of heavy construction and are more expensive than propeller fans. They
deliver air against higher pressures and maintain nearly constant flow
even when pressures vary markedly. This constant-discharge characteristic is especially important if the ventilation airflow will be varied or
concentrated into fewer ducts during different periods of time.
The total airflow required by a given potato storage is given by the
product of the storage volume and the required airflow per unit volume
(see Table 13.4). This airflow requirement must be met by the fan or
fans that operate at one time. For instance, if a 10,000 m? (350,000 ft?)
storage requires 0.4 m/min-m3 (or cfm/ft?), then the combined output of
the fans must equal or exceed 4000 m?/min (140,000 cfm) at the existing
operating pressure. When all of the fans move air from a low pressure
region to the same higher pressure region and the pressure difference
between these two regions is the same for each fan, then the fans are
working in parallel. Thus, each fan in a parallel arrangement moves air
against the same pressure, and the combined airflow from all of them is
the sum of the individual fan discharges against that pressure. For
example, two fans in parallel, each of which would deliver 1000 m3/min
(35,000 cfm) against a pressure of 250 Pa (1.0 in. water), would deliver
2000 m3/min (70,000 cfm) against the same pressure.
Determination of the pressure against which the fans will operate
requires the development of a system head-vs-discharge characteristic
curve. The system characteristic curve is obtained by calculating the
total pressure drop (head loss) that occurs through the system as a
function of the airflow. The total head loss includes that which occurs in
the plenum, duct, and any other obstructions between the intake side of
the fan and the air discharge to either the outside (if the fan is drawing
outside air) or the intake of the fan (if air is recirculated). Under the
324.
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
pressure conditions that occur in potato ventilation systems, the air may
be considered as an incompressible fluid.
The head loss in a potato pile due to ventilation rates in the range of
0.20 to 0.40 m3/min-m? (or cfm/ft) is less than 12.5 Pa (0.05 in. water)
when 6 m (20 ft) high piles of potatoes are relatively clean and free of
trash. Increased airflow and accumulations of dirt and\trash could increase the head loss significantly. In potato storage ventilation, the head
loss due to the pile of potatoes is rather insignificant in comparison to
the head loss that occurs in the ducts and other components of the air
handling system.
Head losses that occur in common duct sections, such as elbows, entrances, and straight unperforated lengths, may be determined by stan-
dard techniques as described in many fluid mechanics texts. Head losses
that occur in straight sections of perforated duct having unobstructed,
constant cross-sections are derived from data presented by Davis et al.
(1978) for perforated corrugated ducts. The head loss, Hi, for a total
duct flow is
H,
=
?
(138-8)
where
H, is the head loss, Pa (Ib;/ft?)
pis the air density, kg/m? (Ib;-sec2/ft4)
Ap is the cross-sectional area of the duct, m? (ft?)
A, is the total area of the openings, m2 (ft?)
Q, is the total airflow in the duct, m/s (cfs)
The total airflow required per duct to obtain a specified ventilation
rate can be determined from the following relationship:
Q=Q, HSL
(13-9)
where
Q. is the airflow required per unit volume of potatoes, m?/min-m3
(cfm/ft?)
H_ is the height of the pile, m (ft)
S fih center-to-center distance (spacing) between adjacent ducts, m
ft
Lis the length of the duct, m (ft)
Q is the total airflow for the duct, m?/min (cfm)
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
325
The airflow for equation (13-8), Q., is Yo times Q.
For example, consider a potato storage with ducts of 18
m (59 ft)
length, spaced 2.5 m (8.2 ft) apart, and with potatoes piled 6 m (19.7
ft)
high. If the design airflow is 0.40 m3/min-m3 (or cfm/ft?), then
the
airflow per duct, Q, is 108 m3/min (3810 cfm). The head loss in the
per-
forated duct can be determined from equation (13-8) when the air den-
sity and duct and orifice areas are known. The density of air at 90% rela-
tive humidity and 10.0°C (50°F) is 1.23 kg/m’ (2.39 X 10-3 lb;sec2/ft4)
under standard barometric pressure. (Air properties at other conditions
can be obtained from the psychrometric chart in Fig. 6.17.) If the duct
diameter is 0.450 m (1.48 ft) and the area ratio (A,/Ap) is 1.0, then A, =
Ap = 0.159 m? (1.72 ft?). The calculated head loss for this duct then
becomes:
H, = 97.3 Q2in metric units
(13-10)
H, = 1.62 X 10-2 Q? in U.S. customary units
(13-11)
or
And for the specific airflow in the duct, Q., of 1.80 m/s (63.5 cfs), the
head loss is 315 Pa (6.53 lb;/ft?). Using a conversion factor of 5.196
lb;/ft?/in. water yields a head loss of 1.26 in. water.
The total head loss for a potato ventilation system in which good air
handling design practices are observed will be only slightly greater than
the perforated duct losses. If refrigeration coils or air washers are not
used in the system, total head losses are typically between 250 and 375
Pa (1.0 and 1.5 in. water) for adequate airflow. The head losses of
refrigeration coils and air washers can be obtained from manufacturers
and should be added directly to the other head losses to obtain the total
system operating pressure.
Fan selection is made by matching the performance characteristics of a
fan to the system head loss relationship. Ideally, the fan performance
curve and the system head loss curve should be plotted on the same set of
axes for analysis before the fan is selected for a particular application.
For example, if 1 fan is to provide air to 6 ducts, then the fan performance curve and the system head loss curve for 6 ducts in parallel
should be plotted for analysis. Consider the case in which the head loss
for 1 duct (including entrance losses, etc.) is calculated to be:
H, = 100 Q2in metric units
(13-12)
H, = 1.66 X 1073 Q2 in U.S. customary units
(13-13)
or
326
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Because the 1 fan serves 6 ducts, the head loss of the 6-ducts-in-parallel
system is given by:
H,, = 100 (Q;/6)? in metric units
(13-14)
or
H, = 1.66 X 1073 (Q;/6)? in U.S. customary units
where Q; is the fan discharge, m?/s
(13-15)
(cfs). These head loss relationships
are plotted in Fig. 13.2 together with a typical fan performance curve.
The airflow units shown are volumes per minute, the typical units used
for fan performance curves. (Note also that the units for air pressures in
USS. customary units are inches of water.)
The performance of the ventilation system with the proposed fan can
be evaluated from the fan performance and system head loss curves as
presented in Fig. 13.2. The intersection of the two curves defines the
operating point, which in this case is 550 m?/min (19,400 cfm) of air
moved by the fan against a static pressure of 232 Pa (0.93 in. water).
Thus, each duct would receive one-sixth of the total flow or 92 m?/min
(3200 cfm). If this airflow is not adequate, then the performance curves
of other fans should be considered similarly to select the appropriate fan.
These plots also provide a mechanism for evaluating the system performance when changes occur. For example, if only 5 ducts were operational or material buildup in the ducts increased the head loss, then new
system head loss curves (above the original one) could be drawn to
identify the new operating points. These curves are valuable for numerous management and design decisions.
Temperature Control
Control of potato temperature is very important throughout each stage
of the potato storage season. Inadequate cooling or fluctuating temperatures can allow rot development and sprout development in ad-
dition to increased quantities of heat from tuber respiration. Both adequate cooling capacities and appropriate control and management of
cooling equipment are required in potato storages.
Cooling Requirements.—The cooling requirement for a potato storage
is equal to the net amount of heat gained by the storage during a given
period of time. Contributors to the heat gain are as follows:
(1) Field heat of the potatoes
(2) Heat of respiration
MOISTURE
CONTROL
INCHES OF
WATER
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
327
Pa
400
Coan PERFORMANCE
1.50
SYSTEM
HEAD LOSS
1.25
-
Le?
300
lJ
5
:
1.00
or
a
0.75
S)
:
=
0.50
D
(op)
OPERATING
<> POINT
20
.
100
Ww
0.25
O
0
O
200
ee
(e)
400
10,000
FAN
FIG. 13.2.
FAN PERFORMANCE
600
ee
20,000
AIR
AND SYSTEM
800
m/min
30,000
cfm
FLOW
HEAD LOSS CURVES
(3) Heat conducted through the walls and roof
(4) Heat from air infiltration
(5) Miscellaneous heat production in the storage.
Each of these is discussed briefly.
Field Heat.—Field heat or heat of product is that heat contained in the
potatoes when placed into storage that must be removed to lower the
tuber temperature to the desired level. The field heat is proportional to
the difference in the tuber temperatures before and after the cool-down
stage. The rate at which this cooling occurs is the field heat contribution
to the storage heat gain. The field heat gain is calculated from the
relationship.
qr = Beet
(13-16)
where
qr is the rate of field heat contribution to the cooling load, W (Btu/hr)
m
c
is the mass of potatoes being cooled per unit time, kg (Ib,.)
is the specific heat of the tubers, J/kg°C (Btu/Ib,,’F)
328
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
T, is the desired storage temeprature, °C (°F)
T; is the tuber temperature from the field, °C (°F)
t
is the period of time for cooling this mass of tubers to T., sec (hr)
Consider a storage in which 100 t (100,000 kg or 220,000 lb) of potatoes
at 15°C (59°F) are placed into storage each day. They are ‘to be cooled
uniformly to 10°C (50°F) in 1 day (86,400 s or 24 hr). The specific heat of
raw potato is 3430 J/kg°C (0.82 Btu/lb,,’F). Thus, the rate of field heat
removal is 19,800 W (67,600 Btu/hr) for that day and that mass of
potatoes.
Heat of Respiration.—The heat of respiration generated per unit mass
of potatoes depends greatly upon the tuber temperature and time in
storage as shown in Fig. 13.3. For example, a 100,000 kg (220,000 lb,,) lot
of potatoes that has been in storage for 1 day and presently has a tem-
perature of 10°C (50°F) will generate respiration heat at the rate of
100,000 X 0.055 (220,000 X 0.085) or 5500 W (18,700 Btu/hr). Thus,
the respiration heat must be determined separately for each lot of potatoes placed in storage due to their different periods of storage and
temperatures. At any given time the total cooling load due to respiration
heat is the sum of the respiration heats generated by all of the lots. The
heat of respiration for potatoes is also a function of variety, injury, and
other factors, so the values given in Fig. 13.3 should be used with this
variability in mind.
BTU/Ib,,-hr
O15
S
<=
W/ka
:
09
08
0.10
&
cr
WL
S 0.05
x
07
0
06
05
04
KR
.03
iw
ue
18.3°C (65°F)
216.6" ¢ (60°F)
7
—12.8°C (55°F)
°
——10.0°¢ (50°F)
Ol
0
0
°
“~~ 7.2°C (45°F)
0
lo
DAYS
IN
20
30
STORAGE
From
Wilson (1971)
FIG. 13.3. HEAT OF RESPIRATION FOR POTATOES AS S AAFUNCTION OF TEMPERA ;
TURE AND STORAGE TIME
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
329
Conduction Heat Gains.—Heat conducted through the
roof and walls
of potato storages varies as the temperatures inside and outside
and
the solar radiation outside vary. Maximum heat conduction into
the stor-
age would occur when maximum outside temperature, minimum inside
temperature, and maximum solar radiation occur. The heat conducted
through any wall or roof (or section thereof having uniform temperature
difference and insulation properties) can be calculated from the following
relationship.
(ETD) A,
qi.
=
a
ary
k
(13-17)
where
qx is the rate of conduction heat gain through the wall or roof sec-
ETD
tion, W (Btu/hr)
is an “equivalent temperature difference” across the thickness of
the wall or roof section, °C (°F)
A, is the surface area of the wall or roof section, m? (ft?)
R, is the thermal resistance or “R-value” for the wall or roof section,
°C-m2/W (hr°F-ft?/Btu)
For example, if a wall section of area 200 m? (2150 ft?) has an R-value
of 3.5°C-m?/W (19.9 hr°F-ft?/Btu) and an equivalent temperature difference of 15°C (27°F), then the rate of heat conduction into the storage
through this wall section is 855 W (2920 Btu/hr).
R-values are available for various construction and insulation materials from either the manufacturer or standard engineering handbooks.
Recommended R-values for potato storages are dependent upon the
intended storage environment and the expected weather conditions at
the location of the storage. In cold climates where potato freezing may
be a problem, the R-value must be adequate to maintain the conduction heat loss from the storage below the sum of the potato respiration heat and heat produced by auxiliary sources. In milder climates
where freezing of the potatoes is not a serious threat, the R-value should
be chosen to prevent condensation of the high-humidity storage air
on the walls or roof. R-values recommended for potato storages in the
latter case are 3.5°C-m?/W (20 hr°F-ft?/Btu) for walls and 5.0°C-m?/W
(28 hr°F-ft?/Btu) for the roof.
Equivalent temperature differences are effective temperatures that
can be used for given wall or roof sections to incorporate the effects of the
air temperatures and surface temperatures (as affected by radiation)
into the conduction heat transfer calculation. Obviously, the color, orien-
tation, heat storage properties, and insulation properties of wall or roof
330
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
sections and the direction and intensity of solar radiation affect instantaneous conduction heat gains. Equivalent temperature differences that
reflect these factors are tabulated for different locations, dates, and
hours of the day (ASHRAE
1977).
Maximum conduction heat gains occur at different times of the day for
different wall or roof sections. Thus, the orientation of the potato storage
would determine those sections that receive the greatest quantity of
radiation during the warmest time of the day, and would therefore define
the approximate time at which a conduction heat gain analysis should be
made. The exact time is not critical, however, because conduction heat
gains are quite small compared to respiration and field heat gains for
well-insulated storages.
Infiltration Heat Gains.—Heat gains from infiltration of outside air
occur whenever doors are open or outside air is drawn into the storage
and heat content of the air outside is greater than that inside. In-
filtration heat gain can be calculated as follows:
a
=
a
(13-18)
where
qi is the infiltration heat gain, W (Btu/hr)
m is the mass exchange per unit time, kg (Ib,,)
h, is the heat content of outside air, J/kg (Btu/Ib,,)
h; is the heat content of inside air, J/kg (Btu/Ib,,)
t is the time period used for the heat exchange, sec (hr)
The amount (mass) of air exchange between the inside and outside
through open doors is difficult to determine but may be estimated to be
one-half of an air change per hour. Thus, if a storage of 5000 m3 (177,000
ft®) volume experienced one-half air change per hour and the air density
were 1.23 kg/m? (2.39 X 10° *Ibysec?/ft4 or 0.077 Ib,,/ft3), then the mass
of air exchange would be 0.854 kg/s (6810 lb,,/hr).
The heat content of a unit mass of air, a function of its temperature
and moisture content, can be obtained from the psychrometric tables or
charts. The heat content of inside air at 10°C (50°F) and 90% relative
humidity air is 45,400 J/kg (19.5 Btu/Ib,,). If the outside air is at 20.0°C
(68°F) and 30% relative humidity, its heat content is 49,300 J/kg (21.2
Btu/Ib,,). The infiltration heat gain due to one-half air change per hour
then becomes 3330 W (11,600 Btu/hr).
Miscellaneous Heat Gains.—Equipment, people, lights, and other
sources of heat inside the storage also contribute to the cooling load.
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
331
These heat sources can be evaluated by estimates of their power consumption or by published data (ASHRAE 1977). In general these heat
sources
are negligible when loading or unloading of the storage is not
occurring.
Maximum Heat Gain.—Maximum heat gain will occur during the
period in which the potato storage is being filled. At this time the
conduction, infiltration, respiration, field heat, and miscellaneous contributions will be large. Each of these values should be calculated and
summed for the last full day of the filling operation (when respiration of
_ the total capacity is occurring). If large quantities of field heat are also
assumed, then a maximum
cooling requirement can be obtained for a
properly designed cooling system.
Cooling Methods.—Potatoes may be cooled by natural night air, by air
that has been cooled by evaporation of water (evaporative cooling), by
air that has been cooled by refrigeration, or by combinations of these
methods. Cooling of the potatoes can be accomplished only when the air
temperature is below that of the potatoes. Each of the cooling methods
is discussed briefly.
Night Cooling —The use of night air for cooling potatoes is limited to the
periods of time when the outside temperature is cooler than the potatoes
but above freezing. Because the greatest cooling requirements occur early
in the storage season when the least night air cooling is available, this
method is suitable for only a limited number of geographic regions.
The amount of night cooling that is available can be determined by the
following equation.
Me
m
(h; — h,)
(13-19)
t
where
q_ is the rate of cooling, W (Btu/hr)
m is the mass of air used per unit time, kg (Ib,,)
h; is the heat content of the inside air that is exhausted, J/kg (Btu/Ib,n)
h, is the heat content of outside air drawn into the storage, J/kg (Btu/
Ibm)
t is the time period, sec (hr)
The mass flow of the air is the product of air density and air volumetric
flow. The air leaving the storage has the temperature of the potatoes and
a relative humidity near 100%.
Consider the case in which potatoes at 15.0°C (59°F) are being cooled by
10.0 m3/s (1.27 X 106 ft3/hr) of outside air at 5.0°C (41°F) and 60% rela-
332
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
tive humidity. The density and heat content of the incoming air are 1.26
kg/m? (0.0787 lb,,/ft?) and 31,000 J/kg (13.3 Btu/Ib,,), respectively, and
the heat content of 15°C (59°F) air at saturation is 60,000 J/kg (25.8
Btu/lb,,). Thus, the rate of cooling during the period in which these
conditions exist is 365,000 W (1,250,000 Btu/hr). To determine the total
cooling available per day, air temperatures and relative humidities would
be required each hour and calculated cooling available at each hourly
period would be summed.
Cooling by night air requires minimum
investment for equipment but
does not provide optional cooling at all times. It should also be noted that
outside air removes moisture from the potatoes during the cooling process, so in most cases some form of humidification should be provided.
Evaporative Cooling.—Air can be cooled by evaporation of water when-
ever the air is not previously saturated. When unsaturated air contacts
free water for a sufficiently long period of time, it absorbs water and is
cooled as the evaporation process removes heat from the air. The temperature at which the air becomes saturated is called the wet bulb
temperature. Thus, unsaturated air can be cooled to its wet bulb tem-
perature through an evaporative cooling process. Wet bulb temperatures
for air at various temperatures and relative humidities are given in
psychrometric tables and charts.
Evaporative
cooling can be used in potato storages during the time
for which the wet bulb temperature of the air is less than the potato
temperature. Thus, the cooling period is extended over that during
which only night air is available for cooling. The available cooling for
an evaporative cooling process is calculated using equation (13-19) as was
done for night cooling. If chilled water is not used for evaporative cooling
of the air, then the heat content of the saturated air (at its wet bulb
temperature) is the same as it was before being evaporatively cooled.
Some of its sensible heat (due to its temperature) was converted to latent
heat (heat in the water vapor) during the evaporative cooling process.
Although the cooling capacity of the air is not changed, it will not remove
as much moisture from the potatoes and is therefore more desirable
than natural night air for potato cooling.
Consider the wet bulb and dry bulb temperature record of Fig. 13.4 for
a comparison of night cooling and evaporative cooling ‘methods. Night
cooling can be used during the 6.5 hr period (indicated by NC) when the
dry bulb temperature of the outside air is less than the potato temperature. Evaporative cooling can be used during the 14 hr period (in-
dicated by EC) during which the air wet bulb temperature is less than the
potato temperature. Because the heat content of air is nearly constant
for a constant wet bulb temperature and because the air leaving the po-
MOISTURE
oF
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
333
2G
30
80
70
c
=
DRY
BULB
20
EC
60
WET
BULB
QO
a
i
50
lOR
S47
”
X
OOS
KY
Ces
OR
40
RANA
Of rrr
XXX
OXY
0
30
M
NC =NIGHT COOLING
EC =EVAPORATIVE COOLING
6a.m.
TIME
N
OF
6p.m.
M
DAY
FIG. 13.4. WET AND DRY BULB TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS FOR A 1-DAY PERIOD
tatoes is approximately saturated (wet bulb and dry bulb temperatures
are equal), the amount of potato cooling that occurs during both night
air and evaporative cooling is nearly proportional to the respective areas
shown in the figure. Thus, in this example, evaporative cooling, although
used for a period over twice that of night air cooling, provides only 50%
more cooling than does night air alone. It must be noted, however, that
moisture loss from the potatoes can be excessive when unconditioned
night air is used.
Refrigerated Cooling.—Refrigerated air cooling may be considered when
night air and evaporative cooling capacities are not adequate to offset
the total heat gain. This may occur during early harvest periods or in
storages that are operated during late spring and early summer months.
In refrigerated storages optimal control of the air temperatures should be
possible so that temperature fluctuations are avoided and long storage
periods can be achieved. Thus, the added cost of refrigeration equipment
may be offset by better market prices or a longer processing season for
the potatoes.
Air cooling by refrigeration cools the air without altering its moisture
content until the air reaches saturation (at its dew point temperature). If
the dew point temperature of the air is below the temperature of the
potatoes (which is the normal case), then the air does not need to be
cooled to the point of saturation. Most efficient cooling would include
refrigerated cooling until the wet bulb temperature of the air is below the
334.
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
potato temperature, then evaporative cooling to saturate the air. The
available potato cooling is again defined by equation (13-19) in which the
heat content of the cooling air is evaluated at its state following the
evaporative cooler. The cooling, however, is provided at the cost of the
refrigeration system cooling.
The cooling capacity required for refrigeration cooling is\the difference
between the total heat gain during a given period of time and the
evaporative cooling that is available during that same period. The type of
refrigeration system used may be either direct expansion or chilled wa-
ter. A direct expansion system would have the cooling coil (evaporator)
located directly in the airstream before the humidification equipment.
Chilled water systems would be used to cool the water used in hu-
midification (evaporative cooling) so that the air would be cooled below
its wet bulb temperature during the humidification process. An attrac-
tive feature of the chilled water system is that portable water chillers
could be leased and connected to the humidification
the periods when refrigeration is required.
Controls.—Automatic
system for only
control of the fan and cooling system provides
more accurate and consistent environmental control than does manual
control. Air circulation must be provided to cool the potatoes and to keep
uniform temperature conditions throughout the storage. A lack of air
circulation allows both heat and carbon dioxide to accumulate at localized regions, thus producing conditions that shorten storage life of potatoes. Temperature fluctuations at a point also cause sprouting to de-
velop although sprout inhibitors do reduce the severity of this problem.
Temperature sensors must be used in conjunction with differential
thermostats to prevent the introduction of outside air into the storage
when outside temperatures are higher than potato temperatures. Multiple sensors should be used inside the potato pile to sense the pile
temperature at several locations so that “hot spots” do not develop. Both
dry bulb and wet bulb temperature sensors should be used to sense
outside air temperatures. A temperature sensor in the réturn air duct is
also required if recirculated air from the potato pile is to be used for part
or all of the ventilation air. Wet and dry bulb temperatures in the supply
ducts to the potatoes should also be sensed.
Numerous
control options should be provided to meet the various
conditions that occur in potato storages. These are listed below.
(1) Fans should be started whenever the pile temperatures are too high
or when temperature variations in the pile exceed 3°C (5°F).
(2) Return air should be used wholly or in part when outside air is
below 0°C (32°F).
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
335
(3) No outside air should be used when its temperature
is warmer than
the inside air.
(4) Refrigeration should be used when the wet bulb temperatures of
both return and outside air sources are above the potato tem-
perature.
(5) The mix of return and outside air sources should be controlled to
provide the desired temperature for air supplied to the potatoes.
Humidity Control
The provision of adequate humidity is essential for potatoes in long-
term storage. This is clearly shown in data for a 300 day storage period
for potatoes held at 4.4°C (40°F). The cumulative weight loss for potatoes
stored in air of 80% relative humidity was twice that for potatoes stored
in air of 95% relative humidity (Cargill et al. 1971). In addition to the loss
in salable weight, dehydration of tubers is suspected as being a major
factor in causing pressure bruising of the tubers.
Humidification
of air is accomplished
by maintaining
contact
be-
tween free water and a stream of unsaturated air. Humidification of
air through water sprays or atomized air is the same process as evapora-
tive cooling of air. Thus, equipment that provides optimum humidification to 90% relative humidity or greater also provides the maximum
feasible amount of evaporative cooling. In general, air washers provide
better humidification of air than do spray nozzles or atomizers due to
the greater contact time of the former. Humidification equipment should
be located downstream from fans so that heat from the fans is added
prior to the addition of moisture. This arrangement results in maximum
humidification.
Water Requirement.—The quantity of water that must be provided to
humidify air from one state to another can be determined using information from psychrometric tables or charts. When an airstream contacts
water at approximately the same temperature, water is evaporated by
the air and the air dry bulb temperature decreases. The wet bulb temperature of the air, however, remains constant as the air is humidified.
Thus, for potato storages, the dry bulb temperature of the air should decrease until the relative humidity of the air reaches 90%. The amount of
water required for this humidification of a unit mass of air is the difference between the moisture content or absolute humidity (mass of
water per mass of dry air) of the air at the initial and final states. Water
requirements for humidification of sample air states to 90% relative humidity are provided in Table 13.5.
In actual practice humidification systems do not evaporate 100% of the
potential water requirements of the air. Thus, a fraction as large as 40%
336
DRYING
TABLE 13.5.
HUMIDITY
AND STORAGE
WATER
FOR
REQUIREMENTS
Bulb
Wet
oF
ol
@
cia 30
DGS Bi
4.7 40.5
8.3 47
5.0 41
6.4 43.5
8.9 48
11.4 52.5
8.3 47
10.0 50
13.3 56
TCMaew
11.4 52.5
11.4 56.5
11.4 63.5
11.4 69.5
;
RH
10
20
40
60
10
20
40
60
10
20
40
60
10
20
40
60
CROPS
HUMIDIFYING
Humidified Air
Initial Air State
od Pur
50
10.0
50
10.0
50
10.0
50
10.0
15.6
60
LER
GO
60
15.6
60
15.6
ZALLS
sw,
AMG
7K)
PaaS)
AKO,
Pa a 79
Oia
OO
26."
«80
2000
80
ZOU
oe
OF AGRICULTURAL
Dry Bulb
2D)
C
Ke
PP
3.3 38
5.3 41.5
7.2 45
5.8 42.5
7.2 45
9.7 49.5
12.2
54
9.2 48.5
eoleo,
OS
14.4 58
17-2: 4163
12.5 54.5
14.7 58.5
18.9 66
DPA
G(R
RH
%
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
AIR TO 90% RELATIVE
Water Required
a
Liters Water! gph Water
See
OS
cfm Air
1000 m*Air
TS
ee aa1000ee
8
4.0
1.5
3.3
1.0
2.2
0.6
1.3
4.9
2:2
ie)
4.2
29
1.3
0.8
1.8
6.0
2c
4.9
Dee,
3.6
1.6
0.8
1.8
6.9
3.1
5.8
2.6
3.8
1%,
2.2
1.0
Source: Pettibone and Iritani (1973).
! Liters/sec of water per 1000 m°/s of air.
of the required water may remain in liquid form and collect in the
humidification equipment or plenum. A mechanism for collecting and
disposing of, or, preferably, recycling the remaining water must be pro-
vided. The region immediately downstream of the humidification equipment must have sufficient freeboard to retain the water even against the
forces of the moving airstream.
For example, consider a storage that has an outside airflow of 10.0 m3/s
(21,200 cfm) at 15.6°C (60°F) and 20% relative humidity. From Table
13.5 it is evident that this air would require 4.2 X 1073 liters of water per
m? of air (1.9 X 1073 gph/cfm) to humidify the air to 7.2°C (45°F) and
90% relative humidity. Thus, for the given airflow, the water flow would
be 0.042 liters/s (40.3 gal./hr) for the desired humidification. In practice,
the water consumption may be only 60% of these values.
Vapor Barrier.—A vapor barrier is an important structural component
of potato storages. Water vapor moves from regions of higher vapor pressure to regions of lower concentration, passing though permeable materials that separate these regions. During the colder periods of a potato
storage season, the vapor pressure inside storages is greater than that
outside. Thus, water vapor travels through the insulation material and
other construction materials (especially through unsealed joints) en route
to the outside. At some point along this path, the vapor reaches a material that has a temperature below the dew point temperature for that
vapor pressure and some of the vapor condenses on that material. Mois-
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
337
_ ture accumulations then lead to deterioration of the materials or dripping
onto the potatoes which can then lead to rotting. A vapor barrier serves
to slow the movement of moisture to the regions where condensation can
occur.
Suitable vapor barriers can be highly impermeable plastic sheets placed
on the inner side of insulation or can be insulation materials that are
highly impermeable to moisture movement. Many closed-cell foam insulations provide sufficient resistance to moisture movement to serve as
both a vapor barrier and insulation. Specific recommendations are de-
pendent upon the storage environment, construction, and weather conditions, so suppliers of building materials or appropriate engineers should
be consulted for vapor barrier recommendations for a given potato storage.
SUGAR
BEETS
Forty percent of the world’s sugar (sucrose) production is derived from
sugar beets; the remainder is derived from sugar cane. In 1977 the total
world production of sugar beets was 260 million tonnes (290 million tons)
(U.S. Dep. Agric. 1977). The sugar beet industry in the United States,
however, has faced serious competition from non-sucrose sweeteners and
has been threatened by the resulting decline in sugar prices. The economic pressure has forced the industry to identify steps that could make
its production more efficient.
In northern sugar beet producing areas of the United States, sugar beet
storage has received attention due to its potential to extend the operating season for processing facilities and to reduce sucrose losses that occur
during the storage of unprocessed sugar beets. Currently sugar beet
processing facilities may operate up to 150 days on unprocessed beets
and may experience sucrose losses less than 0.125 kg/t of beets per day of
storage (0.25 lb/ton-day), about half that experienced by stored beets 10
years ago. Approximately two-thirds of the sugar beets processed in the
United States are stored prior to being processed.
Criteria for design and management of storage facilities for sugar beets
are presented in the following sections of this chapter. Where suitable,
contrasts and similarities between sugar beet and potato storages will be
presented.
Storage Criteria
adi
Storage facilities for sugar beets vary widely depending upon climatic
region and planned duration of storage. In regions where extended periods of freezing occur, entire piles of beets are allowed to, or encouraged
338
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
to, freeze so that sucrose losses during storage will be minimized. Freezing
is encouraged by forced ventilation at the beginning of the expected
sub-freezing weather period.
In more
temperate
in below-ground
sugar beet growing regions, sugar beets are stored
trenches,
in above-ground
outdoor
piles, and inside
permanent storage structures. In each of these storage methods, ventilation and protection from surface freezing are provided. Whereas only in
the permanent storage structures is structural design pertinent, in all of
the storage methods ventilation is a critical part of the storage problem.
In determining the space requirements for sugar beet storage, an ap-
proximate sugar beet bulk density of 650 kg/m? (41 lb;/ft) may be used.
Thus, the volume required per unit mass is 1.54 m3/t (49 ft?/ton), and
the total volume required to store 1000 t (1100 tons) of beets would be
1540 m? (49,000 ft’).
Considerations for appropriate floor plans for permanent storages are
similar to those cited for potato storages. Convenience for operation and
maintenance are factors of prime importance, as is the ventilation system design.
Structural Considerations
Sugar beet storage pile sizes are determined, in part, by the size of the
piling equipment used. Common pile heights are 6 to 8 m (100 to 150 ft)
at the top. Unrestrained piles spread at the bottom to form sides with a
slope from the horizontal of approximately 57°. Structures which confine
sugar beet piles would, therefore, be required to have sufficient vertical
clearance for the piler boom above the pile and widths that are less than
or equal to the arc of the boom.
Lateral wall loadings are less than those measured for potatoes due to
the larger angle of repose for sugar beets. Based upon wall pressure
theory for semisolid materials, the sugar beet wall loadings should be
40% of potato wall loadings. Typically, sugar beet piles are wider than
they are high, so the lateral pressures exerted by the beets on vertical
walls are given by:
pr =0.12wh
(13-20)
where p, is the lateral pressure, Pa (lb;/ft2)
w is the bulk specific weight of the beets, N/m? (Ib;/ft3)
h is the height of beets above the point of interest, m (ft)
The bulk specific weight of sugar beets is 6.44 kN/m? (41 Ib,/ft’).
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
339
The total lateral load on a vertical wall that supports sugar beets is
given by the integral of equation (13-20) over the total height of the pile
which yields
Pi = 0.06 w H?
(13-21)
where py is the total lateral force, N (lb;)
H is the height of the sugar beet pile, m (ft)
The centroid of the lateral loading occurs at a distance H/3 from the
floor.
Consider a pile of sugar beets 7 m (23 ft) high restrained by a vertical
wall. The total lateral force exerted by the beets on the wall would be
18.9 KN per m of wall width with the load center occurring 2.33 m above
the ground. This is equivalent to 1300 lb; per ft of wall width acting at a
distance 7.67 ft above the ground.
Storage Environment
The environmental
conditions surrounding stored sugar beets deter-
mine the respiration rate of the beets and their weight loss. About
two-thirds of the sucrose loss that occurs during storage is traced to
respiration losses. Weight loss of the beets does not cause a loss in salable
weight because the beets are purchased by the processor prior to storage.
Excessive desiccation of the beets, however, does make processing more
difficult and may cause increased impurities in the beets.
A suberization or wound healing period does not occur as distinctly for
sugar beets as it does for potatoes. The storage periods that are appropriate for sugar beets are only the cool-down period for field heat
removal and the long-term storage period for maintaining suitable storage conditions. Reconditioning of beets prior to removal from storage is
unnecessary because losses from beet injury at this time are insignificant
when the beets are processed immediately.
Field Heat Removal.—Field heat should be removed from sugar beets
as quickly as possible after they are piled. If beets are warm when they
are harvested, their respiration rate is high and a significant quantity of
sucrose is consumed
before the beets are cooled to a suitable storage
temperature. The field heat should be removed from stored sugar beets
to lower their temperature below 10°C (50°F) during the first 2 or 3 days
of storage. The relative humidity of air used for cooling the beets should
be high (above 90%) to minimize desiccation of the beets during this
period.
340
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Long-term Storage. —After the sugar beets have been cooled initially,
they should be stored at a constant storage condition until they are
processed. The beets should not be allowed to freeze and thaw because
this results in tissue breakdown,
rot development,
and large sucrose
losses. Minimum respiration levels and minimum sucrose losses occur
when beets are maintained within 1°C (2°F) of 4.4°C (40°F). Temperatures outside of this range or variations in temperature with time cause
increased respiration and losses.
Air Distribution System
Air distribution systems for sugar beet storages are designed using the
same principles as discussed previously for potato storages. The arrange-
ment of ducts could be parallel to or
depending upon the pile size. Typically,
ducts to be perpendicular to the longest
or all of the distance through the pile
perpendicular to the pile length
the large sugar beet piles require
pile dimension and to extend half
(as illustrated in Fig. 13.1).
Duct Selection.—Appropriate duct spacings and duct cross-sectional
area limits can be determined from Table 13.2. Recommended ventilation rates are 0.4 m3/min-m? (or cfm/ft’) and 0.2 m3/min-m? (or cfm/ft*)
for cool-down and long-term periods, respectively. If a ventilation rate of
0.2 m3/min-m? (cfm/ft?3) is desired for ducts spaced 2.5 m (8 ft) apart and
the beet pile height is 6 m (19.7 ft), then the maximum length for a duct
having 0.30 m? (3.2 ft?) cross-sectional area is 30 m (98 ft). The lengthto-diameter ratio, L/D, that produces good air distribution along perforated corrugated ducts is 40 or greater. Thus, for a duct length of 30 m
(98 ft) and L/D equal to 40, the duct diameter would be 0.75 m (2.5 ft)
and the duct area would be 0.44 m? (4.9 ft?). This area, being greater
than that used in Table 13.2, would maintain the air velocity in the duct
below 300 m/min (1000 ft/min) as desired.
If duct spacings greater than 2.5 m (8 ft) are desired, appropriate
multipliers may be used together with Table 13.2 to set duct length
limits. For example, if the duct spacing is doubled to 5 m (16 ft), then the
duct length would be halved when all other conditions are unchanged.
Thus, the air velocity (and friction loss) would be excessive if the duct
length were not decreased when the duct spacing was increased and
other conditions were unchanged.
The size and number of orifices (or openings) in a duct should be chosen
to keep the number large (greater than 160) and the total area of the
orifices equal to the duct cross-sectional area. Thus, if the duct and
orifices are circular, then the diameter of the orifices should be
D,=D//N
(13-22)
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
341
where D, is the orifice diameter, m (ft)
D is the duct diameter, m (ft)
N is the number of orifices
For example, if 160 orifices are used, then the orifice diameter should be
Y,) times the duct diameter.
Plenum
Design.—An
air plenum
may
be used to supply air to the
individual ducts in permanent storages. A plenum and central air moving
(fans) and conditioning (cooling and humidification) equipment would
provide the best and most efficient control for the sugar beet envi-
ronment. However, the justification for permanent storage facilities of
this type is questionable due to three factors:
(1) The storage season is short relative to that for potato storages
(2) Large piles require large airflows per duct
(3) High humidity is not essential to preventing sucrose loss.
Common practice for sugar beet storage is to use a separate fan for each
duct, thus eliminating the need for a plenum. Cool night air is used as the
source of ventilation air. This system does offer the advantages of lower
cost and individual control of airflow to each duct.
If an air plenum is used for a sugar beet ventilation system, then design
criteria similar to those for potato ventilation systems should be used.
Fan Selection.—Propeller, vane-axial, or backward-curved centrifugal
fans may be used for sugar beet ventilation systems. Propeller fans, due
to their simple construction and lower cost, are best suited to systems
with a plenum requiring large capacity air moving equipment. Large
hubbed vane-axial and centrifugal fans are well suited to systems that
use a separate fan for each duct. The vane-axial fans may produce noise
levels that are excessive for some locations.
Selection of a specific fan is accomplished by matching fan performance
curves to system head loss characteristic curves as discussed for potato
ventilation systems. The fan curve used should define the characteristics
of a fan that would provide the total quantity of air required by the
number
of ducts which
it serves when
the resulting system pressure
exists. The head loss for a single perforated duct is given by equation
(13-8). The head loss through the sugar beet pile is rather insignificant in
comparison to duct losses.
Temperature Control
Control of sugar beet temperature is the primary storage requirement
for minimizing sucrose losses when the beets are in good condition at the
342
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
start of the storage period. Sucrose losses are greatest at the initiation of
the storage period due to the high rate of respiration for beets that have
had their growth patterns disrupted, have been injured during handling,
and have high temperatures.
Cooling Requirements.—Maximum
cooling is required by beets at the
time that they are placed in the storage pile. At this time both field heat
and heat of respiration are maximum and outside air temperatures may
be high enough to prevent daytime cooling with natural air. If outdoor
piles are used, only field heat and heat of respiration need to be considered for the cooling requirements. If the beets are stored in a permanent structure, then other heat contributors such as conduction heat
gains, infiltration heat gains, and miscellaneous heat gains should be
determined using methods discussed for potato storages and added to
the field heat and heat of respiration.
Field Heat.—Field heat contained in beets that are placed in storage can
be calculated using equation (13-16). The specific heat of sugar beet
tissue is 8550 J/kg°C (0.85 Btu/Ib,,°F). The mass, m, of sugar beets
being cooled per unit time is specific to the duct or ducts served by the
fan or fans for which the cooling requirement is being determined. For
example, if 400 t (441
(59°F) to 10.0°C (50°F)
unit time, m/t, is 2.31
field heat is 41,000 W
tons) of beets are cooled by 1 fan from 15.0°C
in 2 days (48 hr or 172,800 sec), then the mass per
kg/s (18,400 lb/hr). From equation (13-16), the
(140,000 Btu/hr).
Heat of Respiration.—The heat of respiration generated per unit mass of
sugar beets depends upon the beet temperature, the period of storage at
a constant temperature, the injury that the beet has experienced, and
the elapsed time since the injury has occurred. If the beets are not subjected to injury after being placed in storage, then the duration of storage
and the storage temperature are the primary factors influencing respiration rate. The heat of respiration produced by sugar beets in storage is
presented as functions of storage time and temperature in Fig. 13.5.
Respiration rate does, however, depend upon sugar beet variety, so heat
of respiration values may be above or below those illustrated.
For example, if the 400 t (441 tons) of beets cooled by 1 duct are being
considered, their respiration heat can be determined from Fig. 13.5. If
they are placed into a storage that has 10°C (50°F) ventilation air, then
their respiration heat during the first day is approximately 0.070 W/kg
(0.11 Btu/hr'lb,,). Thus, the total respiration heat for the portion of the
pile served by the duct is 28,000 W (97,000 Btu/hr). If the storage
environment around the beets is 20°C (68°F) during the first day, then
the heat of respiration is about 1.6 times that for the 10°C (50°F)
environment. Because sucrose losses are proportional to the respiration
MOISTURE
CONTROL
Btu
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
343
W
hr. Ib kg
0.12
0.175
0.10
0.150
0.125
0.08
0.100
0.06
0.075
0.04
20°C
0.02
lO°C (50°F)
HEAT
OF
RESPIRATION
(68°F)
0,050
0.025
O°C (32°F)
oO
O
oO
5
DAYS
10
OF
I5
20
STORAGE
From Dilley et al. (1970)
FIG. 13.5. SUGAR BEET HEAT OF RESPIRATION AS FUNCTIONS OF STORAGE TIME
AND TEMPERATURE
rate, it is important to provide an optimum
cool-down for stored sugar beets.
environment
and rapid
Cooling Methods.—Sugar beets can be cooled by the use of cool night
air, air that has been evaporatively cooled, or by refrigerated air. Evap-
orative cooling offers the advantage of providing air with high relative
humidity and thereby reduces beet desiccation during storage. Also, in
contrast to night air cooling, it provides a significantly longer period of
time during which ventilation fans can be used to remove field heat and
reduce the peak sucrose losses.
Refrigeration
cooling would
be advantageous
during the cool-down
period to remove field heat from the beets as quickly as possible. Portable refrigeration units or portable water chillers or air washers could
prove economically advantageous at this time. Units that could be moved
344.
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
from duct to duct as the beet pile is formed would quickly cool the
recently-piled beets at the most critical time and prevent a significant
portion of the sucrose loss. After the cool-down is completed, night air
cooling alone should be adequate to dissipate the lower levels of heat gain
in the pile.
Night air cooling, evaporative cooling, and refrigeration cooling are
discussed more fully for potato storages. If cooling systems for perma-
nent sugar beet storages are being considered, then the methods discussed for potato storage cooling should be followed.
Control of the cooling system can range from the complexity of permanent storage systems (as discussed for potatoes) to simple thermostatic
control of the fans. In outdoor storage pile ventilation systems using
night air cooling, a thermostatically controlled switch that starts the fans
when the outside air is above freezing but below a set temperature may
prove adequate. However, a method of monitoring the beet pile tempera-
ture at numerous points is essential to detect “hot spots”; action to cool
or immediately process those beets is then taken. In recent years aerial
photos of outdoor beet piles using infrared film have proven useful in
detecting “hot spots.”
Humidity Control
The relative humidity of the ventilation air significantly affects the
weight loss of the stored sugar beets, but it does not significantly affect
the sucrose loss (Andales et al. 1978). The severe desiccation of sugar
beets exposed to low relative humidity ventilation air does, however,
affect the processability of the beets arid may cause losses in sucrose
extraction. Highest rates of moisture removal occur near the ventilation
ducts and during the cool-down period when ambient air temperatures
are warm and relative humidities are low.
Beets stored in permanent storage facilities are those which will be
stored for longer periods of time and, therefore, should be ventilated with
high relative humidity (90% or greater) air to minimize desiccation.
Methods and equipment for achieving humidity control are discussed
fully under potato storages. Systems that use evaporative cooling would
provide air with relatively high relative humidities and reduce beet desiccation. Portable water chillers used with air washers during the cooldown period or throughout the entire storage period would significantly
reduce the beet desiccation and improve sugar beet processability.
ONIONS
Onion production in the United States in 1976 was 1.56 million tonnes
(1.72 million tons). Of this, 49% was placed in storage for some time prior
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
345
to processing or sale (U.S. Dep. Agric. 1977). Not all varieties of onions
are suitable for storage, but for varieties that can be stored, principl
es of
storage are somewhat similar. These are discussed in the followin
g sec-
tions of this chapter.
Storage Criteria
Onion storages must provide specific environments for the onions if.a
high quality product is to result. Storage losses are a function of the
storage environment as well as the condition of the onions when placed in
storage and the weather condition and cultural practices used during the
growing season. Proper control of the storage environment can, however,
significantly extend the storage season from that which would result
from storage environments that were not matched to the condition of the
onions when placed in storage.
Onions may be stored in bulk or may be placed in palletized bins that
are stacked in a storage structure. The use of bins may make handling
of onions convenient, but it does make ventilation of the onions more
difficult. Improved bin designs may alleviate the ventilation problems in
the future.
The bulk density of onions is approximately 640 kg/m? (40 lb,,/ft?).
This means that the volume required to store a unit mass of onions is
1.56 m?/t (50 ft?/ton). Thus, the total volume of an onion storage can be
determined for a known mass of onions. For example, 100 t (110 tons) of
onions would require 156 m? (5500 ft?) of bulk storage or would fill about
345 0.45-m? (16-ft?) palletized bins. Bulk piles of onions should not
exceed 3.0 m (9.8 ft) in height if resistance to airflow through the pile is
to be maintained at a reasonable level.
Onions in bulk storage exert lateral pressures on walls that restrain
them. Lateral pressures for onions should be approximately equal to
those for potatoes because the bulk densities and angles of repose are
nearly equal for the two products (Williams and Franklin 1971). Thus,
equations (13-2) through (13-6) may be used to estimate lateral pressures
and total lateral forces exerted on vertical walls of bulk onion storages.
For example, a 2.5 m (8.2 ft) high pile of onions would exert a total
lateral force given by equation (13-6). If the bulk density of the onions is
640 kg/m? (40 lb,,/ft3), then the bulk specific weight, w, is 6.27 kN/m°
(40 Ib;/ft3). The total lateral force is 5.88 kN per meter of wall width
(403 lb; per foot of wall width). The centroid of the lateral load would
occur 0.83 m (2.73 ft) above the floor.
Storage Environment
The environmental conditions around stored onion bulbs are critical to
the storage life of the onions. Depending upon their initial condition,
346
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
onions may be subjected to different environmental conditions and different durations for the phases of the overall storage sequence. The
periods of storage discussed here are drying, curing, cooling, holding, and
conditioning.
Drying Period.—A drying period is required only when onions are re-
moved from the field with excess surface moisture. If the weather is
suitable at harvest, the onions should remain in the field until all surface
moisture is gone so that the drying step can be omitted. Onions that have
surface moisture when placed in storage cause the relative humidity in
the pile to be near 100%, thereby encouraging the growth of rot-causing
organisms. The drying period is used to prepare the onions for the normal
storage sequence.
Ventilation air during the drying period should have a temperature
below 35°C (95°F) and a relative humidity less than 75%. A ventilation
rate of 2 m3/min-m? (2 cfm/ft®) is recommended for the duration of the
drying period. The end of the drying period can be detected by a sudden
decrease in the relative humidity of the exhaust air when air supply
conditions remain constant. The relative humidity of the
monitored continuously with a recording hygrothermograph
tently by the use of a psychrometer. The drying period may
few hours when heated air is used to 3 days when unheated
air can be
or intermitlast from a
air is used.
Curing Period.—A period of curing may be required to allow the development of natural dormancy when this is not fully accomplished
through field curing. Onions that have been fully cured have necks that
are dry and shrunk and outer onion skins that are dry and healed of any
damaged areas. The curing process seals the onion bulbs against disease
organisms and reduces the respiration rate of the bulbs. Normally field
curing can be accomplished in 1 to 2 weeks.
Air used in the curing step should be warm and dry to remove the
moisture in the neck and skins quickly. Air temperatures less than 35°C
(95°F) and relative humidities below 50% are recommended. The recommended airflow depends upon the stage of bulb maturity and the
degree of field curing that has been accomplished. Fully mature bulbs
that are partially field cured may be cured in bulk with an airflow of 1
m'/min-m? (1 cfm/ft?). Onions that are immature or have not been field
cured need airflow rates of 2 m°/min-m? ( 2 cfm/ft*) to complete the
curing process quickly. The air used for curing should at all times have a
dew point temperature lower than the bulb temperature, otherwise condensation of moisture on the bulbs will occur. Thus, it is essential that
bulb temperatures be monitored throughout the storage on a regular
basis.
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
347
Cooling Period.—The cooling period is used to reduce
the onion bulb
temperature from its warm drying state to its cold holdin
g state. The
bulb temperature should be reduced in a stepwise manner to preven
t
uneven drying and produce a gradual temperature decrea
se throughout
the cooling period. A typical rate of cooling is a reduction in
bulb tem-
perature of 6°C (11°F) per month until a temperature of 0°C (32°F) is
reached. If seasonal temperature averages for an onion growing area
differ markedly from this cooling schedule, appropriate adjustments in
the cooling rate may be made. If refrigeration is used, then a fixed cooling
rate can be maintained without regard to seasonal temperatures.
Airflow during the cooling period should be maintained near 1 m?/
min-m? (1 cfm/ft*) when refrigerated air is used to prevent temperature
variations between different regions of the storage. Intermittent operation of fans may be required (when refrigeration is not used) to avoid
ventilating the onions with air that is warmer than desired. For intermittent operation, airflow should be 2 m?/min-m? (2 cfm/ft?). When outside
air is colder than desired, it should be mixed with inside air to achieve the
desired ventilation air temperature. The temperature of ventilation air
should be maintained within 3°C (5°F) cooler than the bulb temperature
throughout the cooling period. Thus, it is essential that bulb temperatures be monitored during this period.
Holding
Period.—Once
the onions have been cooled to the holding
temperature, they should be maintained with a minimum of temperature
fluctuation. Variations in bulb temperature tend to break the dormancy
of the bulbs and may cause sweating and sprouting of the onions. Ideal
conditions for holding onions are an air temperature of 0°C (32°F) and a
relative humidity between 60 and 70%. Without refrigeration systems,
this temperature may be too low to be maintained in some regions, so
other temperatures less than 4.4°C (40°F) may be selected for the holding
period.
Ventilation of the onions during the holding period is required only to
maintain the desired bulb temperature and to exhaust gas concentrations from the pile. Thus, ventilation fans may be used intermittently
when the outside air temperature is lower than the bulb temperature.
Mixing of outside and inside air is required when the outside air temperature is —1.0°C (30.2°F) or lower. The recommended airflow rate
during the holding period is 1 m?/min-m? (1 cfm/ft*) on an intermittent
basis or 0.25 m?/min-m? (0.25 cfm/ft*) for continuous operation. Unconditioned outside air should never be introduced into the onion pile when
the dew point temperature of the air is above the bulb temperature.
Conditioning Period.—Onions should be conditioned prior to packing
or processing that requires the removal of the loose outer bulb scales.
348
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Onions taken directly from cold storage to warmer environments will
condense moisture on their scales, thereby making “shucking” of these
scales difficult. However, a gradual conditioning of the onion bulbs to
raise their temperature without moisture condensation will avoid this
problem. Onions that have experienced wetting of the scales need to be
dried prior to packing or further processing.
\
Onion reconditioning can be accomplished by exposing the bulbs to air
having temperatures only slightly warmer than the bulbs. The dry bulb
temperature of the air should be warmer than the onion bulb temperature, but the dew point temperature of the air must be lower than
the bulb temperature to prevent condensation. For example, if the bulb
temperature is 5.0°C (41°F) and the ventilation air (dry bulb) temperature is 10°C (50°F), then the relative humidity of the air must be less
than 70% to keep the dew point temperature below 5.0°C (41°F) and
prevent condensation.
It may be advantageous to recondition only a portion of the stored
onions at one time to provide an ample supply for packing or processing.
Thus, removal of the onions from storage may be required and a separate
reconditioning area may be desirable.
Air Distribution System
Air distribution systems for onion storages are similar to those used for
potato storages. Although onion storages may use palletized bins for the
onions, the basic ventilation principles remain the same for these and
bulk storages. A well-designed air distribution system will provide the
proper quantity of air to onions at every ‘location in the storage. This
may require capabilities for varying total airflow and diverting flow to
selected regions of the storage.
Layout Options.—Any of the duct arrangements shown in Fig. 13.1
may be used for onion storage ventilation. The fan or fans should be
located where they can use recirculated and outside air if the system is
not refrigerated or where appropriate refrigeration and/or heating of
outside air can be accomplished prior to its delivery to the supply plenum.
If palletized bin storage is used, then the ducts should be below the floor
with slots directed upward. Bins should be stacked tightly in rows over
the ducts with clearance between rows of 15 cm (6 in.) and they should be
30 cm (12 in.) from walls. Thus, the spacing between ducts for bin storage
is determined by the bin size. Best air movement through the onions
occurs when bins have a large area of openings, especially in the bin
bottoms. Bin storage should not be used for onions that are immature or
have not been fully field cured. A typical arrangement for a palletized bin
onion storage is shown in Fig. 13.6.
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
349
OUTSIDE AIR
a
SUPPLY AIR PLENUM ]
SLATTED
FLOOR
DUCTS
EXHAUST
FLOOR
VENTS
PLANS
5 alae
i
CENTRAL
FAN
| HOUSE
aa
eee
S
fil eh a
ete The TheTL ha ThHN es
AURV
RU AUREUS
Pa
S
WAAAAAAAAALA
AA
‘
AIR
ava¥
<¥.V
avery,
"aa"
ELEVATION
VIEW
PERPENDICULAR
TO
DUCTS
From Matson
FIG. 13.6.
PALLETIZED BIN ONION STORAGE
LAYOUT
et al. (1978)
350
DRYING
AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Bulk storages may use ducts above or below the floor for distributing
air to the onions. Due to greater resistance to airflow through onions (as
compared to potatoes and sugar beets), the recommended maximum pile
height for onions is 3.0 m (9.8 ft) and the maximum duct spacing is 1.8 m
(6.0 ft).
The maximum
duct length depends upon the duct area, volume of
onions served by the duct, the recommended
ventilation
rate, and a
maximum recommended air velocity in a duct of 300 m/min (1000
ft/min). If the duct spacing and pile height are fixed, then maximum
duct lengths can be determined for various ventilation rates. Table 13.6
contains maximum duct lengths for 3.0 m (9.8 ft) pile heights and a 1.8m
(6.0 ft) width of onions served by each duct when duct areas are varied.
TABLE 13.6. MAXIMUM DUCT LENGTHS FOR ONIONS WITH VARYING VENTILATION
RATES AND DUCT AREAS!
Ventilation Rate
Duct Area
Duct Length
(min7!)*
m2
ft?
m
ft
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
0.15
0.30
0.45
0.15
0.30
0.45
1.6
3.2
4.8
1.6
See
4.8
8.3
16.7
25.0
4.2
8.3
12.5
ilo?
54.4
81.7
13.6
Die
40.8
‘ Duct spacing is 1.8 m (6.0 ft) and pile height is 3.0 m (9.8 ft).
* May be m3/min-m? or cfm/ft?.
Consider a bulk storage that has 1.8 m (6.0 ft) duct spacing, 3.0 m (9.8
ft) pile height, and a maximum airflow ‘requirement of 2.0 m?/min-m?
(2.0 cfm/ton). For this system a 0.30 m2 (3.2 ft?) duct area would be
adequate for lengths up to 8.3 m (27.2 ft). Longer ducts lengths could be
used only if the duct area were increased.
Duct Selection.—Air ducts may be portable above-ground or permanent below-ground types depending upon the storage type. Bulk storages
may use either type, but palletized bin storages should use below-ground
ducts. Below-ground ducts must be constructed to withstand loadings
caused by both filled bins and machinery.
Ducts must be designed to carry the required maximum airflow and to
distribute the air uniformly along the duct length. Recommended airflow
rates for the various storage periods are summarized in Table 13.7. The
duct cross-sectional area required to keep the air velocity in the duct less
than a maximum,
V,,, is defined by the relationship
Ap
> QSHL
v,
(13-23)
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
TABLE 13.7. RECOMMENDED
AGE PERIODS
:
Period or Phase
Drying
Curing -
SYSTEMS
AIRFLOW
FOR VEGETABLE
FOR ONIONS
DURI NG DIFFERENT
Holding
Conditioning
351
STOR a
Onion Quality
or
Fan Operation
Continuous operation
Onions immature or without
Recommended Airflow
m'/min‘t cfm/ton
min7!*
Sail
100
2.0
field curing
Cooling
CROPS
Mature onions partially
field cured
Intermittent operation
Continuous operation
Intermittent operation
Continuous operation
Continuous operation
oul
100
2.0
1.6
Sel
1.6
1.6
0.4
1.6
50
100
50
50
13
50
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
0.25
1.0
*May be m3/min-m? or cfm/ft3.
where
Ap is the duct cross-sectional area, m2 (ft2)
Q, is the airflow required per unit volume of the onions,
m?/min-m? (cfm/ft*)
S is the center-to-center spacing of ducts, m (ft)
H is the height of the pile, m (ft)
L is the duct length, m (ft)
Vin is the maximum air velocity in the duct, m/min (ft/min)
The diameter of a uniform circular duct meeting this criterion would be
eee
—
T
(13-24)
Vm
where D, is the diameter of the circular duct. The side of a uniform
cross-sectioned square duct would have a length given by
pase ee
aZ
(13-25)
where D, is the length of one side of the duct with a square cross-section.
One criterion used to assure uniform air distribution along the length of
a perforated duct is that the length-to-diameter ratio of the duct be
greater than or equal to 40 (L/D 2 40). If the ratio of total opening area
to the duct cross-sectional area is less than or equal to 1.0, then good
uniformities may be achieved with L/D 2 20. Thus, for circular ducts,
this restriction on the duct diameter is
D. = L/20
(13-26)
DRYING AND STORAGE
352
CROPS
OF AGRICULTURAL
D, that
For ducts with a circular cross-section, the range of values for
ned
satisfy both equation (13-24) and equation (13-26) may be determi
nt
represe
areas
shaded
the
Only
13.7.
Fig.
in
ted
graphically as illustra
conditions
criteria.
ft
that satisfy both air velocity and length-to-diameter
m
Qv = 2.0 min!
1.25
4
S = 1.8 m(60ft)
H
=
3.0 m(9.8 ft)
Vm
m/min
1.00
favs
5
Z
a:
b:
ft/min
300
400
974
300
ry
Fe
ratio
a
0.75
=
a
Or
r2
a
0.50
=
a
|
0.25
O
0.00
0
ee
5
lo
ce
15
20
25 m
re er
DUCT
LENGTH, L
FIG. 13.7. DETERMINATION OF OPTIMUM DUCT DIAMETER FOR DUCT LENGTHS IN
ONION STORAGES
.
Consider an onion storage with duct spacing at 1.8 m (6.0 ft) and pile
height of 3.0 m (9.8 ft). If the maximum ventilation rate is to be 2.0
m?/min-m? (2.0 cfm/ft®), then the duct diameter consideration is illustrated in Fig. 13.7. The duct diameters
satisfying length-to-diameter
ratio criteria are those below the respective L/D = constant lines. The
duct diameters that maintain maximum duct air velocities below 300
m/min (974 ft/min) and 400 m/min (1300 ft/min) are those above line a
and line b, respectively. The acceptable duct diameters lie in the shaded
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
353
regions of the graph. The more heavily shaded region satisfies the lower
_ system friction losses. If the duct length were 20 m (66 ft), then the
minimum duct diameter satisfying the higher velocity limit and the L/D
= 20 limit would be 0.83 m (2.7 ft).
The high ventilation requirements for bulk stored onions have required
the selection of ducts with length-to-diameter ratios less than 40. Under
these conditions, good uniformity along the ducts requires that the total
opening or orifice area be less than or equal to the duct cross-sectional
area. When the number of openings is large (N > 160), then good flow
uniformity can be achieved with the total orifice area equal to the duct
cross-sectional area. For circular openings, the orifice diameter can be
calculated from equation (13-22). The orifices should be oriented or
shielded so that they are not obstructed by the onions.
Plenum Design.—The air plenum which distributes air to the ducts
should be designed to provide uniform flow to each duct. Two basic rules
of thumb should be followed. The first is to keep air velocities in the
plenum less than 300 m/min (1000 ft/min). The second is to keep the
plenum cross-sectional area greater than the sum of the duct crosssectional areas. Additional discussion of plenum design and management
considerations is provided in the potato storage section.
Fan Selection.—The proper selection of a fan or fans for onion storages
requires consideration of the total air volumes required and the pressure
against which the fan must operate. Because different airflows are required for different phases of the storage, multiple fans or variable speed
fans (fans with interchangeable pulleys) may be advisable.
The maximum airflow requirement of the storage is defined by the
product of the maximum ventilation rate and the bulk volume of the on-
_ions stored. For example, a ventilation rate of 2.0 m?/min-m? (2 cfm/ft?)
for a volume of 1000 m? (35,300 ft?) would require a total airflow of
2000 m?/min (70,600 cfm). This total airflow could be provided by fans
acting in parallel if the sum of the individual fan deliveries at the
common operating pressure were 2000 m?/min (70,600 cfm).
The total operating pressure against which each fan will operate is the
sum of the head losses along the path which the air follows. The primary
head losses will occur in the pile of onions and in the perforated distribution ducts. The head loss in perforated ducts can be calculated as a
function of the flow in the individual duct by using equation (13-8).
Discussion of this calculation is presented in the potato storage section.
The head loss for air passing through bulk stored onions is not insignificant as it was for potatoes and sugar beets. The head loss relationship
for bulk stored onions is
H,
=KQ,H
(13-27)
354.
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
where H, is the head loss, Pa (in. water)
Q, is the ventilation rate, m?/min-m? (cfm/ft*)
H is the height of the pile, m (ft)
K is a constant, 27.2 Pa‘min/m (0.0333 in. water-min/ft)
Thus, the head loss in the pile increases linearly with both the ventilation
rate and the air travel distance through the pile. The head loss for
palletized bin stored onions is not well defined but would be less than
that for an equal depth of bulk stored onions.
Head losses that occur in unperforated ducting can be determined by
standard techniques as described in fluid mechanics texts. Head losses
occurring in perforated lengths of duct with constant cross-section may
be calculated using equation (13-8). If refrigeration units are used, the
head loss through the cooling coils can be obtained from the manufacturer and be added to the other losses. Additional discussions of these
calculations
and the determination
of total system head loss for fan
selection are provided in the potato storage section. A typical total static
pressure requirement for an onion storage without refrigeration is 310 Pa
(1.25 in. water).
Temperature Control
Temperature control for onion storages is critical to the success of
long-term storages. Both cooling and heating considerations are important to the diverse phases of the total storage period.
Heating Requirements.—The main heating requirement is to provide
warm, dry air for the drying and curing periods. Thus, it may be necessary to heat outside air to reduce its relative humidity sufficiently for
these phases of storage. The required heating rate, the power rating of
the required heating unit, is defined in terms of the change in air temperature,
q=cpQ(T,-T,)
(13-28)
where q is the heating rate, kW (Btu/hr)
c is the specific heat of air, 1.005 kJ/kg°C (0.24 Btu/Ib,,’F)
p is the air density, kg/m? (lb,,/ft3)
Q is volume rate of air being heated, m3/s (ft?/hr)
T, is the final air temperature, °C (°F)
T; is the initial air temperature, °C (°F)
The density of air is determined from psychrometric charts or tables.
Consider heating 20 m?/s (2.54 X 108 ft?/hr) of air from 10°C (50°F) to
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
355
20°C (68°F). The density of air in this temperature range is 1.23 kg/m?
(0.077 lb,,/ft?). The power requirement for heating this air 10°C (18°F) is
247 kW (845,000 Btu/hr).
Cooling Requirements.—Cooling requirements for onions include many
factors common
to cooling potatoes or sugar beets in permanent storages.
The maximum total heat gain of the storage must be determined to
define the maximum cooling requirement. Field heat, heat of respiration,
conduction heat gain, infiltration heat gain, and miscellaneous heat gains
should be considered.
_ Field Heat.—Field heat or heat of product is an important contributor
to the heat gain. Onions that have been either field cured or cured in bulk
storage will have temperatures well above the desired holding temperature. All of the heat associated with this product cooling must be
removed. However, the recommended gradual cooling reduces the cooling
capacity significantly from that which would be required for rapid cooling. Equation (13-16) defines the heat gain due to product cooling. The
specific heat of onions is approximately 3810 J/kg°C (0.91 Btu/Ib,,°F).
Consider an onion storage that contains 1000 t or 1 X 10% kg (2.2 x 106
Ib,,) of onions that are to be cooled 5°C (9°F) in 30 days. Thirty days are
equal to 720 hr or 2.59 X 10° sec. Thus, the heat gain due to product
cooling would be 7360 W (25,000 Btu/hr).
Heat of Respiration.—Throughout the storage period, onions produce
carbon dioxide, water vapor, and heat as products of respiration. The
rate of respiration depends upon the maturity, temperature, variety, and
degree of dormancy of the onions. All-encompassing data for heat of
respiration are not available, but approximate values as a function of
bulb temperature may be used for estimating the respiration heat gain.
- Heat of respiration values for onions at 0°C (32°F) and at 10°C (50°F) are
presented in Table 13.8. Values at other temperatures near this range
and above freezing may be obtained by interpolating from the tabulated
values. The total respiration heat gain for a storage is calculated by the
product of the heat of respiration per unit mass or volume and the total
mass or volume of onions in the storage.
Other
Heat Gains.—Heat
gains due to conduction, infiltration, and
miscellaneous sources are discussed fully under potato storages. After
each heat gain is considered, the maximum heat gain is identified for use
in sizing cooling equipment.
Cooling Methods.—Onion cooling must be accomplished without adding moisture to the onions. Thus, only night air cooling, refrigeration
cooling, and combinations of these are suitable for onion storages. These
cooling methods are discussed in detail for potato storages.
356
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
HEAT OF RESPIRATION FOR ONIONS
Temperature of Onions
10°C (50°F)
0°C (32°F)
Heat of Respiration
TABLE
13.8.
W/kg
W/m?
Btu/Ib,,"hr
Btu/ft*-hr
0.0118
7.05
0.0183
0.732
0.0252
16.1
0.0390
1.56
\
The cool-down period for onions requires the maximum amount of
cooling capacity and requires a steady availability of this cooling capacity
to produce the desired gradual cooling of the onions. Thus, if normal
night air temperatures are not low enough to provide adequate cooling,
then refrigeration should be available during this period.
The holding period also requires a steady availability of air at tem-
peratures near 0°C (32°F) to maintain uniform onion temperatures during this period. If occasional warm weather occurs during this time in a
region where onions are stored, then refrigeration equipment should be
available at the storage.
Controls.—Automatic controls for an onion storage can provide consistent and accurate control of the environment and are recommended
over manual control. Any set of controls must be capable
of operating in
any of the storage phases that may be used in the onion storage. Thus,
they must be capable of controlling fans, heaters, refrigeration units, and
air mixing chambers.
The temperature of the onion bulbs and the dry bulb and dew point
temperatures of the air inside and outside of the storage are important
management
parameters. Onion temperature should be monitored at
numerous locations throughout the storage. The dry bulb and dew point
temperatures of the air outside the storage, that returning for recirculation, and that traveling to the ducts should also be monitored.
During the drying and curing phases, the heaters should be activated
by a differential thermostat whenever the outside air dry bulb temperature is below the onion temperature. The heaters should not operate
when the temperature of the air traveling to the distribution ducts
exceeds 35°C (95°F). The fans should operate continuously during these
two phases.
During the cooling and holding phases, the fans may operate continuously or intermittently.
If refrigeration is used, then the fans may
operate continuously, but for energy conservation purposes, may instead
operate on a regular periodic basis. The following are considerations that
should be incorporated
phases:
into the controls for the cooling and holding
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
357
(1) Fans should be operated when the onion temperatures
are too high
or when temperature variations within the pile exceed 3°C (5°F).
(2) Outside air can be used alone when its dry bulb temperature
is
below the onion temperature, its dew point temperature is at least
0.5°C (1°F) below the lowest onion bulb temperature, and when the
outside air dry bulb temperature is at least -1.0°C (30.2°F).
(3) When the outside air temperature is below —1.0°C (30.2°F), outside
air can be mixed with return air to achieve the desired air temperature.
(4) Outside air should not be used for ventilation when its dew point
temperature is not at least 0.5°C (1°F) below the lowest onion bulb
temperature.
(5) Refrigeration should be used when the fans are operating and
the dry bulb temperatures of both the outside and return air are
greater than the lowest onion bulb temperature.
During the reconditioning phase the fans should operate continuously.
Outside air should be used only when its dew point temperature is at
least 0.5°C (1°F) below the lowest onion bulb temperature.
QUESTIONS
1. List factors that limit the maximum length for ventilation ducts.
2. List the advantages and disadvantages of large potato storages.
3. If a wide storage has potatoes piled 5 m high, what is the total
lateral force exerted on a 1 m width of wall? At what depth would
the maximum lateral pressure occur?
4, Explain the importance of rapid removal of field heat from stored
potatoes.
5. How does suberization affect moisture loss from stored tubers?
What environmental conditions aid in the suberization process?
6. What is the function of the reconditioning period? What humidity
considerations are important during reconditioning?
7. Explain the differences between short- and long-term storage environment recommendations.
8. Given a potato storage with 12 m long ventilation ducts spaced
2.5 m on center. Determine the recommended duct diameter and
the diameter of 200 circular orifices evenly spaced in pairs along
the duct length when the height of potatoes in the storage is 5 m.
9. Determine the expected head loss curve as a function of airflow for
a 12 m length of perforated corrugated duct. The duct diameter is
0.60 m and the total orifice area is equal to the duct cross-sectional
area. Assume an air state of 10°C and 90% relative humidity.
358
DRYING AND STORAGE
OF AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
10. Specify the airflow and static pressure for a fan that serves 10
ventilation ducts, each of which requires 2 m*/s against a static
pressure of 250 Pa.
11. Explain why maximum cooling requirements for potato storages
frequently occur during the last day during which the storage is
being loaded.
\
12. Define conditions for which outside air can be used to ventilate
potatoes during long-term storage that uses evaporative cooling.
13. What is the function of a vapor barrier in a potato storage?
14. Why is humidification of sugar beet storages less critical than
humidification of potato storages?
15. Why is a suberization period not recommended for sugar beet
storages?
16. Consider a single ventilation duct in a sugar beet pile that has
one fan attached directly to each ventilation duct. In an attempt
to increase the air delivery in one duct, a second fan (identical
to the first) is attached to the opposite end of one duct. Discuss
the changes in total airflow and air distribution that would occur
when the two fans on one duct are operated simultaneously in
contrast to the initial operation situation.
17. What is the purpose of onion curing?
18. Why is the dew point temperature of the ventilation air especially
important during the conditioning period for onions?
19. Why is the maximum duct spacing recommended for onion storages
less than that for potatoes and sugar beets?
20. Why are the duct length and recommended L/D
ratio for good air
distribution not adequate by themselves to select the appropriate
duct diameter for an onion storage?
REFERENCES
ANDALES, S.C., PETTIBONE, C.A. and DAVIS, D.C.
1980.
Influence of rel-
ative humidity and temperature on weight and sucrose losses of stored sugar
beets. Trans. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. 23 (2) 477-480.
ASHRAE. 1977. ASHRAE Handbook and Product Directory —Fundamentals.
Am. Soc. Heat., Refrig., Air Conditioning Eng., New York.
CARGILL, B.F., HELDMAN, D.R. and BEDFORD, C.L. 1971. Influence of
environmental storage conditions on potato chip quality. Am Soc. Agric. Eng.
Pap. 71-379.
DAVIS, D.C., ROMBERGER, J.S., PETTIBONE, C.A., ANDALES, S.C. and
YEH, H.J. 1980. Mathematical model for airflow from perforated circular
ducts with annular corrugations. Trans. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. (in press)
MOISTURE
CONTROL
& STORAGE
SYSTEMS
FOR VEGETABLE
CROPS
359
DILLEY, D.R., WOOD, R.R. and BRIMHALL, P. 1970. Respiration of sugar
beets following harvest in relation to temperature, mechanical injury, and
selected chemical treatment. J. Am. Soc. Beet Sugar Technol. 15 (8) 671-683.
EDGAR, A.D. 1960. Pressures on walls of potato storage bins. US. Dep. Agric.
AMS-401.
IRITANI, W.M., PETTIBONE, C.A. and WELLER, L. 1977. Relationships of
relative maturity and storage temperatures to weight loss of potatoes in stor-
age. Am. Potato J. 54 306-314.
MATSON, W.E., MANSOUR, N.S. and RICHARDSON, D.G. 1978. Onion
storage: guidelines for commercial growers. Oreg. State Univ., Corvallis, E.C.
948.
PETTIBONE,
C.A. and IRITANI, W.M.
the early storage period.
1973.
Humidity requirements during
Proc. Wash. State Potato Conf., Wash. State Potato
Comm., Moses Lake, 1973.
PETTIBONE, C.A. and IRITANI, W.M. 1977. Potato storage design and
management. Proc. Wash. State Potato Conf., Wash. State Potato Comm.,
Moses Lake, 1977.
SPARKS,
W.C., SMITH,
potato storages.
TORABI,
V.T. and GARNER,
J.G.
1968.
Ventilating Idaho
Univ. Idaho, Moscow, Bull. 500.
M.R., POWELL,
A.E. and PETTIBONE,
C.A.
erted on the walls of larger bins by stored potatoes.
Pap. 77-4062.
U.S. DEP. AGRIC.
1977.
Agricultural Statistics.
1977.
Pressure ex-
Am. Soc. Agric. Eng.
U.S. Govt. Printing Office,
Washington, D.C.
WILLIAMS, L.G. and FRANKLIN, D.F. 1971. Harvesting, handling,
storing yellow sweet Spanish onions. Univ. Idaho, Moscow, Bull. 526.
and
WILLSON,
US.
G.B.
1968.
Lateral pressure on walls of potato storage bins.
Dep. Agric. ARS 52-32.
WILSON, E.B. 1971. Cooling potatoes with night air, evaporation, and refrigeration. Wash. State Univ., Pullman, E.M. 3463.
YAEGER,
E.C. and SCHAPER,
patterns of stored potatoes.
L.A.
1978.
Horizontal and vertical pressure
Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. Pap. 78-4057.
“7 x yh ily
i
7
;
| ti
‘
Teg
ae
"dra
At oteng tae iis
;
:
is
mene hh
ek Sie DAWwel
;
a
Atl inti am
HOT
Asie
|
’
a
wsa
i
Fi
ie
‘
ae
i
|
,
eee, A
|
ROA
eee
id
We
p
)
:
b
Oy
’
|
'
.
:
Ghee ortt eatbe
‘
|
oe
:
7
;ale
FB|
.
7w .
wim
Sab-TY
nt
vube
a
TH
ics
mnie
‘de
~
‘yr
PHM aLaG saad
|
mlPe
he
>
ry
iS
tio
-.
i
‘
.
si
bya
ats
a
<iVe
evr
.
%
a
Dyna:
ee:
362
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
air
Q,
flow,
cfm
CROPS
ALS
PA
kit
IY
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
FIG. A.1. PRESSURE DROP THROUGH
FOR DETERMINING AIRFLOW
0.4
ORIFICES
0.5
0.6
IN 3-IN. PIPE
APPENDIX
INPUT
HEAT
HOUR
PER
BTU
0
20
40
60
80
100 = 120
TEMPERATURE RISE °F
140
Courtesy of Lennox Furnace
FIG. A.2. TEMPERATURE
HEAT INPUTS
See Appendix
160
Co.
RISE WITH DIFFERENT AIRFLOWS AND
for metric conversions.
363
364
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
SHELLED
CROPS
CORN
TEMPERATURE
Percent
CONTENT,
MOISTURE
INITIAL
DRYING
TIME,
hours
Courtesy of Habco Manufacturing Co.
FIG. A.3. TIME FOR DRYING SHELLED CORN TO 13% MOISTURE WITH HEATED AIR
APPENDIX
TABLE A.1.
365
DRYERS SOLD AND VALUE (UNITED STATES) FOR SELECTED YEARS
1972
Dryer
Batch type
PTO |
electric motor
Continuous-flow
Heated-air units!
Fans, over 15,000
cfm at 1 in?
1967
No.
Value,
$1000
4,511
12,972
3226
8,202
1,520
10,966
9,373
5,606
2681
9370
25,094
3,540
2,678
NA
eaOtee
1965
16,008
1964
Value,
No.
Value,
$1000
No.
$1000
No.
1996
4226
8627
1680
265
3911
614
NA
1267
3615
1963
Value,
$1000
No.
921
2508
4664
NA
433
3861
467
NA
151d
3375
Value,
$1000
Batch type
PTO
electric motor
Continuous-flow
Heated-air units
Fans, over 15,000
cfm at lin.
404
6737
1103
4045
3068
1962
1961
PTO
electric motor
Continuous-flow
Heated-air units
Value,
$1000
No.
Value,
$1000
452
1092
279
1294
1548
1200
670
1243
406
1683
1723
3106
Fans, over 15,000
cfm at lin.
NA
NA
1242
5534
NA
NA
1585
7362
1959
1958
No.
Value,
$1000
No.
Value,
$1000
Batch types
5938
7546
7488
11,696
Heated-air units
Fans, over 15,000
cfm at 1 in.
NA
NA
NA
NA
4079
594
5loD
1534
1960
No.
Batch type
1275
2061
3114
NA
709
Source: U.S. Dep. Commer. (1976).
1 Heated air units are usually coupled with a drying structure.
2 Data from some years list fans 24 in. in diameter separately.
No.
Value,
$1000
4538
5099
440
2674
NA
NA
3811
1137
366
DRYING
AND
OF
STORAGE
AGRICULTURAL
GRAIN DRYING RECOMMENDATIONS
Recommendations
Content ) with Natural Air
Moisture
Maximum
1.
) with Heated Air
of Crop at Harvesting for
2. Maximum Moisture Content of Crop for
Safe Storage in a Tight Structure
CROPS
\
TABLE A.2.
EarCorn
30%
35%
Shelled Corn
25%
35%
13%
13%
3. Pounds of Water per Bushel Which Must ) 30%
) 25%
Be Removed for Safe Storage When
) 20%
Grain Is Harvested at Moisture
) 18%
Content of
22.0
Ag
8.1
Deo
gia
8.7
4.7
30
3.0
19
4. Maximum Relative Humidity of Air Entering Crop
Which Will Dry Crop Down to Safe Storage Level
When Natural Air Is Used for Drying
60%
60%
5. Maximum Safe Temperature of) 1. Seed
Heated Air Entering Crop for
Drying When Crop Is to Be
) 2. Sold for
Used for
) Commercial Use!
) 3. Animal Feed?
110°F
110°F
130°F
130°F
180°F
180°F
b= 2046
16-24 in.
(If the above products are to be stored for long periods,
the moisture content should be 1 to 2% lower than
shown in this tabulation.)
16%
6. Preferred Depth of Crop for Batch Drying with
Heated Air
7. Maximum Depth of Crop at Different
Moisture, %
Moisture Levels for Drying in Tight
Structure with Fans Capable of Delivering
) Depth, ft
the Required C.F.M. as Listed in 8. Below. )
(not critical)
3052
20
15 20 20
45 6 8
The above depths can be
increased
8. Minimum Airflow to Dry Crop ) .CFM per Bushel
at Moisture Level and Depth ) Natural Air?
as Listed Above in 7.
) Heated Air with Not
) over 15°F Rise in
)
Temperature
a0 Zo 20S
by
bd
SOMES
somewhat—
ED
Bune
(Shella ve is pl
Source: CDMC (1956).
*Not recommended.
' Higher temperatures than those listed may be used when the corn is dried under carefully
controlled conditions so that the maximum temperature of the kernels does not exceed
130°F at any time.
APPENDIX
TABLE
A.2.
367
(Continued)
Wheat
Oats
Barley
GrainSorghum
Soybeans
Rice
Peanuts
20%
25%
20%
25%
20%
25%
20%
25%
20%
25%
25%
25%
45-50%
45—50%
12%
11%
12%
138%
(13%
(13%
(12% for
(12% for
(seed wheat
13%
(seed oats
5.2
3.7
2.1
5.0
251
129
Lat
4.2
209
1.8
9:2
5.3
3.9
2.5
11.0
6.6
5.1
3.5
6.5
3.2
2.0
1.0
60%
60%
60%
60%
65%
60%
75%
110°F
110°F
105°F
110°F
110°F
110°F
90°F
140°F
140°F
105°F
140°F
120°F
110°F
90°F
180°F
180°F
180°F
180°F
=
=
=
16—24in.
16—24in.
16—24in.
16—24in.
16-24 in.
9-18 in.
4—6 ft
20 18 16
25 20 16
20 18 16
25201816
25201816
25201816
40-50%
4 6 810
4 6 810
A46,48"
14
6
especially
8
4) ©
at the lower
8ii4s4e68
moisture
levels—provided
6
fan capacity will
meet the airflow requirements in 8. at relatively high static pressures.
Oueanelere
Oac gees
aes Ae l.p
e215
de oe.
3.2
1
aa os ee
enaaoe eda
5 A 3.2
La ey
ec
LES earn at
3
3
2Tf there is any possibility that the crop may be sold, use the lower temperatures as listed
above for commercial use.
et
3 For fall crops or in humid areas, natural air drying depends on weather conditions and
may take days or months to complete. Heated air drying under same weather conditions
can be completed in hours or a few days depending upon volume to be dried.
Note: See Appendix Table A.6 for metric conversions.
368
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
AGRICULTURAL
TABLE A.3. TIME AND OIL REQUIREMENTS
Starting
Moisture
lb Water
lb Water
Content
pertonat
RemovedinDrying
(%)
60
Do)
50
45
40
35!
30
25
Start
2400
1958
1600
1310
1070
860
685
535
1 ton to 20%
2000
1558
1200
910
670
460
285
135
CROPS
TO DRY HAY WITH HEATED AIR
Approx. Time
Approx.
Approx.
to Dry 20 tons
gal. Oil
gal. Oil
While Burning
UsedtoDry
UsedtoDry
1 ton to 20% 20 tons to 20%
28.6
562
PBN
460
18.6
sive
14.6
292
11.1
222,
1.9
158
Sell
102
205
50
Source: Courtesy of Lennox Furnace Co., Des Moines, IA.
‘Maximum moisture for economical drying.
Note: See Appendix Table A.6 for metric conversions.
— 10 gal. per hr
(hr)
56
46
37
29
22
16
10
5
;
nq
09
0°87
QP
0°82
SV
0°86
EG
8'9E
0'8F
09796 rr
3S—8F
0€—-FI
0S—PP
O'8P
0'8F
TIT
OZ
9°GZ
Ih—-¥'8E
9
OOFRS
ysnol
seayINOsS
Ula
peinseausjaysnq
Jo
‘uUIOO
(PaTNY)
nq
ike
nq
ine|
ix
nq
|
nq
nq
seq
[|
wie
ne
nq
BG
nq
nq
BGs
nq
|
nq
nq
nq
Ov
0970S
09706
‘paysny
UO ay} ‘1ea
OF
VS BY GE
Sig
09
09
0G
09
09
0S
CY
OOT
GOL
oe
wa
9F
10L
Si
0'SE—-9'6Z
yng
‘Ayisuaqd
43/1
JHL
O'CE
O'ZE
6T8S
0°98
0°87
0°87
0°07
087
0'8P
0°07
098
O'9€
0°96
SvV
89E
esneoaq
3
9°96
ZO00FO8F
O8rRO00r
898
0°82
SvV
0'F
AGG
9'LT
9°G6
GIT
‘xoiddy
“JUSTO
«=
SAYNSVAW
GSN
NI
S26 OV
0g
8%
CG
qu)
ON
ainsvayy] aI
|
6&
in|
vI
SLHDISM
GNV
Qeeym'd)yeds nq
suvaqhog
0810g
‘sory ysnod
‘sory ysnor
aAy
CESSES)
‘ory
possedey
dopey
Addog
Bed
u1oodog
OVE-Z
1820
0'0F—-Z'GE Peifeys
ystuedg
‘sIauUNI
ag
ceZ
uepng sseis
0g
0'0V
CALLS ENO
87 3 0S
PF8EO00
AYOWULL
929G0G
hrBS OOP
APPA suveq
OvV—GE
—Oi8Gies
TPT
09
0'8P
MA
S}NUTE
O0S—87
VANS ONO
EMU
09—-8¢
0'87—V'9P
9¢
10L
9g
G€
6&
9V
09
09
OOT
0g
9¢
ce
GaSva
NO
yng
‘A}ISUOC,
/OIJ
Ulery
10
pees
O'8P
SE)
V8E
preyoig
SsBis
‘synuveg peTjeysun
OPT
eIUTsItA
adAq
Sd33aS
Ajfensn
paziusooer
se
Sureq ynoqe
z
sertmnber
QL q] 07
pyaIA
T ‘nq Io 9g ‘q] Jo
paT[ays‘UI0D
:a30Nvag
xIpueddy
a[qey,Q°V IOJ
IIIJOUW
“SUOISIAAUOD
plepueysJYSIaeM
JO 0), q] st
:e0I1n0g AVSV
oy],
‘(8L61)
nq
nq)
inte
BG
BO
nq
Bei
ng
peesdwia
ATOyoT}yy
synu
sun} ueIe[turjo]
Le
y
yode
TL
SEM
TNA
preysnyy
yy
nq
nq
ng
in|
nq
nq
nq
nq
nq
poesxepy
SEsdNo))
peysny
Peileus
Uses JoeMs
pe9su0}}0)
‘ree
ulo)
10}sSe,) SuBveq
IOAOID
yeaymyong
IL ule s10s SUNY
| EG
nq
yors
Bel
wel
nq
nq
nq
‘xoiddy
“VY319
SAILISNSG
4O
NIVHDGNV
yu)
19NMA
aInseayy aI
pS
09
ee
8Y
TNOWS
Gay
‘OlWDV
pe]jeysun
‘Iay}0
Arp
‘19q}0
Alp
sseisan[q
URAOBREOON
deus
‘eury
urery
Jo
pees
BTESTV
Agqrieg
suvag
“eurAp
3IGVL“vv
‘S'n ‘dadAO
APPENDIX
369
DRYING
370
TABLE
GRAIN
A.5.
AND
SPECIFIC
STORAGE
GRAVITY
OF
AGRICULTURAL
OF GRAIN
Variety
Grain
Wheat, soft
Oats
Harvest Queen
Victory
Oats
Red Texas
Oats
lIowar
Oats
Kanota
Barley
Barley
White Hulless
Svansota
Coast (6 rows)
Trebi (6 rows)
Barley
Barley
Barley
Manchu
Soybeans
Grain sorghum
Grain sorghum
Rye
Rice
Wilson
Yellow Milo
Blackhull Kafir
Common
Honduras
Rice
Wataribune
Flaxseed
Corn, No. 1
Mixed yellow and white
Millet
Siberian
Japanese
Buckwheat
TABLE A.6.
9.8
Air Space
or Voids
in Bulk,
%
42.6
Kernel
Specific
Gravity
1.30
40.1
1.29
9.8
9.8
39.6
47.6
1.32
1.05
10.3
Dow
0.99
9.7
51.4
0.95
9.4
50.9
1.06
10.4
9.8
39.5
45.4
1.33
1.21
TNS)
1.24
10.3
10.7
57.6
47.9
O71
44.5
36.1
1.18
7.0
9.5
9.9
9.7
19
33.8
37.0
36.8
41.2
50.4
els
122
1.26
123
Sigil
5.8
9.0
34.6
40.0
1.10
1.19
9.4
36.8
LE
6.9
12.4
10.1
46.5
41.0
1.26
ele
1.10
(1978).
CONVERSION FACTORS FOR DRYING—U.S. CUSTOMARY
Airflow
1 cfm = 0.0283 m?/min = 0.0004716 m3/s = 0.4716 mm?/s
1 cfm/bu = 1.0405 m3/min-t = 0.804 m3/m? min = 0.0134 m3/m's
1 cfm/cwt = 0.01058 m?/t's
1 cfm/ft? = 0.3048 m3/m? min = 0.00508 m3/m?s
1 cfm/ft? =
1 cfm/ton =
=
=
IN BULK
9.8
Hannchen
Soybeans
Source: ASAE
Moisture
Content,
%ow.b.
Turkey, winter (yellow)
Wheat, hard
VOIDS
PERCENTAGE
AND
Turkey, winter
Wheat, hard
CROPS
1 m3/m3 min = 0.01667 m3/m3s
0.0000312 m?/kg min = 0.52 ym3/kg s
0.00000052 m?/kg s = 0.00052 m3/t:s
1.12 cfm/t
1 Ib/hr ft? = 0.813 kg/m?s
1 ft3/hr = 0.007866
X 107!° m3/s
Area and Length
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 in. = 0.0254 m
1 acre = 4046.87 m? = 0.404687 ha
1 ft? = 0.0929 m?
1 in.2 = 0.6452 X 1073 m? = 6.452 cm?
1 mi = 1.6093 km
TO SI UNITS
APPENDIX
TABLE
A.6.
(Continued)
Density
1 lb/bu = 12.872 kg/m3
1 Ib/ft? = 4.883 kg/m?
1 lb/ft? = 16.0185 kg/m}
1 Ib/gal. (U.S.) = 119.8 kg/m?
1 lb/in.2 = 0.00927 kg/m?
Mass
1 Ib = 0.4536 kg
1 ton = 907.18 kg
1 tonne (t) = 1000 kg
1 lb/min = 0.00756 kg/s
1 ton/hr = 0.252 kg/s
1 ton/acre = 2241.7 kg
1 long ton = 2240 lb = 1016.05 kg
Pressure
1 atm = 1.013 X 10° N/m? = 101.3 kN/m2 = 760 torr = 101.3 kPa
1 bar = 100 kN/m? = 750 mm Hg = 10.20 in. water = 0.9869 atm
1
1
1
ib
1
in. Hg = 3.376 kN/m?2 = 3.376 kPa = 0.03342 atm
in. water = 248.8 N/m? = 248.8 Pa = 0.2488 kPa = 0.00246 atm
lb/ft? = 47.88 N/m2 = 47.88 Pa
/im- = 1 psi = 6.895 kN/m?2 = 6.895 kPa
mm Hg = 133.33 N/m? = 0.133 kPa
Thermal
1 Btu = 1055.1 J = 1.055 kJ
1kW=1kJ/s
1 kWh
=
3.6 X 108 J
1 hp = 0.746 kW = 746 W
1 Btu/ft? s = 1.1349 k 104 W/m?
1 Btu/Ib = 2.326 kJ/kg
1
1
1
1
Btu/hr = 0.2931 W
Btu/ft? = 1.1356 X 104 J/m2
Btu/lb °F = 4.1868 kJ/kgK
Btu-ft/hr-ft? °F = 1.731 W/mK
1 Btu/hr ft? °F = 5.678 W/m2K
1 Wh = 3.6 kJ
1 Btu/hr ft? °F/in. = 0.14423 W/mK
1 Btu/hr ft? = 3.1546 W/m2
Viscosit
1 cm?/s (poise) = 1.000 X 107! kg/ms (or Ns/m?2)
1 ft?/s = 92.903 X 1073 m2/s
1 lb/ft-sec = 1.488 Pa:s = 1.488 Ns/m?
1 lb-sec/ft? = 47.88 Pa-s
Volume
1 ft? =
1
1
1
1
1
0.02832
gal. (U.S.) =
in? = 1.6387
liter = 0.001
ton = 2.8317
bu = 0.03524
m? =
28.32
dm?
0.00379 m* = 3.79 dm? = 3785 cm?
X 10°5 m3 = 16.387 cm’ = 0.0164 dm?
m?
m3
m3 = 35.24 liters
1 bu/acre = 0.0871 m3/ha
1 bu/hr = 0.009785
1 yd? = 0.76455 m3
X 1073 m/s
371
DRYING
372
TABLE A.6.
AND
STORAGE
(Continued).
OF
AGRICULTURAL
TEMPERATURE
CROPS
CONVERSION
The numbers in boldface type in the center column refer to the temperature, either in
degree Celsius or Fahrenheit, which is to be converted to the other scale. If converting Fahrenheit to degree Celsius, the equivalent temperature will be found in the
left column. If converting degree Celsius to Fahrenheit, the equivalent temperature
will be found in the column on the right.
Temperature
Celsius
°CorF
-39.4
-38.9
-38.3
-37.8
-37.2
-36.7
og
-35.6
-35.0
-34.4
-33.9
-33.3
-32.8
32.2
317
=p
-30.6
- 30.0
-29.4
-28.9
- 28.3
-27.8
-27.2
- 26.7
- 26.1
-25.6
-25.0
24.4
-23.9
-23.3
-22.8
-22.2
-21.7
-21.1
-20.6
20.0
-19.4
-18.9
-18.3
-17.8
-17.2
16.7
16.1
15.6
-39
-38
-37
-36
-35
=34
=33
-32
=31
-30
-29
- 28
-27
- 26
-25
-24
-23
22
-21
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
=14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
=6
=5
-4
=3
-2
=1
0
+1
+2
+3
+4
15.0
+5
-14.4
13.9
+133
-12.8
-12.2
-11.7
“11a
-10.6
-10.0
-9.4
-8.9
-8.3
7.8
-7.2
-6.7
6.1
-5.5
-5.0
-4.4
-3.9
-3.3
28
2
<17
Sig
08)
:
+06
11
Temperature
Fahr
Celsius
:
-38.2
-36.4
34.6
-32.8
-31.0
-29 2
-27.4
-25.6
-23.8
- 22.0
- 20.2
-18.4
Fics
-14.8
-13.0
-11.2
-9.4
=mG
-5.8
-4.0
2.2
-0.4
+1.4
+3.2
+5.0
+6.8
+8.6
+104
+12.2
+14.0
+15.8
+17.6
+19.4
+21.2
+23.0
$24.8
+26.6
+28.4
+30.2
+32.0
+33.8
+35.6
+374
+39.2
+41.0
+6
+7
+8
+9
+10
+11
+12
+13
+14
+15
+16
+17
+18
+19
+20
+21
+22
+23
+24
+25
+26
+27
+28
+29
+30
+428
+446
+46.4
+48.2
+50.0
+518
+53.6
+55.4
+57.2
+59.0
+60.8
+62.6
+64.4
+66.2
+68.0
+69.8
+71.6
+73.4
+75.2
+77.0
+78.8
+80.6
+824
+84.2
+86.0
+33
+34
+91.4
+93.2
+31 | +978
:
+1.7
+2.2
+2.8
+3.3
+3.9
+4.4
+5.0
+5.5
+6.1
+6.7
+7.2
+7.8
+8.3
+8.9
+9.4
+10.0
+10.6
+111
+11.7
+12.2
+12.8
+13.3
+13.9
+144
+15.0
+15.6
+161
+16.7
+17.2
+17.8
+18.3
+18.9
+19.4
+20.0
+20.6
+21.1
$21.7
+22.2
+22.8
+23.3
+23.9
+244
+25.0
+25.6
+261
+36
+37
+38
+39
+40
+41
+42
+43
+44
+45
+46
+47
+48
+49
+50
+51
+52
+53
+54
+55
+56
+57
+58
+59
+60
+61
+62
+63
+64
+65
+66
+67
+68
+69
+70
+71
+72
+73)
+74
+75
+76
+717
+78
+79
+26.7
+27.2
+27.8
+28.3
+28.9
+29.4
+30.0
+30.6
+311
+31.7
+32.2
+32.8
+33.3
+33.9
+344
+35.0
+35.6
+36.1
+36.7
+37.2
+37.8
+38.3
+38.9
+394
+40.0
+40.6
Temperature
°CorF
+80
|
|
|
|
|
|
+81
+82
+83
+84
+85
+86
+87
+88
+89
+90
+91
+92
+93
+94
+95
+96
+97
+98
+99
+100
+101
+102
+103
+104
+105
Fahr
Celsius
+96.8
+98.6
| +100.4
| +102.2
| +104.0
| +1058
| +107.6
| +109.4
| +1112
| +113.0
«| +1148
| +1166
| +1184
| +120.2
| +122.0
| +1238
| +1256
| +1274
| +129.2
| +131.0
| +1328
| +134.6
| +1364
| +138.2
| +140.0
| +1418
| +143.6
| +1454
| +1472
| +149.0
| +1508
| +1526
| +1544
| +156.2
| +158.0
| +1598
| +161.6
||+1634
| +165.2
| +167.0
| +1688
| +170.6
| +1724
| +1742
+43.9|
+444
+45.0
+45.6
+46.1
+46.7
+47.2
+478
+48.3
+48.9
+494
+50.0
+50.6
+51.1
+51.7
+52.2
+52.8
+53.3
+53.9
+54.4|
+55.0
+556
+561
+56.7
+57.2
+57.8
+58.3
+58.9
+594
+60.0
+60.6
+61.1
+61.7
+62.2|
+62.8
+63.3
+63.9
+64.4
+65.0'|
+65.6
+661
+66.7|
+67.2
+67.8
+176.0
+68.3
| +1778
| +179.6
| +1814
| +183.2
| +185.0
| +1868
| +188.6
| +1904
| +1922
| +194.0
| +195.8
| +1976
| +1994
| +201.2
| +203.0
| +2048
| +2066
| +208.4
| +2102
| +212.0
| +2138
| +2156
| +2174
| +2192
| +221.0
+689
+69.4
+70.0
+70.6
+71.1
+71.7|
+72.2|
+72.8|
+73.3|
+73.9|
+74.4|
+75.0|
+75.6
+76.1|
+76.7|
+77.2
+77.8|
+78.3|
+78.9|
+79.4|
+80.0|
+80.6|
+81.1|
+81.7|
+82.2|
ral1| 106 |+2228
:
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+110
+111
4112
+113
+114
+115
+116
+117
+118
+119
+120
4121
+122
+123
+4124
+125
+126
+127
+128
+129
+130
+131
+132
+133
4134
+135
+136
+137
+138
+4139
+140
+141
+4142
+143
+144
+145
+146
+147
+148
+149
+150
+151
+152
+153
+154
+155
\
Fahr
| +230.0
| +231.8
| +233.6
| +235.4
| +237.2
| +239.0
| +2408
| +2426
| +244.4
| +246.2
| +248.0
| +2498
| +251.6
| +253.4
| +255.2
| +257.0
| +258.8
| +260.6
| +2624
| +264.2
| +266.0
| +267.8
| +2696
| +271.4
| +273.2
| +275.0
| +2768
| +278.6
| +2804
| +2822
| +284.0
| +2858
| +2876
| +2894
| +2912
| +293.0
| +2948
| +2966
| +2984
| +3002
| +302.0
| +3038
| +3056
| +307.4
| +309.2
+311.0
+156
+157
+158
+159
+160
+161
+162
+163
+164
+165
+166
+167
| +168
+169
+170
| +4171
+172
+173
+174
+175
+176
+177
+4178
+179
+180
| +3128
| +3146
| +3164
| +3182
| +320.0
| +3218
| +3236
| +3254
| +327.2
| +329.0
| +330.8
| +3326
| +3344
| +336.2
| +338.0
| +339.8
| +3416
| +343.4
| +3452
| +347.0
| +3488
| +3506
| +3524
| +3542
| +356.0
+182
+359.6
+828 | +181 |+357.8
4
+42.2 | +108 | +2264
*42.8 | +109 | +2282
°CorF
+83.3
|
+83.9|
+844]
+183 | +361.4
+184 | +3632
Temperature
Celsius
+85.0
+85.6
+86.1
+86.7
+87.2
+87.8
+88.3
+88.9
+89.4
+90.0
+90.6
+91.1
+91.7
+922
+92.8
+93.3
+93.9
+94.4
+95.0
+95.6
+96.1
+96.7
+97.2
+97.8
+98.3
+98.9
+994
+100.0
+100.6
+101.1
+101.7
+102.2
+102.8
+103.3
+103.9
+104.4
+105.6
+106.7
+107.8
+108.9
+
int
+112.2
+113.3
+114.4
4S
°CorF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+185
+186
+187
+188
+189
+190
+191
+192
+193
+194
+195
+4196
+197
+198
+199
+200
+201
+202
+203
+204
+205
+206
+207
+208
+209
+210
+211
+212
+213
+214
+215
+216
+217
+218
+219
+220
+222
+224
+226
+228
+
nasa
| +234
| +236
| +238
aed
+117.8 |
+118.9|
+120.0|
+
eee
+123.3|
+1244 |
|. +1255|
+
v1a7 6
+128.9|
+130.0|
+131.3 |
+
13a
+134.4|
+135.6 |
+136.7|
+
+4389
+140.0|
+1411 |
+1422]
4143.3]
tiaaa|
+145.
34464
+147.8|
+
sre
+244
+246
+248
+
aoe
+254
+256
+258
|
Fahr
| +365.0
| +366.8
| +368.6
| +370.4
| +372.2
| +374.0
| +375.8
| +377.6
| +379.4
| +381.2
| +383.0
| +384.8
| +386.6
| +388.4
| +390.2
| +392.0
| +393.8
| +395.6
| +397.4
| +399.2
| +401.0
| +402.8
| +404.6
| +406.4
| +408.2
| +410.0
| +4118
| +413.6
| +415.4
| +417.2
| +419.0
| +4208
| +4226
| +424.4
| +426.2
| +428.0
| +431.6
| +435.2
| +4388
| +4424
+
ane
| +4532
| +4568
| +460.4
+
re
| +4712
| +4742
| +4784
+
<485.6
| +4892
| +4928
| +4964
+262
+6036
+264 | +507.2
+266 | +5108
+268 | +5144
33
Saat
+274 | +5952
+276 | +5288
+278 | +5324
+
on
arti
+284 | +543.2
+286 | +5468
+288 | +550.4
+
+5
oeaon |oenee
+
+
+296 seein
+298 | +5684
Ie
E[NIIIaI
UOT}
Areuorje7g
‘peg
G 13
“yUeIINDUOZD
¢
aseys
sulze[NoI19a1
18
‘UIOD
104
&
ASZI9UA
sutjeiedo
ASIaua
1oj
AYWWWNS
JO
PBpURys SUOT}IPUOD
A.0SE—0S7—.099
‘suolyIpUOD
38
A.OSF
asuel
jo
ase4s
‘yUaIINIUO_D
a[suls
sulyeay
ay} I1e
ay}
pepnyout
asvleaAy
1.65
‘papnyout
38
'8INJSIOU
‘ULOD
A.09T
1.006
A076
‘SMOTJITe
UL}
-7vayM
Mle 32
SNOWIVA
pasegATUOUO
jou
JOT
,0SP9}
A.G6G
Y%F'OT
:Ut09
38
‘aInNqstIow
OOT
SuOI}IpUuOD
‘SH3AUC
‘ALTO VSL SHY ues
Asieue
you
Ue 32
L1G0}
yo /wW :ng
MOTJSSOID
sIaAIp
MOTJSSOID,
IaAIp YqIM
deap
yUeIINIUOD
JaAIp
MOTJSSOID
67 01 CT%
AONSIOISSS
4O
GSLV3SH
HIV
uoreINsIJUOD
edAy,pue
ATEVL
“ZV
OOLT
00ZZ—008T
GZCE
OF9T—OZEE
puoweTy(8961)
(8L61L)
PWeyxIY-19y
(LL61)
PUsxTY-T9xyeY
(LL6T)
yIY-Iexyeg
BW
1272
yoo1gpue
yoo1gpue
eSteAu0D
(ZL6OL)
y1eIDpur
ye
(PLOT)
aoinog
wosiapuy(ZL6T)
Aoroyy
19 72
SLINSAY
00€G—OGZT
00ST
0004
000€
0096
qi/Mq
LNS03Y
APPENDIX
373
es
rs
(SL6T) 72 72 TYsyeq
Pee
OS8I
ee ee
O€6T—0996
‘B4/£4 &'S = A1/M
MOTJATE NQ /Wd G
{UIOD BINYSIOW %9Z 0} HZ
‘U109 ‘aINJSTIOUL YE") T01 GES
Janj 10j ‘are SUIAIP 9,067
Auo
AGT
‘@OIT -OINJSTOU Y%0Z OF FZ
I ‘SHUN Tg 0} UoIsIaAUOD 104
:
UOTJBINSIJUOD
pue addy,
IaAIP MOTJSSOID
Bul} e[NOI0aI ‘aAoqge se
aures ‘IaAIp MOTJSSOID
‘aAIp UaIINIUO_
yuarino1e}UN0d
But[ooo
UOTPB[NOIIOGT YIM
sIdAIP MOTJSSOID,
siaAIp
MOT] JUETINIUOD
uIq MOT SNonuT}U0D
JaAIp
a3e1038-ul ‘uiq dead
w1e4sAs sulAIp
-JUALINIUOD 93e4S Z
IaAIp MOTJ1I9zUNOD
Burp A0eL
YyIM ‘TaAIp MOTJSSOI
(panujuod)
o
D PiepuesS PU
‘pasn 10 paystjqe}se useq jou aAeY S anjea 3$9} ey} SurUTe}qO JOJ SUOT}IPUO
st suostIeduI0D puke sane asayy SuISN UT UOTZNeY)
‘s1a8ne pue suey IOJ A}OWYa]a epNypout you op sanyea ey} ATTe19Uey) "paysas ns
e
re
.
(SL61) 12 72 Leneq{yNyy
00ST
Ire Surdrp ysneyxXy
(SL61) 72 42 Tayoorg
000Z—008T
suor}Ipuod sur}e1edo aseIIAV
pezeinzes
(SLE) 12 72 toxoorg
0061—009T
;
(LL6T) UeeTeISOM
SUOT}IPUOD SuTZVIEdo aseIBAY
A.0F 0} €€ 72 12
SUOT}IPUOD
0} JeTNo1puedied MoTJITY
WIOLJ PalIp UIOD ‘SUOTIIES
Surjooo Z% ‘sutArp 9 ‘ures
1,06 38 ‘VV PI 04786
108% 28 ‘eAoge sv aueg
-BINdUId} ‘dINJSIOW Y%FT 03 0%]
queiquie $7 .GeZ—,0G% Seiny
006Z—0022
00TZ—SZ8I
(LL6T) UOAPTIISOM
(8L61) 72 72 ¥MeH
OSEZ
qyum¢g
00GE
(LL6T) 70 72 Jeneg
(LLOL) 72 72 Laneg
g0anog
A1IaVL
“Lv
CROPS
AGRICULTURAL
OF
STORAGE
AND
DRYING
374
APPENDIX
375
REFERENCES
ANDERSON,
R.J. 1972. Commercial concurrent flow heating-counterflow
cooling grain dryer: the Anderson Model. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. Pap. 72-846.
ASAE. 1978. Agricultural Engineers Yearbook. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., St.
Joseph, Mich.
BAKKER-ARKEMA,
F.W., BROOK,
R.C. and LEREW,
L.E.
1978.
Cereal
grain drying. In Advances in Cereal Science and Technology, Vol. 2. Y. Pomeranz (Editor). Am. Assoc. Cereal Chemists, St. Paul, Minn.
BAKSHI, A.S., SINGH, R.P., WANG, C.Y. and STEFFE, J.F.
1978.
costs of a conventional and air recycling cross flow rice dryer.
Energy
Annu. Meet.
Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Utah State Univ., Logan, 1978. Pap. 78-3011.
BAUER, W.W., FOSDICK, S., WALKER, L.P. and BAKKER-ARKEMA, F.W.
1977. Testing of a commercial sized conventional crossflow and modified
crossflow grain dryers. Annu. Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Utah State Univ.,
Logan, 1977. Pap. 77-3014.
BROOK, R.C. and BAKKER-ARKEMA, F.W. 1977. Design of commercial
counterflow grain dryers. Annu. Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Utah State Univ.,
Logan, 1977. Pap. 77-3017.
BROOKER, D.B., MCKENZIE, B.A. and JOHNSON, H.K.
status of on-farm grain drying.
CDMC.
1956.
Grain
drying
1978.
The present
Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. Pap. 78-3007.
recommendations.
Crop
Dryer
Manufacturers
Council, Farm and Industrial Equipment Institute, Chicago.
CLARK, R.G. and LAMOND, W.J. 1968. Drying wheat in two foot beds.
J. Agric. Eng. Res. 13 (3) 245.
CONVERSE,
J.O.
1972.
A commercial crossflow-counterflow grain dryer: the
HC. Winter Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Chicago, 1972. Pap. 72-828.
HAWK, A.L., NOYES, R.T., WESTELAKEN, C.M., FOSTER, G.H. and BAKKER-ARKEMA,
F.W.
1978.
The present status of commercial
grain dry-
ing. Annu. Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Utah State Univ., Logan, 1978. Pap.
78-3008.
MOREY, R.V., CLOUD, H.A. and LUESCHEN, W.E. 1974. Practices for efficient utilization of energy for drying corn. Winter Meet. Am. Soc. Agric.
Eng., Chicago, 1974. Pap. 74-3541.
MUHLBAUER,
W., KUPPINGER,
H. and ISAACS, G.W.
1978.
Design and
operating conditions of single-stage concurrent flow and two-stage concurrentcounterflow grain dryers. Annu. Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Utah State Univ.,
Logan, 1978. Pap. 78-3008.
U.S. DEP. COMMER.
1976. 1972 Census of Manufacturers, Vol. 2. Industry
Statistics. U.S. Dep. of Commerce, Washington, D.C.
WESTELAKEN, C.M.
1977.
Concurrent flow commercial grain dryers. Annu.
Meet. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng., Utah State Univ., Logan, 1977. Pap. 77-3016.
_
sea
Pars
—=
a.
‘
2
~
¢
a
nea
¥ ~~
.
/in
20
——
\
i
a TS
nq
'
'
Fo
ti
1
;
f
}
{
‘
4
a
4
ad
¥f
;
ie
Ve
fs
—m"
rt
of
~ as
a
.
7
a
+
—
=
_
~
4
!
~
=
XN
Ubi?
‘
ra aw bse pe
a?
seed ary
Lee
he
i
(ont
ACY
ie
TST
waee
b>
ot
a
i
EUS
Seer
4
TD
—
a
ake
j
Alas
OD
ait AY glee
te
Se i
a
eee
te.
;
,
Index
Absorption, 7
Acid solutions, 29-32
Behlen, 164
Belt dryer, 160
BET isotherm, 35
Bin arrangement, 158, 225, 228
Bin drying, 225, 239-240, 244-245,
See also Batch
Blending, 68
Adjustable blade, 101
Adsorption, 6, 18
Aeration, 58-62, 222
Aeration systems, 63—64
Aeroglide, 170
Aerovent, 153
AGA, 160
Air
distribution,
187-196,
302
Boerner sampler, 87
316—320,
340,
348-351
Air movement, 39
Air plenum, 322, 341, 353
Air/product flow, 160, 162
Air requirements, 58, 188, 195
Airflow, 59-60, 64, 92-117, 181, 185, 201,
203, 224—226, 241, 265, 271, 340,
351, 362
Airflow measurement, 109-112, 362
AMCA, 100
AOAC, 71
Aqua-Boy, 83
Arrangements of storage, 253
Attic collectors, 301, 304
Auger conveyor, 238
Automatic control, 156
Axial flow fans, 97-99
Brine, 4
Brown-Duvel, 72-73
Building, 281, 299-301
Bulk density, 345
Burrows, 75
Butler, 166, 255
Calcium carbide, 80
Canning, 4
Capacitance, 77—80
Carotene, 259
Carrier Corp., 147
Carryover, 3
CDMA, 159
CDMC, 366
Centrifugal fans, 93
Cfm, 92
Characteristics, drying systems, 240
Characteristics, handling and storage
Backward-curved
fans, 93—97
Bale density, 271-272
Baled hay, 271-273
Bales, density, 271
large round, 274
Bare plate collector, 302
Barn drying, 265
Batch drying bins, 159, 163-166, 189-193,
225, 240, 243, 246. See also Bin
systems, 242—243
Chemical decomposition of water, 6, 79-81
Chemical desiccants, 7
Chemical methods, 79
Chemical treatment, 4
Chilling, 4, 62
Chopped hay, 270
Classification of heated air dryers, 152-156
Classification of storages, 253
377
378
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
OF
Collectors, 292
airflow, 297
configuration, 296
covers,
299
heat loss, 297
materials, 298
part of building, 299-301
surfaces, 295—296
Column dryers, 160, 162-171, 220, 239,
241, 245
Combination drying, 225
Combination resistance-dielectric, 74
Combustion, 173-174
Commercial dryers, 1, 151-170
Commercial storage, 251
Concentrating collectors, 293-295
Conditioning, 32, 347-348
Conduction, 55, 329
Constant rate, 120-121, 123-124
Continuous flow dryers, 160, 162, 168-169,
220, 223-224, 240, 247
Controlled atmosphere, 4
Controls, 334, 356-357
Convection, 39-41
Conversion factors, 370
Conveyors, 249
Cooling, 54, 58, 103, 174, 326-334,
344, 730D-—OOlk
Cost, 285
Covering, 45
Cowls, 181-183
Cribbing, 182-183, 191-194
Crushing hay, 261—262
Cubes, 276-278
Curing, 346
Cutting forages, 258-259
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Direct methods, 69
Distillation method, 72
Diverter, 87
Dole, 79
Draft gage, 109
Dry bulk, 149
Dryeration, 240-241, 243, 247
Dryers sold, 365
,
Drying, advantages, 8
definition, 4—5
Drying constant, 126-131, 140
Drying front, 85, 133-134
Drying in field, 1, 9, 260
Drying rate, 121—131, 133-138,
140-144
Drying rate periods, deep layer, 131
Drying recommendations, 366-367
Drying system, 151, 184, 234, 279-281,
348-356
Drying time, 203, 364
Drying zone, 132-133
Ducts, 61—62, 101-103, 189, 265-270,
316-322, 340, 350—353
Dust, 254
343-—
Eaton, 79
Effect of drying temperature, 197
Efficiency, 373—374
Electric resistance, 71, 74—77
Electricity, 59, 64—65, 174
Energy costs, 2
Energy effectiveness, 161, 163
Epic, 83
Equilibrium moisture content, 17—23
Equivalent diameter ducts, 103
Evaporative cooling, 332
Excess air, combustion,
Damage, 2, 210, 216
Decreasing rate of drying, 134
Deep layer drying, 132-133
Dehydration, 1, 4, 286
definition, 5
Dehydrators, 286—287
Delmhorst, 76
Density of seed and grain, 369-370
Depth units, 134-135, 137
Desiccants, 74
Deterioration, 44, 56—57
Dew point, 141
DICKEY-John, 74
Dielectric, 77—80
Diffusion, 131
Diffusivity, 50
Digital moisture computer, 82
174
Experimental dryers, 1
Explosions, 254—255
Falling rate, 120-124, 130
Fan characteristics, 95-97, 99
Fan operation, 64, 226
Fan performance, 100, 327
Fan principle, 98
Fan requirements, 188
Fan selection, 187, 323-326, 341, 353
Fans, 93-101
FIEI, 159
Field drying, 1, 9
Field heat, 313, 327, 339, 342, 355
INDEX
Filling rate, 241-253, 266-271, 317
Fischer, 81
Fissures, 212—217
Floors, 105
Flow diagrams, 237, 254
Fluid horsepower, 100
Forced air drying, 92, 276
Forced airflow, 184—205
Forward-curved fans, 93, 95—97
Freeze-drying, 6
Friction, 103, 106, 353
Fuel, 155, 172-174, 198
Fuel heating value, 172
Fumigation,
Hot-wire anemometer, 110
Hukill’s analysis, 135
Humid heat, 142-143
Humidistat, 172
Humidity control, 335-336,
Hygrometric, 81, 84—85
379
345
Importance, 1—8
Indirect methods, moisture measurement,
64
74
Infiltration, 330
Infrared, 176
Insects, 8
Installation, 60
Insurance regulations, 175
Intermittent drying, 125
Ionizing, 5-6
Isopressure, 114
Isotherms, 27
Gamet, 87
Gasoline engine, 101
Germination, 43, 197, 199
Grain changes, 42
Grain depth, 188
Grain probe, 87
Grain quality, 58
Gravity, 249
Janssen, 252
Joy, 101
Habco, 364
Halross, 78
Handling, 2, 175, 220, 234-239,
Harkins-Jura, 35
Harvest, 9, 68, 211, 213-215
248, 286
Kernel, rice, failure, 211
Koster, 83
Hay storage, 259, 263
Head loss, 324, 353-354
Heat, 306
Heat gain, 328—330
Heat of respiration, 263, 342—343,
Heat pump, 307
Heat transfer, 46, 49, 176
Heat utilization factor, 144-145
Heated air, 151-176, 197, 202
Heated forced air, 45, 92
Heating, 7, 263, 354
355
Heating value fuels, 172-174
Henderson,
17, 121
Higher temperature, 2
History, 1
Holding bin, 249
Honeywell, 159
Horizontal storage, 250-251
Horsepower requirements, 59-60, 100, 188,
195, 305
Lab-line, 83
Large round bales, 274—276
Latent heat, 28-29, 33-34, 167
Latent heat, corn and wheat, 34
Lateral (wall) pressure, 251-252, 311-313,
3838-339, 345
Layer, 126-131, 199
Layout of storages, 253
Least squares, 86, 90
Lennox, 363, 368
Loading hay dryer, 281
Long hay, 265
Long-term storage, 315
Loss, 3, 8-10, 39, 258
Low temperature, 306-307
380
DRYING
AND
STORAGE
Management, 174, 283
Manometer, 107, 109
Manufacturers, 70, 161
Marconi, 74, 76
Mass transfer, 131-132
Mathews, 164
Mechanical damage, rice, 218
Mechanical removal of moisture, 7
Mechanical shear test, 86
Mechanical ventilation, 45, 58
Microorganisms, 7
Milling yields, 209-210
Mixing type dryer, 221
Moisture accumulation, 39-41, 44
prevention of, 45
Moisture content, 10
determination, 68—86
equilibrium, 16
KAO mG
a Ai Meko 4 aloo
representation, 11, 13
storage,
41—44,
OF
AGRICULTURAL
CROPS
Periodic temperature variations, 50
Physical conditions, 284
Picker-sheller, 1
Platform dryer, 273
Portable dryers, 158, 229
Potato storage, 310-337
Power, 59-60, 100, 188, 195, 305
Power, solar drying, 305
Preservation, 4—5
Pressure coefficient, 181
Pressure drop, 362
Pressure loss, 105, 324, 353-354
Pressure system, 104, 196
Pricing, 68
Product flow, 160
Production, 3
Propeller fan, 97, 100
Propionic acid, 5
Psychrometric, 140-141, 143, 146-147
Pulsating fan, 97
210, 221, 259
Moisture control, 3
Moisture meters, 68—86
Moisture migration, 39
Mold growth, hay, 262—264
Moridge, 165
Motomco, 78
Moving grain, 45, 54
Multipass drying, rice, 222
Quality, 2, 58
Radiation, 5
Rankine, 251
Rapid drying, rice, 216
Rate periods, 120-123
Natural drying, hay, 260
Natural ventilation, 45, 180-184
Reconditioning,
Nuclear, moisture determination,
Nutritional losses, 9, 11
Oil burner, 152-154, 368
Oil requirements, 368
Onion storage, 344-347
286, 315, 357
Recycling, 2
Newton equation, 126
Night air cooling, 331
Refrigerated air, 62, 64, 333
85
Regression, 86
Relative humidity, moisture tester, 84—85
Resistance, moisture tester, 74—77, 353
Respiration, 7, 261—263, 325, 355
Reynolds number, 102
Rodents, 7
Roof and wall collectors, 300—304
R-value, 329
Organic acids, 5
Orifice plate, 110—112, 363
Oven methods, 69-72
Overall heat transfer, 176
Overdrying, 68, 174
Safety, burner, 156-158,
Salt moisture tester, 84
175
Sample, 71
Sampling, 86—87
Saturated salt solution, 23, 26-27, 32
Palletized bin, 349
Pellets, 276-278
Saturation vapor pressure, 28
Screw conveyor capacity, 238
Sealed bins, 204
INDEX
Seed loss, 9
Seed storage, 315
Seedburo, 73, 87
Semilogarithmic plot, 126-127
Shafer, 76
Shrinkage, 203-204
Smith equation, 35
Soft corn, 184
Solar, 227, 291—307
Solar collector, 292—304
Solar constant, 293
Specific gravity, 369-370
Specific heat, 47
Sperry-New Holland, 274—276
Spontaneous combustion, 263—264
Spreaders, 228, 249
Sprouting, 1
Standard error, 69, 74, 86, 89
Static pressure, 58-59, 92, 108, 113, 323
Static pressure measurement, 107
381
Temperature of drying, 2, 158, 197-200,
305, 363-364
Temperature scales, conversion, 374
Tempering, 222
Theory, 120-145
Thermal conductivity, 46, 48, 55
Thermal efficiency, 139, 163, 167-168
Thermal expansion, 44
Thermostat, 172
Thin layer drying, 126-131, 199, 241
Time of response, 129
Toluene, 72
Transient heat transfer, 49, 51
Transportation, 249
Traverse time, 115
Trier, 87
Tubeaxial fan, 98
Two-level ducts, 268
Types of storage, 250
Stationary dryers, 158
Steinlite, 77, 80
Stirring grain, 45, 227-229, 245
Storage, 4, 9, 39, 196, 220—221,
234-237,
250-253, 310-348
Storage arrangement, 253
Storage capacity, 319
Storage center, 254
Storage criteria, 310, 337-338, 345
Storage dimensions, 319
Storage environment, 313-316, 339, 345—
348
Storage losses, 39
Storage temperature, 314, 340, 354
Stormor, 163
Straight-bladed fan, 96
Stress cracks, 209, 213
Suberization, 314
Suction systems, 104, 196
Sugar beet storage, 337-344
Underwriters Laboratory, 160
Universal, 75-76
Unsteady-state heating, 52—53, 56
Vacuum
oven, 71
Valving, 116
Vane anemometer, 109-110
Vaneaxial fan, 99
Vapor barrier, 336
Vapor pressure, 18, 28, 123, 125, 131
Vaporization, 7
Vegetable crops, 310
Sukup, 154, 245-246
Supplemental heaters, 169, 171-172, 226—
227, 282
Ventilation cowls, 181-183
Ventilation ducts, 316—322
Ventilation systems, 316
Vertical storage, 250
Suspended plate collectors, 295
Systems, 2, 209, 218, 234, 240, 252, 316
Tag-Heppenstall, 74
Temperature, storage, 41—44, 50, 52, 314—
316, 323, 328, 348
Temperature changes, 43-44,
50, 54, 305,
363
Temperature control, 341, 354—357
Wafers, 276-278
Wagon dryer, 273
Wall pressures, 251-252, 311—313,
339, 345
Water, air humidification, 336
Wet bulb, 141
Wet grains, 2
Windrowing,
260
338—
Other AVI Books
AGRICULTURAL
ENERGETICS
Fluck and Baird
DRYING CEREAL
GRAINS
Brooker, Bakker-Arkema, Hall
ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF FOOD ENGINEERING
Hall, Farrall, Rippen
ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF FOOD TECHNOLOGY
Vol. 2
Johnson and Peterson
FOOD DEHYDRATION
Vol. 1 and 2 2nd Edition
Van Arsdel, Copley, Morgan
FOOD ENGINEERING
SYSTEMS
Vol. 1 and 2. Farrall
FOOD PROCESSING
WASTE
MANAGEMENT
Green and Kramer
FUNDAMENTALS
OF ELECTRICITY
FOR AGRICULTURE
Gustafson
FUNDAMENTALS
OF FOOD ENGINEERING,
:
3rd Edition
Charm
:
GRAIN STORAGE:
PART OF A
Sinha and Muir
HANDLING,
TRANSPORTATION
VEGETABLES
SYSTEM
AND
STORAGE
OF
FRUITS
AND
Vol. 1 2nd Edition
Ryall and Lipton
Vol. 2 Ryall and Pentzer
AN
INTRODUCTION
TO
Roth, Crow, Mahoney
NUTRITIONAL
2nd Edition
EVALUATION
OF
Harris and Karmas
POSTHARVEST
BIOLOGY
Haard and Salunkhe
POTATOES:
PRODUCTION,
2nd Edition
Smith
PRINCIPLES
3rd Edition
PROCESSING
2nd Edition
AGRICULTURAL
AND
FOOD
ENGINEERING
PROCESSING
HANDLING
STORING,
OF
FRUITS
AND
PROCESSING
OF FARM
MACHINERY
Kepner, Bainer, Barger
EQUIPMENT
FOR
Hall and Davis
AGRICULTURAL
SOYBEANS:
CHEMISTRY
AND TECHNOLOGY
Vol. 1 Revised Edition
Smith and Circle
THE TECHNOLOGY
OF FOOD PRESERVATION
4th Edition
Desrosier and Desrosier
PRODUCTS
VEGETABLES
Download